Search results

(1 - 20 of 130)

Pages

Title: Augsburg College Catalog, 1950-1951
Collection: Course Catalogs

Title: Augsburg College Catalog, 1951-1952
Collection: Course Catalogs

Title: Augsburg College Catalog, 1952-1953
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY Minneapolis 4, Minnesota EIGHTY-FOURTH YEAR Founded 1869 Vol. XV, No. 3 Catalog Number April, 1953 THE AUGSBURG BULLETIN Published bi-monthly and one additional issue in April by Augsburg College and Theological Seminary at Minneapolis, Minneso...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY Minneapolis 4, Minnesota EIGHTY-FOURTH YEAR Founded 1869 Vol. XV, No. 3 Catalog Number April, 1953 THE AUGSBURG BULLETIN Published bi-monthly and one additional issue in April by Augsburg College and Theological Seminary at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Entered as second<lass matter March 21, 1947 at the post ofice at Minneapolis, Minnesota, under the act of August 24, 1912. CALENDAR SEPTEMBER .. 1 2 3 4 5 . 1 2 1 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 . . . . . . . . . 25 26 27 2 3 4 5 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE Academic Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Board of Trustees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Committees of the Faculq . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 The Faculty ........ ............................... 7 General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Financial Information 24 ............................. Student Community Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Student P e r s o ~ e Services l The College ........................................ 42 Academic Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Gradetion Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Curriculums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Divisional Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 48 51 60 CouisesofStudy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Division of Religion and -Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ' ~ivisionof the Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Division of the Social Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Division of the Natural Sciences and Mathematics . 61 61 65 79 93 The 'I'heological Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 General Requirements . . . . . . ., . . . . . . . . . . 101 Coursesof Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103 Student Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Index . . . . IIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Calendar '953-1954 FIRST SEMESTER '953 . , Wednesday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Freshman Tests September 9 September 9-12, A.M. Wednesday to Saturday. . . . . . . . . . .Registration September 9-13 September 14, 8:00 A.M. Wednesday through Sunday. . . .Freshman Days Monday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Classes begin September 17 Thursday . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Late Regiitration Fee October 17 . . . . . . . . .Last Day for Removal of Iqcompletes October 23-25 Friday through Sunday. . . . . . . . . .Homecoming November Wednesday. 11 November 26, 27 December 16, 4:20 P.M. . . . . . .End of &st hall of Semester Thursday and Friday. . . . . .Thanksgiving Recess Wednesday . . . . . . . . . . .Christmas Recess begins I954 January 4, 8:00 A.M. Monday. . . .Classes begin after Christmas Recess January 25-29 Monday to Friday. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Examinations January 29 January 18 to February z Friday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..First Semester ends . . . . . . . . . .Registration for Second Semester SECOND SEMESTER February 3, 8:00 A.M. Wednesday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Classes begin February 6 Saturday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Late Registration Fee February Monday; holiday . . . . . . .Washington's Birthday . . . . . . . . .Last Day for Removal of Incompletes 22 March 9 April I April 14, 4 : ~ oP.M. April 20, 8:00 A.M. May 26 May 27 to June 2 Thursday. . . . . . . . .End of first half of Semester Wednesday . . . . . . . . . . . . .Easter Recess begins Tuesday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Easter Recess ends Wednesday . . . . . . . . . Seminary Commencement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..College Examinations May 30 Sunday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Decgration Day May 30 June 3, 8:oo P.M. Sunday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Baccalaureate Service Thursday . . . . . . . . . . . .College Commencement BOARD OF 'I'RUSTEES RBV. ERNESTG. LARSON, P d e n t , Minneapolis, Mim.. .. .Term expires REV. CLARENCEJ. CARLSEN,Vice-President, Minneapolis, Minn: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term expins MR.GEORGE S. MICHAELSEN,Secretary, Minneapolis, Minn.. .Term expires MR. R. E. MYHRE, Treasurer, Minneapolis, Minn.. . . . . . . . .Term expires REV. D. W. L Y N G D Duluth, ~, Minn.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Term expires MIL.EVENOSE, Thief River Falls, Minn.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tern expires MR. IVERI-L IVERSON, Minot, N. Dak.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Term expires REV. CHRISTIAN G. OLSON,Seattle, Wash.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Term expires MR.GILLERT BERG,Seattle, Wash. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term expires 1954 1957 1953 1956 19 5 3 1954 1955 I 95 6 1957 Advisory Members DR.T. 0.BURN-, President, Lutheran Free Church, Minneapolis, Mim. DR. BERNHARDCHRISTENSEN, President, Augsburg College and Theological Seminary, Miieapolis, Minn. ADMINISTRATION BERNHARD CHRISTENSEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .President MARTIN QUANBECK. . . . . .Dean of the College and Director of Veterans Afoirs BURTONP. FOSSE. .................................... .Business Manager K. BERNER DAHLEN.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of Students GERDA MORTENSEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of Women LAWRENCE A. QUANBECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Public Relations MILDREDJOEL.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Registrar, Secretary of tbe General Faeulty MELVINA. HELLAND.. ............... .Secretary of tbe Theological Faculty AGNESB. TANG JERD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Librarian Mmvm E. TRAUTWEIN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Placement MERTONP. S T R O ~ .N. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .College Pastor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Assistant Treasurer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Field Representative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Business Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Food Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Curator of the Musewn ....................................... Archist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Manager of Musical Organizations .............................. .Publicity Director . . . . . . . . . . . . .Secretary to the President and the Dean FZLEENQUANBECK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .: . . . .Assistant Registrm ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF Office Staff: k t h u r C. Engen, Bookkeeper; Ragna Sverdrup, Bookkeeper; Mrs. Esther Halverson, Secretary, Public Relations Office; Borghild Estness, Secretary, Placement Bureau; Mrs. Joyce Frosig, Typist, Mimeograph Office; Tena Mehus, Clerk, Registrar's Office; Le Von Paulson, Secretary, Persqmel O i h ; Anna Marie Rundstrom, Secretary to Business Manager; Mrs. Erna Staub, Secretary, Library; Mavis Strand, Receptionist and Switchboard Operator; Mrs. Betty Swanson, Secretary, Building Fund Office; Ruth Ann Waage, Secretary, Registrar's 0 5 c e ; Shelby Gimse, Secretary; David Rokke, Student Placement Manager. Head Residpnts in Dormitories: Memorial Hall, Vincent Hoversten; Sivertsen Hall, Charlotte Westby; Miriam House, Miriam Majander; Morton -1, Ruth Ann Waage; Edda House, Alice Swensen. Snperviror of Howekeping: Olga Hennuuslie. MEDICAL STAFF Drs. C. R Wall and S. V. Thorson, Physicians. Alice Swensen, R.N., Nurse; Lois Dahlund, R.N., Assistant Nurse. COMMITTEES OF THE F A C U L R 1953-1914 Admirristration: Christensen, M. Quanbeck, Dahlen, Fosse, L. A. Quan'beck. Cnrricdnm: M. Quanbeck, Christensen, Nash, Olson, Stensvaag. Miss Joel. Admissions m d Scholarship: Miss Joel, Lindquist, M. Quanbeck, Kleven, Thorson, L. A. Quanbeck. Personnel: Dahlen, Miss Mortensen, Savold, R. Anderson, Mrs. Kigsley. Librury: Helland, Miss Pederson, Landa, Aldre, Chrislock. Athletics: Saberg, Nash, E. W. Anderson, Bertness, Strommen. Social: Miss Lund, Miss Mortensen, E. Nelson, Llndquist, Mrs. Nelson. Stdies: Tnutwein, Miss Joel, Torstenson, R. Anderson, Colacci. Convocations: Thut, Miss Jensen, Sonnack, Miss Skurdalsvold. (Student members also included in this Committee.) Stdent-Famlty: Dahlen, M i Mortensen, Sateren, Miss Segolson (Student members also included in this Committee.) Teacber Edwation: Bertness, Urdahl, Miss Tangjerd, Mrs. Traumein, Mrs. Nelson. Religiorrr Life: Stensvaag, Strommen, Thelander. (Student members also included in this Committee.) 1952-1953 Faculty Council: M. Quabeck, Chrislock, Landa, Miss Lund, Miss M o c t e m , E. Nelson, Miss Pederson, L. Quanbeck, Miss Segolson, Sonnack, Thelander, Thorson, Trautweh The Faculty AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL. SEMINARY ' ' ' BEUHMD M. CHRISTENSEN, Th.M., Ph.D., President m d Professor of Tbedogy A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1922-25; Th.M., Princeton Thwbgical Seminary, 1927; PhD., Hartfocd kninaqFoundation, 1929. Additional study: Columbia, Chicago, Berlin, G3ttingen. Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, Fargo, North Dakota, 1925-26. Patoral work, Bmlalyn, New York 1928-30. At Augsburg since 1930. President since 1938. Ph.D., S.T.D., Professor Emwitus of C h r c h History KARLERMISCH, AB., Schwerin, 1897; C.T., Wartburg Seminary, 1900; B.D., &go Theological Seminary, 1914; S.T.M., 1925; S.T.D., 1933; A. M., University of Minnesota, 1925; Ph.D., 1927. Pastor 1900-21. Tea&: Wartburg COhge, Waverly, Iowa, 1921-25; University of Minu1925-29. At Augsburg 1928-1952. MELVIN A. HJTLAND, S.T.M., Ph. D., Professor of New Testammf, "Seqetmy of tbe Tbeological Faculty A.B., Augsburg College, 19I 5 ; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1918; S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1919; Ph.D., 1930.. Additional study; Grenoble, Chicago. Educational Missionary in Madagascar, 1921-3 8; Professor of New Testament, Lutheran Theological Seminary, Ivory, Madagascar, 1938-40. At Augsburg since 1941. I v ~ nB. OLSON,A.M., Th-B., Associate Professor of S y s t m t i c Tbcology AA., Augsburg College, 1935; Th.B., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1936; A X , University ofi Minnesota, 1945. Additional study: Chicago, Minnesota, Luther Theological Seminary, Chicago Lutheran +logical Seminary. Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, I 936-3 9; University of Minnem a , 1945-46. Pastor, Sand Creek, Wisconsin, 1939-44. Adviser to SPAN Group in Scandinavia, 1950. At Augsburg since 1945. PAULG. SONNACK, A.B., Th.B., Assistant Professor of C h r c b History A.B., Augsburg College, 1942; C.T., Augsburg Theological ~emi&ry, 1945; Th.B., 1947. Additional study: Divinity School, University of Chicago. Pastor, Moose Lake, h, 1945-47. At Augsburg since 1949. STENSVMG,S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Old Test& AB., Augsburg College, 1936; Th.B., Augsburg Theological Semirury, 1939; S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1940; Ph.D., 1941. Additional study: Johns Hopkjns. Pastor, Minneapolis, Minn., 1942-46. At Augsburg since 1942. JOHN NORSTAD, A.B., C.T., S.T.M.' Special Lecturer, 195 2- y 3 ; ;Director FREDERIC of Chaplaincy Service, Lutheran Welfare Society of Minnesota. *In cooperation with the Lutheran Welfare Society of Minnesota. . ..? : AUGSBURG COLLEGE H. N. HBNDRICKSON, A.M., CT., Professor Emeritw of History and Iatin A.B, Augsburg College, I 89 I ; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, I 897; AM, University of Minnesota, 1930. Additional study: Columbii Pastor. Superior, Wisconsin, 1897-1900. Registrar, Augsburg College, 1907-37. At Angsburg 1900-1952. KARLE u m a i , Ph.D., S.T.D., Professor Emmmtusof German For rtatement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. P. A. QVEBGGEN, A.M., Professor E d t u s of Englisb Ad., University of Minnesota, 1908; A.M., 1909. Additional study: Minmtsota, Chicago. Teaching: Assistant in English, University of Minnesota, I@-10; Ehworth College, 1913-15. At Augsburg 191y-1ggs. MANWALD RE, M.S., Assistout Professor of Chemistry Diploma of Chemical Engineer, Estonian State University of Technobgy, Tallin, Etonia, 1941; M.S., Univenity of Minnesota, 1951. Tuching: Agirtant in Chemistry, Estonian State University of Technology, 1941-42. At Augsburg since 1949. ERNEST W. ANDERSON, M.Ed., Associde Professor of Healtb snd P e d Edwcotim, Basketball Coach A.B., A,ugsburg College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnmta, 1947. Teaching: High Sohool, 1937-41. U. S. Army, 1941-46. A t Augsburg since 1946. RAYMONDE. ANDERSON, A.M., Assistant Professor of Speecb B.S., University of Minnesota, 1946; A.M., 1950. Additional study: Mimenesota. Teaching: University 05 Vermont, 1949. U. S. Navy, 1946. At Augsburg since 1949. FMNK h o , A.B., Assistant in Pbysical Education A.B., Augsburg College, 1950. Additional study: hfinnewta. U. S. Army, 1943-46. At Augsburg since 1950. EVABAVOLAK,A.M., Instructor in Business Administration B.S., University of Minnesota, 1928; A.M., 1942. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-42; Northern State Teachers College, Aberdeen, S. Dak., 1942-47; Hamline University, St. Paul, Minn., 1947-10; University of Minnesota, 1950-52. At Augsburg since 1952. LUCY M m E. BERGMAN, M.S., Instnrctor in Speecb B.S., Kansas State Teachers College, 1934; M.S., 1935. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 193 5-39; University of Minnesota, 1939-47. At Augsburg since 1912. HEWRY J. BERTNESS, A.M., Assistmt Professor of Edwtion A.B.; Augsburg College, 1947; A.U, University of Minnesota, 1948. Mditional study: Minnesota, Washington. U. S. Navy, 1943-46. Teaching: Tacoma Public Schools, 1948-49. At Augsburg since 1949. MARGARETBERVEN,M.Ed., Instructor in Physical Education B.Ed., Winona State Teachers College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnewta, ,1945. Teaching: High School, 1937-49; Minot State Teachers' GIlege, summers, 1948-50; Winona State Teachers' College, 1949-52. At Augburg since 1952. K m ~ BILZENS, s Th.D., Assistart Professor of Pbilosopby and Gemron Lic:Theol., University of Riga, 1935; Th.D., 1943. Additional study: University of Basel. Teaching: Teachers College, Riga, Latvia, 1934-40. At Augsburg since 19 5 2. CAIL CHRISLOCK,A.M., Assistart Professor of History and Political Science . h A&., Augsburg College, 1937; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1939-44; Tracy Junior College, 1947-48; Augustma College, S i Falls, S. D., 1948-51. A t Augsburg since 1952. h COLACCI, ~ ~ Th.D., D.Litt., Assistant Professor of Classical Lagucrges Pontificium Atheneum Roman Major Seminary, Th-D., 1932; Pontifical Biblical Institute de Urbe, Rome, L.R.B., 1934; University of Naples, D.Litt., 1940. Teaching: Regional Seminary, Benevento, Italy, 1935-40; Mark Pagano College and Normal Institute, Campobasso, Italy, 1941-49At Augsburg since 1952. LELANDK. DAHLE,M.S., Instructor in Chemistry B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; M.S., Purdue University, 1952. U. S. Armed Forces, 1944-46. A t Augsburg since 1952. K. BBRNERDAHLEN,A.M., Dear of Students and Associate Professor of Englisb A.B., Augsburg College, 1931; A.M., University of Minnseota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 193 I -39; Crosby-Ironton Junior College, 1940-41. U. S. Army Air Forces, 1942-45. A t Augsburg GEORGEN. ECKLUND,A. M., I m t w c t o ~is Business Administration A.B., Drake University, 1945; A.M., University of Minnesota; 1951. Additional study: Minnesota. Army Air Corps, 1943-46. Interviewer, V. A, 1946-47; Public Relations, Pillsbury Mills, Im., 1948-50. A t A u g s b q since 1951. BURTON P. FOSSE,B.B.A., B.M.E., Business Manager B.B.A., and B.M.E., University of Minnesota, 1949. U. S. Army, 1943-46. &dustrial Engineering Work, 1949-5 3. A t Augsburg since 19 5 3. MnaLls GEISTAUTS, Cand.rer.nat., Instructor in Art . Cmd.rer.nat., University of Latvia, Riga, 1940; Academy of Art, Latvia, Riga. Teaching: Private Studii, 1938-49. At Augsburg since 1952. MELVINA. H~LLAND, S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Greek a d Rcligias .. . For statement of academic preparation and experience, see lkdogicd &minary Faculty listing. D. HELMBERGER, A.M., Instructor in Bdness Administration B.S., Duluth State Teachers College, 1941; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Centerville Scbool,Hugo, M i . , 1941-42; University of Minnesota, 1947-51. O.P.S., Minneapdis, 1951-. At Augsburg since 1952. JOHN R. J. HUDRETH, M. S., Instructor in E c o n d c r and Business A d m h k t r d h B.S., Iowa State College, 1949; M.S., 1950. Additional study: Mina&ta, Iowa State Ulege. U. S. Army, 1941-47. Teaching part-time: bwi State College, 1949-50. At Augsburg since 1950. On leave of absence, 195 2-5 3. AUCA M. JENSEN, A.M., Assistant Professor of Sociology A.B., Colorado State College of Education, 1927; A.M., 1928. A d d i t h d study: Minnesota, Copenhagen. Teaching: EaJtern State Teachers College, Madison, South Dakota, 1921-25; Dickinson State Teachers Cdlege, 11~28d 36; Colorado State College of Education, 1936-37. Educational r University of Minnesota and State Department of Education, 1957-39; Minnesota Historical Society, 1941-44. At Augsburg since 194J. -RED V. JOEL, A.M., Registrar md Assistant Professor A.B., Augsburg College, 1940; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947. .Ad&cional ~tudy: Saskatchewan, ,Minnesota Tezching: High School, 19a1-46. At Augsbnrg since 1947. EBBAI. JOHNSON, A.B., Assistant Librarian A.B., University of ~ e o s t a ,1950. Additianal study: M h e a ~At ~ Augsburg since I 9 5 2. MwI B. KINGSLEY,A.M., Assistant Professor of Spmisb A.B., Maryville College, 1936; A.M., University of Mexiw, 1944. Ad&t i o d study: Columbia, Minnesota. Teaching: Wagner College, Ststen kluld, N. Y., 1941-42; Friends Sahool, Brooklyn, N. Y., 1946-47. At BEJU~H~D J. TKLEVEN,Ph.D., Professor of History mrd Politicd S c i e ~ ~ e A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; A. M, University of Minnesota, 1930; PhD., 1941. Additional study: Harvard. Teaching: High School, 192235; Wheaton College, 1946-47. At Augsburg, 1937-46, and since 1947. BJARNEE. LANDA,Ph.D., Ats&te Professor of Germanic L a g w g ~ ~ A.B., Voss State College, Norway, 1925; A.B., University of Sou* C a l i f o m i a , 1 9 2 8 ; A . M . , 1 ~ ~ o ; P h . D . , U n i v e r s i t y o f ~ t a , 1 9 ~ 2 . T e r c.h ing: High School, 1930-3 I ; University of Minnesota, 1938-42; F& University, 1945-47. U. S. O&e of Censorship, 1942-45. At AugsbWg 1947. CARLW. LAND-, M.Mus., lnstnrctor in Music . , A.B., University of Minnesota, 193 I ; B.Mus., Columbia School of Music, Chicago, 1933; M.Mus., 1934; B.D., California Baptist Theological: Seminary, 1950. Teaching: Private Teaching, Chicago, 1931-40; Dakota Wesleyan University, Mitchell, S. D, 1940-42; Northwestern Scbodr. Minneapolis, 1950-5). At Augsburg since 1952. AUDREY LANDQUIST, MMus., Lnstntctor in P h and Orgm B.S., University of Minnesota, 1940; B.Mus., MacF'hail Schod of 1940; M.Mus., 1944. Teaching: MacPhail School of M ' u k A t Au-g -ON He, 1937. since 1946. WILSONLINDEMANN, A.M., Associate Professor of Rommce I ; r r r ~ ~ B.S., University of Minnesota, 1922; A.M., 1926. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1922-24; University of Minnesota, 1924-26. At Augsburg since 1926. 0.HERBERT ~ D Q U I SM.S., T , Assistant Professor of Pbysics and M a t h N c s B.S., Iowa State College, 1948; M.S., 1949; M.S., Minnesota, 1952. Teaching: Iowa State College, 1947-49. U. S. Army, 1943-44; U. S. Navy, 1944-46. At Augsburg since 1949. GERTRUDE S. LUND,A.M., Instructor in Seeretarial Science A.B.. Augsburg College, 1936; AM., University of Mbmsota, 195 I. Teaching: High School, 1943-45; West C e n d School of Agricdtum, Morris, 1945-47; Duluth Business University, 1947-48 ; High School, I 94849. At Augsburg since 1950. JOHN MJLTON,A.M., Instructor in Englisb. A.B., University of Minnesota, 1948; A.M., 1951. Additbud d y : Minnesota. Armed Forces, 1943-46. At Augsburg since 1949. GEBDAMORTENSEN,A.M., Dem of W o m e n and Professor B.S., University of Minnesota, 1923; A.M., Columbia University, 1928. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Junior High School, 19 17-2 I ;Hankow Private School, Hankow, China, 1934-35. At Augsburg since 1923. ARTHURNASH, Ph.D., Professor of Biology A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Mimesotas 1938. Addttional s d y : Minnesota; Seminar to Australia, 1934-35. U. S. Army Air Force, 1942-46. Dean, Augsburg Cdege, 1946-50. At Avgsburg Jince 1922. b n C. NELSON,M.Ed., A s h t a t Professor of Pbysical Edwatkm d Carcb of Football and Baseball AB., Augsburg College, 1938; X E d , University of Minnesota, 1948. Teaching: High !3chool, 1938-41. U. S. Army, 1941-46. At Augsbarg since 1946. H~LENY. NELSON, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Home Economics :B.S., University of Minnesota, 1938; M.S., 1942; Ph.D., 1952. Teaohing: High. School, 1938-42; Western Michigan College, Kalamazoo, 1942-44; University of California, 1944-46;Iowa State Teachers College, Su 1948, 1949. At Augsburg since 195I. IVERB. OLSON, A.M., Th.B., Associate Professor of Scandinavian For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. ANNE P~IDERSON, A.M., Assistant Professor of Englisb A.B., Augsburg College, 1932;A.M., University of Minnesota, 1945.Additional study: Minnescrta, Columbia. Teaching: High School, 1945-46; Sm,Mateo Junior College, California, one semester, 1946. A t Augsburg, 1932-44,and since 1946. LAVONNBPETERSON,A.B., Instrnctor m Physical Education for Women A.B., Augsburg College, 1950.Additional study: Minnesota, Montana, MacP h d School of Music. A t Augsburg since 1950. On leave of absence, 1952-53- L b m ~ A. a QUANBECK,As., Director of Public Relations A.B., Augsburg College, 1947.Additional study: Minnesota. U. S. Navy, 1944-46.Minneapolis YMCA, 1947-51.At Augsburg since 1951. QUANBECK, Ph.D., Dean of the College and Professor of Uucation A.B., Augsburg College, 1929;A.M., University of Minnesota, 1933;Ph.D., 1952. High School administration, Mantonille, Minn., 1929-36.Teaching: Waldorf College, 1936-38.Registrar, Augsburg College, 1939-46;Dean, 1942-46 and since 1950.A t Augsburg since 1938. LELANDB. SATEREN,A.M., Professor of M u s k A.B., Augsburg College, 1935;A.M., University of Minnesota, 1943.Additional study: Composition with Donald F e r g w n (Minneapolis), 1941-43. Tiaching: High School, 1935-39.Music Director, Radio Station KUOM, University of Minnesota, 1940-43.Educational Director, C i v h Public Service, 1944-46.A t Augsburg 1941-43, and since 1946. A. M. SAVOLD,A.B., Assistant Professor of Music A.B., Luther College, 1941.Teaching: Benson County Agriculture and Training School, Maddock, N. D., 1934-37;Lamberton Public Schools, 1941-42 and 1946-48.U. S. Armed Forces, 1942-45;Glenwood Public Schools, 1948-52.At Augsburg since 1952. Rum SEGOLSON, MS., Associate Professor of Home Economics BS., University of Minnesota, 1921; MS., 1938.Additional study: Minnesota and Syracuse University. Teaching: High School, 1925-28;Uni:vemity of Minnesota, 1928-44;Washington State College, Summer 1936, A t Augsburg since 1944. SKURDALSVOLD, B.Mus., Assistant Professor of Music B.Mus., MacPhail School of Music, 1925. Additional study: Chicago Cdlege of Music. Private study: M ~ MF. Stoddard, Hamlin Hum, Herbert Witherspoon, Oscar Seagle, Graham Reed, 0.C. Christianson, ,Martial Singher. Teaching: St. Olaf College, 1920-23, 1937-41, 1944-5 r., A t Augsburg since 1922. JENNIE . GEORGESOBERG,A.B., C.T., Professor of. Mathematics A.B., Augsburg College, 1926; C.T., Augsburg Theological seminary, 1950. Additional study: Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1926. , , PAULG. SONNACK,A.B., Th.B., Assistant Professor of Christianity For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. JOHN M. STENSVMG,S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Christianity For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. MIXTON P. SIROMMEN,A.B., Th.B., College Pastor and Assistant Profenor of Cbristianity A.B., Augsburg College,' I 943 ; C.T., Augsburg Theological &rninary. 1944; Th.B., 19 5 I. Additional study: Minnesota. Pastor, Mora, Minnesota, ' 1944-47. At Augsburg since 1947. On leave of absence, 1 9 $ i - ~ ~ ; A m s B. TANGJERD,A.M., Librarian and Associate Professor of Library Si-ience kB., St. Olaf College, 1920; B.S. in L.S., University of Minnesota, 1939; A M , 1944. Additional study: Minnesota. With Zion Society for Israel. 1922-28. Teaching: High School, 1929-36. Eau Claire Public Library. 1936-38. A t Augsburg since 1940. ROY PHILIP THELANDER,MS., Instructor in Biology A.B., University of Utah, 1949; M.S., 1950. Additional study: Minnesota. U. S. Army Air Forces, 1942-46. Teaching: Part-time, University of Utah, 1947-50. At Augsburg since 1950. GERALDH. THORSON,A.M., Assistant Professor of English A.B., Augsburg College, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1948. Additional study: Grenoble, Wisconsin, Oslo, Minnesota, Columbia, U. S. Army, 1943-46. Teaching: Wagner College, 1951. At Augsburg since 1946. JOHN THUT, A.B., M.Mus., Assistant Professor of Voice A.B., Goshen College, 1923: B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1929; M.Mus., 1936. Additions1 study: Minnesota. Teaching: Bethel College, 1924-27; American Conservatory of Music, 193 1-44; Colorado State College of Education, 1946-47. YMCA War Prisoners Aid, England and Belgium, 1944-46. A t Augsburg since 1947. VERATHUT,B.Mus., Instrt~torin Piatw KMm.,American Consemwry of Music, 1927. Addieiond s d y : American Gnservawry of Music and Minnesota; Master Clvs Work with Sihio Sciwti; Robyn N o r d Teachers Training Course; Studied d r Kurt Wanieck. Teaching: Ameriun Coaservtwry of Music, 1916-46; Gslorado State Gllege of Education, 1946-47.At Augsbwg siuce 1947. TORSTENSON, A.M., Astorbte Professor of Socidogr LB.,Augsburg College, 1938;AM., University of Minnesota, JOEL S. ' 1940.AddiDirector of Education and Public Relations, MidAt Augsburg 1938-42, and aiace land Cooperative Whvlesde, 194~-47. 4d y : Minuesota. 1947. WARET SATEFSNTRAUTVEM,A.B., lrutrvctor in Englisb A.B., Augsburg College, 1937.Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1937-47.At Augsburg since 1949. Mmvm E. T M U ~A.M , ., Ars3std Professor of Psychlogy Ad Ed*.tiorr ad Director of Placemmt A.B., University of Nebraska, 1935; A.M., Columbia, 1940. Additional d y : H m d , Hawaii, Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1936-41; h, Norfolk Junior College, 194s.St&, Education and Training O&er, V. A., Fort Snelling, 1946-48.Research Asdstmt md C o d , Univerdty of Minnesota, 1948-50.U. S. Army Air Force, 1942-46.At Augsbmg FALING J. URDAHL,A.M., Aa&e Professor of Biology and Psycbdogy A.B., Gncordia Callege, 1930;A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940.Ad&dona1 study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-3 $. Principal, Cannon Falls, Mmnesota, 1935-41.Aat Augsburg since 1943. General Information LOCATION Augaburg College and Theological Seminary is located in the fiv&de Park area of South Minneapolis, across the Mississippi River from &e University of M i n n m t a and within walking diszance of the main business section of the city. Science H all,cond g the administration &ces, is located at the corner of Seventh Street and Twenty-first Avenue South. Augsburg students have the advantage of getting their college education in a metropolitan center pulsating with industrial, social, and cultural activities, They have access to libraries, museums, and a n collections. They may hear rfie k t in mnsic and fecmres. Minneapolis is mmgnkd throughout tbe nation as a vital center of religi~ls life and acrivity, Outstanding leaders in many &Ids both from other prrts of America and from foreign countries are frequent visitors. College students in rhe Twin Ciries have abundant opportunity t o contact present day life at one of its focal points. HI!5TORICAL SKETCH Augsburg was (begunas a seminary in I 869, at Marshall, Wisconsin. It was the first theological seminary started by Norwegian Lutherans in America. Through an arrangement with a private institution known as Marshall Academy the Seminary was housed in the academy building. Students who needed further preparation in academic subjects were to obtain this in the academy. This. arrangement failed t o work out satisfactorily; so the theological group moved to a private dwelling, where classes continued until 1872. In the autumn of that year the Seminary was removed to Minneapolis, Minnesota, where a building had been erected for its use. In the same year the school was incorporated under the laws of Minnesota. The aim of the institution was to train ministers for the Lutheran congregations which were being organized in growing numbers in the pioneer settlements that were spreading rapidly over the Northwest. The college was estabfished when it k a m e evident that in order to get students who were adequately prepared for theologicar study a college department was needed. So in 1874 a college curriculum was planned which provided for one year of preparatory studies and four years of college work along two lines, a classical course to prepare students for theology, and a scientific course to prepare for the professions. The latter course, however, had to be discontinued, partly for lack of funds and partly because too few students selected the course. The first college students were enrolled in 1874 and the first class was graduated in 1879; In 1900 a high school course covering three years was established which in 1910 was expanded to a standard four-year course. This was discontinued in 193 3. In the years 1916-1919 the college course was thoroughly revised. As a result of this and of subsequent growth, the earlier classical course was greatly modified and supplemented by social and scientific studies and a more general emphasis upon the- study of the humanities. In recent years there has been continuous study and modification of the curriculum including the introduction of a number of new majors to meet the developing needs of the students. The Divisional organization was adopted in 1945. A t the present time majors are offered in 17 fields. Coeducation was introduced in the College in 1921. In the Theological Seminary there has likewise been a continuing-revision of the curriculum and the addition of new courses. The requirement of a six-month period of internship was added in 1939. Standards of admission have been raised so that a bachelor's degree or equivalent is now the required scholastic preparation. While the Theological Seminary has its own organization, the Seminary and the College function in close cooperation Long experience has proved this arrangement to be mutually wholesome and stimulating. Five presidents have served Augsburg during the course of its history. The terms of o0ice of two of these cover a span of over half a century. The first president was August Weenaas, who served from 1869 to 1876. He was succeeded by Georg Sverdrup, 1876 to 1907. Sven Oftedal served from 1907 to 1911 and was followed by George Sverdrup, whose term extended from 191I to 1937. H. N. Hendrickson served as Acting President from 1937 until I 9 3 8. Bernhard Christensen, the present president, has served since that time. FUNDAMENTAL AIMS The educational purposes of Augsburg College and Theological Seminary spring from the conviction that Christianity is the fundamental force for good in human life. All the aims of the College, as well as those of the Seminary, are bound together by this principle. To express more distinctly the meaning of this, the following statement of aims has been formulated by the College faculty: T o lead the student to a deeper understanding and personut realization of the truth and power of the Christian Gospel, to the end that he may become an effective participant in the evangelical and missionary task of the Church and an earnest advocate of the Christian way of life both for the individual and for society. T o familiarize the student with the culture of our own and other ctvilizations, not only for the enjoyment this knowledge affords but also for the development of a more sympathetic understanding of our fellow men throughout the world. T o develop the studenfs interest in the attainmmt of tbe common purposes of our country, so that he may work for the welfare of our institutions and for the preservation of our liberties in community and nation, and also develop m enlightened interest and participation in human affairs throughout the rest of the world. T o cultivate in the student a Christian social spirit, in order that he may realize in his life a right balance between what he expects of others and the service he will render his fellow men. T o teach the student to discipline his o m urges, interests, ambitions, and demands in a way that will effectively contribute toward the development of good character. To train the student in scientijic methods of study and also develop his understanding of the relations of science to the welfare of humanity. T o stimulate intellectual interest and develop scholarly insight, so that the student may learn to think with accuracy and comprehension at the same time as he experiences an understanding of truth which will help him to integrate the iindings of science with the deepest spiritual reality. T o awaken and foster k the student an iatelligent a m e ciation and enjoyment of the best in the fields of the fins arts. T o guide the studmt in the understamding of social relatianshps in order that he may take his place in groups and gatherings with propriety and grace, motivated in his conversation and conduct by the principles of Christian courtesy and sinceriay. T o provide guidance for the studmt in the discovery and clarification of his aptitudes and his life purposes so that as early as possible he may plan his educational program wisely. T o train studmts in v o c a t ~ Zand professjOno1 lines, giving full preparation for high school teaching, business administration, home economics, and parish work; furnishing partial training towards the study of medicine, dentistry, nursing, engineering, law, and social service, and offering a four-year college course preparing for the study of theology. T o help the student develop certain skills, as in language, music, physical activities, use of the library, laboratory work, and typewriting, together with other skills, which will increase his ef6ciency in the various relationships of life. T o afford the student w h o l e s m recreational expenerrme which will contribute toward an effective use of leisure time and develop such qualities as leadership, sportsmanship, and self-control, with good recreational habits, thus providing a constant source of social and personal satisfaction. T o instruct the student in principles, ~ t t h d e s ,and ideas pertaining t o health, and also to train him in practices and skills which will promote his physical and mental well-being and make him better fit to meet the responsibilities of life. The work of the whole institution, both the Seminary and the College, is done on the basis of Christianity. The students who come are invited to take up their college work with the distinct understanding that the Christian spirit is determining in all things. They are asked to cooperate willingly in the program of the school towards that end. The entire program of the school, curricular and extra-curricular, and the discipline thought wise in order to make possible the carrying out of this program, spring from the aim "to see all.things through the eyes of Christ." Enrollment in Augsburg College and Theological Seminary presupposes on the part of the student full cooperation in the ways prescribed for the attainment of these aims. FINANCIAL SUPPORT AND CONTROL From I 870 to I 890, Augsbwg was supported by the NorwegianDanish Lutheran Conference. The merger of that church body with two others, in r 890, r d t e d in the f i a t i o n of Augsburg with the newly created United Nomegian Lutheran Church. Due to Merences concerning the control of Augsburg a division arose, and in 1897 congregations whose sympathies were deeply rooted in Augsburg formed the Lutheran Free Church. The resulting close association, in educational and spiritual activity, of Augsburg and the Lutheran Free Church has been marked by complete harmony of purpose and ideals for more than half a century. The control exercised by the Lutheran Free Church is indirect. The Annual Conference of the Church nominates the members of the Augsburg Corporation and the Board of Trustees. The Corporation through the Board of Trustees exercises direct control over property, hance, and personnel. Academic control is vested in the President and the Faculty. In addition to the income from student tuition and fees, which has materially increased with the growth and development of the College, the chief iinancial support of the institution comes from the congregations of the Lutheran Free Church. In recent years a growing circle of friends also outside the Lutheran Free Church, both alumni and others, have contributed financially to the support of the school. Augsburg welcomes and invites such support on the part of all who believe in her program of vital Christian education. MEMBERSHIP I N EDUCATIONAL ASSOCIATIONS Augsburg College is a member of the Association of American Colleges, the National Lutheran Educational Conference, the Association of Minnesota Colleges, and the State Council of Minnesota Colleges. THE ALUMNI ASSOCIATION The Augsburg Alumni Association has as its goal to enable the graduates of the Cullege and Seminary to maintain effective contact and cooperation with one another and with their Alma Mater. The annual meeting is held at Commencement time each year. Regional meetings also are held from time to time. The present officers are: Henry J. Bertness, President; Clair Strommen, Vice-president; Esther Aune, Recording Secretary; Marian Lund Lowrie, Harvey Peterson, and Paul Roth, Advisers. THE AUGSBURG FOUNDATION The Augsburg Foundation, formerly the Aupbwg Foundation Fellowship, is an association of alumni, former students, and other friends of Augsbwg, having as its purpose to give united and systematic support, both spiritual and hmcial, to the school. The Foundation was established in 1941 by joint action of the Board of Trustees and the Alumni Association. Its work is directed by a General Committee of nine members. A Foundation Day is held each year. EDUCATIONAL PLANT BUILDINGS The Main, erected in 1900, contains the Chapel, the Library, the Seminary classrooms and offices, and a number of college classrooms and offices. Science Hall, erected in 1948-49, is a large and completely modern college building. It includes, besides the administration offices, well-equipped laboratories for Chemistry, Physics, Biology, and Home Economics, as well as the student organization offices, the Student Center, a small auditorium, classrooms, and faculty offices. On the fourth floor is the Tower Prayer Chapel. S~erdru~-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, is a modern, hepioaf dormitory affording living quarters for about I go men. O n the ground floor of thk buiIding is the college cafeteria and dining hall. Sivertsen Hall, acquired in 1939, is a comfortable dormitory accommodating about 50 women. Morton Hall, erected in 1888, Edda House, purchased and remodeled in 1948, and Miriam House, acquired in 195 I, are smaller dormitories for women, each accommodating about 20 students. During 1947 two new buildings were added, both located on 23rd Avenue across the Square from the older part of the Campus. The Gymnasium, an adequate temporary structure, was erected for the College by the Federal Works Agency as a part of a program providing educational facilities for veterans. The Music Hall was acquired by purchase and remodeled to serve the needs of the Music Department. Quite a number of dwellings have been acquired in recent years in the expanded campus area, which are used for faculty and student housing until this need can be met through more permanent structures. Also three temporary housing units have been erected by the Federal Works Agency on the campus ground. The President's Home, a residence of modern architectural design, located at the south of the Square, was erected in 1949. Some years ago the beginning was made of a Museum for the school. Members of the Alumni Association have presented many valuable gifts. There are several collections: a Madagascar Collection, a Santal Collection, and a considerable collection of rare minerals, curios, etc. Contributions should be sent to Dr. B. J. Kleven, Curator. In the spring of 1929 the Augsburg Archive Society was organized The purpose of this organization is to gather and preserve documents, books, and other articles of historical value. To house the Archives a fire-proof room which was provided in the Main has been replaced recently by a large room on the ground floor of Science Hall. Here are now found a fine collection of periodicals, old and rare books, manuscripts, letters, and pictures, and also about ~ , o o ovolumes of Norwegian-American literature, affording rich resources for scholarly research. Further contributions to the Archives should be sent to Miss Alma Jensen, Archivist. The collections in the Library aggregate about 25,300 volumes exclusive of pamphlets. Two hundred eighty of h e best periodicals, and dealing with popular subjects, and a number of serials devoted to the interests of special fields are received currently. Students have access t o the Library daily from 7:45 A.M. to 1o:oo P. M. On Saturday the Library closes at 4: 30 P. M. In the Twin City area other libraries are located which make their holdings available to Augsburg students, notably, the St. Paul and Minneapolis public libraries, the latter of which issues library cards to out-of-town students for each school year; the James Hill Reference Library in St. Paul, which has one of the finest reference collections in the Northwest; and the University of Minnesota Library, which is within walking distance of the Augsburg campus and is a splendid source of materials for research papers. Each year Augsburg students make extensive use of all these libraries. The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the Science Hall. Three laboratories and two storerooms for Biology are located on the second floor; three laboratories and a large storeroom for Chemistry, and a laboratory and the two storerooms for Physics are located on the third floor. To facilitate instruction the college provides many excellent visual and auditory aids. Available for classroom use, and for the use of other college activities, are the following: 16m.m. sound movie projector, 3 % / 4 ~ 4 inch slide projector (several), 2"x2" slide projector, Balopticon, sound amplification system, film strip pro- jector, magnetic tape recording machine. There is also a well equipped photography department. The Auditorium in Science Hall is fully equipped for visual education classes and lectures. Several classrooms are also provided with facilities for projection. SPECIAL PROGRAMS OF STUDY Evening classes are held as a community service for adults not enrolled in the day school. Announcement of courses to be ofIered are made in the fall. Information about the evening school may be obtained from the oflice of the Dean. DEACONESS HOSPITAZ. AFFILIATIONWITH THE LUTHERAN Student nurses in the School of Nursing at the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital in Minneapolis receive their &st semester of instruction at Augsburg College. Application for admission t o the School of Nursing should be made to the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota. MEDICALTECHNOLOGY In cooperation with the Minneapolis General Hospital, Augsburg offers work which enables the student to receive a college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years of this work are taken at Augsburg and a final twelve-month program is completed a t the hospital. Financial l nformation STUDENT EXPENSES For Theological students, tuition is free. For statement of Seminary expenses, see page 102. The tuition for the College students is $180.00 a semester. Students registered for more than the maximum number of credit hours (17 in the College) are charged at the rate of $6.00 for each additional credit hour a week per semester. Special students will pay at the rate of $ I 5.00 per credit hour up to 11 credits. Those who register for 12 or more credit hours will pay the regular tuition charge. The fee for auditing a course is $7.50 per credit hour. Special students and auditors enrolled for 5 hours or more of class work per week pay the student activity fee and health fee. GENERALEXPENSESFOR ONE SEMESTER Tuition in College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ I 80.00 This covers instruction, use of the library, and admission to all athletic events. Books, etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 5-00 to 40.00 Student activity fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.00 Health fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.o~ 5.00 Matriculation fee (for those registering the first time) . . . Key deposit (refundable) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.00 Locker (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I .oo Mail box fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 o Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $223.50 to 238.50 ROOMAND BOARDPER SEMESTER Room . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Board (estimate) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 63.00 r 60.00 SPECIALFEES Late registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ Change of registration after the .beginning of the second week of classes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registration with the Placement Bureau . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Placement fee. depending upon the method of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $3.00 to Graduation fee. for seniors in both the Gl'lege and the Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations taken at another hour than the one scheduled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Examination making up an incomplete or a condition . . . . . Comprehensive examination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-00 1.00 2.00 5.00 7-50 2.00 2.00 . 5 oo MUSICFEESPER SEMESTER Piano for credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$35.00 Voice for credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 5-00 Organ for credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 5.00 Piano rental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.00 Organ rental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.00 Choir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-00 Choral Club . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.50 COURSE FEESPER SEMESTER 3 00 Home Economics 2. 36. 76 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 .00 Home Economics 39 and 40 Biology 6o . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I .oo- 2.00 Biology 1 . 2 . 3 . 4 . ~ ~ . ~and55 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.50 Biology 7N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.00 5.00 Biology 13. 14. 25.26. and 54 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chemistry I. 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.50 Chemistry 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.00 Chemistry jN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.00 ........... C h e m i s t r y ~ y 6 . ~ ~ . ~and55 ~ y ~ ~ ... ~. .4. y 5.00 Physics I. 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.50 Physics 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.00 Physics 5 and 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.00 Physics 51 and 52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.00 Secretarial Studies 2. 8. 5 I. and 5 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.50 Secretarial Studies I. 5 3. and 54 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-50 Education 96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I 5.00 . Resident students General expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $22 3. J o to 2 38.5 o Room and Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223.00 Special, music, or course fees. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.00 to 35-00 Total, approximately . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $448.50 to 496.50 Off-campus students General expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $223.50 to 2 38.5 o Special, music, or course fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .a.oo to 3J .OO Total, approximately . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ ~ L J . J O to 273.50 PAYMENT OF ACCOUNTS All bills for tuition, room, and board are payable in advance at the beginning of each semester. When necessary, special arrangements may be made with the Treasurer for partial payment and payment of the remainder in monthly installments. If such installments are not made regularly, a charge of fifty cents per month is made on balances over $50.00; otherwise twenty-five cents per month. All accounts must be paid /before a student is permitted to register for a new semester. Exchange will be charged on all out-of-town checks. REFUNDS Students who cancel their registration before the middle of any semester pay tuition at the rate of $ I 1.00 per week for the time during which they have been in attendance. Students who cancel out after the middle of the semester receive no refund of tuition. No refunds are made of the Matriculation and Student Activity fees. Course fees are paid a t the rate of 10% per week by students who cancel out before the middle of the semester. Payments for board and room are refunded in proportion to the time students have been in residence. Students who move out of dormitories but do not cancel out of school are charged the full semester room rent. ' Subject to change. STUDENT AIDS Financial aids in the form of loan funds, scholarships, and employment assistance are available at Augsburg. Students must meet certain requirements to qualify for loans or scholarships. The college gives assistance to students in securing work both m and off the campus. Several loan funds have been established to assist students in working out their financial problems. Loans may be arranged at a reasonable rate of interest for various periods of time. The General Student Loan Fund, established through the gifts of many individual donors, is chiefly maintained by contributions from the Augsburg College Women's Club. It extends assistance to members of all classes. Tbe John and Anna Jorgim Gregory Theological Student L m F.acnd is available to students who are re paring for the ministry. The Student Aid Fund of the Zion Lutheran Hoar, established under the auspices of Zion Lutheran Church of Minot, N o d Dakota, likewise extends loans to students preparing for the mini s ~ ~ . Arrangements for the loans are made through a conference with the Dean of Students, chairman of the faculty committee on student loans. In addition to arranging loans, the committee counsels students on hancial matters with the objective in mind of helping the student work out a satisfactory plan for his finances. Prize Scholarships, amounting -to tuition for the second half of the Freshman year, are offered to the highest ranking boy and zhe highest ranking girl in each Minnesota high school graduating class. Outside of Minnesota a limited number of scholarships of this kind are awarded to students of superior ability. The George Sverdrup Graduate Fellowship was established by the Board of Trustees of Augsburg in 1947t o honor the memory of George Sverdrup, President of Augsburg from 1911 to ~ 9 3 7 . It is awarded annually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding character and ability who to prepare further for the vocation of teaching, The amount of the Fellowship is five hundred dollan. The Kiitb E, H o f m m M m w i n E Schddrship was established in S, Hoffman of Minaeapolis in memory of their son who gave his life in the conquest of O k i n a ~ ~ a . The schoIafs)lip consists of the income f tom a fund of $1~075 and is awarded annually to a student selected on the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and ability in the field of athletics. 1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles The Lutherm Brotherhood Scholarship of $300 is provided by the Lutheran Brotherhmd Life Insurance Society and awarded each fall to an ouwtanding Lutheran college senior. The student is selected by the college in the spring of the junior year on the basis of religious leadership and scholastic standing. The Augsburg College Women's Club SchoImship awards, totaling $400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding character and excellent scholarship. The Adolph Paulson Memurial Prize, from a fund established by members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor Adolph Paulson who taught Social Science at Augsburg from 193o to I 93 5 , is awarded annually to a college student for the best essay written on an assigned subject in the general field of Christian Sociology. The amount of the prize is $40.00. The Celia Fredr2ckson Scholarship consists of the income from a fund of one thousand dollars. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg student from the Larnberton, Minnesota, parish of the Lutheran Free Church. The Greater Augshrg Alumni Association Schlarship of $ 2 5 0 is awarded annually to an outstanding alumnus of Augsburg in order to encourage and assist promising students in the carrying out of projects of graduate study. The W m n ' s Missionary Federation Scholarship is awarded by the Federation to returned missionaries pursuing further study or to Lutheran students of recognized Christian character and good scholastic records who are making preparation for mission work in evangelistic, medical, educational, literary, agricultural, or other Augsburg Choral Club. The Choral Club serves as a preparatory choir, and also trains for concerts which are given both in the Twin Cities and in other parts of Minnesota and neighboring states. Augsburg College Band. In addition to presenting its fall and spring concerts the Band gives practical experience in instrumental music and thus furnishes training for the prospective teacher. The Mak C h m affords opportunity to those interested in this special type of group singing. The chorus meets once a week. Miscellaneous Grmps. In addition to the Choir, Choral Club, Male Chorus, and Band, there are at Augsburg many smaller musical groups, both ~ o c d and instrumental. For many years Augsburg bas sent out duos, trios, quartets, and s;milat. groups among the churches. These organizations are w d y formed and directed by the students themselves, subject to the approval of the music department. AWARDS Honors are given each spring at the Honor Convocation in recognition of students who have taken noteworthy part in student activities. The Class of 1918 Oratorical Cup was presented to the College as a prize to arouse interest in oratory. The name of the winner of the annual contest is engraved upon the cup, which is to remain in the possession of the College and is placed on exhibition in the Science Hall. The 1927 Class Cup for Scholmsbip is awarded to the Senior student of highest scholastic standing who has attended for at least two years. The 1925 Class Cup in Athletics is awarded to the athlete who has made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship. The Harold A. Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson in 1943,is awarded annually to the student who is judged to be the most valuable player on the basketball team. Student Personnel Services ADMINISTRATION Students entering college face many new situations and prablerns. Some problems disappear soon after enrollment but others grow during the four years. In order to give the greatest help to students in these circumstances, Augsburg College has developed a number of student aids combined under the general title of Student Personnel Services. Included are Freshman Days and orientation, testing, counseling, housing and food service, health and recreation, iinancial aid including student employment and loans, and student activities. Graduating seniors and alumni benefit from the services of the Placement Oflice. Coordination of these services is centered in the oflice of the Dean of Students. The planning and policy are formulated by the Personnel Committee. FRESHMAN ORIENTATION Freshmen and other new students participate in "Freshman Days" before the beginning of classes in the fall semester. The students take tests, inspect the college facilities, and become acquainted with their fellow students, with the faculty, and especially with their own faculty counselors. Several conferences with the faculty- counselors are scheduled for the students, during which they plan their program of study. All freshmen enroll in a class in Orientation. In this course, the students learn about standards and requirements of various areas of college life. Methods and habits of study and related techniques are explored. Personal health, social adjustment, personal finances and vocational aims are discussed. TESTING A battery of aptitude, ability and interest tests are adrninistered free to all new students during Freshman Days. College aptitude scores, English and reading ability scores are obtained for later use by counselors in helping students plan their programs. Personal adjustment scores and vocational interest scores help the students select occupational goals and future careers. COUNSELING The purpose of counseling is to give the student individual help in all areas of adjustment to college life. The insight and techniques of adjustment will also serve him later in life. Each freshman and new student is assigned a faculty member who may serve as his counselor for m o years. Counselors for juniors and seniors are their major advisers. The Deans and other administrative o0icers are general counselors to all students. The Faculty counselor helps the student plan his educational program and choose appropriate subjects. The student learns to understand his own abilities and aptitudes through the analysis and interpretation of test data by his counselor. Through a system of referral, students 'may obtain counsel from any member of the faculty, or from quaEed persons within the college community. VOCATIONAL COUNSELING Vocational counseling is introduced to freshmen through the use of a vocational interest test. An Occupational Information file in the college library provides study materials for vocational planning. Career conferences annually bring many professional people to the campus for group sessions and individual counseling on job opportunities. PERSONAL COUNSELING Students who have personal problems may find help through discussing the problem with their counselor. Personal iinances, housing, and similar problems are common topics of discussions. Students who have spiritual problems may confer with their counselors, or other faculty members, such as members of the Department of Christianity and the College Pastor. HOUSING Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall provides housing for about 150 men. Fifty women are accommodated at Sivertsen Hall, with Morton Hall housing twenty, Miriam House and Edda House each housing eighteen, and Morton Annex, twelve. The college maintains several small apartments for married students. Applications may be made in the o&ce of the Dean of Students. Students not living at home must live in college-operated housing, and must take their meals in the college dining hall. Students may under certain conditions be permitted to make other arrangements, after consultation with the Dean of Women or the Dean of Students. Residence halls are open to new students a day before regular schedules begin and are closed within twenty-four hours after the term closes. The rule applies also to vacations. Students who wish to stay in residence halls during vacations must have special permission from the Deans. Room' rent and board must :be paid in advance. Rooms are furnished except for bed linen, towels, and blankets. The women may also provide their own bedspreads and drapes. Laundry facilities are available in each unit. Residents are held responsible for any breakage or injury to furniture, fixtures, or equipment, beyond ordinary wear and tear. ROOM APPLICATION Application for rooms should be sent to the Dean of Students or the Dean of Women as soon as the student receives notice of acceptance. Room assignments are made in order of application. Residents are reassigned for the next year before August first. After all residence halls have been filled, students are assisted in finding rooms in private homes. The o6ce of the Dean of Students maintains a selected list of available housing at all times. FOOD SERVICE The ground floor of Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses a cafeteria and dining hall, a social room, and a private dining room available to students and other groups upon request. All students, campus and off campus, share in the privilege of using these service units. The dining hall will furnish food ac cost to student groups, for special parties or picnics. STUDENT HEALTH SERVICE The program of student health service is in charge of the Director of Physical Education and Recreation, who is assisted by the College Physician and the College Nurse. It includes regular phy- sical examinations, corrective measures where needed, and a schoolwide program of recreation and physical training. Infirmary rooms are provided for the use of those who are ill. The College Physician and the College Nurse have regularly scheduled 06hours on campus daily. Students, faculty, and staff hive chest X-rays taken semi-annually through the cooperation of the Hennepin County Tuberculosis Association Mobile Unit. The service is free. PLACEMENT SERVICE FOR GRADUATES The Placement Bureau assists seniors and alumni in securing positions. Continuous contact is maintained with business, governmental, welfare, and educational institutions and organizations at the local as well as the state and national levels. Interviews are arranged both on and off the campus. A registration fee and a small placement fee are charged. Augsburg College ACADEMIC ADMl'NISTRATION Admission Procedure Application for admission should be made on the regular admission form, which can be secured from the Ofice of Public Relations of from the Oflice of the Registrar. These forms are generally available also in Minnesota high schools. The application, together with the high school record, previous college record, if any, two letters of recommendation, and a small photograph, should be sent to the Of6ce of Public Relations. A student seeking admission in the fall semester should apply not later than September I 5 and for rhe spring semester by February I. Requirements for Admission Augsburg College admits as students, men and women of good moral character and sound health who appear to have the ability to succeed in college. Estimate of ability is determined by rank in the high school graduating class and in the college aptitude test. The normal basis for admission is the completion of the courses of grades nine to twelve in an accredited high school. No definite pattern of subjects is required, but it is recommended that the last four years of high school include four units of English, or three units of English and two of a foreign language, two units of social studies, and one unit of mathematics. A unit is defined as a course covering one academic year and equivalent to at least 120 hours of classwork. Graduates of unaccredited high schools are considered for admission on the basis of their rank in high school and their achievement in a college aptitude examination and an English achievement test. Applicants who are not high school graduates but who give evidence of suf6cient maturity are considered for admission upon recommendation and on the basis of achievement in a college aptitude test, English achievement test, and General Educational Development Tests on literary materials, social science materials, and natural science materials. For most graduates of Minnesota high schools the results of the college aptitude and English achievement tests are available in ad- vance if they have been taken in the state-wide testing program. The General Educational Development tests are available to service men through the Armed Forces Institute. All tests may, however, be taken at Augsburg by arrangement with the Registrar. The College reserves the right t o reject the applications of students whose previous records or aptitudes, as measured by tests, indicate they may have di&culty with college work. Deficiencies Applicants who have been accepted for admission with a deficiency in English will be required to register for a special course in English. Such deiiciency and the requirements with regard to additional training will be determined at the beginning of &e Freshman year by means of tests. The requirements include the attainment of d e h i t e standards as to spelling, grammar, pronunciation, and general correctness in the use of the English language. Transfer and Advanced Standing Students are accepted by transfer from other institutions if they did satisfactory work and were otherwise in good standing there. If their previous work was unsatisfactory, they will be admitted at Augsburg only under special circumstances. Advanced standing in any subject is granted to students who present satisfactory credentials from other institutions. In certain (cases advanced standing is granted on the basis of examinations. This is true of veterans whose achievement in the college General Educational Development Tests warrants the granting of some Junior College credit. Admission of Veterans Veterans may study at Augsburg under Public Law 16, 346, and 550. The veteran must secure a certificate of eligibility from the regional office of the Veterans Administration and present it .at the time of registration. In order to receive college credit for experience in rhe military services, the veteran must present a photostatic or certified copy of his Separation Record at the Registrar's Office. Evaluation will ;bemade according to the recommendations of the American Coun- cil on Education. Veterans who have completed basic or recruit training will be granted a total of 4 semeaer credits, 2 in hygiene and 2 in physical activities. Some college credit is given for the completion of the work in certain service schools, for some courses taken through the Armed Forces Institute, and to junior college students for satisfactory performance on the college General Educational Development Tests. Registration Students who have 'been accepted for admission should register on the days designated in the Calendar for this purpose. Students who register Eater &an three days after classes begin are charged a late reginration fee of $3.00. No student may register for or enter a course later than two weeks after the beginning of classesIn registering, care should be taken to include the Junior College requirements during the first two years. However, if such registration is delayed beyond the second year, a student will neither be required nor permitted to register beyond the allowed number of credit hours per semester in order to make it up. No credit will be given a student for any subject for which he has not registered. The college reserves the right to cancel any course for which there is not suflicient registration. Registration means that the student accepts all the rules and regulations established by the school. The normal registration is 16 credit hours. A credit hour is defined as one recitation period a week throughout a semester. The privilege of registering for more than 17% credit hours may be granted only to students who have gained an average record of B, or two honor points per credit, in their previous college studies. Exceptions ro this rule may be made ander certain conditions determined by the Admissions and Scholarship bmittee. No student is permitted to carry work for more than 20 credits per semester. Students working part-time are urged to arrange the amount of their registration accordingly. In case a student desires to make m y changes in his registration, hc rnnse obtain a form from the Registrar's office on which he may make application, mating clearly his reasons for desiring the change. ApprovaI of the teachers concerned and the student" adviser and t h e Registrar must be obtained before a change will be permitted. A course which is abandoned without being cancelled through she Registrar's Office d l result in a grade of F. Changes of registration which involve the adding of courses .cannot be made later than two weeks after the beginning of classes. Changes which involve canceling a course cannot ,be made after the middle of the semester. A fee of $1.00 is charged for each change of registration after the beginning of the second week of classes. A student who 6nds it necessary to leave school before the end of a semester must cancel his registration at the Registrar's oflice in order .to remain in good standing. UNIVERSI'IY COURSES By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students may register for courses at the University. But such registration will not be dowed unless t h e student has a grading of C average, or r honor point per credit, in his courses a t Augsburg. Also, the combined number of credits in any semester must not exceed r7. T h e credits thus gained at the University may be transferred to Augsburg College and counted towards graduation. CZassification In order to be classified in one of the college classes, a student must be carrying a minimum of twelve hours of work in which college credit is given. Cladcation is based on the attainment of the following number of credit hours together with an equal number of honor poina: Scpbomare, 24; Juaior, 58; Senior, 92. ClassScation for the Catalog, the Student Directory, and for all other purposes is determined by this regulation. Probation and Elimination There will be a meeting of the Admissions and Scholarship Committee at the end of each semester t o consider students who are doing unsatisfactory work, in order to drop from the rolls t h students for whom further attendance is deemed inadvisable. Freshmen who obtain honor point ratios of . j or below, Sophomores .6 or below, and Senior College students .8 or below, as well as students with 6 or more credits of F, at the end of a semester are placed on probation during the semester that follows. They remain on probation until an honor point ratio of I is attained for one semester. A student is not allowed t o remain in college on probation for more than two semesters consecutively, except by special permission. In order to be eligible for membership in inter-collegiate athletics, a student must have obtained in his last semester a passirig grade in at least 1 2 hours of college work, 6 of which must be C or better. Class Attendance Regular attendance in class is required. Students who find it necessary to be absent because of illness or for other reasons should confer with heir teachers. Students are expected to arrange the hours of part-time employment so that work does not conflict with classes. Any exception to this rule must be agreed to by the teacher of the class affected and must be approved by the Dean of the College. A record of attendance is kept by each teacher, and periodic reports are submitted to the Registrar. At the end of the semester, a record is made of the total absences of each student for the semester. Absences for tours, field trips and other instructor-arranged activities are cleared with the Dean of the College. Lists of participants, with information as to exact periods absent, are issued by rhe Dean to all instructors involved. Teachers deal with tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving in class late must assume responsibility for reporting their presence to the teacher. Examinations GENERALRULES Students are urged to plan their work well from the very begiinning since tests are given periodically throughout the semester. During the first part of each semester reports of the grades attained ~ are made to the Registrar and the counselors. In addition to this, h a 1 reports are made at the close of each semester. Regular written examinations are held at the close of each semester. No student or class may arrange to take a final examination in any course before the examination week. Absence from a final examination without a sdicient reason will result in a grade of failure in the course concerned. A student who has to be absent from a final examination because of a conflict with outside work from which he cannot obtain an excuse may arrange to take such an examination during some period after the time on which the subject is scheduled. If a student has obtained permission from the proper authorities to take a h a 1 a t another hour than the one scheduled, he is charged a fee of two dollars for such an examination. The fee is to be paid to the Treasurer of the school, and, before the student takes an examination, he must obtain a statement from the Registrar's o6ce and bring it to the teacher concerned. The teacher will give no examination before he has this statement. A condition or an incomplete received at the end of the semester must be removed within the first five weeks of classes of the following semester of attendance. Extension of this time may be made by the Registrar's O&ce in cases of illness. If incompletes and conditions are not removed within the time allowed, the condition automatically becomes a failure and the incomplete may be changed to a passing grade only when the average of the previous work is d c i e n t l y high. The final grade after the condition examination is taken may not be higher than D. A fee of $2.00 is charged for an examination making up an incomplete or a condition received at the end of a semester. Comprehensive examinations may be permitted in courses in which the Admissions and Scholarship Committee feels the student has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish to. take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing to this committee. When permission is granted, the necessary approval forms may be secured at the o6ce of the Registrar. A fee of $5.00 is charged for each examination and must be paid in advance. Examination questions and the answers will be filed in the Registrar's oace. Grade Values A-Superior, 3 honor points per credit &Very good, 2 honor points per credit C--Satisfactory, I honor point per credit D-Passable, no honor points per credit F -Failure, minus I honor point per credit E-Condition I -Incomplete GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS In order to qualify for the Bachelor of Arts degree, certain requirements must be met with regard to credits, courses, md grades. A student who plans to graduate from Augsburg is wged to study the requirements as outlined in Ehis section of the mtatog and in the department in which he plans to major. It is the responsibility of the student to see that he incIudes the * w i d subjects at the right time in his program of studies. f i e faculty advisers, t h e Dean, and the Registrar d gladly assist him in planning his program. Junior College For a proper distribution of subjeers among the fundamental fields of knowledge the following c r e d i ~are required of all students in the Junior College, Iaying the basis for study in professional fields or for a general college education. Group A Christianity r credits each semester 6 credits Group B English: Course 1-2 or 3-4 Students exempted from Freshman English must earn 6 credits in literature. 3 credits Speech: Course I I Group C Foreign Language (Norwegian, French, Spanish, German, Latin, Greek, Hebrew) I credits Students who have studied a foreign language for three years in high school are exempted from this requirement. Group D Social Sciences: Hist. 1-2, or Soc. I and 3 other credits in Sociology, or Phil. I 5 , I 6 (Humanities) 6 d t s Group E Natural Sciences 8 credits Group F Health and Physical Education: Course 3% 3by4% and 4b Psychology required in certain fields 0rien.tation required of all Freshmen Senior 2, 4 credits 4 credits I credit College b tJOR ~ AND M~NORS A student is required to complete a major and one or more minors for graduation. The major subject is determined by the student's aims as well as by his particular interests and aptitudes as shown in the quality of work he does in the Junior College. It is well for the student to know in his Freshman year what major line of study he will pursue. Students who are still undecided as to their major choice when they appear for registration in the Junior year, should, before they register, consult with a faculty counselor and with heads of the various departments to determine their field of major work. In planning the major, a student is required to consult with the Head of the Department offering the major. Majors are offered in the following areas: Christianity, Philosophy, Greek, English, Speech, Music, History, Sociology, Social Science, Business Administration, Business Education, Home Economics, Biology, Chemistry, Natural Science, Mathematics, and Physical Education. For major and minor requirements as to hours of credit see departmental statements. ELECTIVES Electives are planned with the purpose of properly distributing a student's choices among the fundamental fields of knowledge and culture, as well as among the correlatives of the major. Senior College students should, as a rule, choose their electives from courses designated as Senior College Courses. At least thirty credits in Senior College Courses must #be completed for graduation. Courses numbered a,bove 50 are designated as Senior College Courses. TOTALCREDITS AND HONOR POINTS The amount of work required for graduation comprises a minimum of 128 credits with an average grade of C, or one honor point for each credit. A credit equals one recitation period a week throughout one semester. Honor points are computed at the rate of one honor point for each credit with a grade of C, two honor points for each credit with a grade of B, and three honor points for each credit with a grade of A. An average of 128 honor points must be attained for the 128 credits required for the A.B. degree. ENGLISH PROFICIENCY In order to qualify for the A.B. degree a student must demonstrate a proficiency in the writing and speaking of English. RESIDENCE REQUIREMENT To receive the A.B. degree the candidate must spend at least the concluding year for such a degree in residence. DEGREE WITHDISTINCTION The A.B. degree with distinction is conferred as follows: Average honor points per credit 2.8-3.0 2.5-2.79-k 2.1-2.49+ Distinction Summa Cum Laude Magna Cum Laude Cum Laude Only students who have spent a t least two years in residence are eligible for honors. In order to receive a recommendation for graduate work, a student must attain an average grade of By or two honor points per cmdit. CURRICULUMS .. The following m s e s of study are outlined as guides for the student and his adviser in planning a program which will prepare him for the vocation of his choice. T h Christian Ministry Completion of the pre-seminary curriculum qualifies the student for admission into the three-year course in the Theological Seminary, which prepares students for the Christian ministry as pastors or missionaries. The following program gives the approximate pre-seminary course. Separate curriculums have been worked out by which a student may major in History, or Philosophy, or English, or Sociology. The student should seek the counsel of the Seminary adviser as early as possible, as variations according to the major chosen may affect the choice of courses even in the ~reshmanyear. Seminary adviser, Mr. Hdland. Freshman Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . - 4 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . I Freshman English . . . . . . . . 6 Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 European Civilization . . . . . . . . - . . 6 or Natural Science, 8 Cr. Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - Sophomore Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nanual Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . or English Literature, 6 Cr. New Testament Greek.. . . . . . . . . . Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . or English Literature, 6 Cr. Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 8 8 4 6 r - 34 33 New Testament Greek. . . . . . . . . . 8 - 8 Foreign Language . . . . . . . . Humanities or Philosophy. . . . . . . 6 Hatory or English.. . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Hymns of the Church. . . . . . . . . . . 2 Senior Youth Work in the Church. . . . . . z Principles of Christian Education . ' z History or English.. . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Philosophy or Logic... . . . . . . . . . . 3 Ewnomiu or Education.. . . . . . . . 6 English (for major or minor). ... 6 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Junior The foreign language requirement includes I 6 semester credits in Greek, and 16 semester credits in Latin, German, or Norwegian. The purpose of this course is to train men and women for effective service in the Church at home or abroad; that is, as teachers in vacation, week-day and Sunday schools, as youth leaders, and as parish workers. The course is so arranged that the student will, upon its satisfactory conclusion, receive the A.B. degree and also a certificate indicating that he is a qualified parish worker. Students interested in becoming parish workers should consult with Mr. Stensvaag, parish work adviser. The suggested schedule provides for a minor in Christianity and makes it possible to plan for a major in History, English or Sociology. It is also possible to plan for a major in Christianity with a minor in Home Economics or some other field. The courses essential for the securing of the Parish Worker's C e d c a t e are italicized in the outline below. Sophomore Freshman Basic Bibk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . Elementary Typewriting . . . . Principles of Sociology . . . . . . Social Problems . . . . . . . . . . Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Activities . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Beginning Public Speaking . . . . . . 3 Types of Public Speech.. . . . . . . . . 3 Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . ., 8 General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Physical Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Electives . . . . . . . . - . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - Senior Junior Tbe Missionary Enterprise . . . . . . . . z Principles of Christian Education. . . z The Christian Churches . . . . . . . . . z The Lutheran Church . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Social Psychology or Urban Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Dramatics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Story Telling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Elementary Shorthand . . . . . . . . . 6 Recreational Activities . . . . . . . . . . I Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 32 Parish Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Youth Work in the C h r c b . . . . . . , 2 Educational Psychology . . . . . . . . . . 3 Hymns and Music of the Chwcb. . 2 Fundamentals of Journulism . . . . . . z Crafts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z Survey of Sock! Work Field. . . . . . 3 Firsf Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Secretarial Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - 1 2 Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's c e d c a t e . The course outlined below satisfies the requirements for a c e d c a t e for high school teaching in Minnesota. The same program will meet the demands set by most of the neighboring states. The student should apply to the Department of Education for admission to the Education curriculum during his Sophomore year. Admission will be determined by a committee on the basis of scholarship and other qualifications. In addition to departmental majors, broad majors for teaching may be secured in natural science, social science, and business education. F , A Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 European Civilization . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Foreign Langwge or Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Junior Christkmity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Educational Psychology ......... 3 Teaching in High School. ........ 3 Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Group Labontory Experience. . . . . . 2 Electives in Major or -or. .... -14 - Sophomore Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Foreign Language or Natunl Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Education . . . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Senior Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Principle of Guidance. . . . . . . . . . . 3 History and Philosophy of Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Observation and Practice Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - 4 or 5 Special Teaching Methods. . . . . . . . 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 - The program in business administration is intended for students who are planning for work in the fields of business and industry. The course affords thorough preparation for a business vocation and results in a Bachelor of Arts degree. Fresh Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. European Civilization or Sociology. . Principles of Accounting.. . . . . . .. Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 6 6 6 I r I I Junior Christianity . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . 4 United Stater History... . . . . . . . . 6 Bwiness Law . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . 3 Advanced Accounting . .. . . . . ... 5 Finance and Investment.. . . . . . . . . j Money and Banking . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Elective crediu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ro Sophomore Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . Natural Science . . . . . . . .. . ... . . Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Principles of Economiu.. . . . . . . .. I n d u c t i o n to Statistia.. . . . , . . . Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . Elective credim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 3 8 4 6 3 I 3 Senior Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Labor and Management Relations.. 3 Public Finance and Taxation.. . . . . 3 Elective credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 Secretarial Work Preparation for teaching business subjects in high school requires work in the departments of Business Administration and Secretarial Studies. An outline of the requirements in business education appears under the Department of Secretarial Studies. The following one year program is outlined as a preparation for certain o6ce positions. Completion of the second year provides more advanced training. A student who has had similar courses in high school may be admitted to advanced classes on the basis of a proficiency test. First Year Chrirtianky . . . . . . . . . . . .. . , . , - . Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . Elementary Shorthand . . . . . . . . . . Elementary Typewriting . . . . . . Intermediate Typewriting . . . . . . . . Consumer Education . . . . . . . . , . . . P.rinciplw of h & g . . .. . . .. . Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Eduxtion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Second Year 4 6 6 I 2 2 6 I I 2 - s t y .. . . . . .... Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Advanced Typewriting . Advanced Shorthand . . . Psydlology . . . . . . . . . .. Secretarial Practice . . . . . Office Machines . . . . . . . Physical Education . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vocations in Home EEonomics From the vocational point of view, the work in the Department of Home Economics is intended to prepare students for homemaking, to equip them for the teaching of home economics in high school, and to give them the &st two years of the training required for such vocations as dietetics, institution management, home economics in business, home economics and journalism, and home economics extension. Each student who plans for a vocation in this field should consult members of the home economics staff about the details of the program when she begins her college work. The teaching major is described in the catalog on page 90. Most medical schools require a minimum of three years of college education, but premedical students often h d it advantageous to complete their college work before entering the medical school. The following program will meet the requirements of most medical schools, but it is advisable for the student to study the requirements of the medical school to which he plans to apply. Freshman Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Inorganic and Qualitative Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Introduction to Mathematical Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I 0 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I - Sophomore Christimity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 German ...................... 8 Zoo~ogy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Psychology .................... 4 Qualitative Analysis ............ 4 Quantitative Andysia ........... 5 Physical Education ............. I Senior Junior Christianity ...................4 Social Science .................. 6 Medical German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Organic Chemistry ............. 8 Physics ....................... 8 Genetics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Christianity ................... 4 speech ......... , .............3 German ...................... 8 Physical Chemistry ............. 5 Electives .................... .12 34 32 - - Dentistry Preparation for the study of dentistry can generally b e wmplaed in two years. The following schedule will meet the ordinary requirements for admission. FreshChristianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Inorganic and Qualitative Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Introduction to Mathematical Analysis ...................... .ro Orientdon ................... I Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I - Sophomore ChrisGan;~ . . . . . . . . . Ewo~ean tion on . Zoology . . . . . . . . . . . . Organic Chemistry . . General Physics . . . . . . . Physical Education . . . Nursing Most hospitals prefer that applicants to their nurses training schools have a t least one year of college. In many instances, two or more years of college work would be desirable. A two-year schedule may be arranged with the Registrar for those planning to enter the School of Nursing at the University of Minnesota. Freshmvt ... Sophomore ................... Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . csrmamg 4 6 Natural Science ............... 8 Psychology .................... 4 Sociology ..................... 6 Elements of Nutrition.. ......... 3 O k a t i o a ................... I Physical Education .............I 33 Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . History or Political Science Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Natural Science . . . . . . . . . Physical Education . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The following courses of the School of Nursing of the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota, are offered at Augsburg College. This is a part of the three-year course offered by the hospital. Application for admission to the School of Nursing should be made to the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota. First Year c3kriatianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Annomy and Phpblogy.. ...... 4 k ~ l o g y................... 3 ch&stry .................... Psybology .................... Second Year 3 2 - Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I4 Medical Tecbndogy Students may complete a course leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in Medical Technology by completing three years of work at Augsburg College and twelve months at General Hospital, Minneapolis. This course prepares them for examination for certification in Medical Technology. It is recommended that students in this curriculum choose a minor in an unrelated field. The following program is suggested. F&ul Chrittianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English ............. .. 6 General Zoology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Sodal Science ..................6 Orientathn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Hygiene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Physical Mucation ............. I Electives ......................4 Sophomore Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inorganic and Qualitative Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 J.aior Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Analytical Chemistry ........... 4 Bacteriology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - 2 0 - 4 8 4 3 I 8 4 32 Senior Lectures, laboratory and pnctical work at General Hospital for twelve months. d Engineering A student may take two full years of pre-engineering at Augsburg before transferring. The course outlined below applies to the fields of aeronautical electrical engineering, agricultural, civil, industrial, mechanical and engineering mathematics at the University of Minnesota. The chemistry and chemical engineering programs will be slightly diflerent. Freshman Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Introduction to Mathematical Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Engineering Drawing and Descriptive Geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 General Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Sophomore Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Differential Calculus . . . . . . . . . . . . Integral Calculus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Differential Equations . . . . . . . . . . . Modem Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electricity and Magnetism . . . . . . . Inorganic and Qualitative Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Survey 06 European Civilization or Principles of Sociology and Social Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z 4 4 4 4 4 8 6 Statics may be taken at the University of Minnesota in the first quarter of the junior year, except for the course in civil engineering, in which case it must be taken in summer session. Lau, The following two-year program is planned especially to meet the needs of students who purpose t o transfer to the Law School at the University of Minnesota. It is possible t o modify the program for admission to other law schools. Sophomore Christianity ti^ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Pchciplea of Accounting. ......... 6 Humanities .................... 6 ~uropern&diza6on ........... 6 Orientation .................... I Hedth ........................ z Phpid AcrirEties .............. I 32 ................... 2 Christian Ethia ................ z Principles of Fmnomiw.. ........ 6 American Government ........... 6 Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 History of Philosophy. ........... 3 General Psychology ............. 4 History of England. ............. 3 Speech or Sociology. ............. 3 Physical Activities .............. I Social Work For students who plan to enter the field of social work the following program is suggested. The same program is appropriate for those who plan to enter graduate training in this field. F~~ ,Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 European Civilization ........... 6 Principlcr of Sociology. , . . . . . . . . . 3 Noma1 Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Phyacd Education ......, ..... , I Electives . . . . . . . . .
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Catalog, 1953-1954
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY Minneapolis 4, Minnesota EIGHTY-FIFTH YEAR Founded 1869 Catalog Record for 1953-1954 Announcements for 19561955 and 1955-1956 Vol. XVI, No. 3 Catalog Number April, 1954 THE AUGSBURG BULLETIN Published bi-monthly and one additional issue in Ap...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY Minneapolis 4, Minnesota EIGHTY-FIFTH YEAR Founded 1869 Catalog Record for 1953-1954 Announcements for 19561955 and 1955-1956 Vol. XVI, No. 3 Catalog Number April, 1954 THE AUGSBURG BULLETIN Published bi-monthly and one additional issue in April by Augsburg College and Theologicol Seminary at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Entered as secondtloss matter March 21, 1947 at the post office at Minneapolis, Minnesota, under the act of August 24, 1912. Accreditation and Membership in Educational Associations Augsburg College is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, the regional accrediting agency. It is approved by the Minnesota Department of Education. It is a member of the Association of American Colleges, the National Lutheran Educational Conference, the Association of Minnesota Colleges, and the State Council of Minnesota Colleges. TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE Academic Calendar . . . . . . . . Board of Trustees . . . . . . . . . . Administration 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 . . . . . ......................... 5 . . . Committees of the Faculty 6 The Faculty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 General Information .. Financial Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Student Community Life . I 5 . 24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 The College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Academic Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Graduation Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . Curriculums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Divisional Organization . . . . . . 44 44 50 53 63 Student Personnel Services . . CoursesofStudy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Division of Religion and Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Division of the Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Division of the Social Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Division of the Natural Sciences and Mathematics . . . . 64 64 68 81 95 The Theological Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 3 . General Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Courses of Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . !$.!....,+.. ,, . , . . . . . - . .105 .., Student Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I. I I Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124 CALENDARS For 1954-55and 1955-56 FIRST SEMESTER I955 I954 Freshman Days Sept. 9-13 Registration Sept. 9, 10, Classes begin Sept. 14, 8:00 a.m. Sept. 17 Late Registration Fee Sept. 17 Oct. 22-24 Homecoming Oct. 28-30 Nov. Sept. 9-13 Sept. 9, 13 10, 11, Sept. 14, 8:00 a.m. 13 12, End of &st half of Semester Nov. Nov. 25, 26 Thanksgiving Recess Nov. 24, 25 Dec. 17, 4:zo p.m. Christmas Recess begins Dec. 16, 4:20 p.m. 1955 Jan. 3, 8:00 a.m. Classes begin after Christmas 1956 Jan. 3, 8:00 a.m. Jan. 20-26 College Examinations Jan. 24-27 Seminary Examinations Jan. 23-26 Jan. 26 First Semester Ends Jan. 25 Registration for Second Semester Jan. 16-31 10 10 Recess Jan. 17 to Feb. I Jan. 19-25 SECOND SEMESTER Feb. 2, 8:00 a.m. Classes begin Feb. Feb. 5 Late Registration Fee Feb. 4 Feb. zz Washington's Birthday Feb. End of first half of Semester April 4 April I I, 8:00 a.m. 22 Easter Recess begins Mar. 27, 4:2o p.m April 12, 8:00 a.m. Easter Recess ends April 3, 8:00 a.m. May 27 Seminary Commencement May 25 College Examinations May 2 5 to June May 30 Decoration Day May 30 May 29 June 3, 8:00 p.m. Baccalaureate Service June 3 College Commencement June 4. 8:00 p.m. April 6, 4:20 p.m. May 26 to June 2 I b BOARD OF TRUSTEES REV. ERNESTG. LARSON,President, Minneapolis, Minn.. . Term REV. CLARENCE J. CARLSEN, Vice-President, Minneapolis, Minn. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term MR. G. S. MICHAELSEN, Secretary, Minneapolis, M i . . . Term MR. R. E. MYHRE, Treasurer, Minneapolis, Minn.. . . . . . . Term REV. D. W. LYNGDAL, Duluth, Minn.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term MR. EVEN OSE, Thief River Falls, Minn. . . . . . . . . . . . .. Term MR. IVER H. IVERSON, min not, N. D.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term k v . GEORGEJ. KNUDSON,Marinette, Wis. . . . . . . . . Term MR. GILBERTBERG, Seattle, Washington . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term expires 1954 expires expires expires expires expires expires expires expires 1957 195 8 1956 1958 I 9 54 1955 I 9 56 1957 Advisory Members DR. T. 0. BURNTVKDT, President, Lutheran Free Church, Minneapolis, Minn. DR. BERNHARDCHRISTENSEN,President, Augsburg College and Theological Seminary, Minneapolis, Minn. ADMINISTRATION BERNHARDCHRISTENSEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .President MAILTINQUANBECK. . . . .Dean of the Colkge and Director of Veterans Agairs JOHN M. STENSVAAG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of the Theological Seminary BURTONP. FOSSE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Business Manager K. BERNERDAHLEN.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of Students GERDAMORTENSEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of Women ..fi r . . Efi CL e . . . . . . . .Director of Public Relatims MILDREDJOEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registra~,Secretary of the General F a d t y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Secretary of the Theological Famlty MELVINA. HELLAND. AGNESB. TANGJERD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Librarian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Placement CARL R. HAMMAREERG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cdlege Pastor FREDEL WINDMANN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Assistant Treasurer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Field Representative S. V. HJ-ELMELAND IRWGHOEL.. . . . . . .Purchasing Agent, Supervisor of Buildings a d Grounds AINO SINKO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Food Sewice BERNHARDT J. KLEVEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Curator of the Musewm IVER B. OLSON.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Arcbivkt CARL WOYKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Publicity Director . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Registrar .W. r.. .bd. e . e ..& . . . Admissions Counselor k\ .IT - REV. CLIFFORDM. JOHNSON.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Building Fund ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF Office Staff: Beatrice Nelson, Secretary to the President and the Dean of the College; Arthur C. Engen, Bookkeeper; Lyla Bratland, Secretary to Business Manager; Bertha Lilehei, Secretary, Student Personnel Office; Lyla Olson, Secretary, Public Relations Office; Tena Mehus, Clerk, Registrar's m c e ; Mrs. Arnold Drange, Secretary, Placement Bureau; Joyce Nelson, Secretary, Admissions Ogce; Ruth Hanson, Secretary, Building Fund Office; Borghild Estness, Secretary, Registrar's Office; David Rokke, Student Employment Manager; Mrs. Erna Staub, Secretary, Library; Donna Storley, Faculty Secretary, Mimeographing; Mrs. Mavis Hafstad, Receptionist and Switchboard Operator. Resident Counselors in Dormitories: Memorial Hall, Lloyd Kallevig; Sivertsen Hall, Mrs. Eleanor Cotton Miller; Miriam House, Miriam Majander; Morton Hall, Darlene Deem; Edda House, Alice Swenson. Supervisor of Hmekeeping: Olga Hermunslie. MEDICAL n A F F Dr. C. R. Wall and Dr. S. V. Thorson, Physicians; Alice Swenson, R.N., Nurse; Bernice Olson, R.N., Assistant Nurse. COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY Administration: Christensen, Quanbeck, Stensvaag, Dahlen, Fosse, C. Strommen, Miss Mortensen, Miss Joel. Curriculum: M. Quanbeck, Christensen, Nash, Olson, Stensvaag, Kleven, Miss Joel. Admissions and Scholarship: Miss Joel, Quanbeck, Thorson, Nash, Hammarberg. Student Personnel: Dahlen, Miss Mortensen, M. Strommen, Savold, E. W. Anderson, Hammarberg. Library: Helland, Miss Pederson, Landa, Aldre, Chrislock. Athletics: Soberg, E. W . Anderson, Bertness, M. Strommen, Walton. Social: Mrs. Fylling, Miss Mortensen, Dahle, Mrs. Bergman, Mrs. Peterson. Studies: Miss Joel, Trautwein, R. Anderson, Colacci, Mrs. Nelson. Convocations: Thut, Miss Lund, Sonnack, E. Nelson (student members also included in this committee). Student-Faculty: Dahlen, Miss Mortensen, Soberg, Miss Segolson (student members also included in this committee). Teacher Education: Bertness, Urdahl, Sateren, Miss Tangjerd. Religious Life: Strommen, Sonnack, Landahl (student members also included in this committee). 1953-1954 Faculty Council: M. Quanbeck, Miss Lund, Miss Pederson, L. Quanbeck, Thelander, Thorson, Chrislock, Dahlen, Hammarberg, Colacci, Mrs. Peterson, Mrs. Nelson, Savold. Board-Faculfy Committee: Urdahl, Miss Segolson, Sonnack (Board members also included in this committee). The Faculty AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY BERNHARD M. CHRISTENSEN, Th.M., Ph.D., President und Professor of Theology A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1922-25; ThM., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1927; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1929. Additional study: Columbia, Chicago, Berlin, G ~ t t i n ~ e n . Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, Fargo, North Dakota, 1925-26. Pastoral work, Broololyn, New York, 1928-30. At Augsburg since 1930. President since 1938. ~ A R ERMISCH, L Ph.D., S.T.D., Professor Emeritw of C h r c h History A.B., Schwerin, 1897; C.T., Wartburg Seminary, 1900; B.D., Chicago Theological Seminary, 1914; S.T.M., 1925; S.T.D., 1933; A. M., University of Minnesota, 1925; Ph.D., 1927. Pastor 1900-21. Teaching: Wartburg College, Waverly, Iowa, 1921-25; University of Minnesota, 1925-29. At Augaburg 1928-1952. h h ~ v mA. HELLAND, S.T.M., Ph. D., Professor of New Testommt, Secretary of tbe Theological Faculty A.B., Augsburg College, 1915; C.T., Augsburg Theological Scxnhqy, 1918; S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Founddon, 1919; Ph.D., 1930. Additional study; Grenoble, Chicago. Educational Missionary in Madagascar, 1921-38; Professor of New Testament, Lutheran Theological Seminary, Ivory, Madagascar, 1938-40. A t Augsburg since 1941. IVER B. OLSON,AM., Th.B., Associate Professor of S y s t d i c Theology A.B., Augsburg College, 1935; Th.B., Augsburg Theological k u h r y , 1936; A.M., University of, Minnrs~ta, 1945. A d d i b d study: Chicago, Minnesota, Luther Theological Seminary, Chicago Lutheran Theological Seminarp. Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, 1936-39; University of Mhuesota, 1945-46. Pastor, Sand Creek, Wisconsin, 1939-44. Adviser oo SPAN Group in Scandinavia, 1950. At Augsburg since 1945. PAUL G. SONNACK, A.B., Th.B., Assistant Professor of C h r c h History A.B., Augsburg College, 1942; C.T., Augs'burg Theological Seminary, 1945; Th.B., 1947. Additional study: Divinity School, University of Chicago. Pastor, Moose Lake, Minn., 1945-47. At Augsburg since 1949. JOHN M. STENSVAAG, S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Old Testamunt A.B., Augsburg College, I 93 6 ; Th.B., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1939; S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Foundation, I 940; Ph.D., 194I. Additi& study: Johns Hopkii. Pastor, Minneapolis, Minn., 1942-46. At Augsburg since 1942. ERLINGM. TUNGSETH,C.T., Guest Lecturer in Practical Theology, 1953-54 A.B., Concordia College, Moorhead, Minn., 1940; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1944. Teaching: Augsburg College, 1943-44, 1946-47. FREDERICNORSTAD, A.B., C.T., S.T.M.* Special Lecturer, Director of Chaplaincy Service, Lutheran Welfare Society of Minnesota. *In cooperation with the Lutheran Welfare Society of Minnesota. AUGSBURG COLLEGE KARL ERMISCI-I, Ph.D., S.T.D., Professor Emeritzu of G m a n For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. P. A. SVEEGGEN, A.M., Professor Emeritus of English A.B., University of Minnesota, 1908; A.M., 1909. A d d i t b d s d y : &4hnesota, Chicago. Teaching: Asmistant in English, Univc* of -es~m, 1908-10; Ellsworth College, 1913-11. At Augsburg I~IJ-1952. MANIVALDALDRE, M.S., Assistant Professor of Cbemjstry Diploma of Chemical Engineer, Estonian State University of Technology, T a b , Estonia, 1941; MS., University of Minnesota, 1951. Teaching: Amhant in Chemistry, Estonian State University of Technology, 1941-42. At Atigsbug since 1949. C. WESLEYANDERSON, M.Mus., Instructor in Music A.B., Macalester College, 1930; A.A.G.O., Northwestern University, 1936; MMus., Northwestern University, 1937. Teaching: Roosevelt High School, Minneapolis; Michigan State College; Minneapolis College of Music. At Augsburg since I 9 5 3. ERNEST W. ANDERSON,M.Ed., Associate Professor of Health and P W d Edwrtion, BaRetbdl C w c b A.B., Augsburg Callege, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947. Teaching: High Sohool, 1937-41. U. S. Army, 1941-46. At Augsburg since 1946. RAYMOND E. ANDERSON,AM., Assistmt Professor of Speecb B.S., University of Ivfjnn~ita,1946; A.M., 1950. Additiond study: Minnenesota. Teuching: University of; Vermont, 1949. U. S. Navy, 1946. At Augsburg since 1949. FRANKARIO, A.B., Instructor in Physical Education A.B., Augsburg College, 1950. Additional study: M h e s t a . U. S. Army, 1943-46. At Augsbwg since 1950. PEGGY SMITH B ~ E YB.S., , Instrwtor in MllSjc B.S., University of .Minnesota, 1949. Additional study: University of Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1953. EVABAVOLAK, AM., Instructor in Bwiness Administration B.S., University of Minnesota, 1928; A.M., 194s. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-42; Northern State Tea~hersCollege, A b e r d ~ S. , Dak., 1942-47; H?mline University, St. Paul, Minn., 1947-50; University of Minnesota, 1950-52. At Augsburg since 1952. HAROLD J. BELGUM,A.M., M. Soc. Work, Instructor in Sociology A. B., Luther College, Decorah, Iowa, 1933; A.M., University of Iowa, 1937; M. Soc. Work, University of Minnesota, 1951. Teaching: Mission House College, Plymouth, Wis., 1934-3 8 ; Elmhurst College, 1938-42; Lakeside School for Boys, Seattle, Wash., 1942-44. Assistant Executive Secretary, Director caf Social Work Services, Lutheran Welfare Society of Minnesota. A t Augsbug since 1954. LUCYMAE E. BERGMAN,M.S., Instructor in Speech B.S., Kansas State Teachers College, 1934; M.S., 1935. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1935-39; University of Minnesota, 1939-47. A t Augsburg since 1952. HENRYJ. BERTNESS,A.M., Assistant Professor of Education A.B., Augsbug CaUege, r 947; A X , Unhcrsity of Minnesota, 1948. Additional study: Miunesora. Washington. U. S. Navy, 1943-46. teach in^: Tacoma Public Schools, 1948-49. A t Augsburg since 1949. A.M., Assistant Professor of Hisfory and Political Science CARLCHRISLOCK, A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947. Additional study: Minnemta. Teaching: High School, 1939-44; Tracy Junior College, 1947-48; Augustana College, Sioux Falls, S. D., 1948-5 I. At Augsburg since 1952. MARIOCOLACCI,Th.D., D.Litt., Assistant Professor of Classical Languuges Pontificium Atheneum Roman Major Seminary, Th.D., 1932; Pontifical Biblical Institute de Urbe, Rome, L.R.B., 1934; University of Naples, D.Litt., 1940. Teaching: Regional Seminary, Benevento, Italy, 1935-40; Mario Pagano College and Normal Institute, Campobasso, Italy, 1941-49. A t Augsburg since 1952. . LELAND9.DAHLE, M.S., Instructor in Chemistry B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; M.S., Purdue University, 1952. U. S. Armed Forces, 1944-46. At Augsburg since 1952. K. BERNERDAHLEN,A.M., Dean of Students mad Associate Professor of English A.B., Augsburg College, 193I; A.M., University of Minnseota, 1940. Mditioa;ll 6mdy: Mbwu. Teaching: High School, 193 1-39; Crosby-Ironton Junior College, I 940-41. U. S. Army Ak Forces, 1942-41. A t Augsburg since 1941. BURTONP. FOSSE,B.B.A., B.M.E., Business Manager B.B.A., and B.M.E., University of Minnesota, 1949. U. S. Army, 1943-46. Industrial Engineering Work, 1949-5 3. At Augsburg since 1953. CLARICE A. h-LLING, B.S., Assistant Librarian A.B., Augsburg College, 1940; B.S., University of Minnesota, 1941. Teaching: High School, 1941-43. Minneapolis Public Library, 1943-53. A t Augsburg since 195 3. MIKELISGEISTAUTS, Cand.rer.nat., Instructor in Art Cand.rer.nat., University of Latvia, Riga, 1940;Academy of Art, Latvia, Riga. Teaching: Private Studio, 1938-49.At Augsburg since 1952. CARLR. HAMMARBERG, A.M., Assisktlt Professor of Psychology and Education A.B., Gustavus Adolphus CoIIegr, 1932; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1948. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Bethany College, Lindsborg, Kan., 1948-53. tit Augsburg since 1953. MELVINA. HELLAND,S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Greek ond Religion For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. ALMAM. JENSEN, A.M., Assistant Professor of Sociology A.B., Colorado State CoI1ege of Education, 1 9 2 7 ; A.M., 1928. Additional smdy: Minnesota, Copenhagen. Teaching: Eesrera State Teachers Cdege, Madiwn, South Dakota, 1921-25; Dickinson Stare Teachers W e g e , 192836; Colondo State College of Education, 19 3 6-37. Educational research: University of Minnesota and State Department of Education, 1937-39; Minnesota Historical Society, 1941-44. At Augsburg since 1943. MILDRED V. JOEL, A.M., Registrar rind Assistant Professor A.B., Augsburg GIIcge, 1940; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947. Additional srud y : Szrbtdrcwan, Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1941-46. At Augsburg since r947. EBBA I. JOHNSON,A.B., B.S. in L.S., Assistant Librarian A.B., University of Minnesota, 1950;B.S. in L.S., 1953.At Augsburg since '952- MEMI B. KINGSLEY,A.M., Assistrrnt Professor of Spanish A.B., Maryville College, r936; A.M., Uni~ersiryof Mexiw, 1944. Additional study: Columbia, Minnmta. Teaching : Wagner College, Staten Island, N. Y., 1941-42;Friends School, Bmklyn, N. Y., 1946-47. A,t Augsburg since 1947. BERNHARDT J. &EVEN, Ph.D., Professor of History and Political Science A.B., Augsborg College, 1922; A. M, University of Minnesota, 1930; Ph.D., 194r. Addirional study: Hamard. Teaching: High Schml, 192215: Whsaton Cauege, 1946-47. At Augsburg, 1937-46,and since 1947. W. LAMARRKOPP, A.B., Instructor in Germun A.B., Goshen College, Indiana, 1952.Additional study: University of Minnesota. A t Augsburg since 19~3. ARNOLDM. LAHTI,A.B., Instructor in Physics .4.13., Western Washington CoIlege. Bellingham, Wash., 1947 and 1948. Addirional m d y : Unircrsicy of Minnesota. Teaching: Western Washington College, 1947-48: ToIedo Jr. High, 1948-49;University of Minnesota, 1951-1:. ~ 4 Augburg t Skcf 191 j. BJARNEE. LANDA,PhD., A t r d t c Professor of hgwgas A.B., Vass Statt Cdege, N m y , 1925; 0,Unhtnity of Southern Gdifornia, 1928: U ,1930;Ph.D., Univ-tg of W r a , r952. Teaching: High School, 1930-31; University of Minnesota, 1938-42; Fisk University, 1945-47. U. S. O&e of Censorship, 1942-45. A t Augsburg since CARL W. LANDAHL, M.Mus., Instructor in Mwic A.B., Ud&ty d Minnwtg rg3r; BXw., C o I d m School of Mllfit, Chicago, 1933; XMtvi., 1934; BD., C&omia Baptist neologicd Seminary, 1950. Teaching: Pdvate Teaching, Chicago, 1931-40; Dnkota WBleyan Unberzity, Mitchell, S. D.,1940-42;Northwestern khwls, ?&meapolis, 1950-59. A t Augsburg since 1952. AUDREYLANDQUIST, MMus., I n s t m t o r in P i m o ond Organ B.S., University bf Minnesota, 1940; B,Mus., & c P h d School of Music, 1940; M.Mus., 1944. Teaching: Ma~Phail School of Music rime 1937. A t Augsburg since 1946. ROBERT E. LARSEN,A.M., Assistant Professor of Philosophy A.B., Luther College, Decorah, Iowa, 1944; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1952. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching Waldorf College, 194648. A t Augsburg since 1953. GERTRUDE S. LUND,A.M., Instructor in Secretarial Science AB., Augsburg College, 1936; AM., UniPckty of Minnesom, 1911. Teaching: High School, 1943-41; West C m d SchQol of A & d e Morris, 1945-47; Duluth Business University, 1947-48; High S ~ h d 1948, 49. A t Augsburg since 1950. ELEANORCOTTON~ ~ L L E RA.M., , Imtructos in English A.B., Wheaton College, Wheaton, 1940; A.M., Wheaton College, 1945. Additional study: South Dakota State College. Teaching: High School, 1940-43, 1945-46; South Dakota State College, 1949-53. At Augsburg since 1953. m., MUTON, A.M., Instructor in English. A.B., University of Minnesota, 1948; A.M., 1951. Additional study: Minnesota. Armed Forces, 1943-46. A t Augsburg since 1949. JOHN GERDA MORTENSEN,AM., Dean of Women and Professor B.S., University of Minnesota, 1923; A.M., Columbia University, 1928. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Junior High School, 1917-21; Hankow Private School, Hankow, China, 1934-3 5. A t Augsburg since 1923. ARTHURNASH, Ph.D., Professor of Biology A.B., Augsburg College, I 922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938. Additional study: Minnesota; Seminar to Australia, 1934-35. U. S. Army Air Force, 1942-46. Dean, Augsburg College, 1946-50. A t Augsburg since 1922. EDORC. NELSON, M.Ed., Assistmt Professor of Pbysical Education m d Coach. of Football md Baseball AB., Augsburg College, 1938; &Ed., University of Minneso~, 1948. Teaching: High School, 1938-41. U. S. Army, 1941-46. A t Augsburg since 1946. &EN Y. NELSON, Ph.D., h i s k f f l Profer~orof H m e Economics B.S., University of Minnesota, 1938; M.S., 1941; Ph.D., rgTz. Twding: H g h S h l , 1938-42; Warem hkhigan CoIIege, K a ~ u f i a ~ m1942-44; , University of California, 1944-46; Iowa Srare Teachers College, Su 1948, 1949. At Augsburg since 1951. IVERB. OLSON, A.M., Th.B., Associate Professor of Scandinavian For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theologicd Seminary Faculty listing. ANKEPEDERSON, A.M., A~soriate Pro~PISOI.of English A.B., Augsburg College, I gj 2; A.M.,Universiry of Minnesota, I 9; 5 . Addir k n d study: Minnwta, ColumKia. Tnching: High Scbml, 1945-46; Sari Matm Junior College, California, one semesttr, 1946. At Augburg, 1932-44, and since 1946. LAVONNE PETERSON,A.M., Instructor in Physical Education for Women A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; A.M., University of Montana, 1953. Additional study: hhnesota, Montana, MacPhail School of Music. At Augsburg since 1950. LAWRENCEA. QUANBECK, A.B., Director of Admissions A.B., Augsburg College, 1947. Additional study: Minnesota. U. S. Navy.. 1944-46. Minneapolis YMCA, 1947-1 I. A t Augsburg since 195 I. TIN QL~ASBECX, Ph.D., Dem of Ihe Comegc and Professor a j Edlccstion A.B., Augsbwg ColIege, ~ 9 2 9 A.M., ; University of Minnesota, 1933: Ph.D., 1952. High S r b d admioistrarion, k t o n r ~ c Minn., , 1929-36. Teaching: W d d ~ r fa U e g t , 1936-38. Registrar, Augsburg College, r 939-46; Dta, 1942-46 and since 1950. A t Augsburg since 19rS. LELAND B. SATEREN, A.M., Professor of Music AB., Augsburg College, 1935 ; A.M., Universirp of Minnesota, 194 j. Additional study: Campsicion with Donald F e r g w n (-Minneapolis), 1941-43. Teaching: Ehgh School, 193 y-39. M d c Director, Radio Starion KUOM, University of Minnesota, 1940-4 3. Educational Director, Civilian Public Service, 1444-46. At Augsbwg 1941-43.and since 1946. A. M. SAVOLD,A.B., Assistant Professor of Music A a . , Luther College, 1941. Teaching: Beman County Agriculture and' Tnining SchmI, Maddock, N. D., 1934-37; Lvnberton Pdblic Schools, 1941-42 and 1946-48. U. S. Armed Forces, 194s-45; Glenwood Public Scboofs, 1948-52. A t Augsburg since 1952. RUTH SEWLSON,M.S., Professor of Home Economics B.S., University of Minnesota, 1925; M.S., 1938. Additional study: Minnesota and Syracuse University. Teaching: High School, 1925-28; University of Minnesota, 1928-44; Washington State College, Summer 1936. A.t Augsburg since 1944. GEORGESOBERG,A.B., C.T., Professor of Mathematics A.B., Augsburg College, 1926; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1950. Additional study: Minnesota. A t Augsburg since 1926. PAULG. SONNACK,A.B., Th.B., Assistant Professor of Religion For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. M. STENSVAAG, S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Religion For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. JOHN CLAIRE. STROMMEN,A.B., Director of Public Relations A.B., Augsburg College, 1946. Teaching: High School, Springfield, Minn. Insurance salesman, 1946-13. At Augsburg since 195 I. ~MERTON P. STROMMEN, A.B., l%.B., College Pastor and Assistant Professor of Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 1943; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1944; Th.B., 1951. Additional study: Minnesota. Pastor, Mora, Minnesota, 1944-47. At Augsburg since 1947. OLIlP H. SWENSON,A.M., Instructor in Sociology A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1943; A.,M., University of Minnesota, 19 50. Teaching: Gustavus Adolphus College, 1947-49, 1950-5 I. Probation Ofice, Hennepin County, 191 I-. A t Augsburg since 1953. AGNESB. TANGJERD, AM., Librarian and Associate Professor of Library Science A.B., St. O l d College, 1920; B.S. in L.S., University of h&mesota, 1939; A.M., 1944. Additional study: Minnesota. With Zion Society for Israel, 1922-28. Teaching: High School, 1929-3 6. Eau Claire Public Library, 1936-38. At Augsburg since 1940. DANIELB. TETZLAFF,B.S., Instructor in Brass Instrzlments B.S., University of Minnesota, 1946. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: Southern College of Fine Arts, Houston, Texas, 1948; Hamline University, 19 5 2-5 3. At Augsburg since 1953. ROY PHUIP THELANDER,M.S., Instructor in Biology A.B., University of Utah, 1949; M.S., 1950. Additional study: Minnesota. U. S. A m y Air Forces, 1942-46. Teaching: Part-time, University of Utah, 1947-50. At Augsburg since 1950. GERALDH. THORSON,A.M., Assistant Professor of English A.B., Augsburg College, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1948. Additional study: Grenoble, Wisconsin, Oslo, Minnesota, Columbia, U. S. A m y , 1943-46. Teaching: Wagner College, 195 I. At Augsburg since 1946. JOHN THUT, A.B., M.Mus., Assistant Professor of Voice A.B., Goshen College, 1923; B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1929; M.Mus., 1936. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaohing: Bethel College, 1924-27; h e r i c a n Conservatory of Music, 1931-44; Colorado State College of Education, 1946-47. YMCA War Prisoners Aid, England and Belgium, 1944-46. A.t Augsburg since 1947. VERA THUT, B.Mus., Instnrctor in Piano B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1927. Additional study: American Conservatory of Music and Minnesota; Master Class Work with Silvio Scionti; Robyn Normal Teachers Training Course; Studied under Kurt Wanieck. Teaching: American Conservatory of Music, 1926-46; Colorado State College of Education, 1946-47. At Augsburg since 1947. A.M., Associate Professor of Sociology JOEL S. TORSTENSON, A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Director of Education and Public Relations, Midland Cooperative Wholesale, 1945-47. A t Augsburg 1938-42, and since '947. MARGARETSATERENTRAUTWEIN,A.M., instructor in English A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1953. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1937-47. At Augsburg since 1949. ~ ~ V E. T TRAUTWEIN, N A.M., Assistant Professor of Psychology and Education A.B., University of Nebraska, 1935 ; A.M., Columbia, 1940. Additional study: Hamard, Hawaii, Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1936-42; Dean, Norfolk Junior College, 1942. Staff, Education and Training m c e r , V. A., Fort Snelling, 1946-48. Research Assistant and Counselor, University of Minnesota, 1948-50. U. S. Army Air Force, 1942-46. A t Augsburg since 1950. ERLINGJ. URDAHL,A.M., Associate Professor of Biology and Psychology A.B., Concordia College, 1930; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-35. Principal, Cannon Fdls, Minnesota, 1935-41. At Augsburg since 1943. S w r r D. WALTON,Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Business Administration ad Economics B.S., University of Minnesota, 1947; Y.B.A., Harvard University, 1949; PbD., Iowa State College, 1953. Teaching: Iowa State College, 1949-52. University of Minnesota, 1912-5 3. At Augsburg since 1953. General Information PURPOSE Augsburg College is a four-year liberal arts college sponsored by the Lutheran Free Church for the purpose of giving young people an opportunity to obtain a broad education in a Christian environment. In addition to a general education, students may prepare themselves for such vocations as high school teaching, business administration, medical technology, secretarial work, parish work, missions, and social work. They may prepare for further study in the fields of dentistry, engineering, law, medicine, nursing, and theology, as well as for graduate study in various fields. The Skminary, with its facilities on the same campus, offers a three-year rheological course leading to a Bachelor of Theology degree. Its purpose is to prepare pastors and missionaries for the Lutheran Free Ohurch. LOCATION Augsburg College and Theological Seminary is located in the Riverside Park area of South Minneapolis, across the Mississippi River from the University of Minnesota and within walking distance of the main business section of the city. Science Hall, containing the administration offices, is located at the corner of Seventh Street and Twenty-first Avenue South. Augsburg students have the advantage of getting their college education in a metropolitan center pulsating with industrial, social, and cultural activities. They have access to libraries, museums, and art collections. They may hear the best in music and lectures. Minneapolis is recognized throughout the nation as a vital center of religious life and activity. Outstanding leaders in many fields both from other parts of America and from foreign countries are frequent visitors. College students in the Twin Cities have abundant opportunity to contact present day life at one of its focal points. HISTORICAL SKETCH Augsburg was begun as a seminary in I 869, at Marshall, W'~sconsin. It was the first theological seminary started by Norwegian Lutherans in America. Through an arrangement with a private institution known as Marshall Academy the Seminary was housed in the academy building. Students who needed further preparation in academic subjects were to obtain this in the academy. This arrangement failed to work out satisfactorily; so the theological group moved to a private dwelling, where classes continued until 1872. In the autumn of that year the Seminary was removed to Minneapolis, Minnesota, where a building had been erected for its use. In the same year the school was incorporated under the laws of Minnesota. The aim of the institution was to train ministers for the Lutheran congregations which were being organized in growing numbers in the pioneer settlements that were spreading rapidly over the Northwest. The college was established when it became evident that in order to get students who were adequately prepared for theological study a college department was needed. So in 1874 a college curriculum was planned which provided for one year of preparatory studies and four years of college work along two lines, a classical course to prepare students for theology, and a scientific course to prepare for the professions. The latter course, however, had to be discontinued, partly for lack of funds and partly because too few students selected the course. The first college students were enrolled in 1874 and the first class was graduated in 1879. In 1900 a high school course covering three years was established which in 1910 was expanded to a standard four-year course. This was discontinued in 1933. In the years 1916-1919 the college course was thoroughly revised. As a result of this and of subsequent growth, the earlier classical course was greatly modified and supplemented by social and scientific studies and a more general emphasis upon the study of the humanities. In recent years there has ,been continuous study and modification of the curriculum including the introduction of a number of new majors to meet the developing needs of the students. The Divisional organization was adopted in 1945. At the present time majors are offered in 17 fields. Coeducation was introduced in the College in 1921. In the Theological Seminary there has likewise been a continuing revision of the curriculum and the addition of new courses. The requirement of a six-month period of internship was added in 1939. Standards of admission have ,been raised so that a bachelor's degree or equivalent is now the required scholastic preparation. While the Theological Seminary has its own organization, the Seminary and the College function in close cooperation. Long experience has proved this arrangement to be mutually wholesome and stimulating. Five presidents have served Augsburg during the course of its history. The terms of o6ce of two of these cover a span of over half a century. The first president was August Weenaas, who served from 1869 to 1876. He was succeeded by Georg Sverdrup, 1876 to 1907. Sven Oftedal served from 1907 to 1911 and was followed by George Sverdru~,whose term extended from 191I to 1937. H. N. Hendrickson served as acting president from 1937 until 1938. Bernhard Christensen, the present president, has served since that time. FUNDAMENTAL AIMS The educational purposes of Augsburg College and Theological Seminary spring from the conviction that Christianity is the fundamental force for good in human life. All the aims of the College, as well as those of the Seminary, are bound together by this principle. To express more distinctly the meaning of this, the following statement of aims has been formulated by the College faculty: T o lead the student to cr deeper understanding and personal realization of the truth and pvwer of the Chistian Gospel, to the end that he may become an eeective participant in the evangelical and missionary task of the Church and an earnest advocate of the Christian way of life both for the individual and for society. To familiarize the student with the clcltare of our own and other civilizatiolts, not only for the enjoyment this knowledge affords but also for the development of a more sympathetic understanding of our fellow men throughout the world. T o develop the student's ittterest in the attahment of the comnum pwposes of our counhy, so that he may work for the welfare of our institutions and for the preservation of our liberties in community and nation, and also develop an enlightened interest and participation in human affairs throughout the rest of the world. T o cdtivate in the student a Christian social spirit, in order that he may realize in his life a right balance between what he expects of others and the service he will render his fellow men. To teach t h e student t o discipline his own urges, interests, amhtiuns, and demands in a way that will effectively contribute toward the development of good character. To train t h e student in scientific methods of study and also develop his understanding of the relations of science to the welfare of humanity. To stimulate intellectual interest and develop s c h o l l y insight, so that the student may learn to think with accuracy and comprehension a t the same time as he experiences an understanding of truth which will help him to integrate the findings of science with the deepest spiritual reality. To awaken and foster in the student a n intelligent appreciation and enjoyment of t h e best in t h e fields of t h e fine arts. T o guide the student in the understanding of social relationships in order that he may take his place in groups and gatherings with propriety and grace, motivated in his conversation and conduct by the principles of Christian courtesy and sincerity. T o provide guidance fw the student in the discovery and clarification of his aptitudes and his life Purposes so that as early as possible he may plan his educational program wisely. T o train students in vocational and professicmaZ lines, giving full preparation for high school teaching, business administration, home economics, and parish work; furnishing partial training towards the study of medicine, dentistry, nursing, engineering, law, and social service, and offering a four-year college course preparing for the study of theology. T o help the student develop certain skills, as in language, music, physical activities, use of the library, laboratory work, and typewriting, together with other skills, which will increase his eaciency in the various relationships of life. T o agord t h e student wholesome recreational experience which will contribute toward an effective use of leisure time and develop such qualities as leadership, sportsmanship, and self-control, with good recreational habits, thus providing a constant source of social and personal satisfaction. T o instruct t h e student in principles, attitudes, and ideas pertaining to health, and also to train him in practices and skills which will promote his physical and mental well-being and make him better fit to meet the responsibilities of life. The work of the whole institution, both the Seminary and the College, is done on the basis of Christianity. The students who come are invited to take up their college work with the distinct understanding that the Christian spirit is determining in all things. They are asked to cooperate willingly in the program of the school towards that end. The entire program of the school, curricular and extra-curricular, and the discipline thought wise in order to make possible the carrying out of this program, spring from the aim "to see all things through the eyes of Christ." Enrollment in Augsburg College and Theological Seminary presupposes on the part of the student full cooperation in the ways prescribed for the attainment of these aims. FINANCIAL SUPPORT AND CONTROL From I 870 to I 890, Augsburg was supported by the NorwegianDanish Lutheran Conference. The merger of that church body with two others, in 1890, resulted in the afdiation of Augsburg with the newly created United Norwegian Lutheran Church. Due to cMerences concerning the control of Augsburg a division arose, and in x 897 congregations whose sympathia were deeply rooted in Augsburg formed the Lutheran Free Church. The resulting close association, in educational and spiritual activity, of Augsburg and the Lutheran Free Church has been marked by complete harmony of purpose and ideals for more than half a century. The control exercised by the Lutheran Free Church is indirect. The Annual Conference of the Church nominates the members of the Augsburg Corporation and the Board of Trustees. The Corporation through the Board of Trustees exercises direct control over property, finance, and personnel. Academic control is vested in the President and the Faculty. In addition to the income from student tuition and fees, which has materially increased with the growth and development of the College, rhe chief financial support of the institution comes from the congregations of the Lutheran Free Church. In recent years a growing circle of friends also outside the Lutheran Free Church, both alumni and others, have contributed financially to the sup- port of the school. Augsburg welcomes and invites such support on the part of all who believe in her program of vital Christian education. MEMBERSHIP IN EDUCATIONAL ASSOCIATIONS. Augsburg College is fully accredited by rhe North Central Association of Colleges and Secondmy Schools as a degree-granting institution. It is a member of the Association of American Colleges, the National Lurheran Educational Conference, the Association of Minnesota colleges, and the State Council of Minnesota Colleges. THE ALUMNI ASSOCIATION The Augsburg Alumni Association has as its goal to enable the graduates of the College and Seminary to maintain effective contact and cooperation with one another and with their A h a Mater. The annual meeting is held at Commencement time each year. Regional meetings also are held from time to time. The present ogcers are: Henry J. Bertness, President; Esther Aune, Vice-president; Marian Lowrie, Recording Secretary; Gloria Nelson, Harvey Peterson, and Kennet,h Sorenson, Advisers. THE AUGSBURG FOUNDATION The Augsburg Foundation, formerly the Augsburg Foundation Fellowship, is an association of alumni, former students, and other friends of Augsburg, having as its purpose to give united and systematic support, ,both spiritual and financial, to the school. The Foundation was estgblished in 1941 by joint action of the Board of Trustees and the Alumni Association. Its work is directed by a General Committee of nine members. A Foundation Day is held each year. EDUCATIONAL PLANT BUILDINGS The Main, erected in 1900, contains the Chapel, the Library, the Seminary classrooms and oflices, and a number of college classrooms and oflices. Science Hall, erected in 1948-49, is a large and completely modern college building. It includes, besides the administration of- fices, well-equipped laboratories for Chemistry, Physics, Biology, and Home Economics, as well as the student organization &ces, the Student Center, a small auditorium, classrooms, and faculty osces. On the fourth floor is the Tower Prayer Chapel. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, is a modem, fireproof dormitory affording living quarters for about 150 men. On the ground floor of this building is the college cafeteria and dining hall. Sivertsen Hall, acquired in 1939, is a comfortable dormitory accommodating about 50 women. Morton Hall, erected in 1888, Edda House, purchased and remodeled in 1948, and Miriam House, acquired in 195 I, are smaller dormitories for women, each accommodating about 20 students. During 1947 two new buildings were added, both located on ~ 3 r Avenue d across the Square from the older part of the Campus. The Gymnasium, an adequate temporary structure, was erected for the College by the Federal Works Agency as a part of a program providing educational facilities for veterans. The Music Hall was acquired by purchase and remodeled to serve the needs of the Music Department. Quite a number of dwellings have been acquired in recent years in the expanded campus area, which are used for faculty and student housing until this need can be met through more permanent structures. Also three temporary housing units have been erected by the Federal Works Agency on the campus ground. The President's Home, a residence of modern architectural design, located at the south of the Square, was erected in 1949. Some years ago the beginning was made of a Museum for the school. Members of the Alumni Association have presented many t s . There are several collections: a Madagascar Cdvaluable d lection, a Santal Collection, and a considerable collection of rare minerals, curios, etc. Contributions to the Museum are invited. In the spring of 1929 the Augsburg Archive Society was organized. The purpose of this organization is to gather and preseme documents, books, and other articles of historical value. To house the Archives a fire-proof room which was provided in the Main has been replaced recently by a large room on the ground floor of Science Hall. Here are now found a fine collection of periodicals, old and rare books, manuscripts, letters, and pictures, and also about I ,000 volumes of Norwegian-American literature, affording rich resources for scholarly research. Further contributions to the Archives should be sent to Prof. Iver Olson, Archivist. The collections in the Library aggregate about 27,700 volumes exclusive of pamphlets. About three hundred of the best periodicals, and pamphlets dealing with various subjects, and a number of serials devoted to the interests of special fields are received currently. Students have access to the Library daily from 7:45 A. M. to 1o:oo P. M. On Saturday the Library closes at 4:30 P. M. In the Twin City area other libraries are located-which make their holdings available to Augsburg students, notably, the St. Paul and Minneapolis public libraries, the latter of which issues library cards to out-of-town students for each school year; the James Hill Reference Library in St. Paul, which has one of the finest reference collections in the Northwest; and the University of Minnesota Library, which is within walking distance of the Augsburg campus and is a splendid source of materials for research papers. Each year Augsburg students make extensive use of all these libraries. NATURALSCIENCELABORATORIES The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the Science Hall. Three laboratories and two storerooms for Biology are located on the second floor; three laboratories and a large storeroom for Chemistry, and a laboratory and the .two storerooms for Physics are located on the third floor. To facilitate instruction the college provides many excellent visual and auditory aids. Available for classroom use, and for the use of other college activities, are the following: Two 16mm. sound movie projectors, two 3 I/4x4 inch slide projectors, three 2x2 slide projectors, a Balopticon, a sound amplification system, two film strip projectors, and a magnetic tape recording machine. There is also a well equipped photography department. The Auditorium in Science Hall is fully equipped for visual education classes and lectures. Several classrooms are dso provided with facilities for projection. SPECIAL PROGRAMS OF STUDY Evening classes are held as a community sexvice for adults not enrolled in the day school. Announcement of course to be offered are made in the fall. Information about the evening school may be obtained from the o6ce of the Dean. OF NURSING AFFILIATIONWITH SCHOOLS Student nurses in the Schools of Nooursing at the Lutheran Deaconess and Swedish Hospitals in Minneapolis receive much of their first semester of instruction at Augsburg College. Application for admission to the Schools of Nursing should be made to the hospitals directly. In cooperation with the Minneapolis General Hospital, Augsburg offers work which enables the student to receive a college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years of this work are taken at Augsburg and a final twelve-month program is completed at the hospital.- Financial Information STUDENT EXPENSES A considerable part of the income on whiah Augsburg operates is derived from endowment and from gifts, a major part of the latter coming from the supporting church. Therefore, the fees charged the student do not constitute h e whole cost of his education, for he enjoys the benefits of the gifts of those who 'believe in and support rhe work of the school. Fm theological students, the church assumes the full cost of tuition; a statement of other expenses in attending the seminary is given in the Seminary section of the catalog. GENERALEXPENSES FOR ONE SEMESTER' Tuition in College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $200.00 This covers instruction, use of the library, and admission to all athletic events. h k s , &C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25.00 t0 40.00 Student activity fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.00 Health fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.o~ 5.00 Matriculation fee (for those registering the first time) . . . Key deposit (refundable) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I .oo Locker (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I .oo Mail box fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 o Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $245.50 to 260.50 Students registered for more than the maximum number of credit hours (17 in the College) are charged at the rate of $10.00 for each additional credit hour a week per semester. Special students will pay at the rate of $17.00 per credit hour up to 1 1 credits. Those who register for 12 or more credit hours will pay the regular tuition charge. The fee for auditing a course is $7.50 per credit hour. Special students and auditors enrolled for 5 hours or more of class work per week pay the student activity fee and health fe. Subject to change. ROOMAND BOARDPER SEMESTER' Room . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 63.00 Board (estimate) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I 60.00 SPECIALFEES Late registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ Change of registration after the beginning of the second week of classes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registration with the Placement Bureau . . . . . . . . . . . . . Placement fee, depending upon the methad of placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $3.oo to Graduation fee. for seniors in both the College and the Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations taken at another hour than the one scheduled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Examination making up an incomplete or a condition . . . . . Comprehensive examination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 .00 1.00 2.00 5.00 7.50 2.00 2.00 . 5 oo MUSICFEESPERSEMESTER ...................................... Voice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Organ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brass (private instruction) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brass (class instruction) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Piano rental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Organ rental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Choir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chord Club . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Piano ' .. Art I and 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.00 Art 3 and 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.00 3.00 Home Economics 2, 36, 76 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Home Economics 39 and 40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.00 Biology 60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I .oo- 2.00 Biology, 1,2,3N,4, 52, 5 3 , a n d f s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.50 Biology 7N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.00 Biology 13, 14, 25, 26, and 54 1 . Subject to change Chemistry I, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chemistry 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chemistry 3N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chemistry5,6,~1,5~,53, 54,andss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physics I, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physics 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physics 5 and 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physics 51 and 52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Secretarial Studies 2, 8, 5 I, and 52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Secretarial Studies I, 5 3, and 54. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Education 96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5 o 2.00 4.00 5.00 2.50 2.00 4.00 5.00 2.5 o I. 50 15.00 Resident students General expenses . . , , . . . . . . . . . .$245.50 to 260.50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223.00 Room and Board Special, music, or course fees. . . . . . . . . . . . . -2.00 to 3 5.00 Total, approximately . . . . . . . . $ 4 7 o . ~ oto ~ 1 8 . y o OiX-campus students General expenses . . . . . . . . . . Special, music, or course fees Total, approximately . . . . . . , . . . . $245.50 to 260.50 . . . . . .2.00 to 35.00 . . . $247.50 to 295.50 PAYMENT OF ACCOUNTS Srude~~acwunzsare.&hMarthe cimaofre&~ationin S q t d s and Felmwy. Parena may dqmit money in advan* at the school or the d e n t may d e dx papent whenhe tegbter~s. Rw-g dmt paymest of fees in f d ac reg;sWarjon p e s a h a n d p m k im v e e &e c&ge bas -toted s '"deferred p a w - parn". Unde this-plan.% miniftlum df 205% of the tuition fee, room fee, and minimum board bill is paid at registration together with all special course and miscellaneous fees. T h e balance may be paid in monthly installments during the semester. To defray the cost of the plan a charge of $1.00 is made for each payment on the student's account after registration. Subject to change. REFUNDS Students who cancel their registration before the middle of any semester pay tuition at the rate of $14.00 per week for the time during which they have been in attendance. Students who cancel out after the middle of the semester receive no refund of tuition. No refunds are made of the Matriculation and Student Activity fees. Course fees are paid at the rate of 10% per week ,by students who cancel out before the middle of the semester. Papments for board and room are refunded in proportion to the time students have been in residence. Students who move out of dormitories but do not cancel out of school are charged the full semester room rent. STUDENT AIDS Financial aids in the form of loan funds, scholarships, grantsin-aid, and employment assistance are available a t Augsburg. Students must meet certain requirements to qualify for loans or scholarships. The college gives assistance to students in securing work both on and off the campus. Several loan funds have been established to assist students in working out their financial problems. Loans may be arranged at a reasonable rate of interest for various periods of time. The Gewral Studmt Loan Fund, established through the gifts of many individual donors, is chiefly maintained by contributions from the Augsburg College Women's Club. It extends assistance to members of all classes. The Charles and Nora Crmch Student Loan Fund, established in 1954, likewise extends assistance to members of all classes. The Jhnand Anna Jorgiw Gregory Theological Studmt Lorvn Fuwd is available to students who are preparing for the ministry. The Student Aid Fund of the Zion Lutheran Hour, established under the auspices of Zion Lutheran Church of Minot, North Dakota, likewise extends loans to students preparing for the minis~ry. Arrangements for the loans are made through a conference with the Dean of Students, chairman of the faculty committee on student loans. In addition ro arranging loans, the committee counsels students on h c i d matters w i d rhe objective in mind of helping rhe mudent work out a sat$factorg plan for 'hisfinances. Prize Scholarships, amounting t o tuition for the second half of the Fr&a year, are offered to the highest ranking boy and the highest ranking &I in each Minnesota high school graduating class. A number of su& schoIamhips are alsu awarded to other outstanding high school graduates selected by the Scholarship Committee. The Opseth Memorial Music Scho1arsh;iP was established in 1953 in memory of Henry P. Opseth, former head of the Music Department and director of tbe Augsburg Cullege Choir. It is awarded annually to a sophomore w j d ~ student r of outstanding promise or achievement in the field of music. The Gewge Svmdmp Gadaate F~Elws&$ was atabhhed by the Board of Trustees of Augsburg in 1947 to honor the menory of George Sverdrup, Praident of Augsburg from r91 x to 1937. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding character and abiLity who plans to prepare further for the mcatiOn of teaching. The amount of the Fellowship is five hundred dollars. The Keith E. H o # w n M&I Sckohshifi was established in 1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapolis in memory of their son who gave his life in the conquw of Okinawa. The d o l a d i p wnsists of the income from a fund of $ I ,075 and is awarded annually t o a student selected on the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and ability in the field of athletics. T& Lastberan E r o f k h d SchIarshij of $300 is provided by the Lutheran Brotherhood Life Insurance Society and awarded each fall to an outstanding Lurheran college senior. The student is selected by the college in the spring of the junior year on the basis of religious leadership and &ohtic standing. The Alcgsburg College Wotnen's Club Scholarship awards, totaling $400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding character and excellent scholarship. T h Adolph Pmlson Mem&Z Prize, from a fund established by members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor Adolph, Paulson who taught Social Science at Augsburg from 193o to I 93 5, is awarded annually to a college student for the best essay written on an assigned subject in the general field of Christian Sociology. The amount of the prize is $40.00. The Celia Fredricksm Schlursbip consists of the income from a fund of one thousand dollars. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg student from the Lamberton, Minnesota, parish of the Lutheran Free Church. The Greater Augsburg Alumni AssocilEtim Scholarship of $250 is awarded annually to an outstanding alumnus of Augsburg in order to encourage and assist promising students in the carrying out of projects of graduate study. The Women's Missionary Federation Scholarship is awarded by the Federation to returned missionaries pursuing further study or to Lutheran students of recognized Christian character and good scholastic records who are making preparation for mission work in evangelistic, medical, educational, literary, agricultural, or other fields approprite for missionary work. The scholarship is granted for one year at a time in amounts varying from $so.oo to $250.00 per year for academic and professional training. Higher awards are possible for graduate work or medical study. EMPLOYMENT SERVICE The employment service, located in the Placement Ogce, has been successful in placing hundreds of men and women students in pairt-time positions. The types of work secured are of many kinds, including recreational leadership, restaurant work, domestic service, sales work, and secretarial and clerical work. Students ai-e employed by the college in many activities. For these positions preference is given to upper-class students who have maintained a good scholastic average. Assistance in securing summer employment is also provided each spring by the Employment Service. Application forms for part-time employment on or off campus may be secured from the Admissions or Placement Offices. Student Community Life 1 3 CHRISTIAN ENVIRONMENT The influences which mould life and character on a college campus are of many kinds. While the exercises of classroom, laboratory, and library form the organizing basis of college activity, they need to be supplemented by other than academic forces. These intangible but very real supplementary iQuences have much t o do with creating the spirit of an institution. At Augsburg d e h i t e emphasis is placed upon the maintenance of a wholesome spirit of Christian community living. Students are urged to give conscious attention to this personal and spiritual side of their development and thus contribute toward the prevalence of a vital and happy Christian atmosphere on the campus. It is the earnest desire of those who direct the policies of Augsburg that the institution may constantly be permeated by an atmosphere in which the quest for Truth as it is in Christ is prayerf d y fostered in each life. All students are required to register for two class hours per week in one of the courses offered in Religion. There are numerous voluntary religious activities in which students are encouraged to participate. Spiritual Emphasis Week is held twice each year. It is assumed that every Augsburg student will h d a church home in Minneapolis and attend its services regularly. I t is expected of each student that his life, conduct, and influence, both on and 06 campus, shall be worthy of a member of a Christian College. Those who do not feel drawn to this quality of life and to the fellowship in which it is nourished should not seek to be enrolled at Augsburg. A truly Christian spirit and environment must be the product of the united effort and prayer of faculty, students, and administration. THE CHAPEL SERVICE The heart of Augsburg's program of Christian education is the daily Chapel Service, where the faculty and students gatfier for united worship, prayer, and a brief meditation upon the Word of God. Regular attendance is expected of all students. DISCIPLINE The Christian ideals of Augsburg give no room for such demoralizing practices as gambling, drinking, frequenting of public dances, indiscriminate attendance at movies, and objectionable card playing. Students enrolled at Augsburg are expected, therefore, not to participate in such practices. Augsburg reserves the right to dismiss or to discipline any student who is not amenable to advice and direction. The school likewise reserves the right to dismiss any student whose general conduct or influence is unwholesome. Such a student may be removed although no formal charge is made against him. CULTURAL OPPORTUNITIES Augsburg's location in Minneapolis gives its students unique opportunities to make use of some of the finest educational and cultural advantages offered in the Upper Midwest. Excellent art collections are to be found in The Minneapolis Institute of Arts and the Walker Art Gallery. The Twin City libraries are large and extensive in their services. The Historical Museum in St. Paul gives access to large collections of historical material. The Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra programs and other concerts afford rich opportunity for music appreciation. In the Twin Cities are located both the University of Minnesota and several colleges, affording contacts which are conducive to intellectual and cultural stimulus and development. CONVOCATION Regular convocation programs are held at Augsburg throughout the year. These programs aim to acquaint the campus community with outstanding personalities and problems in various fields. A wide range of interests is covered, including the scientiiic, political, social, religious, and artistic. RECREATION AND SOCIAL LIFE "No man is a hypocrite in his pleasures." To learn to enjoy the right form of recreational activities is an important aspect of preparation for life. At Augsburg there is a definite attempt to encourage the formation of helpful recreational habit-patterns, not only as regards the definitely planned play-program supervised and directed by the Department of Physical Education, but as regards the use of leisure time in general. Wholesale social activities of of many kinds are fostered and encouraged. STUDENT AREAS The Student Center, the Student Council Room, the Augsburgian and Augsburg Echo Offices in Science Hall are headquarters for many student events and provide opportunity for students, both campus and city, to meet informally and to promote student activities. The recreation room at Sivertsen Hall, the gymnasium, the Dining Hall, and the reception rooms in the various residences provide opportunities for informal social gattherings and for study and discussion groups. The Tower Prayer Chapel in Science Hall is open during the day for times of quiet and meditation. Smaller groups may request the use of the chapel for devotional meetings. STUDENT ACTIVITIES Student activities are regarded as an integral part of the educational experience of college students. The oflice of Coordinator of Student Activities has been created to provide centralized services, continuity, and concern for the e~ectivefunctioning of all student activities. The program of student activities is organized through the Student Council. College direction is provided by the StudentFaculty Committee, the Coordinator of Student Activities, and the faculty sponsors of the several organizations. The Student-Faculty Committee serves as a liaison lbetween the Student Council and the Faculty Council. STUDENT GOVERNMENT The Student Society. Its purpose is to guide student affairs and to provide students with training in practical democracy and in developing student initiative and leadership. An organization of the entire student body, it is the agency for student government on the campus. It delegates the authori'ty "to promote and govern the all-student activi,tiesmof the college to The Augsburg Student Council. The president of the Council and the major chairmen are elected by The Student Society. Other memibers are elected by each of the College classes and The Theological Seminary as their representatives. A local council of the National Stdent Association has !ken formed by the Student Council. Associated Women Students consists of all women enrolled in Augsburg College. The purpose of this organization is to provide an organization for self-government, to create a sense of hacrmony and fellowship among the women of the College, to promote and maintain a high standard of honor and integrity in matters of personal conduct, and to encourage participation in college activities. Memorial Hall Hmse Council is made up of the counselors and representative students from each house in Memorial Hall. The members aid in establishing policies for the residents, and assist in maintaining order in che Hall. Class Organizations. Freshmen, Sophomores, Juniors and Seniors each have their own class organization and participate in student government. ACADEMIC Aristotelians. Membership is open to students who specialize in the natural sciences. Programs are planned to develop and further the scientific interests of the students. The Business Club draws membership from the Business and Secretarial Studies classes. The development of professional interests is the major objective. T b German Society. This organization is for the purpose of cultivating an appreciation of the German language and culture. The Home Economics Club, open to all students in &at department, is an organization promoting professional attitudes toward all aspects of home and community life. The Nmse Club. This club is composed of students who are interested in Norwegian history, literature, music, and art. The Spanish Club gives members of the Spanish classes opportunity to exercise Ithe use of their knowledge in informal gatherings. ARTS The Camera Club. Camera fans meet regularly to exahange ideas about their hobby and to develop skill in photography. The Drama Club has been formed 'to give interested students opportunity for self-expression in the field of the drama. Film Society. Students interested in lbringing iilms to the campus subscribe to a series each year. Discussions follow on the sociological, psychological, or literary merits of the production. Forensics. Augsburg is annually represented by men and wornen debaters at intercollegiate contests which are held in various colleges in Minnesota and neighboring states. There are also local and intercollegiate contests in oratory. Reading recitals and plays are additional means of oral expression. Music. A comparatively large number of students take part in the musical activities of the school. These are composed of the choirs and the band and a variety of smaller groups. The aim of these organizations is to spread the Christian Gospel &rough the fellowship of music and song. Membership in the choral organizations and the band is based upon musical aptitude and interest. College credit is given to members who fulfil the requirements outlined by the Department of Music. The Augsbzcrg Cdkge Choir consists of albout sixty memlbers. From year to year che Choir has toured in various parts of the United States, singing an average of twenty-five to thirty concerts during each season. The itinerary has included the West Coast, East Coast, Canada, and the Midwestern states. The Augsburg C h a l Club serves as a preparatory choir, and also trains for concerts which are given both in the Twin Cities and in ocher parts of Minnesota and neighboring states. The Augsburg College Concert B d presents regular concerts on tour. In addition, it gives practical experience in instrumental music and &us furnishes training for the prospective teacher. The Male C h u s affords opportunity to those interested in this special type of group singing. The chorus meets once a week. In addition to the Choir, Choral Clulb, Male Chorus, and Band, there are at Augsburg many smaller musical groups, both vocal and instrumental. For many years Augsburg has sent out duos, trios, quartets, and similar groups among the churches. These organizations are usually formed and directed by the ,students themselves, subject to the approval of the music department. Each year the chairman of Music and of Speech together with faculty representatives of the Music and Speech departments and a student chairman, sponsor a light opera. The 195 3 presentation was Gilbert and Sullivan, HMS P h f o r e ; the 1954 presentation was Gilbert and Sullivan, The M i U o . Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra F m m , inaugurated in I 9 5 31954, invites Augsburg students and faculty to sdbscribe to a series of six concerts of the Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra at Northrop Auditorium on the University of Minnesota campus at a special rate. The subscribers constitute a forum for discussion of musical art. Speakers at the forums at Augsburg in 1953-1954 were Antal Dorati, conduct'or of the Symphony; John K. Sherman, Arts Critic of the Star-Tribune; and Isaac Stern, violinist. The Writers Club. This organization is composed of students interested in creative writing. Members submit articles for group criticism at the regular meetings. This group annually sponsors a "Creative Night" where all types of creative arts, music, painting, sculpture, as well as writing, are demonstrated and exhibited. ATHLETICS All students and faculty are admitted t o home athletic contests upon presentation of their athletic cards, which are distributed at the beginning of the school year. Physical Edzlcatim and Recreatim. Under the direction of the Department of Physical Education a wide range of activities of a recreational nature is arranged for general student participation. Every student is urged to find some activity in which to participate for his own pleasure and recreation. Co-Rec, or recreational sports, evenings are arranged twice a week for both men and women to provide recreation and to foster and increase interest in recreational games and sports. Imtrmural Athletics. Through the intramural department competition is maintained in touchball, basketball, table rennis, badminton, softball, handball, volleyball, horseshoe, tennis, and shdeboard. Climaxing the intramural program is the Conference Extramural Meet, a special Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference event in which champions of all intramural sports of member schools compete for Conference intramural championships. The "A" Club. Membership in the "A" Club is limited to men who have won a major A at Augsburg. The aim of this organization is "to bind the 'A' men of the past, present, and future into a more intimate bond of fellowship, and to keep the athletics of Augsburg on the highest possible plane." Women's Athletic Association. The Women's Athletic Association is an honorary organization. Membership is gained by participation in d i v i d u d and group recreation activities with awards given on a point basis. The Augsburg W.A.A. is a member of the Minnesota Athletic Association of College Women. The Pep Club is organized to develop a vigorous interest in support of the college games and sports. Imtercollegiate Athletics. Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. The college is represented annually by teams in football, basketball, baseball, track, tennis, and golf. It is the purpose of Augsburg to provide an intercollegiate athletic program which is in harmony with its Christian philosophy. This philosophy is to 'be reflected in the conduct and outlook of lboth the players and =he spectators. The educational program of the college recognizes that recreation and play are a fundamental part of human life, and that t'&s phase of life needs to be cultivated if physical, mental, and emotional health are to be maintained. Intercollegiate athletics, as a phase of that program, gives recognition to the fact that competitive play can contribute to the development of student interests, skills, insights, and loyalties. More specifically, the following outcomes are sought: ( I ) The student participating in athletics should acquire and exhibit, 'both in and out of athletics, such ,basic qualities of character as self- discipline, honesty, sense of fair play, and cmperation. ( 2 ) The participant should develop the knowledge, interests, and skills which will be of special use to him in such vocations as teaching and coaching or recreational leadership, or in his own recreational activities. Far from being set apart from his educational goal or in any way competing with it, the student's participation in intercollegiate athletics must either contribute directly to this goal or be complementary to his other educational activities. ( 3 ) The student spectator should acquire and exhibit some of the finer qualities of Christian character, such as self-restraint, sense of fair play, appreciation of high grade performance on the part of both opponents and fellow-students, and respect for individual personality. (4) The intercollegiate a~hleticprogram should contribute to the development of a unified and healthy "schml spirit". Enthusiasm for intercollegiate athletics or other cocurricular activities should not overshadow pride in high scholastic achievement, nor can it take the place of a well-rounded and effective intramural and general recreational program. CITIZENSHIP Brotherhood Week. The last week in February is devoted to developing Christian concepts of brotherhood, with speakers for the Campus Chest Fund Campaign speaking for Brotherhood. Future Teachers of America. The Martin Quanbeck chapter on the Augsburg campus is open to all students who are interested in education and especially those preparing for the teaching profession. The program is designed to develop professional understanding and attitudes. *Human Relatiom Club is an organization of students w'ho major in one of the social sciences or d o are particularly interested in human relations. Organized Field Trips. Various departments arrange for field trips to places of special interest, such as the State Prison, State Capitol, social settlement houses, and industrial and financial institutions. rr9elitical Action Conference. Students interested in history or political science cooperate with the NSA chairman and the head of the history department in sponsoring a three-day conference on Political Action during March. The Republican Club and the Young Democratic-Farm-Labor Club are organized to faster interest in political activity and good government, and to provide an opportunity to discuss issues of the day. SPAN. Augsburg participates in Student Project for Amity Among Nations, a Minnesota organization for students who quali.fy for study abroad according to its program. The Co-Ed Toastmasters Club. This Augsburg Club is open to both men and women interested in improving public speaking techniques. Student Projects. Augsburg students participate in a large number of projects, such as Campus Chest Fund Campaign, Library Drive, +he Minneapolis Community Chest Fund, Red Cross, March of Dimes, Blood Bank, Lutheran World Action, and community surveys. PUBLICATIONS Students interested in journalism can get practical experience in campus publications. All student publications are under the supervision of the Board of Publications, composed of students and faculty advisers. Each year this board edits the Student Handbook and Directory. The Augsburg Echo, a bi-weekly newspaper, offers opportunities for a selected number of students to participate in both journalistic and creative work. The Augsburgian yearbouk provides outlets for students whose interests lie in writing, photography, and art. All publications are student operated. Their primary function is t o present ehe Augsburg story from day to day and year to year from the perspective of the student. RELIGIOUS LIFE The Religious Life Committee is ,the unit through which the students and faculty endeavor to promote a religious program that will supplement and enhance the inherent Christian program of the college. Co-chairmen of this council are &e student Director of Religious Activities and the College Pastor. Areas for which this committee carries responsibility or concern are the Mid-Week services, dormitory devotions, $iritual Emphasis Weeks, prayer meetings, and 'similar volunteer group meetings. This council also serves as a coordinating agency for all volunteer Christian organizations on campus. The two principal organizations are listed as follows: Missimz Society. This organization promotes mission concern through a program of study, fellowship, worship, and service. A highlight of the year is the Mssion Festival. Lwtberan Student Assochtimz. This group seeks to serve as a stimulus and outlet for Christian faith and life. Students participate in regional and national LSA Conferences. SOCIAL Students at Augsburg are given opportunity for social training and social recreation. The Student Council &rough the Chairman of Social Activities, assisted by a Committee on Social Education, sponsors a monthly all-school activity of a social nature which all students are urged to attend. Most of these are informal. The Sophomores and Juniors sponsor semi-formal banquets. The Associated Women Students and a number of other organizations sponsor teas, dinners, and social affairs on and off campus. AWARDS Honors are given each spring at the Honor Convocatiun in recognition of students who have taken noteworthy part in student activities. The C h s of 1918 Oratorical Cup was presented to the College as a prize to arouse interest in oratory. The name of the winner of the annual contest is engraved upon the cup, which is to remain in the possession of the College and is placed on exhibition in the % i c e Hall. The 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship is awarded to the Senior student of highest scholastic standing who has attended for at least two years. The 1925 Class Cup in Athktdcs is awarded to the athlete who has made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship. Tbe Harold A. Johnsm Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson in 1943, is awarded annually to the student who is judged to be the most valuable player on the basketball team. Student Personnel Services ADMINISTRATION College students face many new opportunities and not a few problems. Some problems disappear soon after the student has enrolled .but in many cases others appear during the four years of college. In order to help students to make the most of the opportunities and to provide help in the solution of problems, Augsburg College has developed a number of services for students. These include Freshman orientation, vocational and aptitude testing, counseling, housing and food service, health service, recreation and leisure time activities, hancial aids, student employment service, and extra-curriculdr activities. Graduating seniors and alumni benefit from the services of the Placement Oflice. The administrative phase of these services is centered in the of6ce of the Dean of Students. Plans and policy are formulated by the Student Personnel Committee. FRESHh4A.N ORIENTATION Freshmen and other new students participate in "Freshman Days" before the beginning of classes in the fall semester. The students take tests, inspect the college facilities, and become acquainted with heir fellow students, with the faculty, and especially with their own faculty counselors. Several conferences with the faculty counselors are scheduled for the students, during which they plan their program of study. All freshmen enroll-in a class in Orientation. In this course, the students learn about standards and requirements of various areas of college life. Methods and habits of study and related techniques are explored. Personal health, social adjustment, personal finances and vocational aims are discussed. TESTING A battery of aptitude, ability and interest tests are administered free to all new students during Freshman Days. College aptitude scores, English and reading ability scores are obtained far later use by counselors in helping students plan their programs. Personal adjustment scores and vocational interest scores help the students select occupational goals and future careers. COUNSELING The purpose of counseling is to give the student individual help in all areas of adjustment to college life. The insight and techniques of adjustment learned will also serve him later in life. Each new student is assigned a faculty counselor who may serve for two years. Counselors for juniors and seniors are their major advisers. The deans and other administrative oi3icers are general counselors to all students. The Faculty counselor helps the student plan his educational program in accordance with 'his life aims and interests. The student {becomesaware of his own abilities and aptitudes through the analysis and interpretation of test data by his counselor. Through a system of referral, students may obtain counsel from any member of the faculty, or from qualiiied persons within the college community. VOCATIONAL COUNSELING Vocational counseling is introduced to freshmen through the use of a vocational interest test. An Occupational Information iile in the college library provides study materials for vocational planning. Career conferences annually bring many professional people to the campus for group sessions and individual counseling on job opportunities. By means of such informational material and *he help of his counselor, the student is able to make a vocational choice appropriate to his ability and vocational interests. PERSONAL COUNSELING Students who have difticult personal problems may iind help through discussing the prdblem with their counselor. Finances, social adjustments, and church activities are common topics of discussions. Students v h o have spiritual prablems may confer with their counselors, or other faculty members, particularly the College Pastor and members of the Department of Religion. HOUSING Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall provides housing for about I yo men. Fifty women are accommodated at Sivertsen H d , with House and Edda House Morton Hall housing twenty, %am each housing eighteen women. The college maintains several small apartments for married studena. Applications may be made in the o6ce of the Dean of Students. Students not living at home must five in college-operated housing, and must take their meals in the college dining hall. Students may under certain conditions be permitted ,tomake other arrangements, after consultation with the Dean of Women or the Dean of Students. Residence halls are open to new students a day before regular schedules 'begin and are closed wi& twenty-four hours after che term closes. The rule applies also to vacations. Students who wish to stay in residence halls during vacations must have special permission from the Deans. Room rent and b a r d must :bepaid in advance. Rooms are furnished except for bed linen, towels, and blankets. The women may also provide their own ,bedspreads and drapes. Laundry facilities are available in each unit. Residents are held responsible for any beakage or injury to furniture, fixtures, or equipment, beyond ordinary wear and tear. ROOM APPLICATION Application for rooms should be sent to the Dean of Students or the Dean of Women as soon as the student receives notice of acceptance. Room assignments are made in order of application. Residents are reassigned for the next year before August first. ' After all residence halls have been filled, students are assisted in finding rooms in private homes. The oflice of the Dean of Students maintains a selected list of available housing. FOOD SERVICE The ground floor of Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses a cafeteria and dining hall, a social room, and a private dining room available to students and other groups upon request. All students, campus and off campus, share in the privilege of using these service units. The dining hall will furnish food at cost to student groups, for special parties or picnics. STUDENT HEALTH SERVICE I + The Student Health Service provides campus dispensary service during school days with a registered nurse in charge. The College Physician has daily office hours on campus for consultation and for emergency treatment. Physical examinations arc given all entering students. Correcrive treatment is provided where needed, and a school-wide program of recreation and physical training is conducted. I d r r n a t y rooms are adjacent to the dispensary. T h e Health Service is housed in a ground floor section of Memorial Hall, the men's residence. Students, faculty, and stafi have chest X-rays taken semi-annually through the cooperation of the Hennepin County Tuberculosis Association Mobile Unit. PLACEMENT SERVICE The Placement Bureau assists seniors and alumni in securing P0s;tions. Continuous contact is maintained with business, governmental, welfare, and educational institutions and organizations a t the local as well as the state and national levels. Interviews are arranged both on and off the campus. A registration fee and a small placement fee are charged. The employment service which assists students in obtaining part-time employment is also located in the Placement Oflice. Augsburg College ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION Admission Procedure Application for admission should be made on the regular admission form, which can (be secured from the Office of Public M a tions of from t h e Oflice of the Regimar. These forms are generally available also in Mmnesota high schools. The application, together wi& t h e high school record, p r k o u s college record, if any, two letters of recommendation, and a small photograph, should be sent to the Office of PubIic Relations. A student seeking adrmssion in t h e fall semester should apply not later than Septernkt 1 5 and for rhe spring semester by February I . Requirements for Admission ~ u g s b u College r~ admits as students, men and women of g o d moral character and sound health who appear to have the ability to succeed in college. Escimate of ability is determined by rank in the high school graduating cIass and in the college aptitude test. The normal basis for admission is the completion of the courses of grades nine to twelve in an accredited high school. No definite pattern of subjects is required, but it is recommended that rhe last four years of high school include four units of English, or three units of English and two of a foreign language, two units of social studies, and one unit of mathematics. A unit is defined as a course covering one academic year and equivalent to at least 120 hours of classwork. Graduates of unaccredited high schools are considered for admission on the basis of their rank in high school and their achievement in a college aptitude examination and an English achievement test. Applicanrs who are not high school graduates bur who give evidence of sugcient maturity are considered for admission upon recornmmdation and on rhe bash of achievement in a college aptitude test, English achievement test, and General Educational Development Tests on literary materials, social science materials, and natural science materials. For most graduates of Minnesota high schools the results of the college aptitude and English achievement tests are available in ad- vance if they have been taken in the state-wide testing program. The General Educational Development tests are available to service men through the Armed Forces Institute. All tests may, however, be taken at Augsburg by arrangement with the Registrar. The College reserves the right to reject the applications of students whose previous records or aptitudes, as measured by tests, indicate they may have difliculty with college work. Deficiencies Applicants who have been accepted for admission with a deficiency in English will be required to register for a special course in English. Such deficiency and the requirements with regard to additional training will be determined at the beginning of the Freshman year by means of tests. The requirements include the attainment of definite standards as to spelling, grammar, pronunciation, and general correctness in the use of the English lanPage. Transfer and Advanced Standing Students are accepted by transfer from other institutions if they did satisfactory work and were otherwise in good standing there. If their previous work was unsatisfactory, they will be admitted at Augsburg only under special circumstances. Advanced standing, that is, credit for courses completed, is granted to students d h o present satisfactory transcripts from accredited institutions. In certain cases advanced standing is granted on &e basis of comprehensive examinations. Admission of Veterans Veterans, qualiiied for educational benefits under any of the government programs, may study at Augdburg and receive these benefits. The veteran must secure a c e d c a t e of eligibility from the regional office of the Veterans Administration. Application for benefits must be made in advance of registration, except that veterans who are eligible for assistance under Public Law 5 50 may make application for entitlement when they enroll at rhe college. In order to receive college credit for experience in the military services, the veteran must present a photostatic or certiiied copy of his Separation Record at the Registrar's W c e . Evaluation will be made according to the recommendations of rhe American Council on Education. Veterans who have completed basic or recruit training will be granted a total of 4 semester credits, 2 in health and 2 in physical activities. Some college credit is given for the completion of the work in certain service schools and for some courses taken through the Armed Forces Institute. Registration Students who have been accepted for admission should register on the days designated in the Calendar for this purpose. Students who register later than three days after classes begin are charged a late registration fee of $3.00. No student may register for or enter a course later than .two weeks after the beginning of classes. In registering, care ~hould\betaken to include the Lower Division requirements during the first two yms. However, if such registration is delayed beyond the second year, a student will neither be required nor permitted to register beyond the allowed number of credit hours per semester in order to make it up. No credit will )begiven a student for any subject for which he has not registered. The college reserves the right to cancel any course for which there is not sugcient registration. Registration means that the student accepts all the rules and regulations established by the school. The normal registration is 16 credit hours. A credit hour is defined as one recitation period a week throughout a semester. The privilege of registering for more than 17% credit hours may be granted only to students who have gained an average record of By or two honor points per credit, in their previous college studies. Exceptions to this rule may be made under certain conditions determined by the Admissions and Scholarship Committee. No student is permitted to carry work for more than 20 credits per semester. Students working part-time are urged to arrange the amount of their registration accordingly. ~ H A N G E OF REGISTRATION AND CANCELLATION In case a student desires to make any changes in his registration, he must obtain a form from the Registrar's oflice on which he may make application, stating clearly his reasons for desiring the change. Approval of the teachers concerned and the student's adviser and the Registrar must be obtained before a change will be permitted. A course which is abandoned without being cancelled through the Registrar's Oilice will result in a grade of F. Changes of registration which involve the adding of courses cannot be made later than two weeks after the beginning of classes. Changes which involve canceling a course cannot be made after the middle of the semester. A fee of $1.00 is charged for each change of registration after the lbeginning of the second week of classes. A student who finds it necessary to leave school before the end of a semester must cancel his registration at the Registrar's o6ce in order to remain in good standing. By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students may register for courses at the University. But such registration will not be allowed unless the student has a grading of C average, or I honor point per credit, in his courses at Augsburg. Also, the combined number of credits in any semester must not exceed 17. The credits thus gained a t the University may be transferred to Augsburg College and counted towards graduation. Classification In order to be classified in one of the college classes, a student must be carrying a minimum of twelve hours of work in which college credit is given. Classification is based on the attainment of the following number of credit hours together with an equal number of honor points: Sophomore, 24; Junior, 58; Senior, 92. Classification for the Catalog, the Student Directory, and for all other purposes is determined by this regulation. Probation and Elimination There will be a meeting of the Admissions and Scholarship Cornrnittee a t the end of each semester to consider students who are doing unsatisfactory work, in order to drop from the rolls those students for whom further attendance is deemed inadvisable. Freshmen who obtain honor point ratios of .5 or below, Sophomores .6 or below, and Senior College students .8 or below, as well as students with 6 or more credits of F, at the end of a semester are placed on probation during the semester that follows. They remain on probation until an honor point ratio of I is attained for one semester. A student is not allowed to remain in college on probation for more than two semesters consecutively, except by special permission. In order to be eligible for membership in inter-collegiate athletics, a student must have obtained in his last semester a passing grade in at least 12 hours of college work, 6 of which must be C or better. Class Attendance Regular attendance in class is required. Students who h d it necessary to be absent because of illness or for other reasons should confer with their teachers. Students are expected to arrange the hours of part-time employment so that work does not contlict with classes. Any exception to this rule must be agreed to by the teacher of the class affected and must be approved by the Dean of the College. A record of attendance is kept by each teacher, and periodic reports are submitted to the Registrar. A t the end of the semester, a record is made of the total absences of each student for the semester. Absences for tours, field trips and other instructor-arranged activities are cleared with the Dean of the College. Lists of participants, with information as to exact periods albsent, are issued by rhe Dean to all instructors involved. Teachers deal wirh tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving in class late must assume responsibility for reporting their presence to the teacher. Examinations GENERALRULES Students are urged to plan their work well from the very beginning since tests are given periodically throughout the semester. During the first part of each semester reports of the grades attained are made to the Registrar and the counselors. In addition to this, h d reports are made at the close of each semester. Regular written examinations are held at the close of each semester. N o student or class may arrange to take a h a 1 examination in any course before the examination week. Absence from a final examination without a s d c i e n t reason will result in a grade of failure in the course concerned. A student who has to be absent from a h a 1 examination because of a conflict with outside work from which he cannot obtain an excuse may arrange to take such an examination during some period after the time on which the subject is scheduled. If a student has obtained permission from the proper authorities to take a h a 1 at another hour than the one scheduled, he is charged a fee of two dollars for such an examination. The fee is to be paid to the Treasurer of the school, and, before the student takes an examination, he must obtain a statement from the Registrar's oflice and bring it to the teacher concerned. The teacher will give no examination before he has this statement. A condition or an incomplete received at the end of the semester must be removed within the first five weeks of classes of the following semester of attendance or within a year if the student has not 're-enrolled. Extension of this time may be made by the Registrar's Of3ice in cases of illness. If incompletes and conditions are not removed within the time allowed, the condition automatically becomes a failure and the incomplete may be changed to a passing grade only when the average of the previous work is suf3iciently high. The final grade after the condition examination is taken may not be higher than D A fee of $2.00 is charged for an examination making up an incomplete or a condition received at the end of a semester. Comprehensive examinations may be ,permitted in courses in which the Admissions and Scholarship Committee feels the student has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish to take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing to this committee. When permission is granted, the necessary approval forms may be secured at the oilice of the Registrar. A fee of $5.00 is charged for each examination and must be paid in advance. Examination questions and the answers will be filed in the Registrar's oilice. Grade Values A-Superior, g honor points per credit %Very good, 2 honor points per credit I honor point per credit &Satisfactory, M a s s a b l e , no honor points per credit F -Failure, minus I honor point per credit E--Condition I -Incomplete GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS In order to qualify for the Bachelor of Arts degree, certain requirements must be met with regard to credits, courser, and grades. A student who ~ l a n sto graduate from Augsburg is urged to study the requirements as outlined in this section of the catalog and: in the department in which he plans to major. It is the responsibility of the student to see that
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Catalog, 1954-1956
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY Minneapolis 4, Minnesota Founded 1869 CATALOG RECORD FOR 1954 - 1955 and 1 955 - 1956 ANNOUNCEMENTS FOR 1956 - 1957 and 1957 - 1958 VOL. XVIII, NO. 1 CATALOG NUMBER JANUARY-FEBRUARY, 1956 THE AUGSBURG BULLETIN Published bi-monthly and one a...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY Minneapolis 4, Minnesota Founded 1869 CATALOG RECORD FOR 1954 - 1955 and 1 955 - 1956 ANNOUNCEMENTS FOR 1956 - 1957 and 1957 - 1958 VOL. XVIII, NO. 1 CATALOG NUMBER JANUARY-FEBRUARY, 1956 THE AUGSBURG BULLETIN Published bi-monthly and one additional issue in April by Augsburg College and Theological Seminary at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Entered as second-class matter March 21, 1947, at the post office at Minneapolis, Minnesota, under the act of August 24, 1912. TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE Academic Calendar 4 General Information 5 Financial Information 14 Student Community Life 21 - 33 The College 33 Academic Administration - Curriculums 4.2 53 Courses of Study 55 Division of Religion and Philosophy Division of the Humanities - 59 . 72 Division of the Natural Sciences and Mathematics .-----.......-86 ...... Division of the Social Sciences The Theological Seminary 94 General Requirements 94 ----------.----- Courses of Study 97 104 Board of Trustees Committees of the Faculty LO6 - 1 The Faculty Graduates Student Enrollment Index 1 0 1 7 5 1 1 8 121 CALENDARS For 195657 and 1957-58 FIRST S E m 1 957-58 1956-57 Freshman Days Sept. Sept. 12-15 Registration !%pt. 11-14 Sept. 17, 8:oo a.m. College Classes 'bgin Sept. 16, 8:oo t m Sept. 17, 8:00 a.m. Seminary Convenes Sept. 16, 8:00 a.m. Sept. Late Registration Fee sept. 19 Oct. 19-21 Homecoming Nm. 1-3 Nov. 13 End of first half of Semester Nov. !%pt. 11-16 20 10-11 I3 Thanksgiving Recea Nov. 28, 29 Dec. 19, 4:so p.m. Christmas Recess begins Dec. so, 4:2o p.m. Jan. 3, 8:00 a.m. Classes Resume Jan. 6, 8:00 a.m. Jan. 21-25 College Examinations Jan. 22-28 Jan. 22-25 Seminary Examinations Jan. 23-28 Jan. First Semester Ends Jan. 28 NOV. 22, 23 2 j Jan. 14-30 Registration for h d Jan. 16-3 I Semester SECOND SEMESTER Jan. 31, 8:00 a.m. Classes begin Feb. 3, 8:00 a.m. Feb. 4 Late Registration Fee FA. 6 Feb. Lincoln's Birthday Feb. I 2 12 Mar. 30 End of first half of Semester April April 17, 4:zo p.m. Easter Recess begins April 2, 4:2o p.m. April 23, 8:oo a.m. Easter Recess ends April 8, 8:oo a.m. May 24 Seminary Commencement May 28 May 24-31 College Examinations May 23-29 May 30 Decoration Day h,fa~ 30 June Baccalaureate Service June I College Commencement June 2 2 June 3 2 GENERAL INFORMATION PURPOSE Augsburg College is a four-year liberal arts college sponsored by the Lutheran Free Church for the purpose of giving young people an opportunity to obtain a broad education in a Christian environment. In addition to securing a general education, students may prepare themselves for such vocations as high school teaching, business administration, social work, medical technology, secretarial work, parish work, and missions. They may prepare for further study in the fields of dentistry, engineering, law, medicine, nursing, and theology, as well as for graduate study in various fields. Augsburg Theological Seminary, with its facilities on the same campus, offers a three-year course of study leading to a Bachelor of Theology degree. Its chief purpose is to prepare pastors and missionaries for the Lutheran Free Church. LOCATION Augsburg College and Theological Seminary is located in the Riverside Park area of Minneapolis, across the Mississippi River from the University of Minnesota and within walking distance of the main business section of the city. Science Hall, containing the administration offices, is located at the corner of Seventh Street and Twenty-first Avenue South. Augsburg students have the advantage of getting their college education in a metropolitan center pulsating with industrial, social, and cultural activities. They have access to libraries, museums, and art collections. They may hear the best in music and lectures. Minneapolis is recognized throughout the nation as a vital center of religious life and activity. Outstanding leaders in many fields both from other parts of America and from foreign countries are frequent visitors. College students in the Twin Cities have abundant opportunity to contact contemporary American life at one of its focal points. ACCREDITATION Augsburg College is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, the regional accrediting agency. It is approved by the Minnesota Department of Education for the training of secondary school teachers. HISTORICAL SKETCH Augsburg was begun as a seminary in 1869, at Marshall, Wisconsin. It was the first theological seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America. Through an arrangement with a private institution known as Marshall Academy, the Seminary was at first housed in the academy building. Students who needed further preparation in academic subjects were to obtain this in the academy. This arrangement failed to work out satisfactorily; so the theological group moved to a private dwelling, where classes continued until 1872. In the autumn of that year Augsburg Seminary was removed to Minneapolis, Minnesota, where a building had been erected for its use. In the same year the school was incorporated under the laws of Minnesota. The aim of the institution was to train ministers for the Lutheran congregations which were being organized in growing numbers in the pioneer settlements that were spreading rapidly over the Northwest. The college was established when it became evident that in order to get students who were adequately prepared for theological study a college department was needed. So in 1874 a college curriculum was planned which provided for one year of preparatory studies and four years of college work along two lines, a classical course to prepare students for theology, and a scientific course to prepare for the professions. The latter course, however, had to be discontinued, partly for lack of funds and partly because too few students selected the course. The first college students were enrolled in 1874 and the first class was graduated in 1879. In 1900 a high school course covering three years was established which in 1910 was expanded to a standard four-year course. This was discontinued in 1933. In the years 1916-1919 the college course was thoroughly revised. As a result of this and of subsequent growth, the earlier classical course was greatly modified and supplemented by social and scientific studies and a more general emphasis upon the study of the humanities. In recent years there has been continuous study and modification of the curriculum including the introduction of a number of new majors to meet the developing needs of the students. The Divisional organization was adopted in 1945. At the present time majors are offered in 17 fields. Coeducation was introduced in the College in 1921. In the Theological, Seminary there has likewise been a continuing revision of the curriculum and the addition of new courses. The requirement of a six-month period of internship was added in 1939. Standards of admission have been raised so that a bachelor's degree or equivalent is now the required scholastic preparation. While the Theological Seminary has its own organization, the Seminary and the College function in close cooperation. Long experience has proved this arrangement to be mutually wholesome and stimulating. Five presidents have served Augsburg during the course of its history. The terms of office of two of these cover a span of over half a century. The first president was August Weenaas, who served from 1869 to 1876. He was succeeded by Georg Sverdrup, 1876 to 1907. Sven Oftedal served from 1907 to 1911 and was followed by George Sverdrup, whose term extended from 1911 to 1937. H. N. Hendrickson served as acting president from 1937 until 1938. Bernhard Christensen, the present president, has served since that time. FUNDAMENTAL AIMS The educational purposes of Augsburg College and Theological Seminary spring from the conviction that in the Christian religion there are revealed the most basic truths concerning both man and God, and that Christianity is the fundamental force for good in human life and society. All the aims of the College, as well as those of the Seminary, are integrated with this principle. To express more distinctly some major aspects of its program of Christian higher education, the following statement of aims has been formulated by the college faculty: T o 2ead the student to a deeper understanding and personal experience of the truth and power of the Christian Gospel, to the end that he may become both an effective participant in the work of the Christian Church and an earnest adirocate of the Christian way of life. To familiarize the student with the culture of our own and other civilizations, not only for the enjoyment this knowledge affords but also for the development of a more sympathetic understanding of our fellow men throughout the world. To develop the student's interest in the attainment of the common purposes of our country, so that he may work for the welfare of our institutions and for the preservation of our liberties in community and nation, and also develop an enlightened interest and participation in human affairs throughout the rest of the world. T o cultivate i n the student a Christian social spirit, in order that he may realize in his life a right balance between what he expects of others and the service he will render his fellow men. T o teach the student to discipline his own urges, interests, ambitions, and demands in a way that will effectively contribute toward the development of good character. T o train the student i n scientific methods of study and also develop his understanding of the relations of science to the welfare of humanity. T o stimulate intellectual interest and develop scholarly insight, so that the student may learn to think with accuracy and comprehension at the same time as he experiences an understanding of truth which will help him to integrate the findings of science with the deepest spiritual reality. T o awaken and foster i n the student an intelligent appreciation and enjoyment of the best i n the fields of the fine arts. T o guide the student in the understanding of social relationships in order that he may take his place in groups and gatherings with propriety and grace, motivated in his conversation and conduct by the principles of Christian courtesy and sincerity. T o provide guidance for the student in the discovery and clarification of his aptitudes and his life purposes so that as early as possible he may plan his educational program wisely. T o train students in vocational and professional lines, giving full preparation for high school teaching, business administration, home economics, and parish work; furnishing partial training towards the study of medicine, dentistry, nursing, engineering, law, and social service, and offering a four-year college course preparing for the study of theology. T o help the student evelop certain skills, as in language, music, physical activities, use o the library, laboratory work, and typewriting, together with other skills, which will increase his efficiency in the various relationships of life. \ To afford the student wholesome recreational experience which will contribute toward an effective use of leisure time and develop such qualities as leadership, sportsmanship, and self-control, with good recreational habits, thus providing a constant source of social and personal satisfaction. T o instrut the student in principles, attitudes, and ideas pertuining to health, and also to train him in practices and skills which will promote his physical and mental well-being and make him better fit to meet the responsibilities of life. Students who enroll at Augsburg are invited to take up their college work with the distinct understanding that the Christian spirit is determining in all things, They are expected to cooperate wholeheartedi~in the program of the school towards that end. The entire program of the school curricular and e*a-curricular, and the discipline necessary to make poscfible the carrying out of this program, v r i n g from the aim "to see all hings through the e p s of Christ." FINANCIAL SUPPORT AND CONTROL From 1870 to 1890, Augsburg was supported by the NorwegianDanish Lutheran Conference. The merger of that church body with two others, in 1890, resulted in the a5liation of Augsburg with the newly created United Norwegian Lutheran Church. Due to differences concerning the control of Augsburg, a division arose, and in 1897 congregations whose sympathies were deeply rooted in Augsburg formed the Lutheran Free Church. The resulting close association, in educational and spiritual activity, of Aug'sburg and the Lutheran Free Church has been marked by complete harmony of purpose and ideals for more than half a century. The control exercised by the Lutheran Free Church is indirect. The Annual Conference of the Church nominates the members of the Augsbu~gCorporation and the Board of Trustees. The Corporation through the Board of Trustees exercises direct control over property, finance, and personnel. Academic control is vested in the President and the Faculty. In addition to the income from student tuition and fees, which has materially increased with the growth and develop~nentof the Callege, the chief financial support of the i n s t i t ~ i o ncomes from the congcgstions of the Lutheran Free Church. In recent years a praning circle of friends also outside the Lutheran Free Chu~ch.both alumni and others, have contributed financially to the support of the school. Augsburg welcomes and invites such support on the part of all who believe in her program of vital Christian education. MEMBERSHIP IN EDUCATIONAL ASSOCIATIONS Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Associa- tion of Colleges and Secondary School as a degree-granting institution. It is a member of the American Council on Education, the Associatioll of American Colleges, the Lutheran Educational Conference, the Association of Minnesota Colleges, and the State Council of Minnesota Colleges. THE ALUMNI ASSOCIATION The Augsburg Alumni Association has as its goal to enable the graduates of the College and Seminary to maintain effective contact and cooperation with one another and with their Alma Mater. The annual meeting is held at Commencement time each year. Local Augsburg clubs are promoted, and a bi-monthly bulletin is published. The affairs of the Association are under the leadership of the Board of Directors. Mr. Kenneth Lower is the Executive Secretary and editor of the Bulletin. The Alumni Ofice is located in Science Hall. THE AUGSBURG FOUNDATION The Augsburg Foundation, formerly the Augsburg Foundation Fellowship, is an association of alumni, former students, and other friends of Augsburg, having as its purpose to give united and systematic support, both spiritual and financial, to the school. The Foundation was established in 1941 by joint action of the Board of Trustees and the Alumni Association. Its work is directed by a General Committee of nine members. A Foundation Day is held each year. EDUCATIONAL PLANT BUILDINGS The Main, erected in 1900, ,contains a large number of classrooms and offices, the Chapel, and the museum. Science Hall, erected in 1948-49, is a large and completely modem building. It includes the general administration offices, well-equipped laboratories for Chemistry, Physics, Biology and Home Economics; the student organization offices and the student center; a small auditorium, and several classrooms and faculty offices. On the fourth floor is the Tower Prayer Chapel. The George Sverdrup Library, named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, was erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent to Science Hall and of similar contemporary architectural design, it contains spacious reading rooms, seminars, work rooms, a visual-education center, the Augsburg Archives, and a number of classrooms and faculty offices. There is stack space for approximately 100,000 volumes. The classrooms and offices of the Theological Seminary are located in one section of the Library building. Sverdmp-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, is a modern, fireproof dormitory affording living quarters for about 150 men. On the ground floor of this building is the college cafeteria and dining hall. Sivertsen Hall, acquired in 1939, and remodeled in 1955 as a wing of the new Residence for Women, provides comfortable modern housing for 45 women students. The beautiful new Residence for Women, adjoining Sivertsen Hall at 6th Street and 24th Avenue, was erected in 1955. It provides excellent and completely modern housing for 105 women students, as well as apartments for the resident head and her assistants. Morton Hall, erected in 1888, and Miriam House, acquired in 1951, are smaller dormitories, each housing about 20 students. The Gymnasium, an adequate temporary structure, was erected in 1947 for the College by the Federal Works Agency as a part of a program providing educational facilities for veterans. The Music Hall was acquired by purchase, also in 1947, and ha* been remodeled to serve the needs of the music and drama departments. A large number of dwellings have also been acquired in recent years in the expanded campus area, and are in use for faculty, staff, and married student housing. The President's Home, a residence of modern architectural design located at the south of the Square, was erected in 1949. THE MUSEUM The Museum is located on the ground floor of the Main. Members of the Alumni Association have presented many valuable gifts. There are several collections: a Madagascar Collection, a Santal Collection, and a considerable collection of rare minerals, curios, etc. Contributions to the Museum are invited. Professor Kleven is the curator. THE A R C H I ~ S The Augsburg Archive Society was organized in 1929, for the purpose of gathering documents, books, and other articles of historical value. For a number of years a fire-proof room in the Main housed the archives collections. With the erection of the George Sverdrup Library in 1955, adequate, fire-proof quarters for the archives were provided. Here are now found a fine collection of periodicals, old and rare books, manuscripts, letters, and pictures, and also about 1,000 volumes of Norwegian-American literature, affording extensive resources for scholarly research. Contributions to the Archives should he sent to Prof. Iver Olson, Archivist. The beautiful and spacious new George Sverdrup Library provides a central study-workshop for both faculty and students. It contains about 30,000 volumes, exclusive of pamphlets, all available on open stacks. The two large reading rooms have book stacks and reading tables arranged in such a way that a place for study is always close .to the books one may need. Additional conveniences include conference rooms, where from 2 to 6 students may study together, and seminar rooms for larger groups or small classes. A typing corner is provided in the ground floor reading room. The library subscribes to about 300 of the best periodicals and pamphlets dealing with a large variety of subjects as well as a number of serials devoted to the interests of special fields. In the Twin City area other libraries are located which make their holdings available to Augsburg students, notably, the St. Paul and Minneapolis public libraries, the latter of which issues library cards to out-of-town students for each school year; the James Hill Reference Library in St. Paul, which has one of the finest reference collections in the Northwest; and the University of Minnesota Library, which is within walking distance of the Augsburg campus. Each year Augsburg students make extensive use of all these libraries. The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the Science IIall. Three laboratories and two storerooms for Biology are located on the second floor; three laboratories and a large storeroom for Chemistry, and a laboratory and two storerooms for Physics are located on the third floor. To facilitate instruction the college provides many excellent visual and auditory aids. The audio-visual center is l~catedon the ground floor of the Library. Available for classroom use, and for the use of other college activities, are the following: Two 16 mm. sound movie projectors, one combination 2x2 inch slide projector and 16 mm. film strip projector, one 3x5 slide projector, a Balopticon, a sound amplification system, and magnetic tape recording machines. There is also a well equipped photography department. The auditorium in Science Hall is fully equipped for visual education classes and lectures. Several classrooms are also provided with facilities for projection. SPECIAL PROGRAMS OF STUDY Evening classes are held as a community service for adults not enrolled in the day school. Announcement of courses to be offered are made in the fall. Information about the evening school may be obtained from the office of the Dean. Student nurses in the Schools of Nursing at the Lutheran Deaconess and Swedish Hospitals in Minneapolis receive much of their first semester of instruction at Augsburg College. Application for admission to the Schools of Nursing should be made to the hospitals directly. In cooperation with the Minneapolis General Hospital, Augsburg offers work which enables the student to receive a college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first .three years of this work are taken at Augsburg and a final twelve-month program is completed at the hospital. SPAN Augsburg participates in the SPAN (Student Project for Amity among Nations) program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Qualified students are selected to spend a summer in informal study abroad. Applications are made in the spring of the Sophomore year. FINANCIAL INFORMATION A considerable part of the income on which Augsburg operates is derived from endowment and from gifts, a major part of the latter coming from the supporting church. Therefore, the fees charged the student do not constitute the whole cost of his education, for he enjoys the benefits of the gifts of those who believe in and support the work of the school. For theological students, the church assumes the full cost of tuition; a statement of other expenses in attending the seminary is given in the Seminary section of the catalog. GENERAL EXPENSES PER SEMESTER1 .. . Tuition in College $2m.00 Books, etc. 2 5 . 0 to 40.00 Student activity fee I - - . - 8.00 Library fee .. -.- 7.50 Health fee 5.00 Matriculation fee (for those registering the first time) 5.00 Key deposit (refundable) 1.00 Locker (optional) -. - 1.00 Mail box fee .50 Total $253.00 to 268.00 Students registered for more than the maximum number of credit hours (17 in the College) are charged at the rate of $10.00 for each additional credit hour a week per semester. Special students will pay at the rate of $17.00 per credit hour up to 11 credits. Those who register for 12 or more credit hours will pay the regular tuition charge. The fee for auditing a course is $7.50 per credit hour. Special students and auditors enrolled for 7 credit hours or more of class work per week pay one-half of the student activity, health, and library fees. ROOM AND BOARD PER SEMESTER' Iioom Board (estimate) 1 Subiect to change. ...$65.00 to 80.00 160.00 A limited number of rooms are available at the lower cost. Men students are required to buy and use a minimum of $125.00 of meal book coupons per semester, women students $100.00. SPECIAL FEES Late registration Change of registration after the beginning of the second week of classes Registration with the Placement Bureau , Placement fee, depending upon the method of placement $ 3 . 0 to Graduation fee, for seniors in both the College and Seminary.. Final examinations taken at another hour than the one scheduled ---Examination making up an incomplete or a condition -----------Comprehensive examination --Transcript of credits (after first one which is free) ---..~.---------~-MUSIC FEES PER SEMESTER Piano Voice Organ -Erass or Wood wind (private instruction) Rrass or Wood wind (class instruction) --.. Piano stodio rental8(one hour per day) Organ reap1 -Vctice studio rental (one hour per day) Choir -.-Choral Club - . . . $35.00 - 35.00 _ - - -- COURSE FEES PER SEMESTER -.-- -- 35.00 40.00 14.00 8.00 20.00 4.00 5.00 2.50 4.00 Art 1 and 2 Art 3 and 4 - 2.00 3.00 Home Economics 2, 36, 76 ----5.00 Home Economics 39 and 40 ............... Biology 60 ....................................................................1.00-2.00 2.50 -.----.- -Biology, 1, 2, 3N, 4, 52, 53, and 55 Biology 7N -. 4.00 Biology 13, 14, 25, 26, and 54 5.00 1 Subject to change. Chemistry 1, 2 --Chemistry 4 Chemistry 3N Chemistry 5, 6, 51, 52, 53, 54, and 55 Physics 1, 2 Physics 3 -Physics 5 and 6 Physics 51 Physics 52 Secretarial Studies 2, 8, 51, and 52 Secretarial Studies 1, 53, and 54 Education 96 -- -- ESTIMATED EXPENSES PER SEMESTER' Resident students General expenses -. $253.00 to 268.00 223.00 to 240.00 Room and Board Special, music, or.course fees 2.00 to 35.00 Total, appro~imately 3478.00 to X3.00 Off -campus students $253.00 to 268.00 General expenses -Special, music, or course fees -- 2.00 to 35.00 Total, approximately ..............................$25500 ......... to .... 303.00 ... These estimates do n6t include transportation, clothing, or personal expenses. PAYMENT OF ACCOUNTS Student accounts are due in full at the time of registration in September and February. Parents may deposit money in advance at the school or the student may make the payment when he registers. Recognizing that payment of fees in full at registration poses a financial problem in some cases, the college has instituted a "deferred payment plan". In this plan the college will accept, at the time of registration in September and again in February, a of $150.00 in the case of resident. students and $75.00 for off-campus students. The balance may be paid in monthly installments during the semester. To defray the cost of the plan a charge of $1.00 is made for each payment on the student's account after registration. 1 Subjea to change. REFUNDS Students who cancel their registration before the middle of any semester pay tuition at the rate of $14.00 per week for the t'ime during which they have been in attendance. Students who cancel out after the middle of the semester receive no refund of tuition. No refunds are made of the Matriculation and Student Activity fees. Course fees are paid at the rate of 10% per week by students who cancel out before the middle of the semester. Payments for board and room are refunded in proportion to the time students have been in residence. Students who move out ,of dormitories but do not cancel out of school are charged the full semester room rent. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Financial aids in the form of loan funds, scholarships, grants-in-aid, and employment assistance are available at Augsburg. Students must meet certain requirements to qualify for loans or scholarships. The college gives assistance to students in securing work both on and off the campus. LOAN FUNDS Several loan funds have been established to assist students in working out their financial problems. Loans may be arranged at a reasonable rate of interest for various periods of time. The General Student Loan Fund, established through the gifts of many individual donors, is chiefly maintained by contributions from the Augsburg College Women's Club. The Olaf Rogne Fund, established in 1954, extends assistance to students in the Seminary. The Charles and Nora Crouch Student Loan Fund, established in 1954, extends assistance to members of all classes. The Senior Loan Fund, established by the class of 1955, is available to selected graduating seniors. The John and Anna Jorgine Gregory Theo2ogical Student Loan Fund is available to students who are preparing for the ministry. The Student Aid Fund of the Zion Lutheran Hour, established by the Zion Lutheran Church of Minot, North Dakota, likewise extends loans to students preparing for the ministry. Arrangements for the loans are made through a conference with the Dean of Students, chairman of the faculty committee on student loans. In addition to arranging loans, the committee counsels students on financial matters with the objective in mind of helping the student work out a satisfactory plan for his finances. SCHOLARSHIPS AND PRIZES Forty Freshman Scholarships, amounting to tuition for the second half of the Freshman year, are offered to outstanding high school graduates. The American Indian Scholarship was established in 1955 by Spring Lake Park Lutheran Church, Minneapolis. It is a scholarship of $200.00 to be applied on tuition at Augsburg College. It is to be awarded to an American Indian student selected on the basis of scholarship and economic need. The Henry P . Opseth Music Scholarship was established in 1953 in memory of Henry P. Opseth, former head of the Music Department and director of thk Augsburg College Choir. It is awarded annually to a sophomore or junior student of outstanding promise or achievement in the field of music. The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship in memory of Marilyn Yvonne Solberg, a member of the Augsburg College Choir from 1950 until the time of her death in 1953, was established in 1955 by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Iver Solberg and her brother, Dorvan. It is awarded to an Augsburg student for outstanding promise or achievement in the art of singing. The George Sverdrup Graduate Fellowship was established by the Board of Trustees of Augsburg in 1947 to honor the memory of George Sverdrup, President of Augsburg from 1911 to 1937. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding character and ability who plans to prepare further for the vocation of teaching. The amount of the Fellowship is five hundred dollars. The Keith E. Hoffman Memorial Scholarship was established in 1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapolis in memory of their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa. The scholarship consists of the income from a fund of $1,075 and is awarded annually to a student selected on the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and ability in the field of athletics. T w o Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarships of $300 each are provided b y the Lutheran Brotherhood Life Insurance Society and awarded each fall to outstanding Lutheran college seniors. The students are selected by the college in the spring of the junior year on the basis of religious leadership and scholastic standing The Augsburg College Women's Club Scholarship awards, totaling $400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding character and excellent scholarship. The Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize, from a fund established by members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor Adolph Paulson who taught Social Science at Augsburg from 1930 to 1935, is awarded annually to a college student for the best essay written on an assigned subject in the field of Christian Sociology. The amount of the prize is $50.00. The Celia Fredrickson Scholarship consists of the income from a fund of one thousand dollars. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg student from the Lamberton, Minnesota, parish of the Lutheran Free Church. The Greater Augsburg Alumni Association Scholarship of $350 is awarded annually to an outstanding alumnus ~f Augsburg in order to encourage and assist promising students in the carrying out of projects of graduate study. The Women's Missionary Federation Scholarship is awarded by the Federation to returned missionaries or to Lutheran students of recognized Christian character and good scholastic records who are making preparation for mission work. The scholarship varies from $50.00 to $250.00 per year. Higher awards are possible for graduate work or medical study. GRANTS-IN-AID A few grants-in-aid are made to students in good standing who are in special need of financial assistance. To qualify for a grant, a student r.11ust make application, providing information about his own and his family's resources and anticipated expenses. EMPLOYMENT SERVICE The employment service, located in the Placement Office, has been successful in placing hundreds of men and women students in parttime positions. The types of work secured are of many kinds, including recreational leadership, restaurant work, domestic service, sales work, and secretarial and clerical work. Students are employed by the college in many activities. For these positions preference is given to upper-class students who have maintained a good scholastic average. Assistance in securing summer employment is also provided each spring by the Employment Service. Application forms for part-time employment on or off campus may be secured from the Admissions or Placement Offices. STUDENT -COMMUNITY LIFE The influences which mould life and character on a college campus are of many kinds. While the exercises of classroom, laboratory, and Library form the organizing basis of college activity, they need to be supplemented by other than academic forces. These intangible but very real supplementary influences have much to do with creating the spirit of an institution. At Augsburg definite emphasis is placed upon the maintenance of a wholesome spirit of Christian community living. Students are urged to give conscious attention to this personal and spiritual side of their development and thus contribute toward the prevalence of a vital and happy Christian atmosphere on the campus. It is the earnest desire of those who direct the policies of Augsburg that the institution may constantly be permeated by an atmosphere in which the quest for Truth as it is in Christ is prayerfully fostered in each life. All students are required to register for two class hours per week in one of the courses offered in Religion. There are numerous voluntary religious activities in which students are encouraged to participate. Spiritual Emphasis Week is held twice each year. It is assumed that every Augsburg student will find a church home in Minneapolis and attend its services regularly. It is expected of each student that his life, conduct, and influence, both on and off campus, shall be worthy of a member of a Christian College. Those who do not feel drawn to this quality of life and to the fellowship in which it is nourished should not seek to be enrolled at Augsburg. A truly Christian spirit and environment must be the product of the united effort and prayer of faculty, students, and administration. THE CHAPELSERVICE The heart of Augsburg's program of Christian education is the daily Chapel Service, where the faculty and students gather for united worship, prayer, and a brief meditation upon the Word of God. Regular attendance is expected of all students. REI;IG~OUS PROGRAM The Religious Life Committee, composed of students and faculty, endeavors to promote a religious program that will stimulate growth of Christian life in the Augsburg community. Co-chairmen of this council are the student Director of Religious Activities and the College Pastor. Areas for which this committee carries primary responsibility are the Mid-Week services, Spiritual Emphasis Weeks, prayer meetings, and informal group meetings. This committee also serves as a coordinating agency for all volunteer Christian organizations on campus. The two principal organizations are the Lutheran Student Association and the Mission Society. The Mission Society promotes interest in missions through a program of study, fellowship, worship, and seriice. A highlight of the year is the Mission Festival, a week-end conference devoted to the study of missionary activity, and recruitment of workers. The Lutheran Student Association seeks to serve as a stimulus and outlet for Christian faith and life. Students participate in regional and national LSA Conferences, and conduct a schedule of meetings on campus. The Concordia Society is an organization for all the students in the Theological Seminary. Regular convocation programs are held at Augsburg throughout the year. These programs acquaint the campus community with outstanding personalities in various fields. A wide range of interests is covered, including the scientific, political, social, religious, and artistic. Students at Augsburg are given many opportunities for social training and recreation. The Student Council through the Chairman of Social Activities, assisted by a Committee on Social Education, sponsors each month an all-school social activity which all students may attend. Most of these are informal. The Sophomore and Junior classes sponsor semi-formal banquets. The Associated Women Students and a number of other organizations sponsor teas, dinners, and social affairs on and off campus. "No man is a hypocrite in his pleasures." To learn to enjoy the right form of recreational activities is an important aspect of preparation for life. At Augsburg there is a definite attempt to encourage the formation of helpful recreational habit-patterns, not only with regard to the planned play program supervised by the Director of Recreation and the Department of Physical Education, but also with regard to the use of leisure time in general. Augsburg's location in Minneapolis gives its students unique oppqrtunities to make use of some of the finest educational and cultural advantages which the Northwest has to offer. Excellent art collections are to be found in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts and the Walker Art Center. The Twin City libraries are .extensive in their services. The Historical Museum in St. Paul gives access to large collections of historical material. The Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra programs and other concerts afford rich opportunity for music appreciation. Many students and faculty attend Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra concerts by virtue of a special college season ticket arrangement. Season tickets are available also for other University concerts and the University Theater drama programs. Symphony Forums are held .on campus each year, with speakers from the Orchestral Association or the Orchestra. A bi-weekly bulletin, Events of Interest in Minneapolis, listing pro. grams, concerts, art displays and exhibitions is compiled and issued from the Student Personnel Office. STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES Institutional services to students are organized and administered in accordance with plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee. Included are such services as Counseling, Testing, Freshman Orientation, Student Records, The Student Health Service, Housing and Food Service, Placement, S t u d a t Employment, and Coordination of Student Activities. The administration of these services is centered in the Office of the Dean of Students. Under the counseling program at Augsburg each student is assigned a faculty counselor to assist him in the planning of his total college program. All faculty members participate in counseling. The broad intellectual interests of the faculty member are combined with the professional skill and techniques of trained counselors to provide counseling at various levels, and in many areas of student needs. Personal, social, and spiritual problems as well as vocational choice and financial needs are given consideration. As far as possible, the work of obtaining the necessary data about the individual student and organizing the total program of counseling is carried out by the Office of the Dean of Students in accordance with the plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee. These plans include testing, assignment of counselors, scheduling of group conferences and counseling periods. Each new student is assigned a faculty member who is his counselor for two years. When a student enters the Upper Division, he chooses a major field of study. The major adviser then becomes his counselor. Faculty counselors confer with their counselees at regular intervals throughout the year and at other times as the needs of the individual student appear. If a serious problem develops which demands professional skill and more time than the professor has to spend in counseling, the student is referred by way of the Office of the Dean of Students to professionally qualified counselors. The Dean of Women and the Dean of Students are special counselors to the women and the men, respectively. Students receive vocational counseling in conference with their counselors, and have frequent opportunities to confer with persons who are eminently successful in the particular professions selected by students as their tentative occupational choices. An Occupational Information file in the college library provides materials for a study of vocations. The Orientation course, required of all freshmen, includes a unit on vocational planning. The results of a vocational interest test are available for all students. Students who have various personal problems are encouraged to seek help through counseling conferences. Often students have been able to solve problems of finances, social adjustment, and personality through counseling sessions. Those who have spiritual problems may confer with the College Pastor, or with members of the Department of Religion as well as with their faculty counselor. By a system of referral, students may receive counsel from any member of the faculty, or from qualified persons beyond the college community. The Personnel deans are available at all times for special counseling conferences. The college physician is consulted in regard to all problems pertaining to physical and mental health. Counselors and major advisers strive to help students develop their latent abilitjr. Students who distinguish themselves acad&nically are named on the Dean's List, and are thereby qualified to participate in a study program designed to develop their special talents to the highest degree. Honor societies such as the Augsburg Guild of Honor and Lambda Iota Tau recognize students who have excelled in several areas. All new students are given a battery of tests during Freshman Days. College aptitude scores, English, and reading ability scores are used by counselors to help students plan their initial programs. Personal adjustment scores and the vocational interest test profile help the students learn to know more about themselves, in order to make the best choice of subjects and occupational goals. Sophomores participate in a nation-wide testing program. Seniors also take a nationally standardized test. Freshmen and other new students participate in Freshman Days before the beginning of classes each semester. The students take tests, inspect the college facilities, and become acquainted with their fellow students, with the faculty, and especially with their own faculty counselors. The faculty counselors and students have several conferences during which they plan the student's program of study. All freshmen enroll in a class in Orientation. In this course, the students learn about standards and requirements of various areas of college life. Methods and habits of study and related techniques are explored. Personal health, social adjustment, personal finances, and vocational aims are discussed. RECORDS Individual student records are kept in the Records Office under the supervision of the Registrar. These records include admissions data, academic achievement, student participation and achievement in nonacademic activities, test scores, reports of counseling and other information. The Student Personnel Office maintains a file of clubs and societies, including the constitutions, activities, schedules, and membership roster. THE STUDENT HEALTHSERVICE The Student Health Service provides campus dispensary service with a registered nurse in charge. The college physician has daily office l~ours on campus for consultation and for emergency treatment. Physical examinations are given all entering students and seniors. Corrective treatment is prescribed where needed. Infirmary rooms are adjacent to the dispensary. The Health Service is housed in a ground floor section of Memorial Hall, the men's residence hall. Students, faculty, and staff have chest X-rays taken semi-annually through the cooperation of the Hennepin County Tuberculosis Association Mobile Unit. The Department of Physical Education conducts a program of recreation for all students. All freshmen are required to take a course in personal and community health. Students not living at home must live in college operated housing and take their meals in the college dining hall. Under certain conditions, students may make other arrangements after consultation with the Dean of Women or Dean of Students. Residence halls are open to students a day before regular schedules become effective, and close a day after the term closes. Students who wish to stay in residence during vacations must apply for the privilege. Rooms are furnished except for bed linen, towels and blankets. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Bed linens and towels may be rented at a reasonable cost. This service includes laundering, pick up and delivery. Augsburg's beautiful new Residence for Women, located at Sixth Street and Twenty-fourth Avenue South, adequately houses one hundred fifty women, and provides a lounge, recreation facilities, and grill service for all students. Sverdrup Ojtedal Memorid Hall, a men's residence hall, houses one hundred fifty men, and also contains the college dining rooms, and the student health service. The Placement Bureau assists seniors and alumni in securing positions. Continuous contact is maintained with business, governmental, welfare, and educational institutions and organizations at the local as well as the state and national levels. Interviews are arranged both on and off the campus. A registration fee and a small placement fee are charged. An employment service, located in the Placement Office, assists students in obtaining part time remunerative work. Many students find it possible to pay part of their college expenses by this income. Employment can be obtained more satisfactorily after students have been at the college for a time, and consequently, it is .desirable that a new student should have sufficient funds to pay his entire expenses for at least one semester. Students are employed by the college in many phases of its opera- tion. For these positions preference is given to upper-class students who have maintained a good scholastic average and have a good employment record. Assistance in securing summer employment is also provided for students each spring. The Christian ideals of Augsburg give no room for such demoralizing practices as gambling, drinking, frequenting of public dances, indiscriminate attendance at movies, and objectionable car'd playing. Students enrolled at Augsburg are expected, therefore, not to participate in such practices. Augsburg reserves the right to dismiss or to discipline any student who is not amenable to advice and direction. The school likewise reserves the right to dismiss any student whose general conduct or influence is unwholesome. Such a student may be removed although no formal charge is made against him. Disciplinary problems, other than academic failure, are handled through the Office of the Dean of Students. In all cases, careful investigation and counseling precedes any action. OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES COORDINATION The Coordinator of Student Activities assists student officers to maintain effective functioning of student activities, and keeps on file the club constitutions, rosters, and schedules of meetings. Faculty sponsors are approved by the Coordinator. The program of student activities is a primary responsibiiity of the Student Council, legislative and executive body of the Augsburg Student Society. Faculty concern and responsibility for all student activities and the co-curricular program is assigned to the Faculty Council. Liaison between the Student Council and the Faculty Council is the function of the Student-Faculty Committee, whose special responsibility it is to promote student activity, and to keep the college activities calendar. The Calendar is kept in the office of the Coordinator of Student Activities. A weekly bulletin of events is furnished all college personnel by the offiee of Student Personnel. STUDENT GOVERNMENT The Augsburg Student Society, comprisingGthe whole student body of Augsburg College and Theological Seminary, is organized to conduct student affairs, develop student initiative and leadership, and provide opportunity for practical experience in the democratic processes of group activity. The administration of student government is delegated to the Student Council, a representative group of twenty-five students elected by the various classes. The top five positions are nominated and elected directly by the Student Society. Each of the college classes has its own officers and participates in student government through its representative on the Council. Augsburg is a member of the National Student Associution. The local NSA Council is elected by the Student Council. The Student Council directs several service projects of interest to the college community. These projects include the annual Campus Chest Campaign, Political Action and Brotherhood weeks, and two Leadership Training projects. Counseling of freshmen by upper class students is conducted through Campus-Brother Campus-Sister groups. Associated Women Students, composed of all the women students, provides opportunity for the women to develop a degree of self g ~ v ernment. It aims to create a sense of harmony and fellowship, to promote and maintain high standards of honor and integrity in personal conduct, and it encourages participation in all college activities. It is affiliated with the Intercollegiate Associated Women Students, a national organization. The Student Council office and the Council Room adjoin the Augsburg Echo and Augsburgian offices on the ground floor of Science Hall. The student post office and Student Center occupy a prominent place on the same floor, and serve as a focal point for student activities. The Augsburg Echo, the college newspaper, is published by a student staff. The top staff members are named by The Board of Publications, one of the Student Council agencies. The Faculty adviser teaches courses in journalism. Staff members enrolled in the classes earn academic credit. Augsburg's yearbook, the Augsburgiun, provides a pictorial record of the activities of the year. Work on the annual provides opportunity for creative expression in artistic design as well as in photography. A student editor, named by the Board of Publications, with the assistance of the Registrar, compiles the annual Student Handbook and Directory. CO-CURRICULAR PROGRAM The enthusiasm and energy of students motivate them to pursue their interests beyond the classroom. For most effecthe participation, Several of students with similar interests have united to form cI&. these are extensions of courses beyond the class room. Others are devoted to interests not offered in the curriculum. New clubs are formed as the occasion demands. STUDENT CLUBS The Aristotelian Society unites those who have a common interest in scientific knowledge and experimentation. Thus they may develop their interest in the various branches of science and perhaps infuse some of that spirit of interest thrmghout the college. The Art Club is organized to satisfy the student's creative urge in the field of art, to educate members, as well as others, in the field of art and all that it contains, and to promote an interest in art among the student body. The Business Club draws membership from the Business and Secretarial Studies classes. The development of professional interests is the major objective. The Canera Cbb is composed of camera fans who meet regularly to exchange ideas about their hobby and to develop skill in photography. The Cosmopolitan Club brings together foreign and American students who have a mutual interest in the cult'ure, language and people of the various countries. The Drama Society provides for its members an opportunity to learn from participation in stage presentations and from field trips, as well as from reading and seeing plays produced. Membership is open to all students. The F ~ u r eTeachers of America offers to its members associate membership in professional education associations and strives to acquaint future teachers with the importance of teaching as a profession. Interest in education or in the teaching profession is the only requirement for membership. The Home Economics Club, open to all students in the Home Economics Department, aims to promote professional attitudes toward all aspects of home and community life. The Public Aflairs Federation aims to stimulate interest in public affairs and give students opportunity to participate actively in local, state, and national politics, and in other human relations activities. The Writers Club includes students who enjoy creative expression in various forms of writing. The members share their literary efforts in an informal atmosphere, and benefit from mutual criticism. The Choir has about sixty members selected from all classes. In addition to local concerts, the choir goes on tour each year to various parts of the United States and occasionally to Canada. BAND THE AUGSBURG COLLEGECONCERT The band meets for rehearsal at a regularly scheduled period four times per week. The concert band makes an annual tour and presents public concerts in Minneapolis. A pep band entertains at athletic contests. THE AUGSBURG CHORAL CLUB The choral club is composed of approximately fifty members. It participates in school programs and concerts and makes short tours annually. THE MALECHORUS This organization is for men who like to sing in a men's group. Rehearsals are held twice a week. The Chorus sings at various churches in the Twin City area and makes short tours in the vicinity. FORENSICS Augsburg College participates in intercollegiate debating, both in Minnesota and in the neighboring states. Students may also participate in local and intercollegiate oratorical contests. THE "A7' CLUB Membership in the "A" Club is limited to men who have won a major A at Augsburg. The aim of this organization is "to bind the 'A' men of the past, present, and future into a more intimate bond of fellowship, and to keep the athletics of Augsburg on the highest possible plane." WOMEN'SATHLETICASSOCIATION Membership in the Women's Athletic Association is gained by participation in individual and group recreational activities with awards given on a point basis. The Augsburg W.A.A. is a member of the Minnesota Athletic Association of College Women. AND RECREATION PHYSICALEDUCATION Under the direction of the Department of Physical Education, a wide range of recreational activities is arranged for general student participation. Every student is urged to participate in some activity for his own recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for the winners of intramural schedules in various colleges. Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. The college is represented annually by teams in football, basketball, hockey, baseball, track, tennis, and golf. PURPOSE AND PHILOSOPHY OF INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS It is the purpose of Augsburg College to provide an intercollegiate athletic program which is in harmony with its Christian philosophy. This philosophy is to be reflected in the conduct and outlook of both the players and the spectators. The educational program of the collegerecognizes that recreation and play are a fundamental part of human life, and that this phase of life needs to be cultivated if physical, mental, and emotional health are to be maintained. Intercollegiate athletics, as a phase of that program, gives recognition to the fact that competitive play can cnntribute to the development of student interests, skills, insights, and loyalties. More specifically, the following outcomes are sought: (1j The student participating in athletics should acquire and exhibit, both in and out of athletics, such basic qualities of character as self-discipline, honesty, sense of fair play, and cooperation. (2) The participant should develop the knowledge, interests, and skills which will be of special use to him in such vocations as teaching and coaching or re-, creational leadership, or in his own recreational activities: Far from being set apart from his educational goal or in any way competing with it, the student's participation in intercollegiate athletics must either contribute directly to this goal or be complementary to his other educational activities. (3) The student spectator should acquire and exhibit some of the finer qualities of Christian character, such as self-restraint, sense of fair play, appreciation of high grade ,performance on the part of both opponents and fellow-students, and respect for individual personality. (4) The intercollegiate athletic program should contribute to the development of a unified and healthy "school spirit." Enthusiasm for intercollegiate athletics or other cocurricular activities should not overshadow pride in high scholastic achievement, nor can it take the place of a well-rounded and effective intramural and general recreational program. HONORS AND AWARDS The 1925 Class Cup in Atfitics is awarded to the athlete who has made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship. The Harold A. Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson in 1943, is awarded annually to the student who is judged to be the most valuable player on the basketball team. The Class of 1918 Oratorical Cup was presented to the college as a prize t o arouse interest in oratory. The name of the winner of the annual contest ishengraved upon the cup, which is to remain in the possession of the college and is placed on exhibition in the Science Hall. The 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship is awarded to the senior student of highest scholastic standing who has attended Augsburg for at least two years. Omicron Chapter of Lambda Iota Tau, a national honor society, is open to English majors who have attained a high scholastic average and have presented a paper on a literary topic before a public audience. The Augsburg Guild of Honor is an organization to recognize and honor those members of the senior graduating class who have shown themselves to be well rounded individuals, excelling to an outstanding degree in scholarship, leadership, and participation in extra-curricular activities. The Dean's List includes students who have achieved an honor point Augsburg ratio of 2.5 or better in the previous semester of work a t m College. AUGSBURG COLLEGE ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION ADMISSION PROCEDURE Application for admission should be made on the regular admission form, which can be secured from the Office of Admissions. This form is generally available also in Minnesota high schools. The application, together with the high school record, previous college record, if any, two letters of recommendation, a small photograph, and an admissions deposit of $10.00 should be sent to the Office of Admissions. The deposit, which will be applied on first semester tuition, is refunded if the application is not accepted or if it is withdrawn by the applicant before August 1. A student seeking admission in the fall semester should apply not later than September 10 and for the spring semester by January 30. REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION Augsburg College admits as students, men and women of good moral character and sound health who appear to have the ability to succeed in college. Estimate of ability is determined by rank in the high school graduating class and college aptitude tests, and by the high school record or previous college record. The normal basis for admission is the completion of the courses of grades nine to twelve in an accredited high school. No definite pattern of subjects is required, but it is recommended that the last four years of high school include four units of English, or three units of English and two of a foreign language, two units of social studies, and one unit of mathematics. A unit is defined as a course covering one academic year and equivalent to at least 120 hours of classwork. Graduates of unaccredited high schools are considered for admission on the basis of their rank in high school and their achievement in a college aptitude examination and an English achievement test. Applicants who are not high school graduates but who give evidence of s d c i e n t maturity are considered for admission upon recommendation and on the basis of achievement in a college aptitude test, English achievement test, and General Educational Development Tests on literary materials, social science materials, and natural science materials. For most graduates of Minnesota high schools the results of the college aptitude and English achievement tests are available in advance if they have been taken in the state-wide testing program. The General Educational Development tests are available to service men through the Armed Forces Institute. All tests may, however, be taken at Augsburg by arrangement with the Registrar. The College reserves the right to reject the applications of studepts whose previous records or aptitudes, as measured by tests, indicate they may have difliculty in doing college work. DEFICIENCIES Applicants who have been accepted for admission with a deficiency in English will be required to register for a special course in English. Such deficiency and the requirements with regard to additional training will be determined at the beginning of the Freshman year by means of tests. The requiremenb include the attainment of definite standards as to spelling, grammar, pronunciation, and general correctness in the use of the English language. TRANSFER AND ADVANCED STANDING Students are accepted by transfer from other institutions if they did satisfactory work and were otherwise in good standing there. If their previous work was unsatisfactory, they are admitted to Augsburg only under special circumstances. Advanced standing, that is, credit for courses completed, is granted to students who present satisfactory transcripts from accredited institutions. In certain cases advanced standing is granted on the basis of comprehensive examinations. ADMISSION OF VETERANS Veterans, qualified for educational benefits under any of the government programs, may study at Augsburg and receive these benefits. The veteran must secure a certificate of eligibility from the regional office of the Veterans Administration. Application for benefits must be made in advance of registration, except that veterans who are eligible for assistance under Public Law 550 may make application for entitlement when they enroll at the college. In order to receive credit for experience in the military services, the veteran must present a photostatic or certified copy of his Separation Record at the Registrar's Office. Evaluation is made according to the recommendation of the American Council on Education. Some college credit is given for the completion of the work in certain service schools and for some courses taken through the Armed Forces Institute. REGISTRATION Students who have been accepted for admission should register on the days designated in the Calendar for this purpose. Students who register later than three days after classes begin are charged a late registration fee of $3.00. No student may register for or enter a course later than two weeks after the beginning of classes. In registering, care should be taken to include the Lower Division requirements during the first two years. However, if such registration is delayed beyond the second year, a student will neither be required nor permitted to register beyond the allowed number of credit hours per semester in order to make it up. - No credit will be given a student for any subject for which he has not registered. The college reserves the right to cancel any course for which there is not sufficient registration. Registration means that the student accepts all the rules and regulations established by the school. The normal registration is 16 credit hours. A credit hour is defined as one recitation period a week throughout a semester. The privilege of registering for more than 17% credit hours may be granted only to students who have gained an average record of B, or two honor points per credit, in their previous college studies. Exceptions to this rule may be made under certain conditions determined by the Admissions and Scholarship Committee. No student is permitted to carry work for more than 20 credits per semester. Students working part-time are urged to arrange the amount of their registration accordingly. CHANGE OF REGISTRATlON AND CANCELLATION In case a student desires to make any changes in his registration, he must obtain a form from the Registrar's o6ce on which he may make application, stating clearly his reasons for desiring the change. Approval of the teachers concerned and the student's adviser and the Registrar must be obtained before a change will be permitted. A course which is abandoned without being cancelled through the Registrar's Office will result in a grade of F. Changes of registration which involve the adding of courses cannot be made later than two weeks after the beginning of classes. Changes which involve canceling a course cannot be made after the middle of the semester. A fee of $1.00 is charged for each change of registration after the beginning of the second week of classes. A student who finds it necessary to leave school before the end of a semester must cancel his registration at the Registrar's office in order to remain in good standing. UNIVERSITY COURSES By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students may register for courses at the University. But such registration will not be allowed unless the student has a grading of C average, or 1 honor point per credit, in his courses at Augsburg. Also, the combined number of credits in any semester must not exceed 17. The credits thus gained at the University may be transferred to Augsburg College and counted towards graduation. CLASSIFICATION In order to be classified in one of the college classes, a student must be carrying a minimum of twelve hours of work in which college credit is given. Classification is based on the attainment of the following number of credit hours together with an equal number of honor points: Sophomore, 24; Junior, 58; Senior, 92. Students are classified by this regulation at the time of their registration each school year. PROBATION AND ELIMINATION The Admissions and Scholarship Committee meets at the end of each semester to consider the status of students who are doing unsatisfactory work. Freshmen who obtain honor point ratios of .5 or below, Sophomores .6 or below, and Senior College students .8 or below, as well as students with 6 or more credits of F, at the end of a semester are placed on probation during the semester that follows. They remain on probation until an honor point ratio of 1 is attained for a semester. A student is not allowed to remain in college on probation for more than two semesters consecutively, except by special permission. He is dropped for low scholarship if he fails to maintain a satisfactory scholastic record. CLASS ATTENDANCE Regular attendance in class is required. Students who find it necessary to be absent because of illness b r for other reasons should confer with their teachers. Students are expected to arrange the hours of part-time employment so that work does not conflict with classes. Any exception to this rule must be agreed to by the teacher of the class affected and must be approved by the Dean of the College. A record of attendance is kept by each teacher, and periodic reports are submitted to the Registrar. At the end of the semseter, a record is made of the total absences of each student for the semester. Absences for tours, field trips and other instructor-arranged activities are cleared with the Dean of the College. Lists of participants, with information as to exact p i o d s absent, are issued by the Dean to all instructors involved. Teachers deal with tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving' in class late must assume responsibility for reporting their presence to the teacher. EXAMINATIONS Tests are given periodically throughout the semester. In the course of each semester, reports of the grades attained are made to the Registrar who forwards them to the counselors and students. Final reports are sent at the close of each semester to the parents and students. Written examinations are regularly scheduled at the close of each semester. No student or class may arrange to take a final examination in any course before the examination week. Absence from a final examination without a sufficient reason will result in a grade of failure in the course concerned. A student who has to be absent from a final examination because of a conflict with outside work from which he cannot obtain an excuse may arrange to take such an examination during some period after the time on which the subject is scheduled. If a student has obtained permission from the Dean of the College to take a final examination at another hour than that scheduled, he is a fee of two dollars for such an examination. Before the stues the examination, he must obtain a statement from the Registrar's office and bring it to the teacher concerned. The teacher will give no examination before he has this statement. CONDITIONS AND INCOMPLETES A condition or an incomplete received at the end of the semester must be removed within the first five weeks of classes of the following semester of attendance or within a year if the student has not re-enrolled. Extension of this time may be made by the Registrar's O5ce in cases of illness. If incompletes and conditions are not removed within the time allowed, the condition automatically becomes a failure and the incomplete may be changed to a passing grade only when the average of the previous work is sufficiently high. The final grade after the condition examination is taken may not be higher than D. A fee of $2.00 is charged for an examination making up an incomplete or a condition reecived at the end of a semester. COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATIONS Compre)lensive examinations may be permitted in courses in which the Admissions and Scholarship Committee feels the student has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish to take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing to this committee. When permission is granted, the necessary approval forms may be secured at the office of the Registrar. A fee of $5.00 is charged for each examination and must be paid in advance. Examination questions and the answers will be filed in the Registrar's office. GRADE VALUES 3 honor points per credit A-Superior, %Very good, 2 honor points per credit C-Satisfactory, D-Passable, F-Failure, &Condition 1 honor point per credit no honor points per credit minus 1 honor point per credit GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS In order to qualify for the Bachelor of Arts degree, certain requirements must be met with regard to credits, courses, and grades. A student who plans to graduate from Augsburg is urged to study the requirements as outlined in this section of the catalog and in the department in which he plans to major. It is the responsibility of the student to see that he includes the required subjects at the right time in his program of studies. The faculty advisers, the Dean, and the Registrar will gladly assist him in planning his program. Lower Division Requirements For a general college education and as a basis for study in professional fields students are required to complete the following credits in lower division courses : Religion Each semester, 2 credits English 6 credits Course 1-2. Students exempted from Freshman English must earn 6 credits above Freshman English. Speech 3 credits Course 11. Fine Arts 2 credits MU. 7, 8, Phil. 15, 60 or any literature H. Ec. 3, a, course satisfies this requirement. Foreign Language 8 credits Students who have studied a foreign language for three years in high school and students with majors in Home Economics are exempted from this requirement. Social Sciences 6 credits Hist. 1-2, 21, 22, or Soc. 1, and 3 other credits in Sociology, or Phil. 15, 16. Natural Sciences 8 credits Health and Physical Education 3 credits Courses 2, 3 and 4. Students with majors in Home Economics will substitute H. Ec. 68 for P. E. 2. Psychology 4 credits Required in certain fields. Orientation 1 credit Required of all Freshmen. AUGSBURG COLLEGE Major and Minors - 'A student is required to complete a major and one or more minors for graduation. The major subject is determined by the student's aims as well as by his particular interests and aptitudes as shown in f work he does in the Lower Division. -It is well for the student to know in his Freshman year what major line of study he will pursue. Students who are still undecided as to their major choice when they appear for registration in the junior year, should, before they register, consult with a faculty counselor and with heads of the various departments to determine their field of major work. In planning the major, a student is required to consult with the Head of the Department offering the major. Majors are offered in the following areas: Religion, Philosophy, Greek, English, Speech, Music, History, Sociology, Social Science, Business Administration, Business Education, Secretarial Studies, Home Economics, istry, Natural Science, Mathematics, and Physical Edu- 4- For major and minor requirements as to houys cf credit see departmental statements. Electives are planned with the purpose of properly distributing a student's choices among the fundamental fields of knowledge and culture, as well as among the correlatives of the major. Juniors and Seniors should, as a rule, choose their electives from courses designated as Upper Division Courses, that is courses numbered 50 or above. At least thirty credits in Upper Division Courses must be completed for graduation. Total Credits and Honor Points The amount of work required for graduation comprises a minimum of 128 credits with an average grade of C, or one honor point for each credit taken. A credit equals one recitation period a week throughout one semester. Honor points are computed at the rate of one honor point for each credit with a grade of C, two honor points for each credit with a grade B, and three honor points for each credit with a grade of A. 2 In order to qualify for the A.B. degree a student must demonstrate proficiency in the writing and speaking of English. M- Magna Cum Laude 2.5-2.79+ Cum Laude 2.1-2.49+ ji w be eligible for these honors, the student must hwr compked at least two years of work at Augsburg, and his record at Augsburg, as well as his total record must meet the requirements as given above. AUGSBURG COLLEGE CURRICULUMS THE CHRISTIAN MINISTRY which prepares students for the Christian ministry as pastors or mis choice of courses even in the Freshman year. Physical Education . . . . . . . . . Freshman English New Testament Greek Foreign Language . . . . Humanities or Philosophy . History or English , I . 6 or English Literature, 6 Cr. New Testament Greek 6 or English Literature, 6 Cr. Typewriting .. . .. .. 8 6 6 6 Youth Work in the Church .. z Principles of Christian Education z History or English Philosophy or Logic . Economics or Education or Political Science . , , . . - -.-- T - ; " p.'*Lm,m,% w *' h "*": 4.W !m CURMCULUMS PARISH AND MISSIONARY WORKERS The purpose of this course is to train men and women for effective service in the Church at home or abroad; that is, as teachers in vacation, week-day and Sunday schools, as youth leaders, and as parish workers. The course is so arranged that the student will, upon its satisfactory conclusion, receive the A.B. degree and also a certificate indicating that he is a q u a u e d parish worker. w 1 Students interested in becoming parish workers should consult with - Mr. Stensvaag, parish work adviser. The suggested schedule provides for a minor in Religion and makes it possible to plan for a major in Home Economics, History, English or Sociology. It is also possible to plan for a major in Religion with a minor in some other field. The courses essential for the securing of the Parish Worker's Certificate are italicized in the outline below. Freshman 4 Freshman English . . . . Natural Science . . . . Typewriting . . . . . . 1 Sophomore Basic Bible . . . . . . . . Principles of Sociology Social Problems . . . . . w w . . Orientation . . . . . Physical Activities . Electives . . . . . . . . Religion ........ Beginning Speech . . . Types of Public Speech .. . 3 General Psychology . I Health . . . . . . . . First Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . I Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 . . . ..... ... 6 8 .. 3 . . 3 . . . I -3 Foreign Language . . . . . 3 3 8 ..... 4 . . z I . - I 3 7. w 32 Senior T h e Missionary Enterprise . . . . . z Principles of Christian Education. . 2 T h e Christian Churches . . . . . . z T h e Lutheran Church . . . . . . . . z Social Psychology or Urban Sociol. . . . . . . . . . 3 OgY . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 .... I Elementary Shorthand Recreatiimal Activities . . . . . . 6 . . . I to 32 Parish W o r k . . . . . . . . . Youth Work in the C h w c h . . . Edrrcational Psychology . . . . . . . . . H y m n s and Music o f the Church. Fundamentals o f Journalism . . . . Crafts . . . . . . . . . . 1'. . . . . . . . . Fields of Social Work . . . . . . . . Secretarial Practice ......... 7. Fine Arts Electives 2 , . . . . . . . . . . z 3 z z 2 3 3 32 w HIGH SCHOOL TEACHING Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's certificate. The course outlined below satisfies the requirements for a e r tificate for teaching in Minnesota at the junior and senior high school level. The same program will meet the demands set by most of the neighboring states. The student should apply to the Department of Education for admission to the Education curriculum during his Sophomore year. Admission will be determined by a committee on the basis of scholarship and other qualifications. Students should prepare for competency in at least two subject-matter fields that are also taught in the high schools. In addition to departmental majors, broad majors for teaching may be secured in natural science, social science, and business education. Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 European Civilization . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Foreign Language or Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . I Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . - . . . . . . 2 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - . . . . - .4 - Sophomore Religion . . ,. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Foreign Language or Natural ............. 8 Science . . . . . Psychology . . . Fine Arts . . . . . Electives . . . . . 32 Junior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 4 Educational Psychology . . . . . . . 3 Teaching in High School . . . . . . . . 3 Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Group Activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 2 Electives in Major or Minor . . . .14 32 Senior .................. 4 Religion Principles of Guidance . . . . . . . . . . 3 Issues in Contemporary Education. 3 Student Teaching . . . . . . . . . . .4or 5 Special Teaching Methods . . . . . . . . 4 . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -14 - 3 2 or 33 VOCATIONS IN HOME ECONOMICS From the vocational point of view, the work in the Department of Home Economics is intended to prepare students for homemaking, to equip them for the teaching of home economics in high school, and to give them the first two years of the training required for such vocations as dietetics, institution management, home economics in business, home economics and journalism, and home economics extension. Each student who plans for a vocation in this field should consult members of the home economics staff about the details of the program when she begins her college work. A curriculum for a home economics education major is given below. Courses in italics are not required for a general home economics major. Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Principles of Physics . . . . . . . - . . . .4 Principles of Chemistry . . . . . . . - . 4 Art in Daily Living . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Clothing Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Nutrition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Clothing Construction . . . . . . . . . . 2 Sophomore Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Economics .................... 3 Marriage and Family ............ 3 Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Anatomy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Child Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Foods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 32 Junior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Educational Psychology . . . . . . . 3 Group Activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s Teaching in High School . . . . . . . . 3 Bacteriology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Textiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Color and Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Home Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Family Health . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . . 2 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - Senior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Student Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Principles of Guidance . . . . . . . . . . Contemporary Issues in Education. Home Management Problems . . . . Home Management Laboratory . . . Advanced Clothing Construction. . ................... Electives 32 Electives must be in the minor field which the student selects. 4 4 4 3 3 2 2 z 8 - BUSINESS The program in business administration is intended for students who are planning for work in the fields of business and industry. In addition to giving preparation for a business vocation the following suggested course of study leads to the Bachelor of Arts degree. Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . European Civilization or Sociology. Principles of Accounting . . . . . . . . Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sophomore 4 6 6 6 8 I . . 2 I Junior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . , United States History . Business Law . . . . . . . . Advanced Accounting Business Finance . . . . . Money and Banking . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . Religion Speech Natural Science . . . . . . . , . - . . . . Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Principles of Economics . . . . . . . . Introduction to Statistics . . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 3 .. . ... 8 4 6 3 4 Senior Religion , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Marketing or Industrial Management . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Labor and Management Relations. . 3 Public Finance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 3 F i e Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -16 . . LAW The following suggested two-year, pre-law program is planned especially to meet the needs of students who purpose to transfer to the Law School at the University of Minnesota. It is possible to modify the program for admission to other law schools. Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Principles of Accounting . . . . . , . 6 Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . 6 European Civilization . . . . . . . . 6 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Physical Activities . . . . . . . . . . . I ... .. . . . . . - Sophomore Religion Christian Ethics . . - . . . . . - . . . . - . Principles of Economics . . . . . . . . American Government . . . . . . . . . . Logic Introduction to Philosophy . . . . . History of England . . - . . . . . . . . . Natural Science , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 2 6 6 3 3 3 8 33 SOCIAL WORK A rapid expansion of the field of social work during the past twenty years has created an acute lieed for trained social workers. Positions are available in public agencies on federal, state, county, and municipal levels; in private agencies sponsored by churches or other community organizations; in group work, case work, or community organization. In response to this need, Augsburg College has developed a cumculum designed to do two things: (a) equip graduates for immediate employment in social work positions that do not ,require post-graduate training and (b) prepare students for further study in graduate schools of social work. Augsburg College is an active member of the Minnesota Conference on Social Work Education. During recent years graduates of Augsburg have secured positions in both public and private welfare, in probation work, child welfare, group work, and case work. The following courses are recommended for students interested in Social Work. The courses which are italicized should be taken by all such students. Sophomore Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English . . . . European Civilization Principles of Sociology S o d Problems . . . . . Foreign Language . . . . Orientation . . . . . . . . Physical Education . , Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . Religion ...................... 4 American Government . . . . . . . . . . 6 Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Elementary Statistics ........... 3 Rural Sociology ................ 3 Urban Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Junior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Principles of Economics . . . . . . . . . 3 Fields of Social Work . . . . . . . . . . 3 History of Philosophy . . . . . . . . 6 Sociul Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Abnormal Psychology . . . . . . . . . . 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 . Senior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Introduction to Metbods of Social Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . , 3 Public Welfare . . . . . . . . ........ 3 Crtntinology . . . . . . . . . . . ........ 3 Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 - - ........ MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY Student may complete a course leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in Medical Technology by completing three years of work at Augsburg College and twelve months at General Hospital, Minneapolis. This course prepares them for examination for certification in Medical Technology. It is recommended that students in this curriculum choose a minor in an unrelated field. The following program is suggested. 6 Sophomore Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 General Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 General Psychology Speech . . . . . . . . Foreign Language Fine Arts . . . . . Electives Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . Freshman English . General Zoology . . Social Science . . . Orientation . . : . . . Health . . . . . . . . . . Physical Education Electives . . . . . . - . . Junior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Analytical Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Quantitative Analysis . . . . . . . . . , 5 Bacteriology . . . . . - . . . - . . .4 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I S - Senior Lectures, laboratory and ~ractical work at General Hospital for twelve months. - DIACONATE A program whereby a Deaconess candidate can prepare for service in the areas of parish work, social service, high school teaching, missionary work, nursing, or secretarial work may be arranged in consultation with the Directing Sister of the Lutheran Deaconess Home, the Dean of Women, and the Registrar. NURSING Most hospitals prefer that applicants to their school of nursing have at least one year of college. In rnany instances two or more years of college work are desirable. The following pre-nursing curricu~umis suggested for those planning to enter a four-year school of nursing. Those who plan on a three-year nursing program should try to select courses ih college which will not duplicate the courses they will study in the school of nursing which they plan to attend. Sophomore Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English General Zoology . . . Health . . . . . . . . Sociology . . . . . . . . Elements of Nutiition Orientation . . . . . . . . Physical Education . . . . Electives .......... Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 History or Political Science . . , . . . 6 Psychology . , , . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Child Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 General Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis ............... 8 Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - The following courses of the School of Nursing of the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota, are offered at Augsburg College. This is a part of the three-year course offered by the hospital. Application for admission to the School of Nursing should be made to the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota. First Year Religion . . . . . . . . - - . . . . . . . . 2 Anatomy and Physiology .....4 Bacteriology . . . ,,. .,. . 3 Chemistry ..............3 Psychology , , ......... 2 Second Year Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 ENGINEERING A student may take two full years of pre-engineering at Augsburg before transferring. The course outlined below applies <tothe fields of aeronautical, electrical agricultural, civil, and mechanical engineering and engineering mathematics at the University of Minnesota. The chemistry and chemical engineering programs will be slightly different. Students planning to enter this program should complete higher algebra and solid geometry in high school. Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 FreshEnglish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Introduction to Mathematical Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Engineering Drawing and Descriptive Geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 General Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I - Sophomore Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Elementary Calculus aqd Diflerential Equations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Modern Physics . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . 4 Electricity and Magnetism . . . . . . 4 General Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Psychology or Principles of Sociology and Social Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 4 or 6 - 34 or 36 Statics may be taken at the University of Minnesota in the first quarter of the junior year, except for the courses in civil and mechanical engineering, in which case it may be taken in evening school or summer session. DENTISTRY Preparation for the study of dentistry can generally be completed in two years. The following schedule will meet the requirements for admission to most dental schools. Students planning to enter this curriculum should study algebra and plane geometry in high school. Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 General Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Introduction to Mathematical Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . I - Sophomore Religion ...........-.... 4 European Civilization . . . . . . . . . . 6 Zoology . . . . . . . . . - . - . . . 8. Organic Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . - 8 General Physics . . - - . . - - . . . .8 . - CURRICULUMS MEDICINE Most medical schools require a minimum of three years of college education. but premedical students often find it advantageous to complete their college work before entering the medical school. The following program will meet the requirements of most medical schools. but it is advisable for the student to study the requirements of the medical school to which he plans to apply . Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 General Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Introduction to Mathematical Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I -. Junior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Organic Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 General Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - Sophomore Religion . . . . . . . . . . . History or Philosophy Zoology . . . . . . . . . . . General Psychology . . Analytical Chemistry Quantitative Analysis Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . Senior Religion . . : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sociology ..................... German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Chemistry ............ Genetics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 6 5 4 10 SECRETARIAL WORK The first year of the following program provides preparation for certain office positions. Completion of the second year provides more advanced training. A student who has had similar courses in high school may be admitted to advanced classes on the basis of his proficiency in the subject. An outline of the requirements for teaching business subjects in high school appears under Secretarial Studies. Fit Year .4 Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Elementary Shorthand . . . . . . . . . 6 Elementary Typewriting . . . . . . . I Intermediate Typewriting . . . . . . . t Principles of Accounting ........ 6 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 32 Second Year Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Speech . . , . , . . . . . . . . . . - . Advanced Typewriting . . . . . Advanced Shorthand . . . . . Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Secretarial Practice . . . . . . . Of6ce Machines . . . . . . . . . . Consumer Education . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COURSES OF STUDY COURSES OFFERED Descriptions of the courses offered in 1956-58 are given on the following pages. Unforeseen circumstances may necesskate making changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings. NUMBERING OF COURSES Odd numbers are used for first semester courses and even numbers for second semester courses. The Roman numerals I, I1 after the descriptive title also indicate the semester in which the course is to be offered. Numbers 1 through 49 indicate lower division courses which are primarily for freshmen and sophomores. Numbers 50 through 99 are upper division courses intended for juniors and seniors. Two course numbers joined by a hyphen (1-2) indicate that the course is a continuation course and both semesters of it must be completed before credit is given. Course numbers separated by a comma (1,2) indicate that it is a year course, but students may receive credit for one semester without completing the other. CREDITS Credits shown are in terms of semester credits. For continuation courses, the total credits for the year are given. A two-credit course geenrally meets twice a week and a three-credit course three times a week. In the case of laboratory courses, the hours of meeting per week are more than the credits given. A semester is approximately 18 weeks in length. The normal load for a student is 16 credit hours per semester. AUG~BURG COLLEGE DIVISIONAL ORGANIZATION The college courses are organized into four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman is appointed for each division. Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental statements. DIVISIONOF RELIGIONAND PHILOSOPHY Religion Philosophy DIVISIONOF THE HUMANITIES Greek, Latin, Hebrew English, Journalism, Speech German, Scandinavian, French, Spanish Music, Art DIVISIONOF THE SOCIALSCIENCES History, Political Science, Geography Sociology Psychology, Education Library Science Business Administration and Economics Secretarial Studies Home Economics DIVISIONOF THE NATURAL SCIENCES Biology, Chemistry, Physics Mathematics Health and Physical Education. DIVISION OF RELIGION AND PHILOSOPHY Through the study of religion and philosophy, the individual is apprised of the central realities of life and encouraged to build on the certainties of the Christian faith. The work proceeds on the assumption that Christianity alone can furnish a unifying principle which gives meaning to human existence. The student is challenged to accept this point of view--to relate himself to Christ as the center, to evaluate all his studies and experiences in the light of revealed truth, and to make consistent use of all his talents and training. The goal to be desired is the development of an informed and integrated Christian personality dedicated to the realization of God's kingdom on earth. Department of Religion The courses in Religion are designed to give the student a working knowledge of the Bible, to acquaint him with the history, doctrines, and ethics of the Church, and to prepare him for effective service in the congregation. The fundamental aim in instruction is to lead as many as possible to personal faith in Christ, and to nurture the Christian life. All full time students are required to register for two class hours ,per week in one of the courses offered in religion during each semester of their studies. Registration in New Testament Greek satisfiies this requirement. Major, 28 credits. Minor, r t credits. Credits in New Te
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Catalog, 1956-1958
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY Minneapolis 4, Minnesota Founded 1869 CATALOG RECORD FOR 1956 - 1957 and 1957 - 1958 ANNOUNCEMENTS FOR 1958 - 1959 and 1959 VOL. XX, NO. 1 - 1960 CATALOG NUMBER JANUARY-FEBRUARY, 1958 THE AUGSBURG BULLETIN Published bimonthly and one...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY Minneapolis 4, Minnesota Founded 1869 CATALOG RECORD FOR 1956 - 1957 and 1957 - 1958 ANNOUNCEMENTS FOR 1958 - 1959 and 1959 VOL. XX, NO. 1 - 1960 CATALOG NUMBER JANUARY-FEBRUARY, 1958 THE AUGSBURG BULLETIN Published bimonthly and one additional issue in April by Augsburg College and Theological Seminary at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Enfered as second-class matter March 21. 1947, at the post osce at Minneapolis, Minnesota, under the act of August 24, 1912. LMLLNUAK 1957 1958 SEPTEMBER S M T W T F MAY JANUARY S S M T W T F S S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 8 91011121314 5 6 7 8 91011 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 15161718192021 12131415161718 11 121314151617 29 23 24 25 26 27 28 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 99 30 95 26 27 28 29 30 31 26 27 28 29 30 31 - OCTOBER FEBRUARY 1 2 3 4 5 1 6 7 8 9101112 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 13141516171819 9 1011 1213 1415 2021 2223242526 161718192021 92 93 24 25 26 27 28 27 28 29 30 31 JUNE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 91011121314 15161718192021 22232425262728 29 30 MARCH NOVEMBER 1 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 1213141516 9 1011 1213 1415 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 ~ 161718192021 22 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 $: 32; 25 26 27 28 29 JULY 1 2 3 4 5 6789101112 13141516171819 20912223242526 27 28 29 30 31 DECEMBER 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 1 2 1 3 1 4 15161718192021 29 23 24 95 26 27 28 29 30 31 APRIL AUOUST 1 9 1 9 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 751 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 13141516171819 I011 1P13141516 20 21 22 23 24 25 96 t J 10 1990 21 29 23 27 28 29 30 g 2526Q7282930 M T W T F MAY JANUARY SEPTEMBER S S S M T W T F S 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910111213 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 14151617181920 11 121314151617 91222324252627 18192021222324 35 26 27 28 29 30 31 28 29 30 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12131415 16 17181920212223 $: 25 26 27 28 29 30 FEBRUARY JUNE OCTOBER 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 8 9 1011 191314 7 8 9 1011 1213 12131415161718 15161718192021 14151617181920 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 19 23 24 25 26 27 28 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 98 29 30 96 27 28 29 30 31 NOVEMBER MARCH JULY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 1 9 3 4 5 6 7 8 8 9 1011 121314 5 6 7 8 9 loll 9 1011 12131415 15161718192021 12 1314151617 18 161718192021 22 92232425262728 192021 22232425 96 27 28 29 30 31 24 25 26 9 7 28 29 99 30 31 :: DECEMBER APRIL AUGUST I 2 3 4 5 6 1 9 3 4 1 7 8 9 1011 1213 5 6 7 8 9 1011 4 3 4 5 6 7 8 , 1415 161718 1920 19 13 1415161718 9 1011 1 2 1 3 7 4 1 5 21222324252627 192021 22232425 u 1 7 ' I 8 1 9 9 0 1 1 22 9 8 29 30 31 2627282930 g i g 9596372%29 TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE 4 Academic Calendar - General Information 5 ---- Financial Information 14 Student Community Life The College - - Academic Administration - 21 34 --34 - 42 Curriculums - Courses of Study 53 Division of Religion and Philosophy 55 Division of the Humanities ....-. 59 -- Division of the Social Sciences Division of the Natural Sciences and Mathematics General Requirements 96 -.--. Courses of Study . 96 1 0 0 ----- Board of Trustees Administration 86 ...........-...----- -- The Theological Seminary 107 - ,.--lo8 -109 Committees of the Faculty The Faculty -- Graduates Student Enrollment Index 72 1 D -m - 1 0 - -120 1 2 3 .--.I26 , CALENDAR 1958 - 59 and 1959 - 60 FIRST SEh4ESTER Sept. 11-16 Freshman Days Sept. 10-15 Sept. 11, 16 Registration Sept. 14, 15 Sept. 17 College classes begin Sept. 16 Sept. 17 Seminary convenes Sept. 16 s p t . 17 Late registration fee Sept. 16 Oct. 24-26 Homecoming Oct. 23-21 Nov. End of first half of semester Nov. Nov. 27, 28 Thanksgiving recess Nov. 26, 27 Dec. 19, 4:zo p.m. Christmas ,recess begins Dec. 18, 4:zo p.m. Jan. j, 8:00 a.m. Classes resume Jan. 4. 8:00 a.m. Jan. 19-23 College examinations Jan. 20-26 Jan. 20-23 Seminamry examinations Jan. 21-26 Jan. 23 First Semester ends Jan. 26 Jan. 16-29 Registration for Second Semester Jan. 18-Feb. 12 I2 I SECOND SEMESTER Feb. 2, 8:00 a.m. Classes begin Feb. 3. 8:00 a.m. Feb. 2 Late registration fee Feb. 3 Feb. 12 Lincoln's Birthday Washington's Birthday April 3 End of first half af semester Feb. 22 April I Maroh 2j, 4:20 p.m. Easter recess begins April 13, 4:zo p.m. March 3 I , 8:oo a.m. Easter recess ends April 19, 8:00 a.m. May Seminary Commencement May 27 May 25-29 Collage Examinations May 27-June 3 May 30 Memorid Day May 30 May 31 Bac,cala.ureate Service June 5 June College Commencement June 6 22 I GENERAL INFORMATION PURPOSE Augsburg College is a four-year liberal arts college sponsored by the Lutheran Free Church for the purpose of giving young people an opportunity to obtain a broad education in a Christian en\''Ironment. In addition to securing a general education at the college level, students may prepare themselves for such vocations as high school teaching, business administration, social work, medical technolog!-, secretarial work, parish work, and missions. They may prepare for further study in the fields of dentistry, engineering, law, medicine, nursing, and theology, as well as for graduate study in various fields. Augsburg Theological Seminary, with its facilities on the same campus, offers a three-year course of study leading to a Bachelor of Theology degree. Its chief purpose is to prepare pastors and missionaries for the Lutheran Free Church. LOCATION Augsburg College and Theological Seminary is located in the Riverside Park area of hlinneapolis. rrithirl t r a l k i ~ pJ i s t a n c ~uf the main I~usir~ess section 01 tl~rcil!. Science Hall. containing the administration cifficeh. is located at lhe corner nf 5 e ~ e n t hStreet and Twenty-first A\eriue South. .Iugshurg studenb have tlic a d r a ~ ~ t a gofe getting their ~ o l l t : ~ ceducalion : i n a metropolitan renter pulsating with industrial. social. and cultural activitira. They hare acre33 to libraries. museums. a11tl art ccrllcctiarls. The! m a v hear the best in music and lectures. Minneapolis is recognized throughout the nation as a vital center of relieil~ui life and nctitily. Out5ta11dii1gleaders in many Gelds both from ,,her part9 of hrncrica and from fureipri ct~untriesare frequent vi~iit~rb. College students iu t l ~ r . Twill Cities have abundant opportunity tn contact conternporar?- :llnerican life a t one of its foc:aI points. ACCREDITATION Augsburg College is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, the regional accrediting agency for colleges and universities. It is approved by the Minnesota Department of Education for the training of secondary school teachers. The teacher education program in home economics has been approved for the preparation of teachers of federally aided high school departments in this field. AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SE~ARY HISTORICAL SKETCH Augsburg was begun as a seminary in 1869, at Marshall, Wisconsin. It was the first theological seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America. Through an arrangement with a private institution known as Marshall Academy, the Seminary was at first housed in the academy building. Students who needed further preparation in academic subjects were to obtain this in the academy. This arrangement failed to work out satisfactorily; so the seminary moved to a private dwelling, where classes continued until 1872. In the autumn of that year Augsburg Seminary was removed to Minneapolis, Minnesota, where a building had been erected for its use. In the same year the school was incorporated under the laws of Minnesota. The aim of the institution was to train ministers for the Lutheran congregations which were being organized in growing numbers in the pioneer settlements that were spreading rapidly over the Northwest. The college was established when it became evident that in order to get students who were adequately prepared for theological study a college department was needed. In 1874 a college curriculum was planned which provided for one year of preparatory studies and four years of college work along two lines, a classical course to prepare students for theology, and a scientific course to prepare for other professions. The latter course, however, was later discontinued, partly for lack of funds and partly because too few students selected the course. The first college students were enrolled in 1874 and the first class was. graduated in 1879. In 1900 a high school course covering three years was established which in 1910 was expanded to a standard four-year course. This was discontinued in 1933. In the years 1916-1919 the college course was thoroughly revised. As a result of this and of subsequent growth, the earlier classical course was greatly modified and supplemented by social and scientific studies and a more general emphasis upon the study of the humanities. In recent years there has been continuous study and modification of the curriculum including the introduction of a number of new majors to meet the developing needs of the students. The Divisional organization was adopted in 1945. At the present time majors are offered in 17 fields. Coeducation was introduced in the College in 1921. Recent years, especially since the close of World War 11, have witnessed a greatly increased enrollment and a corresponding expansion of physical facilities both in campus area and in buildings. In the Theological Seminary there has likewise been a continuing revision of the curriculum and the addition of new courses to meet changing needs. The requirement of a six-month period of internship was added in 1939. Standards of admission have been raised so that a bachelor's degree or equivalent is now the required scholastic preparation. While the Theological Seminary has its own organization, the Seminary and the College continue to function in close cooperation and as integral parts of one institution. Five presidents have served Augsburg during the course of its history. The terms of office of two of these cover a span of over half a century. The first president was August Weenaas, who served from 1869 to 1876. He was succeeded by Georg Sverdrup, 1876 to 1907. Sven Oftedal served from 1907 to 1911 and was followed by George Sverdrup, whose term extended from 1911 to 1937. H. N. Hendrickson served as acting president from 1937 until 1938. Bernhard Christensen, the present president, has served since that time. FUNDAMENTAL AIMS The educational purposes of Augsburg College and Theological Seminary spring from the conviction that in the Christian religion there are revealed the most basic truths concerning both man and God, and that Christianity is the fundamental force for good in human life and society. All the aims of the College, as well as those of the Seminary, are integrated with this principle. Students who enroll at Augsburg are invited to take up their college work with the distinct understanding that the Christian spirit is determining in all things. They are expected to cooperate wholeheartedly in the program of the school towards that end. The entire program of the school, curricular and extra-curricular, and the discipline necessary to make possible the carrying out of this program, spring from the aim "to see all things through the eyes of Christ." To express more distinctly some major aspects of its program of Christian higher education, the following statement of aims has been formulated by the college faculty: T o lead the student to a deeper understanding; and personal experience of the truth and power of the Christian Gospel, to the end that he may become both an effective participant in the work of the Christian Church and an earnest adirocate of the Christian way of life. AIJGSBURGCOLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY T o familiarize the student with the culture of our own and other civilizations, not only for the enjoyment this knowledge affords but also for the development of a more sympathetic understanding of our fellow men throughout the world. T o develop the student's interest in the attainment of the common purposes of our country, so that he may work for the welfare of our institutions and for the preservation of our liberties in community and nation, and also develop an enlightened interest and participation in human affairs throughout the rest of the world. T o cultivate in the student a Christian social spirit, in order that he may realize in his life a right balance between what he expects of others and the service he will render his fellow men. T o teach the student to discipline his own urges, interests, ambitions, and demands in a way that will effectively contribute toward the development of good character. T o train the student i n scientific methods of study and also develop his understanding of the relations of science to the welfare of humanity. T o stimulate intellectual interest and develop scholarly insight, so that the student may learn to think with accuracy and comprehension at the same time as he experiences an understanding of truth which will help him to integrate the findings of science with the deepest spiritual reality. T o awaken and foster i n the student an intelligent appreciation and enjoyment of the best in-the fields of the fine arts. T o guide the student in the understanding of social relatio'nships in order that he may take his place in groups and gatherings with propriety and grace, motivated in his conversation and conduct by the principles of Christian courtesy and sincerity. T o provide guidance for the student in the discovery and clarification of his aptitudes and his life purposes so that as early as possible he may plan his educational program wisely. T o train students in vocational and professional lines, giving full preparation for high school teaching, business administration, home economics, and parish work; furnishing partial training towards the study of medicine, dentistry, nursing, engineering, law, and social service, and offering a four-year college course preparing for the study of theology. T o help the student develop certain skills, as in language, music, physical activities, use of the library, laboratory work, and typewriting, together with other skills, which will increase his efficiency in the various relationships of life. To afford the student wholesome recreational experience which will contribute toward an effective use of leisure time and develop such qualities as leadership, sportsmanship, and self-control, with good recreational habits, thus providing a constant source of social and personal satisfaction. To instruct the student in principles, attitudes, and ideas pertuining to health, and also to train him in practices and skills which will promote his physical and mental well-being and make him better fit to meet the responsibilities of life. FINANCIAL SUPPORT AND CORTTROL From 1870 to 1890, Augsburg was supported by the NorwegianDanish Lutheran Conference. The merger of that church body with two others, in 1890, resulted in the affiliation of Augsburg with the newly created United Norwegian Lutheran Church. Due to differences concerning the control of Augsburg, a division arose, and in 1897 congregations whose sympathies were deeply rooted in Augsburg formed the Lutheran Free Church. The resulting close association, in educational and spiritual activity, of Augsburg and the Lutheran Free Church has been marked by unity of purpose and ideals for more than half a century. The control exercised by the Lutheran Free Church is indirect. The Annual Conference of the Church nominates the members of the Augsburg Corporation and the Board of Trustees. The Corporation through the Board of Trustees exercises direct control over property, finance, and personnel. Academic control is vested in the President and the Faculty. In addition to the income from student tuition and fees, which has materially increased with the growth and development of the College, the chief financial support of the institution comes from the congregations of the Lutheran Free Church. In recent years a growing circle oI friends also outside the Lutheran Free Church, both alumni and others, have contributed financially to the school. Since 1951, business and industry have given significant support through the Minnesota Private College Fund. Augsburg welcomes and invites support on the part of all who believe in her program of vital Christian education. MEMBERSHIP IN EDUCATIONAL ASSOCIATIONS Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary School as a degree-granting institution. It is a member of the American Council on Education, the Association of American Colleges, the National Lutheran Educational Conference, the Association of Minnesota Colleges, and the Council of Minnesota Private Colleges. THE ALUMNI ASSOCIATION The Augsburg Alumni Association has as its goal to enable the graduates of the College and Seminary to maintain effective contact and cooperation with one another and with their Alma Mater. The annual meeting is held at Commencement time each year. Local Augsburg clubs are promoted, and a bi-monthly bulletin is published. The affairs of the Association are under the leadership of the Board of Directors. The Alumni Office is located in Science Hall. THE AUGSBURG FOUNDATION The Augsburg Foundation is an association of alumni, former students, and other friends of Augsburg, having as its purpose to give united and systematic support, both spiritual and financial, to the school. The Foundation was established in 1941 by join,t action of the Board of Trustees and the Alumni Association. Since 1956 its activities have been closely coordinated with the development program of the college. EDUCATIONAL PLANT BUILDINGS The Main, erected in 1900, ,contains a large number of classrooms and offices, the Chapel, and the museum. Science Hall, erected in 1948-49, is a large and completely modern building. It includes the general administration offices, well-equipped laboratories for Chemistry, Physics, Biology and Home Economics; the student organization offices and the student center; a small auditorium, and several classrooms and faculty offices. On the fourth floor is the Tower Prayer Chapel. The George S v e r d r u ~Library, named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, was erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent to Science Hall and of similar contemporary architectural design, it contains spacious reading rooms, seminars, work rooms, a visual-education center, the Augsburg Archives, and a number of classrooms and faculty offices. There is stack space for approximately 100,000 volumes. The classrooms and offices of the Theological Seminary are located in one section of the Librarv building. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, is a modem, fireproof dormitory affording living quarters for about 150 men. On the ground floor of this building is the college cafeteria and dining hall. Sivertsen Hall, acquired in 1939, and remodeled in 1955 as a wing of Gerda Mortensen Hall, provides comfortable modern housing for 45 women students. The beautiful new Gerda Mortensen Hall located at 6th Street and 24th Avenue, was erected in 1955. It provides excellent and completely modern housing for 125 women students, as well as apartments for the resident 'head and her assistants. Morton Hall and Miriam House are smaller dormitory houses, each accommodating about 20 students. The Gymnasium, a temporary structure, was erected in 1947 for the College of the Federal Works Agency as a part of a program providing educational facilities for veterans. The Music Hall was acquired by purchase, also in 1947, and ha? been remodeled to serve the needs of the music and drama departments. A large number of dwellings have also been acquired in recent years in the expanded campus area, and are in use for faculty, staff, and married student housing. The President's Home, a residence of modern architectural design located at the south of the Square, was erected in 1949. The Museum is located on the ground floor of the Main. Members of the Alumni Association have presented many valuable gifts. There are several collections: a Madagascar Collection, a Santal Collection, and a considerable collection of rare minerals, curios, etc. Contributions to the Museum are invited. Professor Landa is the curator. AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY THE ARCHIVES Archive Society was organized in 1929, for the purpose of gathering documents, books, and other articles of historical value. For a number of years a fire-proof room in the Main housed the archives collections. With the erection of the George Sverdrup Library in 1955, adequate, fire-proof quarters for the achives were provided. Here are now found a large collection of periodicals, old and rare books, manuscripts, letters, and pictures, and also about 1,000 volumes of Norwegian-American literature, affording extensive resources for scholarly research. Contributions to the Archives should be sent to Prof. Iver Olson, Archivist. The beautiful and spacious new George Sverdrup Library provides a central study-workshop for both faculty and students. It contains about 30,000 volumes, exclusive of pamphlets, all available on open stacks. The two large reading rooms have book stacks and reading tables arranged in such a way that a place for study is always close .to the books one may need. Additional conveniences include conference rooms, where from 2 to 6 students may study together, and seminar rooms for larger groups or small classes. A typing corner is provided in the ground floor reading room. The library subscribes to about 325 of the best periodicals dealing with a large variety of subjects, as well as a number of serials devoted to the interests of special fields. In the Twin City area other libraries are located which make their holdings available to Augsburg students, notably, the St. Paul and Minneapolis public libraries, the latter of which issues library cards to out-of-town students for each school year; the James Hill Reference Library in St. Paul, which has one of the finest reference collections ir! the Northwest; and the University of Minnesota Library, which is within walking distance of the Augsburg campus. Augsburg students make extensive use of all these libraries. The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the Science Hall. Three laboratories and two storerooms for Biology are located on the second floor; three laboratories and a large storeroom for Chemistry, and a laboratory and two storerooms for Physics are located on the third floor. To facilitate instruction the college provides many excellent visual and auditory aids. The audio-visual center is located on the ground floor of the Library. Varied equipment is available for classroom use and other college activities. This equipment includes: movie projectors, slide and filmstrip projectors, a sound amplification system, a tape recorder, an Episcope, phonographs, and a microcard reader. Records, slides, maps, filmstrips, and microcards are also housed in this center. Science Auditorium, as well as several classrooms, is equipped with facilities for projection. SPECIAL PROGRAMS OF STUDY Evening classes are held as a community service for adults not enrolled in the day school. Announcement of courses to be offered are made in the fall. Information about the evening school may be obtained from the office of the Dean. Student nurses in the Schools of Nursing at the Lutheran Deaconess and Swedish Hospitals in Minneapolis receive much of their first semester of instruction at Augsburg College. Application for admission to the Schools of Nursing should be made to the hospitals directly. In cooperation with the Minneapolis General and Swedish Hospitals, Augsburg offers work which enables the student to receive a college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years of this work are taken at Augsburg and a final twelve-month program is completed at the hospitals. SPAN Augsburg participates in the SPAN (Student Project for Amity among Nations) program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Qualified students are selected to spend a summer in informal study abroad. Applications are made in the spring of the Sophomore year. FINANCIAL INFORMATION A considerable part of the income on which Augsburg operates is derived from endowment and from gifts, a major part of the latter coming from the supporting church. Therefore, the fees charged the student do not constitute the whole cost of his education, for he enjoys the benefits of the gifts of those who believe in and support the work of the school. For theological students, the church assumes the full cost of tuition; a statement of other expenses in attending the seminary is given in the Seminary section of the catalog. GENERAL EXPENSES PER SEMESTER1 Tuition (Covers instruction, library, etc.) ..................................$250.00 Student activity fee (Covers school paper, annual, and other . 9.00 student projects) Health fee 6.00 5.00 Matriculation fee (for those registering the first time) ..... Key deposit (refundable) 1.00 Locker (optional) 1.00 Mail box fee .. . .50 . Total .$272.50 Books are estimated at $25.00 to $M.00. Students registered for more than the maximum number of credit hours (17 in the College) are charged at the rate of $12.00 for each additional credit hour a week per semester. Special students will pay at the rate of $22.00 per credit hour up to 11credits. Those who register for 12 or more credit hours will pay the regular tuition charge. The fee for auditing a course is one-half the fee charged when it is taken for credit. Students and auditors enrolled for 7 to 11credit hours of class work per week pay one-half of the student activity, and health fees. ROOM AND BOARD PER SEMESTER1 Room Board (estimate) 1 Subject to change. ..-$68.00 to 85.00 - 180.00 A limited number of rooms are available at the lower cost. Men students are required to buy and use a minimum of $150.00 of meal book coupons per semester. women students $125.00. SPECIAL FEES Late registration fee per day (after classes begin) ...................... Change of registration after the beginning of the second week of classes . .... Registration with the Placement Bureau Placement fee, depending upon the method of placement .... $3.00 to Graduation fee, for seniors in both the College and Seminary.. Final examinations taken at another hour than the one ....... scheduled -.... .......... ....... Examination making up an incomplete or a condition ............ Comprehensive examination -. . . Transcript of credits (after first one which is free) .................... MUSIC FEES PER SEMESTER Piano $35.00 Voice 35.00 .40.00 Organ 40.00 Brass or Wood wind (private instruction) Private instruction, per lesson . .. 3.00 .......... 14.00 Brass or Wood wind (class instruction) . 8.00 Piano studio rental (one hour per day) 20.00 Qrgan rental (one hour per day) 4.00 Voice studio rental (one hour per day) Choir ................................................................................................ 5.00 Concert Band 5.00 COURSE FEES PER SEMESTER1 4.00 Art 1. 2 2.00 Art7, 8 .3.00 Home Economics 2, 36, 75 . 5.00 Home Economics 39, 40 Biology 60 ....................................................................................1.OO. 2.00 2.50 Biology, 1, 2, 3N, 4, 52, 53, 56 -........ . . 5.00 Biology 7N, 13, 14, 25, 26, and 54 . 1 Subiect ta change AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY 1 Chemistry, 3N, 4 Chemistry 5, 6, 53, 54, 61, 62, 66, 71, 91, 92 Physics 3, 5, 6, 6 , 73, 74 . . Secretarial Studies 2, 8, 51, 52 Secretarial Studies 1, 53, 54 Education 97 A 5.00 7.50 5.00 .. 2.50 1.50 15.00 .. . , Note: These fees cover cost of material and repair of equipment but not breakage. ESTIMATED EXPENSES PER SEMESTER1 Resident students General expenses .......................................................................$272.50 Room and Board ......................................................$ 2 . 0 0 to 265.00 Special, music, course fees, and books .................... 27.50 to 75.50 Total, approximately ............................................. 548.00 to 613.00 Off-campus students -General expenses . Special, music, course fees, and books --A Total, approximately - $ 2 7 2 . 5 0 27.50 to 75.50 300.00 to 348.00 These estimates do not include transportation, clothing, or personal expenses. PAYMENT OF ACCOUNTS Student accounts are due in full at the time of registration in September and February. Parents may deposit money in advance at the school or the student may make the payment when he registers. Recognizing that payment of fees in full at registration poses a financial problem in some cases, the college has instituted a "deferred payment plan." In this plan the college will accept, at the time of registration in September and again in February, a payment of $200.00 in the case of resident students and $100.00 for off-campus students. The balance may be paid in monthly installments during the semester. To defray the cost of the plan a charge of $1.00 is made for each payment on the student's account after registration. The college reserves the right to with-hold transcript of record or diploma until all college bills have been paid. 1 Subiea to change. REFUNDS Tuition and fees for a student cancelling his registration before the middle of any semester will be charged at the rate of 10 per cent per week or fraction thereof, except for matriculation and special fees, which are not refundable. There is no fee refund after the middle of the semester. Payments for board and room are refunded in proportion to the time students have been in residence. Students who move out of dormitories but do not cancel out of school are charged the full semester room rent. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Financial aids in the form of loan funds, scholarships, grants-in-aid, and employment assistance are available at Augsburg. Students must complete an application form and meet certain requirements to qualify for financial aids. The college gives assistance to students in securing work both on and off the campus. LOAN FUNDS Several loan funds have been established to assist students in working out their financial problems. Loans may be arranged at a reasonable rate of interest for various periods of time. The General Student Loan Fund, established through the gifts of many individual donors, is chiefly maintained by contributions from the Augsburg College Women's Club. The Olaf Rogne Fund, established in 1954, extends assistance to students in the Seminary. The Charles and ~lloraCrouch Student Loan Fund, established in 1954, extends assistance to members of all classes. The Senior Loan Fund, established by the class of 1955, is available to selected graduating seniors. T h e John and Anna Jorgine Gregory Theological Student Loan Fund is available to students who are preparing for the ministry. T h e Student Aid Fund of the Zion Lutheran Hour, established by the Zion Lutheran Church of Minot, North Dakota, likewise extends loans to students preparing for the ministry. Arrangements for the loans are made through a conference with the Dean of Students, chairman of the faculty committee on student loans. In addition to arranging loans, the committee counsels students on financial matters with the objective in mind of helping the student work out a satisfactory plan for his finances. SCHOLARSHIPS AND PRIZES Forty Freshman Scholarships of $300 each are available to outstanding high school graduates. Half of the $300 is applicable on the tuition for the second semester of the Freshman year. The remainder is divided between the Sophomore and Junior years provided the student's scholastic record is 2.0 or better. The American Indian Scholarship was established in 1955 by Spring Lake Park Lutheran Church, Minneapolis. It is a scholarship of $200.00 to be applied on tuition at Augsburg College. It is to be awarded to an American Indian student selected on the basis of scholarship and economic need. The Henry P . Opseth Music Scholarship was established in 1953 in memory of Henry P. Opseth, former head of the Music Department and director of the Augsburg College Choir. It is awarded annually to a sophomore or junior student of outstanding promise or achievement in the field of music. The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship in memory of Marilyn Yvonne Solberg, a member of the Augsburg College Choir from 1950 until the time of her death in 1953, was established in 1955 by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Iver Solberg and her brother, Dorvan. It is awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a major or minor and who s h w s outstanding promise or achievement i-n -the -a-rt of singing. The George Sverdrup Graduate Fellowship was established by the Board of Trustees of Augsburg in 1947 to honor the memory of George Sverdrup, President of Augsburg from 1911 to 1937. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding character and ability who plans to prepare further for the vocation of teaching. The amount of the Fellowship is five hundred dollars. The Keith E . Hoffman Memorial Scholarship was established in 1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapolis in memory of their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa. The scholar- ship is awarded annually to a student selected on the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and ability in the field of athletics. T w o Luthran Brotherhood Scholarships of $300 each are provided by the Lutheran Brotherhood Life Insurance Society and awarded each fall to outstanding Lutheran college seniors. The students are selected by the college in the spring of the junior year on the basis of religious leadership and scholastic standing. The Augsburg College Women's Club Scholarship awards, totaling $400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding character and excellent scholarship. The Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize, from a fund established by members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor Adolph Paulson who taught Social Science at Augsburg from 1930 to 1935, is awarded annually to a college student for the best essay written on an assigned subject in the field of Christian Sociology. The amount of the prize is $50.00. The Iver and Marie Iversen Scholarship was established in 1957 through a grant from Mr. Iver Iversen of Brooklyn, New York. It is awarded annually to a student in the College or Seminary. The award, in the amount of $250, is made on the basis of need, scholarship, and interest in Christian service. The Celiu Fredrickson Scholarship consists of the income from a fund of one thousand dollars. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg student from the Lamberton, Minnesota, parish of the Lutheran Free Church. The Greater Augsburg Alumni Association Scholarship of $500 is awarded annually to an outstanding alumnus of Augsburg in order to encourage and assist promising students in the carrying out of projects of graduate study. The Women's Missionary Federation Scholarship is awarded by the Federation to returned missionaries or to Lutheran students of recognized Christian character and good scholastic records who are making preparation for mission work. The scholarship varies from $50.00 to $250.00 per year. Higher awards are possible for graduate work or rrledical study. 20 AUGSBURG COLLEGE^ AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY GRANTS-IN-AID A few grants-in-aid are made to students in good standing who are in special need of financial assistance. To qualify for a grant, a student must make application, providing information about his own and his family's resources and anticipated expenses. EMPLOYME!NT SERVICE The employment service, located in the Placement Office, has been successful in placing hundreds of men and women students in parttime positions. The types of work secured are of many kinds, including recreational leadership, restaurant work, domestic service, sales work, and secretarial and clerical work. Students are employed by the college in many activities. For these positions preference is given to upper-class students who have maintained a good scholastic average. Assistance in securing summer employment is also provided each spring by the Employment Service. Application forms for part-time employment on or off campus may be secured from the Admissions or Placement Offices. STUDENT COMMUNITY LIFE The influences which mould life and character on a college campus are of many kinds. While the exercises of classroom, laboratory, and library form the organizing basis of college activity, they need to be supplemented by other than academic forces. These intangible but very real supplementary influences have much to do with creating the spirit of an institution. At Augsburg definite emphasis is placed upon the maintenance of a wholesome spirit of Christian community living. Students are urged to give conscious attention to this personal and spiritual side of their development and thus contribute toward the prevalence of a vital and happy Christian atmosphere on the campus. It is the earnest desire of those who direct the policies of Augsburg that the institution may constantly be permeated by an atmosphere in which the quest for Truth as it is in Christ is prayerfully fostered in each life. All students are required to register for two class hours per week in one of the courses offered in Religion. There are numerous voluntary religious activities in which students are encouraged to participate. Spiritual Emphasis Week is held twice each year. It is assumed that every Augsburg student will find a church home in Minneapolis and attend its services regularly. It is expected of each student that his life, conduct, and influence, both on and off campus, shall be worthy of a member of a Christian College. Those who do not feel drawn to this quality of life and to the fellowship in which it is nourished should not seek to be enrolled at Augsburg. A truly Christian spirit and environment must be the product of the united effort and prayer of faculty, students, and administration. The heart of Augsburg's program of Christian education is the daily Chapel Service, where the faculty and students gather for united worship, prayer, and a brief meditation upon the Word of God. Regular attendance is expected of all students. The Religious Life Committee, composed of students and faculty, endeavors to promote a religious program' that will stimulate growth of Christian life in the Augsburg community. Co-chairmen of this ' council are the student Director of Religious Activities and the College Pastor. Areas for which this committee carries primary responsibility are the Mid-Week services, Spiritual Emphasis Weeks, prayer meetings, and informal group meetings. This committee also serves as a coordinating agency for all volunteer Christian organizations on campus. The two principal organizations are the Lutheran Student Association and the Mission Society. The Mission Society promotes interest in missions through a program of study, fellowship, worship, and serdice. A highlight of the year is the Mission Festival, a week-end conference devoted to the study of missionary activity, and recruitment of workers. The Lutheran Student Association seeks to serve as a stimulus and outlet for Christian faith and life. Students participate in regional and national LSA Conferences, and conduct a schedule of meetings on campus. The Concordia Society is an organization for all the students in the Theological Seminary. Regular convocation programs are held at Augsburg throughout the year. These programs acquaint the campus community with outstanding personalities in various fields. A wide range of interests is covered, including the scientific, political, social, religious, and artistic. Students at Augsburg are given many opportunities for social training and recreation. The Student Council through the Chairman of Social Activities, assisted by a Comlnittee on Social Education, sponsors each month an all-school social activity which all students may attend. Most of these are informal. The Sophomore and Junior classes sponsor semi-formal banquets. The Associated Women Students and a number of other organizations sponsor teas, dinners, and social affairs on and off campus. Social dancing is not approved of at Augsburg. "No man is a hypocrite in his pleasures." To learn to enjoy the right form of recreational activities is an important aspect of preparation for life. At Augsburg there is a definite attempt to encourage the formation of helpful recreational habit-patterns, not only with regard to the planned play program supervised by the Director of Recreation and the Department of Physical Education, but also with regard to the use of leisure time in general. STUDENT COMMUNITY LIFE 'C MUSICAND THE FINEARTS Augsburg's location in Minneapdis gives its students unique oppqrtunities to make use of some of the finest educational and cultural advantages which the Northwest has to offer. Excellent art collections are to be found in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts and the Walker Art Center. The Twin City libraries are .extensive in their services. The Historical Museum in St. Paul gives access to large collections of historical material. The Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra programs and other concerts afford rich opportunity for the enjoyment of music. Many students and faculty attend Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra concerts by virtue of a special college season ticket arrangement. Season tickets are available also for other University concerts and the University Theater drama programs. A bi-weekly bulletin, Events of Interest in Minneapolis, listing programs, concerts, art displays and exhibitions is compiled and issued from the Student Personnel Office. STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES Institutional services to students are organized and administered in accordance with plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee. Included are such services as Counseling, Testing, Freshman Orientation, Student Records, The Student Health Service, Housing and Food Service, Placement, Student Employment, and Coordination of Student Activities. The administration of these services is centered in the Office of the Dean of Students. Under the counseling program at Augsburg each student is assigned a faculty counselor to assist him in the planning of his total college program. All faculty members participate in counseling. The broad intellectual interests of the faculty member are combined with the professional skill and techniques of trained counselors to provide counseling- at various levels, and in many areas of student needs. Personal, social, and spiritual problems as well as vocational choice and financial needs are given consideration. As far as possible, the work of obtaining the necessary data about the individual student and organizing the total program of counseling is carried out by the Office of the Dean of Students in accordance with the plans and policies established by the S t d e n t Personnel Committee. These plans include testing, assignment of counselors, scheduling of group conferences and counseling periods. Each new student is assigned a faculty member who is his counselor for two years. When a student enters the Upper Division, he chooses a major field of study. The major adviser then becomes his counselor. Faculty counselors confer with their counselees at regular intervals throughout the year and at other times as the needs of the individual student appear. If a serious problem develops which demands professional skill and more time than the professor has to spend in counseling, the student is referred by way of the Office of the Dean of Students to professionally qualified counselors. The Dean of Women and the Dean of Students are special counselors to the women and the men, respectively. - - Students receive vocational counseling in conference with their counselors, and have frequent opportunities to confer with persons who are eminently successful in the particular professions selected by students as their tentative occupational choices. An Occupational Information file in the college library provides materials for a study of vocations. The Orientation course, required of all freshmen, includes a unit on vocational planning. The results of a vocational interest test are available for all students. Students who have various personal problems are encouraged to seek help through counseling conferences. Often students have been able to solve problems of finances, social adjustment, and personality through counseling sessions. Those who have spiritual problems may confer with the College Chaplain, or with members of the Department of Religion as well as with their faculty counselor. By a system of referral, students may receive counsel from any member of the faculty, or from qualified persons beyond the college community. The Personnel deans are available at all times for special counseling conferences. The collegt physician is consulted in regard to all problems pertaining to physical and mental health. Counselors and major advisers strive to help students develop their latent ability. Students who distinguish themselves acad'imically are named on the Dean's List, and are thereby qualified to participate in a study program designed to develop their special talents to the highest degree. Honor societies such as the Augsburg Guild o j Honor and Lambda Iota T a u recognize students who have excelled in several areas. All new students are given a battery of tests during Freshinan Days. College aptitude scores, English, and reading ability scores are used by counselors to help students plan their initial programs. Personal adjustment scores and the vocational interest test profile help the students learn to know more about themselves, in order to make the best choice of subjects and occupational goals. Sophomores participate in a nation-wide testing program. Seniors also take a nationally standardized test. Freshmen and other new students participate in Freshman Days before the beginning of classes each semester. The students take tests, inspect the college facilities, and become acquainted with their fellow students, with the faculty, and especially with their own faculty counselors. The faculty counselors and students have several conferences during which they plan the student's program of study. All freshmen enroll in a class in Orientation. In this course, the students learn about standards and requirements of various areas of college life. Methods and habits of study and related techniques are explored. Personal health, social adjustment, personal finances, and vocational aims are discussed. Individual student records are kept in the Records Office under the supervision of the Registrar. These records include admissions data, academic achievement, student participation and achievement in nonacademic activities, test scores, reports of counseling and other information. The Student Personnel Office maintains a file of clubs and societies, including the constitutions, activities, schedules, and membership roster. The Student Health Service provides campus dispensary service with a registered nurse in charge. The college physician has daily office l~ours on campus for consultation and for emergency treatment. Physical examinations are given all entering students and seniors. Corrective treatment is prescribed where needed, including psychiatric referral. Infirmary rooms are adjacent to the dispensary. The Health Service is housed in a first floor section of Memorial Hall, the men's residence hall. Students, faculty, and staff have chest X-rays taken semi-annually through the cooperation of the Hennepin County Tuberculosis Association Mobile Unit. The Department of Physical Education conducts a program of recreation for all students. All freshmen are required to take a course in personal and community health. - - In its residence program, the college aims to develop in the students Christian character, self-control, and thoughtful consideration of others. All students not living at home must live in college operated or college approved housing and take their meals in the college dining room. Under certain conditions students may make other arrangements after consultation with the Dean of Women or the Dean of Students. Single students are not permitted to live in apartments. Residence halls are open to students a day before regular schedules become effective, and they close a day after. the term closes. Students who wish to stay in residence during vacations must apply for the privilege. Rooms are furnished except for bed linen, towels and blankets. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Bed linens and towels may be rented with laundering service at a reasonable cost. This service is required of all women students. An optional linen service is available to men students. Gerda Mortensen Hall, the residence for women, located at Sixth Street and Twenty-fourth Avenue South, houses 160 women and provides a lounge, recreation facilities, and a room with grill service available to all students. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses 150 men and also contains the college dining rooms and the student health service. Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall semester for the entire school year. Room reservations with deposit of $15 are required of all single students residing outside the Twin Cities. This deposit is applied to the first semester's room rent. For new students it should accompany the Admissions Deposit. Rooms for new students are assigned in the late summer according to the date of application. Present students must make room application and submit the deposit by May 15. After May 15 reservations for present students are assigned on the same basis as for new students. Students who find it necessary to cancel their room reservation will receive full refund of the deposit if the cancellation is received by August 1, and half refund if it is received by September 1. City or suburban students may make application for residence housing. Their names will be placed on the waiting list, and they will be assigned to rooms in regular order as vacancies occur. The room deposit of $15 is required and is refundable in full should no room become available. PLACEMENT GRADUATE The Placement Bureau assists seniors and alumni in securing positions. Continuous contact is maintained with business, governmental, welfare, and educational institutions and organizations at the local as well as the state and national levels. Interviews are arranged both on and off the campus. A registration fee and a small placement fee are charged. EMPLOYMENT STUDENT An employment service, located in the Placement Office, assists students in obtaining part time remunerative work. OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES COORDINATION The Coordinator of Student Activities assists student officers to maintain effective functioning of student activities, and keeps on file the club constitutions, rosters, and schedules of meetings. Faculty sponsors are approved by the Coordinator. The program af student activities is a primary responsibility of the Student Council, legislative and executive body of the Augsburg Student Society. Faculty concern and responsibility for all student activities and the co-curricular program is assigned to the Faculty Council. Liaison between the Student Council and the Faculty Council is the function of the Student-Facdty Committee, whose special responsibility it is to promote student activity, and to keep the college activities calendar. The Calendar is kept in the office of the Coordinator of Student Activities. A weekly bulletin of events is furnished all college personnel by the office of Student Personnel. COMMUNITY STANDARDS AND DISCIPLINE The Christian life implies an intimate relation to the person of Christ. Although the claims of this life may not be indentical to, in fact may go far beyond, the claims of any particular community, every community operates under some standards of life and conduct that give character to it. Out of the religious and cultural traditions of Augsburg has grown a way of life which is approved by the college and which it regards as helpful in the development of its particular type of community. Those who elect to enroll at Augsburg are expected to be guided by these general standards of conduct. Confidence is placed in the individual student, but his habits and conduct are matters of sincere concern and attention. It is the aspiration of Augsburg to strengthen in each student the highest standards of honesty, integrity, and charity in all his relationships and activities. Although the college does not accept full responsibility for the enforcement of all regulations as they pertain to the off-campus life of the student, it is concerned about his behavior in every situation. It also recognizes the original jurisdiction of the parent in the home. Disciplinary problems are first dealt with through counseling. Those not solved in this way are channeled to a faculty-student Committee on Discipline through the office of the Dean of Students. In all such cases, careful investigation and the privilege of a hearing precede any disciplinary action. The college reserves the right to dismiss any student whose continuation in college is deemed undesirable. In dealing with the alcohol problem, Augsburg seeks to have its students refrain from all use of alcoholic beverages. It specifically forbids the possession or consumption of alcoholic beverages in dormitories, in any college-approved place of residence, or at any college-sponsored event. Any student who appears under the influence of alcohol is subject to severe disciplinary action. Every student is expected to know the college regulations, those stated in the catalog as well as any additional ones that may be issued for a given year. STUDENT GOVERNMENT The Augsburg Student Society, comprising the whole student body of Augsburg College and Theological Seminary, is organized to conduct student affairs, develop student initiative and leadership, and provide opportunity for practical experience in the democratic processes of group activity. The administration of student government is delegated to the Student Council, a representative group elected by the Student Society and the various classes. Each of the college classes has its own officers and participates in student government through its representative on the Council. Augsburg is a member of the National Student Association. The Student Council directs several projects of interest to the college community. These projects include the annual One Appeal Campaign, Leadership Training workshops, Courtesy Week, and Political Action Week. Counseling of freshmen by upper class students is conducted through a College Brother-College Sister program. Associated Women Students, composed of all the women students, provide.; opportunity for the women to develop a degree of seIf government. It aims to create a sense of harmon? and fellowship, to promote and maintain high standard5 of honor and integrity in personal conduct, and it encourages participation in all college activities. It is affiliatd with the Intercollegiate Associated Women Students, a national organization. The Student Council office and the Council Room adjoin the Augsburg Echo and Augsburgian offices on the ground floor of Science Hall. The student post office and Student Center occupy a prominent place on the same floor, and serve as a focal point for student activities. PUBLICATIONS The Augsburg Echo, the college newspaper, is published by a student stsff. The Faculty adviser teaches courses in journalism. Staff members enrolled in the class earn academic credit. Augsburg's yearbook, the A u g b u r g h , pra~-idesa pictorial record of the activities of the year. Work on the annual provides opportunity for creative expression in artietic dwign a5 we11 as in photography. The top staff members of the Augsburg Echo and the Augsburgian constitute the Board of Publication. A student editor, named by the Board of Publications, with the assistance of the Registrar, compiles the annual S t u d e ~Handbook a r ~ dDirectory. CO-CURRICULAR PROGRAM The enthusiasm and energy of students motivate them to pursue their interests beyond the classroom. For most effective participation, students with similar interests have united to form clubs. Several of these are extensions of courses beyond the class room. Others are devoted to interests not offered in the curriculum. New clubs are formed as the occasion demands. r AUGSBLJRG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY STUDENT CLUBS The Alpha Delta Theta, Sigma Chapter, is a professional sorority open to students preparing for medical technology. Membership is based upon scholarship, character and professional potential. The Aristotelian. Society unites those who have a common interest in scientific knowledg,e and experimentation. Thus they may develop their interest in the various branches of science and perhaps infuse some of that spirit of interest throughout the college. The Art Club is organized to satisfy the student's creative urge in the field of art, to educate members, as well as others, in the field of art and all that it contains, and to promote an interest in art among the student body. The Business Club draws membership from the Business and Secretarial Studies classes. The development of professional interests is the major objective. The Camera Club is composed of camera fans who meet regularly to exchange ideas about their hobby and to develop skill in photography. The Cosmopolitan Club brings together foreign and American students who have a mutual interest in the culture, language and people of the various countries. The Augsburg Society for Dramatic Arts provides for its members an opportunity to learn from participation in stage presentations and from field trips, as well as from reading and seeing plays produced. Membership is open to all students. The F ~ u r eTeachers of America, Martin Quanbeck Chapter, offers to its members associate membership in professional education associations and strives to acquaint future teachers with the importance of teaching as a profession. Interest in education or in the teaching profession is the only requirement for membership. The Home Economics Club, open to all students in the Home Economics Department, aims to promote professional attitudes toward all aspects of home and community life. The Public Aflairs Federation aims to stimulate interest in public affairs and give students opportunity to participate actively in local, state, and national politics, and in other human relations activities. The Social Service Club is an organization of students preparing for professional work in the field of Social Service. The Writers Club includes students who enjoy creative expression in various forms of writing. The members share their literary efforts in an informal atmosphere, and benefit from mutual criticism. THE AUGSBURG COLLEGECHOIR The Choir has about sixty members selected from all classes. In addition to local concerts, the choir goes on tour each year to various parts of the United States and occasionally to Canada. The band meets for rehearsal at a regularly scheduled period four times per week. The concert band makes an annual tour and presents public concerts in Minneapolis. There are also a Varsity Band and Imstrumental Ensembles. THE AUGSBURG COLLEGECANTORIANS This Women's Chorus participates in school programs and concerts and makes short tours annually. THE MALECHORUS The Chorus sings at various churches in the Twin City area and makes short tours in the vicinity. FORENSICS Augsburg College participates in intercollegiate debating, both in Minnesota and in the neighboring states. Students may also participate in local and intercollegiate oratorical contests. THE 'A" CLUB Membership in the "A"- Club is limited to men who have won a major A at Augsburg. The aim of this organization is "to bind the 'A' men of the past, present, and future into a more intimate bond of fellowship, and to keep the athletics of Augsburg on the highest possible plane." WOMEN'SATHLETICASSOCIATION Membership in the Women's Athletic Association is gained by participation in individual and group recreational activities with awards given on a point basis. The Augsburg W.A.A. is a member of the Minnesota Athletic Association of College Women. PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND RECREATION Under the direction of the Department of Physical Education, a wide range of recreational activities is arranged for general student participation. Every student is urged to participate in some activity for his own recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for the winners of intramural schedules in various colleges. INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. The college is represented annually by teams in football, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf. PURPOSE AND PHILOSOPHY OF INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS It is the purpose of Augsburg College to provide an intercollegiate athletic program which is in harmony with its Christian philosophy. This philosophy is to be reflected in the conduct and outlook of both the players and the spectators. The educational program of the college. recognizes that recreation and play are a fundamental part of human life, and that this phase of life needs to be cultivated if physical, mental, and emotional health are to be maintained. Intercollegiate athletics, as a phase of that program, gives recognition to the fact that competitive pIay can contribute to the development of student interests, skills, insights, and loyalties. More specifically, the following outcomes are sought: (1) The student participating in athletics should acquire and exhibit, both in and out of athletics, such basic qualities of character as self-discipline, honesty, sense of fair play, and cooperation. (2) The participant should develop the knowledge, interests, and skills which will be of special use to him in such vocations as teaching and coaching or re-, creational leadership, or in his own recreational activities. Far from being set apart from his educational goal or in. any way competing with it, the student's participation in intercollegiate athletics must either contribute directly to this goal or be complementary to his other educational activities. ( 3 ) The student spectator should acquire and exhibit some of the finer qualities of Christian character, such as self-restraint, sense of fair play, appreciation of high grade performance on the part of both opponents and fellow-students, and respect for individual personality. (4) The intercollegiate athletic program should contribute to the development of a unified and healthy "school spirit." Enthusiasm for intercollegiate athletics or other cocurricular activities should not overshadow pride in high scholastic achievement, nor can it take the place of a well-rounded and effective intramural and general recreational program. HONORS AND AWARDS The 1925 Class Cup i n Athletics is awarded to the athlete who has made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship. The Harold A . Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson in 1943, is awarded annually to the student who is judged to be the most valuable player on the -basketball team. The Class of 1918 Oratorical Cup was presented to the college as a prize t o arouse interest in oratory. The name of the winner of the annual contest ishengraved upon the cup, which is to remain in the possession of the college and is placed on exhibition in the Science Hall. The 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship is awarded to the senior student of highest scholastic standing who has attended Augsburg for at least two years. Omicron Chapter of Lambda Iota Tau, a national honor society, is open to English majors who have attained a high scholastic average and have presented a paper on a literary topic before a public audience. The Augsburg Guild of Honor is an organization to recognize and honor those members of the senior graduating class who have shown themselves to be individuals excelling to an outstanding degree in scholarship, leadership, and participation in extra-curricular activities. - - The Dean's List includes students who have achieved an honor point ratio of 2.5 or better in the previous semester of work at Augsburg College. AUGSBURG COLLEGE ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION ADMISSION PROCEDURE Application for admission should be made on the regular admission form, which can be secured from the Office of Admissions. This form is generally available also in Minnesota high schools. The application, together with the high school record, previous college record, if any, two letters of recommendation, a small photograph, and an admissions deposit of 815.00 should be sent to the Office of Admissions. The deposit, which will be applied on first semester tuition, is partially refunded if the application is not accepted or if it is withdrawn by the applicant before August 1. A student seeking admission in the fall semester should apply not later than September 1 and for the spring semester by January 15. REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION Augsburg College admits as students, men and women of good moral character and sound health who appear to have the ability to succeed in college. Estimate of ability is determined by rank in the high school graduating class and college aptitude tests, and by the high school record or previous college record. The normal basis for admission is the completion of the courses of grades nine to twelve in an accredited high school. No definite pattern of subjects is required, but it is recommended that the last four years of high school include four units of English, or three units of English and two of a foreign language, two units of social studies, one uuit of mathematics and one or two units of science. A unit is defined as a course covering one academic year and equivalent to at least 120 hours of classwork. Graduates of unaccredited high schools are considered for admission on the basis of their rank in high school and their achievement in a college aptitude examination and an English achievement test. Applicants who are not high school graduates but who give evidence of sufficient maturity are considered for admission upon recommendation and on the basis of achievement in a college aptitude test, English achievement test, and General Educational Development Tests on literary materials, social science materials, and natural science materials. For most graduates of Minnesota high schools the results of the college aptitude and English achievement tests are available in advance if they have been taken in the state-wide testing program. The General Educational Development tests are available to service men through the Armed Forces Institute. All tests may, however, be taken at Augsburg by arrangement with the Registrar. The College reserves the right to reject the applications of students whose previous records or aptitudes, as measured by tests, indicate they may have difficulty in doing college work. TRANSFER AND ADVANCED STANDING Students are accepted by transfer from other institutions if they did satisfactory work and were otherwise in good standing there. If their previous work was unsatisfactory, they are admitted to Augsburg only under special circumstances. Advanced standing, that is, credit for courses completed, is granted to students who present satisfactory transcripts from accredited institutions. In certain cases advanced standing is granted on the basis of comprehensive examinations. ADMISSION OF VETERANS Veterans, qualified for educational benefits under any of the government programs, may study at Augsburg and receive these benefits. The veteran must secure a certificate of eligibility from the regional office of the Veterans Administration. Application for benefits must be made in advance of registration, except that veterans who are eligible for assistance under Public Law 550 may make application for entitlement when they enroll at the college. In order to receive credit for experience in the military services, the veteran must present a photostatic or certified copy of his Separation Record at the Registrar's Office. Evaluation is made according to the recommendation of the American Council on Education. Some college credit is given for the completion of the work in certain service schools and for some courses taken through the Armed Forces Institute. REGISTRATION Students who have been accepted for admission should regi..qter on the days designated in the Calendar for this purpose. Students who register late are charged a late registration fee of $1.00 per day after classes begin. No student may registe~f o r OF enter a course later than two weeks after the beginning of classes. In registering, care should be taken to include the Lower Division requirements during the first two years. However, if such registration is delayed beyond the second year, a student will neither be required nor permitted to register beyond the allowed number of credit hours per semester in order to make it up. No credit will be given a student for any subject for which he has not registered. The college reserves the right to cancel any course for which there is not sufficient registration. Registration means that the student accepts all the rules and regulations established by the school. The normal registration is 16 credit hours. A credit hour is defined as one recitation period a week throughout a semester. The privilege of registering for more than 1'7% credit hours may be granted only to students who have gained an average record of B, or two honor points per credit, in their previous college studies. Exceptions to this rule may be made under certain conditions determined by the Admissions and Scholarship Committee. No student is permitted to carry work for more than 20 credits per semester. Students working part-time are urged to arrange the amount of their registration accordingly. CHANGE OF REGISTRATION AND CANCELLATION In case a student desires to make any changes in his registration, he must obtain a form from the Registrar's office on which he may make application, stating clearly his reasons for desiring the change. Approval of the teachers concerned and the student's adviser and the Registrar must be obtained before a change will be permitted. A course which is abandoned without being cancelled through the Registrar's Office will result in a grade of F. No course may be added after the first two weeks of classes. A course may not be cancelled after the first six weeks of classes. A fee of $1.00 is charged for each change of registration after the first week of classes. A student who finds it necessary to leave school before the end of a semester must cancel his registration at the Registrar's office in order to remain in good standing. UNIVERSITY COURSES By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students may register for courses at the University. But such registration will not be allowed unless the student has a grading of C average, or 1 honor point per credit, in his courses at Augsburg. Also, the combined number of credits in any semester must not exceed 17. The credits thus gained at the University may be transferred to Augsburg College and counted towards graduation. CLASSIFICATION In order to be classified in one of the college classes, a student must be carrying a minimum of twelve hours of work in which college credit is given. Classification is based on the attainment of the following number of credit hours together with an equal number of honor points: Sophomore, 24; Junior, 58; Senior, 92. Students are classified by this regulation at the time of their registration each school year. PROBATION AND ELIMINATION The Admissions and Scholarship Committee meets at the end of each semester to consider the status of students who are doing unsatisfactory work. Freshmen who obtain honor point ratios of .5 or below, Sophomores .6 or below, and Senior College students .8 or below, as well as students with 6 or more credits of F, at the end of a semester are placed on probation during the semester that follows. They remain on probation until an honor point ratio of 1 is attained. A student is not allowed to remain in college on probation for more than two semesters consecutively, except by special permission. He is dropped for low scholarship if he fails to maintain a satisfactory scholastic record. CLASS ATTENDANCE Regular attendance in class is required. Students who find it necessary to be absent because of illness or for other reasons should confer with their teachers. Students are expected to arrange the hours of part-time employment so that work does not conflict with classes. Any exception to this rule must be agreed to by the teacher of the class affected and must be approved by the Dean of the College. A record of attendance is kept by each teacher, and periodic reports are submitted to the Registrar. At the end of the semseter, a record is made of the total absences of each student for the semester. Absences for tours, field trips and other instructor-arranged activities are cleared with the Dean of the College. Lists of participants, with information as to exact periods absent, are issued by the Dean to all instructors involved. Teachers deal with tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving in class late must assume responsibility for reporting their presence to the teacher. EXAMINATIONS Tests are given periodically throughout the semester. In the course of each semester, reports of the grades attained are made to the Registrar who forwards them to the counselors and students. Final reports are sent at the close of each semester to the parents and students. Written examinations are regularly scheduled at the close of each semester. No student or class may arrange to take a final examination in any course before the examination week. Absence from a final examination without a sufficient reason will result in a grade of failure in the course concerned. A student who has to be absent from a final examination because of a conflict with outside work from which he cannot obtain an excuse may arrange to take such an examination during some period after the time on which the subject is scheduled. If a student has obtained permission from the Dean of the College to take a final examination at another hour than that scheduled, he is charged a fee of two dollars for such an examination. Before the student takes the examination, he must obtain a statement from the Registrar's office and bring it to the teacher concerned. The teacher will give no examination before he has this statement. CONDITIONS AND INCOMPLETES A condition or an incomplete received at the end of the semester must be removed before the end of the following semester or within a year if the student has not re-enrolled. If incompletes and conditions are not removed within the time allowed, the condition automatically becomes a failure and the incomplete may be changed to a passing grade only when the average of the previous work is sufficiently high. The final grade after the condition examination is taken may not be higher than D. A fee of $2.00 is charged for an examination making u p an incomplete or a condition received at the end of a semester. COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATIONS Compre)lensive examinations may be permitted in courses in which the Admissions and Scholarship Committee feels the student has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish to take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing to this committee. When permission is granted, the necessary approval forms may be secured at the offiee of the Registrar. A fee of $5.00 is charged for each examination and must be paid in advance. Examination questions and the answers will be filed in the Registrar's office. GRADE VALUES 3 honor points per credit A-Superior, &Very good, 2 honor points per credit C-Satisfactory, D-Passable, F-Failure, 1 honor .point per credit no honor points per credit minus 1 honor point per credit GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS In order to qualify for the Bachelor of Arts degree, certain requirements must be met with regard to credits, courses, and grades. A student who plans to graduate from Augsburg is urged to study the requirements as outlined in this section of the catalog and in the department in which he plans to major. It is the responsibility of the student to see that he includes the required subjects at the right time in his program of studies. The faculty advisers, the Dean, and the Registrar will gladly assist him in planning his program. Lower Division Requirements 1:or a general college education and as a basis for study in professional fields, students are required to complete the following credits in lower division courses: Religion Each semester, 2 credits English 6 credits Course 1-2. Students exempted from Freshman English must earn 6 credits above Freshman English. 3 credits Course 11. Fine Arts 2 credits H.Ec. 3, 64, Mu. 7, 3, Phil. 60, Sp. 29, or any literature course satisfies this requirement. Foreign Langzmge 8 credits Students who have studied a foreign language for three years in high school and students with majors in Home Economics are exempted from this requirement. Social Sciences Hist. 1-2; 21, 22; or Soc. 1, 2. 6 credits Natural Sciences 8 credits Health and Physical Education 3 credits Courses 2, 3 and 4. Students with majors in Home Economics will substitute H. Ec. 63 for P. E. 2. Orientation is required of all Freshmen. Major and Minors A student is required to complete a major and one or more minors for graduation. The major subject is determined by the student's aims as well as by his particular interests and aptitudes as shown in the quality of work he does in the Lower Division. It is well for the student to know in his Freshman year what major line of study he will pursue. Students who are still undecided as to their major choice when they appear for registration in the junior year, should, before they register, consult with a faculty counselor and with heads of the various departments to determine their field of major work. In planning the major, a student is required to consult with the Head of the Department offering the major. Majors are offered in the following areas: Religion, Philosophy, English, Speech, Music, History, Sociology, Social Science, Business Administration, Business Education, Secretarial Studies, Home Economics, Biology, Physics, Chemistry, Natural Science, Mathematics, and Physical Education. For major and minor requirements as to hours of credit see devartmental statements. Electives Electives are planned with the purpose of properly distributing a student's choices among the fundamental fields of knowledge and culture, as well as among the correlatives of the major. Juniors and Seniors should, as a rule, choose their electives from courses designated as Upper Division Courses, that is courses numbered 50 or above. At least thirtv credits in Upper Division Courses must be completed for graduation. Total Credits and Honor Points The amount of work required for graduation comprises a minimum of 128 credits with an average grade of C, or one honor point for each c:.edit. A credit equals one recitation period a week throughout one semester. Honor points are computed at the rate of one honor point for each credit with a grade of C, two honor points for each credit with a grade of B, and three honor points for each credit with a grade of A. English Proficiency In order to qualify for the A.B. degree a student must demonstrate 2 proficiency in the writing and speaking of English. Residence Requirement To receive the A.B. degree the candidate must spend at least the concluding year for such a degkea in residence. DEGREE WITH DISTINCTION The A.B. degree with distinction is conferred as follows: Distinction Honor point n& Summa Cum Laude Magna Cum Laude Cum Laude To be eligible for these honors, the student must have completed at least two years of work at Augsburg, and his record at Augsburg, as well as his total record must meet the requirements as given above. CURRICULUMS The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student and his adviser in plann,ing a program which will prepare him for the vocation of his choice. THE CHRISTIAN MINISTRY Completion of the pre-seminary curriculum qualifies the student for admission into the three-year course in the Theological Seminary, which prepares students for the Christian ministry as pastors or missionaries. The following program gives the approximate pre-seminary course. It does not include a major or a minor. The student should seek the counsel of the Seminary adviser as early as possible since the major selected by the student may affect the choice of courses even in the Freshman year. The Seminary adviser for candidates for Augsburg Seminary is Mr. Stensvaag; for candidates for other Seminaries, Mr. Helland. Sophomore Freshman . Basic Bible Orientation . . Freshman English . Foreign Language .. Healcth . European Civilization Physical Education . Electives 4 I 6 8 z 6 I 4 Junior New Testament Greek Speech . . . History . Sociology or Economics or Political Science or Education . Electives . .. Natural Science Psychology Foreign Langua,ge . Typewriting . New Testament Greek Electives . 8 4 6 I 8 6 Senior 6 6 6 6 8 32 .... . Religion Youth Work in the Church Philosophy . .... .... English Li,terature .. Electives . . . . . . z 2 6 6 16 32 The foreign language requirement includes 14 semester credits in Greek, and 14 smester credits in Latin, German, or Norwegian. PARISH AND MISSIONARY WORKERS The purpose of this course is to train men and women for effective service in the Church at home or abroad; that is, as teachers in vacation, week-day and Sunday schools, as youth leaders, and as parish workers. The course is so arranged that the student will, upon its satisfactory conclusion, receive the A.B. degree and also a certificate indicating that he is a qualified parish worker. Students interested in becoming parish workers should consult with Mr. Stensvaag, parish work adviser. The suggested schedule provides for a minor in Religion and makes it possible to plan for a major in Home Economics, History, English or Sociology. It is also possible to plan for a major in Religion with a minor in some other field. The courses essential for the securing of the Parish Worker's Certificate are italicized in the outline below. Freshman Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . . .6 Natural Science . . . . . . . . . 8 Typewriting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Principles of Sociology ..... . 3 Social Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Orientation ................. I Physical Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - Sophomore Religion . . . . . . . Beginning Speech . . . . . Types of Public Speech . Foreign Language . . . . General Psychology . . Health . . . . . . . . . . First Aid . . . . . . . . . . Electives .......... 32 Junior The Missionary Enterprise . . . . . . z Principles of Christian Education . 2 The Christian Churches . . . . z The Lutheran Church . . . . . . . r Social Psychology or Urban Sociol......... 3 OgY - Actiltg , , , , . . . 3 Story Telling . . , . . . .I Elementary Shorthand . . . . . . . . 6 Recreational Activities . . . I Electives . . . 10 Senior Parish Work ............ z Youth Work in the Church . . z Edt~caticmal Psychology . . . . . . . 3 Hymns and Music of the Church z Fzindamentals of Jozrmalism . . . . . z Crafts . . . . . . . . . . :', . . . . . . . . s Fields of Social Work . . . . . . . 3 Secretarial Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Fine Arts , , ........ 2 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . 11. - HIGH SCHOOL TEACHING Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's certificate. The course outlined below satisfies the requirements for a certificate for teaching in Minnesota at the junior and senior high school level. The same program will meet the demands set by most of the neighboring states. The student should apply to the Department of Education for admission to the Education curriculum during his Sophomore year. Admission will be determined by a committee on the basis of scholarship and other qualifications. Students should usually prepare for competency in at least two subject-matter fields in which high schools offer work. In addition to departmental majors, broad majors for teaching may be secured in natural science, social science, and business education. Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 European Civilization . . . . . . . - . . . 6 Foreign Language or Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Foreign Language or Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Junior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Educational Psychology . . . . . Teaching in High School . , Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Group Activity . . . . . . . . . . Electives in Major or Minor . . . Senior ............... 4 Religion Principles of Guidance . . . . . . . . . . 3 Issues in Contemporary Education. 3 Student Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . 4 or I Special Teaching Methods . . . . . . . . 4 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 4 Sophomore VOCATIONS IN HOME ECONOMICS f o r k in the Deparhent of Home Economics is intended to prepare students for homemaking, ta e q i p them for the teaching of home economics in high school. and to give them the first two years of the training required for such vocations as dietetics. institution manage~ e n t home . economics and journalism, and home manomics in business. Each student who plans for a vocation in this field should consult members of the home economics staff about the details of the program when she begins her college work. X curriculum for a home economics education major is given below. A graduate who completes this curriculum qualifies for certification by the Minnesota State Board for Vocational Education to teach in federally aided secondary school home economics departments. Courses in italics are not required for a general home economics major. Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Orientation . . . . . . - - - . . . - . . .I P.hysica1 Education . . . . . . . . . I English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 or 6 Zoology* or Anatomy . . . . 8 or 4 Art in Daily Living . . . . . . . . . 3 Clothing Selection . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Nutrition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Clothing Constraction . . . . . . . 2 - 3 4 or 33 Junior Religion . . . . . . . , . . . . 4 Educational Psychology . . . . . . . 3 Group Activity . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Tefiching in Secondary Schools . . . . 3 Bacteriology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Textiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z Color and Design . . . . . . . . ., . . . . . 3 Home Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Family Health . . . . . . . . . . . . z Sociology or Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Principles of Economics . . . . . . . . 3 Sophomore Religion .................... 4 Pspcholagy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Marriage and Family Relations . . 3 Principles of Physiscs . . . . . . . . - - 4 Chemistry 5-6* or Chemistry 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 or 4 Child Development . . . . . . . . . z Foods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . o or z - Senior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , .. 4 Special Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Student Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Principles of Guidance . . . . . . . . . . 3 Issues in Contemporary Education . 3 Home Management Problems . . . . . 2 Home Management La'bora.tory ... 2 Advanced Clothing Construction . . 2 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Electives must be in the minor field which the student selects. *Strongly recommended for students who contemplate graduate study in home economics or work in the areas of nutrition, foods or textiles research. BUSINESS The program in business administration is intended for students who are planning to work in the fields of business and industry. In addition to giving preparation for a business vocation the following suggested course of study leads to the Bachelor of Arts degree. Sophomore Freshman Religion Freshman English Foreign Language Principles of Accounting Introduction to Business Orientation Henlrh Physical Education Elective Junior . Religion United States History . .. Business Law Public Finance or Money and . . . . Banking Taxation or Cost Accounting Electives Religion Psychology . . , Speech . . .... Principles of Economics Introduction t o Statisti,cs Natural Science . . Electives . . 3 3 13 Senior Religion . . . 4 Business Finance or Marketing . . 3 Industrial Mana)gement or Labor3 Management Relations . . . Seminar in Business Administration . 3 Fine Arts , . . 3 Electives . . . 16 32 32 4 6 3 - - LAW The following two-year program is suggested for students who plan to study law. Freshman Religion . . . Freshman English Principles of Accounting . . Sociology . European Civilization . . Orientation General Psychology Pihysical Aotivities Sophomore Reli,gion Christian Ethi,cs . Principles of Economics American Government . Logic . . . ... . Introduction to Philosophy History or Literature .. Natural Science . . SOCIAL WORK A rapid expansion of the field of social work during the past twenty years has created an acute need for trained social workers. Positions are available in pubIic agencies an federal, state, county, and municipal levels; in private agencies sponsored by churches or other community organizations; in goup work, case work, or community organization. In response to this need, Augsburg College has developed a curriculum designed to do two things: (a) equip graduates for immediate employment in social work positions that do not erequire post-graduate training, and (b) prepare students for further study in graduate schools of social work. Augsburg College is an active member of the Minnesota Conference on Social Work Education. During recent years graduates of Augsburg have secured positions in both public and private welfare, in probation work, child welfare, group w o ~ k ,and case work. The following courses are recommended for students interested in Social Work. The courses which are italicized should be taken by all such students. Sophomore Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English . . . . European Civilization American Government . . . . . . . . . . 6 Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Principles of Sociology Social Problems . . . . ........... Foreign Language . . . . Orientation . . . . . . . . Physical Education . . . Health . . . . . . . . . . . . Elementary Statistics Junior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Principles of Economics . . . . . . . . . 3 Senior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Fields of Social Work . . . . . . . . . . . History of Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . Criminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Public Welfare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electives 3 Rural Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Urban Sociology ............... 3 Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3 6 3 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Introduction to Methods of Social Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Social Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Abnormal Psychology . . . . . . . . . 3 Fine A ~ t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . .16 32 MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY Students may complete a course leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in Medical Technology by completing three years of work at Augsburg College and twelve months at General Hospital or Swedish Hospital, Minneapolis. This course prepares them for examination for certification in Medical Technology. It is recommended that students in this curriculum choose a minor in an unrelated field. The following program is suggested. Sophomore Freshman ................ 4 Religion Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Chemistry $-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . I Foreign Language - . . . . - . . . . . . . . 8 Junior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Onganic Chemistry . . . . . . . . . General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Zoology .............. Health . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . Elective . . . . . . . . ., . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 .8 4 3 8 2 3 Senior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Chemistry 61 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Bacteriology . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . 4 Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6 - Lectures, lzboratory and ~ractical work at General or Swedish Hospita1 for twelve months . . . . . . 3 2 - Students taking this program must register at Augsburg as well as at the affiliated hospital in their senior year. DI ACONATE A program whereby a Deaconess candidate can prepare for service in the areas of parish work, social service, high schod teaching, missionary work, nursing, or secretarial work may be arranged in consultation with the Directing Sister of the Lutheran Deaconess Home, the Dean of Women and the Registrar. NURSING Most hospitals prefer that applicants to their school of nursing have at least one year of college. In many instances two or more years of college work are desirable. The following pre-nursing curriculum is suggested for those planning to enter a four-year school of nursing. Those who plan on a three-year nursing program should try to select courses in college which will not duplicate the courses they will study in the school of nursing which they plan to attend. Freshman , ~ , Religion . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . .6 General Zoology . . . . . . 8 Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Elements of Nutrition . - 3 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . I Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - , ~ Religion . . . . . . . . . . . .4 History or Political Science . . . . . . 6 Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Child Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 General Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Electives ................7 - 33 34 The following courses of the School of Nursing of the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota, are offered at Augsburg College. This is a part of the three-year course offered by the hospital. Application for admission to the School of Nursing should be made to the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota. First Year Anatomy and Bacteriology Chemistry . Psychobgy . Second Year Physiology . . . . . . . . 4 . . . . . . . . ., . 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 . . , . . . . . . . . . .2 I2 Sociology . . - . . . . . . 2 2 Students enrolled in the School of Nursing at Swedish Hospital, Minneapolis, take courses in Chemistry, and Human Anatomy and Physiology at Augsburg College. Applications for admission to this program should be made directly to Swedish Hospital. ENGINEERING A student may take two full years of pre-engineering at Augsburg before transferring. The course outlined below applies 'to the fields of aeronautical, electrical, agricultural, civil, and mechanical engineering and engineering mathematics at the University of Minnesota. The chemistry and chemical engineering programs will be slightly different. Students planning to enter this program should complete higher algebra and solid geometry in high school. Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Introduction to Mathematical Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Engineering Drawing and Descriptive Geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 General Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I - Sophomore Reli3gion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Elementary Calculus and Differential Equations . . . . . . . . . . . . .. l o Introduction to Atomic and Nuclear . . . . . . . . 4 Physics . . . Electricity and Magnetism .. 4 General Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Psychology or Sociology I , 2 . 4 or 6 - Statics may be taken at the University of Minnesota in the first quarter of the junior year, except for the courses in civil and mechanical engineering, in which case it may be taken in evening school or summer session. DENTISTRY Preparation for the study of dentistry can generally be completed in two years. The following schedule will meet the requirements for admission to most dental schools. Students planning to enter this curriculum should take higher algebra and plane geometry in high school. Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . 6 General Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Introduction to Mathematical Analysis . . .lo Orientation .............. I Health . . . . . . . . . ., . . . . . . . . z Physical Education . . . . . , .. I Sophomore Religion .......- European Civilization . . . Zoology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Organic Chemistry . . ... General Physics . . . . 4 6 8 8 8 MEDICINE Most medical schools require a minimum of three years of college education, but premedical students often find it advantageous to complete their college work before entering the medical school. The following program will meet the requirements of most medical schools, but it is advisable for the student to study the requirements of the medical school to which he plans to apply. Students who have not had higher algebra in high school will need to add Second Course Algebra to the curriculum given below. Sophomore Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 General Chemistry
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Catalog, 1958-1960
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Courses of Study COURSES OFFERED DESCRIPTIONS OF THE COURSES offered in 1960-62 are given on the following pages. Unforesem circumstances may necessitate making changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine defin...
Show more Courses of Study COURSES OFFERED DESCRIPTIONS OF THE COURSES offered in 1960-62 are given on the following pages. Unforesem circumstances may necessitate making changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings. NUMBERING OF COURSES Odd numbers are used for first semester courses and even numbers for second semester courses. The Roman numerals I, I1 after the descriptive title also indicate the semester in which the course is to be offered. Numbers 1 through 49 indicate lower division courses which are primarily for freshmen and sophomores. Numbers 50 through 99 are upper division courses intended for juniors and seniors. Two course numbers joined by a hyphen (1-2) indicate that the course is a continuation course and both semesters of it must be completed before credit is given. Course numbers separated by a comma (1,2) indicate that it is a year course, but students may receive credit for one semestm without completing the other. SYMBOLS f Continuation course. To receive credit for this course a student must complete both semesters. # Course may be taken with consent of the instructor irrespective of prerequisites. CREDITS CREDITSSHOWN are in terms of semester credits. For continuation courses. the total credits for the year are given. A two-credit course generally meets twice a week and a three-credit course three times a week. In the case of laboratory courses, the hours of meeting per week are more than the credits given. A semester is approximately 18 weeks in length. The normal load for a student i? 16 credit hours per semester. DIVlSIOjVAL ORGANIZATION THE COLLEGE COURSES are organized into four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman is appointed for each division. Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental statements. DIVISIONOF RELIGIONAND PHILOSOPHY Religion Philosophy Greek, Latin, Hebrew English, Journalism, Speech German, Scandinavian, French, Spanish Music, Art History, Political Science, Geography Sociology Psychology, Education Library Science Business Administration and Economics Secretarial Studies Home Economics Biology Chemistry Physics Mathematics Health and Physical Education Division of Religion and Philosophy MR. P. A. QUANBECX, Chairman THROUGHTHE STUDY of religion and philosophy, the individual is apprised of the central realities of li,fe and encouraged to build on the certainties of the Christian faith. The work proceeds on the assumption that Christianity alone can furnish a unifying principle which gives meaning to human existence. The student is challenged to accept this point of view-to relate himself to G r i s t as the center, to evaluate all his studies and experiences in the light of revealed truth, and to make consistent use of all his talents and training. The goal to be desired is the development of an informed and integrated Christian personality dedicated to the realization of God's kingdom on earth. DEPARTMENT OF RELIGION THE COURSES in Religion are designed to give the student a working knowledge of the Bible, to acquaint him with the history, doctrines, and ethics of the Church, and to prepare him for effective service in the congregation. The fundamental aim in i n ~ t r ~ c t i oi n. ~to lead as many as possible to personal faith in Christ, and to nurture the Christian life. The graduation requirement is 14 credits in the Department of Religion. Of these credits, 8 must be lower division and at least 4 must be upper division credits. Courses 9, 58, and 60 fulfill major and minor requirements but do not fulfill the religion requirement for graduation. Students are required to take one two-credit course each semester during their first two years and six credits during their last two years. In this area the sequence required of Freshmen is Basic Bible. Total hours to ,be earned by transfer students will be determined by classification given them a t the time of admission. Six credits from Greek 5 I , 52, 53, or 54 may apply toward the religion requirement. Major, 28 credits. Minor, 2 2 credits. Upper division credits in Greek may apply toward the major or minor in religion. I,2. BASICBIBLE. Fr. I, 11. 2, 2 Cr. A brief introduction to the Bible followed by a study of the Old Testament, including the history of Israel and special attention to one or two Old Testament books. The second semester is devoted to the study of the New Testament with special attention to two or three books including Romans. Reading assignments include the entire New Testament. 3, 4. CHURCHHISTORY. I, 11. z, z Cr. A survey of the main events in the history of the Church for the purpose of developing a more intelligent and appreciative church membership. Division of Religion and Philosophy / 4 5 7. CLASSICS IN CHRISTIAN I)EvoTIoN. I. 2 Cr. The approaches to the Christian life as seen in some of the classical devotional writings of different periods in the history of the church. 8. THE MISSIONARY ENTERPRISE.11. 2 0. The missionary motives, means, and results are studied as these are seen in their varied emphases in the history of missionary work in heathen lands. PRINCIPLES OF CHRISTIAN EDUCATION.I. 2 Cr. Seeks to develop a fundamental understanding of Christian education, its history, objectives, and methods, especially as applied to Sunday School and Vacation Bible School teaching. 9. lo. HYMNSAND IMUSIC OF THE CHURCH. n. See Course 10 under the Department of Music. 2 Cr. Upper Bvision Courses 5 I, 5 2. COMPARATIVE RELIGION. I, 11. 2, 2 Cr. A study of the origin, growth, teachings, and social results of ten or twelve of the great non-Christian religions of the world. OF CHRISTIAN DOCTRINE.Prereq. 3, 4. I. 3 Cr. 5 3 . FUNDAMENTALS The fundamental doctrines of the Christian faith and attention to the historical development of some of these doctrines. CHRISTIANE m ~ c s . Prereq. 3, 4 , 5 3 or #. 11 3 Cr. The problems of human duty are studied in the light of various human philosophies of morals. Validity is determined by reference to the Word of God. The main emphasis is on the new life in Christ, its creation, development and preservation, and its manifestation in the various phases of life. 54. 5 5. THELUTHERANCHURCH. Prereq. 3 , 4 or #. I. 2 Cr. The Lutheran Church, its doctrines and practices, with special reference to some of the confessional writings. Attention is given also to Lutheranism in America and to the basic princi.ples of the Lutheran Free Church. 5 6 . THE CHRISTIANCHURCHES. Prereq. 3, 4 or #. 11. 2 Cr. Aims to give the student an insight into the origin, development, doctrinal psition, and practices of the various branches of the-Christian Church. 1 8 . PARISHWORK. 11. 2 cr. Seeks to familiarize the student with the work of parish organization and visitation. Ranges in scope from soul-care to surveys. Class lectures are supplemented by actual field work. 4 6 / Division of Religion and Philosophy 60. YOUTHWORKIN THE CHURCH. II. r Cr. A study af principles, methods, and materials in youth work for the purpose of developing effective Christian leadership in this sphere. 61. GODAND MAN IN THE OLD TESTAMENT. I. 3 cr. The rich and varied aspects of the Hebrew life with God discovered and made significant for our day through the study of a number of great passages, including selections in Isaiah and the Psalms. 62. THEMESSAGE OF THE NEWTESTAMENT. 11. 3 Cr. A discovery of the essence of the Christian faith through a careful study of representative sections, including passages in the Gospel of John and the Letters to the Ephesians and the Hebrews. TO CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGICAL THOUGHT. INTRODUCTION Prereq. 3, 4 o r #. I. 3 Cr. A study of some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as seen from the perspective of the enduring theological task of the Christian Church. 63. 64. THE CHRISTIAN FAITHIN THE MODERNWORLD. 11. 3 Cr. A study of the Christian faith in its relationship to the secular movements and rival faiths of modern Western civilization. The course is designed to give to the student an understanding, from the standpoint of the Christian faith, of the present conflicts and crises in Western culture. DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY THE COURSES IN PHILOSOPHY seek to assist the student to become conversant with the great men and intellectual movements i n the history of Western civilization, to cultivate an understanding of the principles of sound reasoning, and to develop a mature understanding of the foundations of our knowledge in such areas as religion, art, and morals. Major, 24 credits. Minor, 1 8 credits. Courses 23, 24, 41, 42 are required for the major. Courses 23, 4 1 , 42 are required for the minor. 23. LOGIC. I. 3 Cr. A study of the formal rules governing valid inference. The course includes a brief introduction to the notation of symbolic logic. 24. INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY.11. 3 Cr. By means of reading selected source material, supplemented ,by cclssroclm lecture and discussion, the student is acquainted with the terminology of philosophical discussion. Selected philosophical problems are treated, including those of ethics, metaphysics, and theory of knowledge. Division of Religion and Philosophy / 47 HISTORYO F PHILOSOPHY. I, 11. 3. 3 Cr. An historical survey of the outstanding men and movements in the development of philosophical thought from the Greeks through Kant. Some reading in selected primary sources. 41, 42. Upper Division Courses 53. PLATOAND ARISTOTLE. Prereq. 42. I. 3 Cr. A careful study and analysis of selected writings of each of these two great philosophers. Extensive reading required. (Offered 1961-62.) AND AQUINAS. Prereq. 42. 11. 3 Cr. 54. AUGUSTINE A careful study and analysis af the most important philosophical writings of each. Extensive reading required. (Offered 1961-62.) 3 cr. 6j. RATIONALISM.Prereq. 42. I. A study of this important movement through the writings of its chief exponents: Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz. Extensive reading required. (Offered 196162.) 3 0. 64. EMPIRICISM.Prereq. 42. 11. A study of this important and influential movement through the writings of its outstanding modern representatives. Emphasis is placed upon the works of Locke, Berkeley, and Hume. (Offered 1961-62.) 65. GERMANIDEALISM.Prereq. 42. I. 3 Cr. A study of Kant and his immediate successors. Reading of selected primary sources supplements classroom lectures and discussion. The first half of the course is devoted entirely to a careful study of the philosophy of Kant. (Offered 1960-61.) 66. EXISTENTIALISM. Prereq. 42. 11. 3 Cr. A study of modern existentialism from Kierkegaard to the present day. Emphasis is placed upon the reading of selected primary source materials. (Offered 1960-61.) 7 I . CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY.Prereq. 42. I. 3 Cr. An historical survey of the main currents of philosophical thought since Kant. Some reading in primary sources. (Offered 1961-62.) OF ART. Prereq. 23 or 24. 11. 3 Cr. 72. FORMSAND PHILOSOPHY The spirit and substance of art and the art experience in their various forms through demonstrations, lectures, and readings in the philosophy of art. (Offered 1961-62.) 85. PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION. Prereq. 3 credits in Philosophy. I. 3 Cr. An inquiry into the nature of religious faith and experience. (Offered 1960-61 .) 86. MORALPHILOSOPHY. Prereq. 3 credits in Philosophy. 11. 3 Cr. An inquiry into the nature of moral experience, and an analysis of the language of moral discourses. (Offered 1960-61.) Division of the Humanities IT IS THE PURPOSE of the Division of the Humanities to transmit to the students a knowledge of and interest in the cultural heritage of mankind, and to assist the student in &ding his place within this culture. The Division seeks to stimulate the student's desire to acquaint himself with the cultural treasures as these are found in language, literature, and the h e arts, and to seek an expression of these upon the basis and within the framework of the Christian faith. DEPARTMENT OF NEW TESTAMENT GREEK, LATIN, AND HEBREW THECOURSES in this department aim to give the students a direct insight into our biblical and classical heritage. Hebrew and New Testament Greek are tools by which a student may gain a more complete understanding of the Scriptures. A knowledge of New Testament Greek is a standard prerequisite for admission to most theologicaI seminari&. Combined Major in Greek and Latin: 20 credits in New Testament Greek and 1 4 credits in ,Latin. NEW TESTAMENT GREEK Minor: 20 credits. , 1 - 2 4 ELEMENTSOF NEW TESTAMENTGREEK. I, 11.. 8 Cr. In addition to the theoretical and practical study of the grammar cd the Greek language of the New Testament, the course will cover the manuscript transmission of the Greek text of the New Testament with the description of the main uncial manuscripts and ancient versions. Upper Division Courses 5 I , 52. ADVANCED NEW TESTAMENT GREEK. Prereq. 2. I, II. 3. 3 Cr. Selections &om the Synoptic Gospels and Acts. Special emphasis is given to parsing and syntax of the Greek text. 53, 54. GREEKEXEGESIS.Prereq. 52. I, 11. 3. 3 Cr. Selections from the Pauline and Catholic Epistles. S.pecial emphasis is given to the syntactical and exegetical approach to the Greek text. LATIN I-2.t BEGINNINGLATIN. Fr. I, 11. Grammar and exercises in translation. 8 Cr. 3, 4. CZSAR, AND ST. AUGUSTINE. Prereq. 2. So. I, 11. 3. 3 Cr. Continuation of grammar ,and syntax. Reading from Caesar's Galhc WIW and St. Augmtine's Confessions. (Offered 1960-61 .) Division of the Humanities / 49 HEBREW 83-84.f HEBREWFOR BEGINNERS.I, 11. See Course 9-10 under Theological Seminary. 85, 86. HEBREWEXEGESIS.I, 11. See Course 17, 1 8 under Theological Seminary. 6 0. 2, 2 Cr. DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH T m DEPARTMENT OF E-UCLIF~ a h to train students in t h e proper use ofEnglish in oral md wrirtcn expfiwion: to increvc proficiency in reading uld U I a n a l p k g literary texts; to acqusinr the scudents with the dmeIopment d the literatute of England and America; and to instill a deeper understanding of the fundaments! truths and realiries o f life revcdcd in great Iiteraturc. The department prepares specifically for the teaching of English in secondary schools and for graduate study. Freshman English is required of all students. The department may exempt a few well qualified students from course I. Those exempted fmm course I may satisfy the English requirement by courses z and 21. Students who do not achieve a satisfactory standard in their writing in course I must repeat the course before they enroll in course 2. All students are required to take an English test at the end of the sophomore year and must demonstrate a proficiency in writing in order to qualify for the A.B. degree. Major: 28 credits above course 2, including courses 21, 22, 31, 32, 51, $2, 61, 62, and 74. Minor: z I credits above course 2, including courses 21, 3I , 32, 5 I, 52, 61, and 62. Teaching Major: 28 credits above course 2, including the courses listed for the non-teaching major plus 71 and the second year of a foreign language. Teaching Minor: 2 1 credits above course 2, including the courses listed for the non-teaching minor plus 71. A minor in speech, library science, or a foreign language is recommended for those who plan to teach English in high school. Students who plan on graduate study in English should include courses 76, 78, 92, 94, 95, history 12, German, and French. Recommended sequence of required courses for major: sophomores, first semester, 21, 31; second semester, 22, 32; juniors, first semester, 51, 61, 74; second semester, 52, 62, plus 71 for teaching majors. A. IMPROVEMENT OF READING. Fr. (Wered both semesters.) I Cr. Designed to improve reading speed and comprehension. May be taken by upper classmen, but only freshmen may receive credit. 1-2. FRESHMANENGLISH. ( M e r e d both semesters.) 6 Cr. A study of language, composition, and literature. Themes and a reference paper. Required of all students. Students who do not meet the minimum requirements in the entrance English tests are placed in special sections meeting five hours a week. 50 / D i ~ d i o nof thc Hzrmanities 5. ENGLISHFOR THE FOREIGN-BORN. I. z Cr. AII introduction to colloquial English. Training in speaking, writing, and listening. To be taken by foreign-born students before Freshman English. 9. COMMUNICATION FOR NURSES. I. 2 Cr. A study of the communication skills of reading, writing, speaking, and listening 12. FORMSOF JOUKNALISTIC WRITING. See course 12 under Journalism. IT. 2 Cr. 21, 22. LITERATURE OF THE WESTERN WORLD. Prereq. 2. 3, 3 Cr. Reading, analysis, and discussion of some of the world's great classics. Various literary movements and the influence of the classical tradition. Course 2 1 offered both semesters. Course zr offered I1 semester 1960-61; both semesters I 961-62. 25. EXPOSITORY WRITING. Prereq. 2. I. z Cr. Practice in the writing of exposition and argumentation. Reading and analysis of models. CREATIVE WRITING. Prereq. 2. 11. 2 Cr. Writing of description and narration. Study of techniques in rhe composition of fiction, poetry, and drama. Individual and group projects. 26. 31. MEDIEVAL LITERATURE.Prereq. 2. I. z Cr. Literature of the Middle Ages, chiefly English. Special attention given to Chaucer. 32. RENAISSANCE LITERATURE.Prereq. 2. 11. z Cr. Literature of England from 1485 to the death of Shakespeare. Some attention given to non-English works. Upper Division Courses JUNIORENGLISH. Prereq. 2. (Offered ,both semesters.) I Cr. Designed to develop correctness in writing and usage. Recommended for students who rank low in the sophomore English test. 56. 5 I, 52. AMERICAN LITERATURE.Prereq. ?. I, JI. 2, z Cr. The growth of American literature from colonial times to the present. Its themes, techniques, and place in intellectual movements. 5 5. THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN NOVEL. I. Scc course 5 5 under Scandinavian Language and Literature. 5 6. THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN DRAMA- n. z cr. See course 5 6 under Scandinavian Language and Literature. 57. THEBRITISHNOVEL. Prereq. 2. I. 2 Cr. The development of the novel in England. A study of the major novelists and their novels. (Offered 1961-62.) Division of the Hilmanities / 5 I 58. MODERNFICTION. Prereq. 2. 11. 3 cr. The modem novel and short story. British, American, and continental writers. yy. MODERNPOETRY. Prereq. 2. I. Analysis of the techniques of modern poetry. 3 Cr. 60. MODERNDRAMA. Prereq. 2. 11. 3 Cr. A survey of the chief dramatists from the time of Bsen. Representative plays studied as literature and as theater. BRITISHLITERATURE O F THE SEVENTEENTH AND EIGHTEENTH CENTURIES. 3 Cr. Prereq. 2. I. The principal authors from John Donne through Samuel Johnson. Discussion of literary movements and historical backgrounds. 61. OF THE NINETEENTHCENTURY. Prereq. 2. 11. j Cr. 62. BRITISHLITERATURE Romantic and Victorian literature in England. Stress placed on major writers of prose and poetry. 71. INTRODUCTION TO MODERNENGLISH. Prereq. 2. 5 cr. The study of American English vocabulary, sounds, and grammar. Designed to give prospective high-school Englis4 teachers an introduction to the study of language. (Offered I Sem., 1960-61; ZI Sem. 1961-62.) 2 Cr. 72. LITERARY CRITICISM. Prereq. 2. I. A study of basic texts, with emphasis on principles and issues which have special relevance for modern thought. (Offered 1961-62.) 3 Cr. 74. SHAKESPEARE.Prereq. 32 or #. Reading of some of the plays. Attention given t o the princitples of drama and the historical background. (Offered I1 Sem., 1960-61; I Sem. 1961-62.) 76. MILTON. Prereq. 61 o r #. II. 2 Cr. A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose works in relation to the important intellectual movements of the seventeenth century. ( m e r e d 196162.) z Cr. 78. CHAUCER. Prereq. 3 I or #. 11. Chaucer's poetry in relation to the thought and culture of the Middle Ages. Emphasis on The Canterbury Tales. (Offered 1960-61.) 83. MODERNBRITISHLITERATURE. Prereq. 6 crs. in Br. lit. or #. I. a cr. The important literary movements of the present century in England, concentrating on leading authors and notable productions. (Offered 1960-61.) 8 5 . CONTEMPORARY AMERICANLITERATURE.Prereq. yz or 8. 1. Major writers since World War I. (Ofiered 1961-62.) 2 Cr. 92. ENGLISHSEMINAR. Prereq. Sr. and English major or minor. 11. 2 Cr. Methods and problems of bibliography and research. Selected topics in American and British literature. 52 / Division of the Humanities STUDY. Prereq. Jr. or Sr. major and consent of de94, 95. INDEPENDENT partment chaiman. Offered both semesters. I , I Cr. JOURNALISM r 1. SURVEY OF MASSCOMMUNICATIONS. I. z Cr. Attention is given to patterns of operations in mass media with emphasis on analysis of content and audiences. Contributions of other disciplines to the reporting of news and the functions of the press and other communication agencies in the formation of public opinion are studied. 12. FORMSOF JOURNALISTIC WRITING. 11. 2 0. An introduction to news, feature, and editorial writing. Some attention given to editing and headline writing. DEPARTMENT OF SPEECH THISDEPARTMENTaims to foster in students those speech skills which contribute to meaningful self-expression and effective leadership. I t seeks to develop platform skills, intelligent speech compositions, and critical listening habits. It aims, through courses in intempretative reading and drama, to stimulate an appreciation of fine literature and drama. The department offers a major in general speech which .prepares the student to teach speech in the secondary schools and to take graduate work in speech, theater, or speech pathology. II All students are required to earn 2 credits in speech for graduation. Speech is designed especially for this requirement. Students needing help with speech problems such as stuttering, lisping, foreign dialect, and excessive stage fright should contact the head of the department for individual attention. Mapr: 24 credia above Speech I I. For education students courses I z, 3 I, 32, 66, and 76. Philosophy 23 is required of all majors. Minor: 18 credits ambove Speech I 1. For Education students courses 12, 3 I, 32, 5 1 or $3, and 66. I I. BEGINNINGSPEECH. SO. Offered both semesters. Basic prablems of effective speaking and critical listening. 12. ARGUMENTATION. 50. II. Applications of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debate. 2 Cr. 3 Cr. 16. STORYTELLING AND CREATIVE DRAMATICS.SO. Il. z Cr. Selection of stories for various age groups. Techniques, observation, and practice id story telling and creative dramatics. Recommended for parish workers and elementary school teachers. (Offered 1960-61.) Division of the Hxmanities / 5 3 DEBATE.I, 11. Open to all students. 21-2z.t INTERCOLLEGIATE z Cr. Practice in debating the intercollegiate debate question of the year. Participation in intercollegiate debate tournaments. 25. INTERCOLLEGIATE SPEECH. Open to all students. I. Preparation for and participation in intercollegiate speech contests. I Cr. TO DRAMATIC ARTS. Open to all students. I. 3 Cr. 29. INTRODUCTION An introduction to the history of the theater and to the theories of drama and dramatic production. (Offered 1960-61.) 3 I . INTERPRETATIVEREADING.So. I. 3 Cr. Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice .in reading various kinds of prose, poetry, and drama. 3 Cr. 32. ACTING. So. 11. An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. Upper Division Courses 5 I. GROUPLEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION.Jr., Sr. I. z Cr. Theories of leadership; principles and types of discussion. Practice in group discussion techniques. (Offered I 960-61 .) 53. ADVANCED PUBLICSPEAKING. Jr., Sr. I. 2 Cr. An introduction to classics in rhetoric; analysis of great speeches; practical work in speech writing. (Offered 1961-62.) 5 5. PERSUASION AND PROPAGANDA. Jr., Sr. I. z Cr. The psychology of persuasion; techniques used in public speaking, advertising, selling, and propaganda. Ethical implications of persuasive techniques. (Offered 1960-61.) 2 Cr. 64. STAGECRAF~.Jr., Sr. 11. A study of stage design, scene construction and theatrical lighting, with emphasis on the problems of the amateur stage. Laboratory exercises. ( m e r e d 1361-62.) 3 Cr. 66- STAGEDIRECTION.Prereq. 32. Jr., Sr. TI. Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises in planning productions and conducting rehearsals. 76. SPEECHPATHOLOGY.Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal speech. An introduction to principles and methods of speech correction. 54 / Division of the Humanities 92. SPEECH SEMINAR. Sr. 11. z Cr. Selected topics in rhetorical theory; individual projects with emphasis on rhe uie of primary sources and the methodology of research. 94. DRAMASEMINAR. Sr. 11. z Cr. Selected topics in drama; individual projects as indicated by personal needs and interests. DEPARTMENT OF MODERN LANGUAGES THIS DEPARTMENT aims to impart to the student the knowledge of a modem language as a 'factor in stimulating a sympathetic interest in the people for whom it is the main channel of expression. It also aims to aid the student in developing an understanding of the idiom of a particular language and a mastery of the rules of grammar and pronunciation. It furthermore seeks to develop an interest in the history, literature and life of the people whose language he is learning, and to transmit to American life the best of their cultural and religious heritage. A special aim is to provide language facility and technical training for those who plan to teach, study theology, or become candidates for higher academic degrees. GERMAN Minor, 20 credits. 8 Cr. I-2.f BEGINNING GERMAN. I, 11. A study of the grammar and vocabulary of the German language so that the student attains a reading knowledge. 3, 4. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN. I, 11. 3, 3 c r . This course continues to build up the vocabulary of the student through the study of easy (prose and poetry. Special work in conversation is required of all students planning to teach. Upper Division Cou.rses 1I , 12. GERMANLITERATURE.I, 11. Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of German literature. 3. 3 Cr. SCANDINAVIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Minor, 24 credits. I-2.f BEGINNING NORWEGIAN.Fr. I, II. 8 Cr. Reading, translation, spelling, and exercises in writing and in pronunciation. 3, 4. INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN.SO. I, 11. 3, 3 c r Further study of grammar. Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of Norwegian literature. Composition. I I. SCANDINAVIAN HISTORY. I. 3 Cr. A brief survey of the history of the Scandinavian peoples, with history of Norway as the core. (Offered 1961-62.) Division of the Humanities / 5 5 I 6. MODERNSCANDINAVIA. 11. 3 Cr. A survey of social thought and life in Scandinavia since 1814, with special emphasis upon recent developments. (Offered 1961-62.) Upper Division Courses THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN NOVEL. Jr., Sr. I. Cr. The course includes selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlgif, and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. ( m e r e d 1960-61.) 5 5. 2 56. THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN DRAMA. Jr., Sr. 11. t Cr. The course includes dramas by Bjernson, Zbsen, and Stridberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. (Offered 1960-61.) FRENCH Minor, t o credits. I-2.t BEGINNINGFRENCH. I, H. 8 Cr. The course includes the study of French sounds and their spelling, the essentials of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading of suitable selections from French literature. 3, 4. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH. I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. One half of the time is devoted to the further study af grammar, composition, and oral work. The other half is spent in reading representative types of French literature. Upper Division Courses 5 I. SURVEY OF FRENCHLITERATURE.I. 3 Cr. A study of the authors and literary movements of the seventeenth, eighteenth, and nineteenth centuries. 52. FRENCHPHONETICS,CONVERSATION, AND COMPOSITION. 11. 3 CC A thorough study of French sounds, phonetic symbols, drill on pronunciation, phonetic readings, various types of oral work, memorization, dictation and composition. SPANISH Minor, 20 credits. 8 Cr. I-z.? BEGINNINGSPANISH. I, 11. Stresses pronunciation, the essentiat of grammar, elementary conversation, and background reading in Spanish on the I.atin American countries. Includes further study of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading d short stories, novels, and plays in the Spanish language. 56 / Division of the Humanities Upper Division. Courses 5 I . SURVEY OF SPANISHLITERATURE.I. 3 Cr. A study of Spanish literature from the Poema del Cid to modern times. Lectures in Spanish, reading of representative works and reports. 52. SPAXBH CONVERSAT~ON ~m Cornsmow. 11. 3 cr. A course aiming to fncilitate free expression in Spanish through conversation and composition, including original themes. Lzhratory, including audio-visual aids, inregrared wirh classroom work and instruction. DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC THE DEPARTMENT OF MUSICoffers training to students who wish to become teachers of music, directors of choral and instrumental ensembles, or who are primarily interested in performance, as well as preparatiod for those who expect to pursue specialized study in the field of music. General instruction is afforded other students who also wish to broaden their cultural background with an understanding of and appreciation for the music of the masters. Emphasis is laid upon the rich musical heritage of the Christian Church. Major: 40 credits. Excepting 3 and lo, courses I through 58, 61-6r* or 6364*, 6 9 , 77 or 78, 80, and 10 credits in applied music, of which 4 must be in private lessons in voice or on an instrument, and 4 as a member of a musical organization. At least 2 credits in private instruction must be earned in the junior and senior years. Non-education studears may subsrirute 10 for 77 or 78. One public performance in their area of specialization is required of juniors y in and seniors. This requirement may be fuifilled by s a r i ~ f ~ c t o rparticipation the monthly Performance Smnhtrs. Fomzl public recitals are encouraged and, upon recommendation of the department, may be given in fulfillment of the requirement. Sophomores, Juniors, and Seniors are required to attend monthly Performance Seminars. Freshmen are encouraged to attend. The seminars are student recitals which provide opportunity for public performance and acquaint the students with a repertory of musical excellence. All majors are required to pass a piano proficiency examination, preferably by the end of the sophomore year. Ir includes: the major and minor scales in a moderate tempo; three pieces in different styles, such as (a) a Bach invention or a dance from one of the suites, (b) one of the easier sonatas of Haydn, Mozart, or Beethoven, and (c) one of the shorter pieces by a nineteenth or twentieth century composer; sight-reading songs af hymn-tune grade. Minor: 2 6 credits. Excepting 3 and 10, courses I through 5 8 , 61-62" or 6 3 64*, and 6 credits in applied music, 2 of which must 'be in private lessons in vocal or instrumental music. A maximtlm of 10 credits in applied music may count toward the Bachelor of Arts degree. "A student in education should prepare for both vocal and instrumental work. Therefore, unless he takes both technique courses, he should take Choral Technique if his applied music is largely instrumental, and Instrumental Technique if hi applied music is largely vocal. I , z. THEORY. I, 11. z, z Cr. A basic course in the fundamentals of music, including the principles of nota- tion, major and minor scales, intervals, triads, rhythms; aural skills; sight reading, dictation, and part singing. 3. INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC. 11. z Cr. A course for non-majors. To promote understanding and enjoyment of music. Fulfills the fine arts requirement. 7, 8. HISTORYAND LITERATURE OF MUSIC. I, 11. 2, 2 Cr. An historical survey of western music from its beginnings to 1900. Supple- mented by musical scores and recorded performances. 10. HYMNS AND MUSICOF THE CHURCH. 11. 2 G. Development of the music cd the Christian Church, with special attention to Protestant hymnody. Designed for the general student, organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. Fulfills the requirements of a course in religion. I 5-16.? HARMONY. I, 11. 4 cr. Application of the study of scales, intervals, and chord formation in written exercises. Written work includes harmonization of figured bass and given melodies as well as opportunity for simple creative writing. Upper Divisionl Courses 5 5, 5 6. ADVANCED HARMONY.Prereq. z, 16. I, U. 2, 2 Cr. Continuation of I 5-16, with advanced work in harmonization of figured bass and given melodies. Modulation, advanced chord formations, the use of suspensions, retardations, and ornaments of music. CONDUCTING.Prereq. 2, or z Cr. in piano, organ, or equivalent. Jr. I, 11. 2, z Cr. Techniques of conducting choral and instrumental music; organization and administration of choral and instrumental ensembles in school, church, and community. Students in music education should ,take the course in their junior year. 57, 58. 61, 62. INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE. Prereq. z. Jr., Sr. I, H. z, z Cr. Class instruction in string, reed, brass, and #percussion instruments, preparing the prospective public school music teacher and director for work in band and orchestra. 63, 64. CHORALTECHNIQUE. Prereq. z. Jr., Sr. I, 11. 2, z Cr. Class instruction in the ,fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral ensemble. For public school music teachers and directors of vocal music. 69. TWENTIETHCENTURYMUSIC. Prereq. 8, 56. Jr., Sr. I. z Cr. A survey of western music with emphasis on contemporary trends. 77. COUNTERPOINT. Prereq. 5 5. Sr. I. z Cr. Strict counterpoint in one, two, three, and tour-part writing in all the species. 58 / Division of the Humanities 78. MUSICALANALYSIS. Prereq. $ 5 and 77 o r #. Sr. 11. z Cr. A detailed study of the structure and form of music, together with the study of the harmonies constituting any musical composition. 80, 81. SENIORSEMINAR. Prereq. Sr. and Music Major. I, 11. I , I Ct. Advanced topics in music. Choral, vocal, and instrumental literature. Bibliographies and research. APPLZED MUSZC Vocal and instrumental instruction is available to all students. Beginners must complete two semesters of private lessons in order to receive credit. Others receive one credit for a minimum of sixteen thirty-minute lessons per semester. Occasional lessons are available without credit. For statement of fees see under Financial Information. I, I Cr. PIANO. I, 11. Technique as needed, repertory, pedormance, accompanying. Music majors and minors must pass the proficiency examination. Only those credits earned after this examination has been passed apply toward the major o r minor. ORGAN. Prereq. Basic piano technique and consent of instructor. I, II. I , I Cr. Technique as needed, repertory, performance, hymn playing, accompanying. I, I Cr. VOICE. I, 11. Includes correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexi,bility, ear training in some cases, and interpretation of song classics, both sacred and secular. WOOD-WINDINSTRUMENTS. I, 11. I, I Cr. BRASSINSTRUMENTS. I, 11. I, I Cr. 2 Cr. I, I Cr. CHOIR.; I, 11. CONCERTBAND. I, 11. WOMEN'S CHORUS(Cantorians) . I, 11. %, % Cr. %, % Cr. o Cr. These organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student but for any student who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity for musical expression. PERFORMANCE SEMINAR I, 11. o Cr. DEPARTMENT OF ART THE D E P A R ~ E N OF T ART endeavors to further the student's technical and conceptual understanding of art. Besides experience in the disciplines of drawing, painting, and sculpture, emphasis is given to the function of a r t in history Dfvisim of the Humanities / 59 and religion. Because of the impact art has on contemporary life, students are encouraged to find opportunities in teaching, graduate study, commercial designing, and avocational art. Minor: 16 credits, including I, 17 or 18, 21 or 22, and 71. I. BASICDESIGN. Offered both semesters. 3 Cr. Theory and application of basic art principles, in drawing, painting, l e t t e ~ h ~ , .and sculpture. ART IN DAILYLIVING. I. See course 3 under Department of Home Economics. 3. 3 Cr. 17, I 8. O m PAINTING.I, 11. 2, z Cr. Investigation of the technical and expressive possibilities of oil paint. Still life, landscape, and portrait painting. 21, rz. SCULPTURE. I, 11. 2 , z Cr. Design in three-dimensional form. Modeling of portraits, human figures, and animal forms. Ceramic and plaster casting. 32. WATERCOLOR PAINTING.11. z Cr. Use of transparent and opaque water color techniques, with emphasis on landscape painting. Upper Division Courses 64. HISTORY AND APPRECIATION OF ART. CI. See course 64 under Department of Home Economics. 3 Cr. 71. HISTORY OF PAINTING.I. 3 Cr. A historical survey of painting in western civilization from early Mediterranean cultures to modern times. The 65-voice Augsburg College Choir, directed b y Leland B. Sateren, and the 55-piece Augsburg College Band, directed by Mayo Savold, perform distinctive music works and tour annua2ly. Division of the Social Sciences MR. CHRISLOCK, Chairman IT IS THE GENERAL PURPOSE of the work in this division to improve the student's understanding of human relationships and his appreciation of their importance and value, especially in their Christian interpretation. The work proceeding under the guidance of the faculty in this division is therefore intended to develop a higher grade of citizenship and to improve the individual's adaptation to his vocation. DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY AND POLITICAL SCIENCE THE WORK OF THIS DEPARTMENT is designed to give the student an understanding and appreciation of the events, functions, motivations, and operations of the .phenomena in the fields of History and Political Science. I t affords preparation for graduate study and for teaching in secondary schools. HISTORY Major, 30 credits; minor, 2 1 credits. Students with a major or minor in history who plan to teach in this field must include History 21 and 22. For non-majors, ~rere~uisites may be waived on consent of the instructor. I , 2. WESTERN CIVILIZATION. Fr. I, 11. 3. 3 Cr. This course is a rapid survey of European history from ancient times and up to the present. Designed to lay the foundation for ,future work in History. 21, 22. UNITEDSTATESHISTORY. So. I, TI. 3. 3 Cr. A survey of the life of the American people, and the development of their ideas afid institutions. First semester, from early explorations to 186s; second semester, the 'beginning of the reconstruction period to the present. Upper Division Courses 52. ENGLAND TO I 8 3 2. Prereq. I , 2. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Emphasis placed on the constitutional development of England. (Offered 196061.) 5 3. HISTORY OF CANADA.Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. The development of Canada from early explorations u, the present, with emphasis on Canadian-United States relations. (Oflered 1961-62.) 5 5 . CONTEMPORARY UNITED STATES. Prereq. 21, 22. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. The United States from about 1900 to the present. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken 'fbr one additional credit on approval of kstructor. Wision of the Social Scimces / 61 AMERICANDIPLOMATICHISTORY. Prereq. 6 Cr. in History or Pol. Sci. or #. Jr., Sr. II. 3 Cr. The history of American foreign policy. The period from 1898 to the present is emphasized. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken for one additional credit on approval of instructor. (Offered 1961-62.) 56. AND PROBLEMS OF SOUTHAND SOUTHEAST ASIA. GOVERNMENTS Jr., Sr. I. See course 57 under Political Science 57. 58. POLITICSAND PROBLEMS OF THE MIDDLEEAST. Jr., Sr. See course 58 under Political Science. H. 3 Cr. 3 Cr. 3 Cr. 61. ANCIENTHISTORY. Prereq. I, 2. Jr., Sr. I. A cultural and political history of ancient civilizations and their contribution to modern cultures. (Offered I 960-6 I .) 63. MEDIEVALEUROPE,300-1200. Prereq. I , 2. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. From the decline of Rome, through the political, economic, and cultural revival of 12th century Europe. (Offered 1961-62.; 64. MEDIEVAL EUROPE,1200-1500. Prereq. I, 2. Jr., Sr. II. 3 Cr. hledieval culture at its height in the 13th century, the rise of western monarchies, decline of the medieval ,papacy and empire, late Middle Ages and the 'Italian Renaissance. ( m e r e d 1961-62.) 3 cr. 65. EARLY MODERNEUROPE, I 500-1648. Jr., Sr. I. Emphasizes the religious crises of the Reformation and the religious wars. (Offered 1960-61.) 3 cr. 66. EARLYMODERNEUROPE,164-1789. Jr., Sr. II. A study of divine-right absolutism of Louis XlV and its influence in Europe, contrasting political pattern af England, scientific developments and their effects on areas of thought, 18th century background of the French Revolution. (Offered 1960-61.) Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. A ,political and cultural survey of these countries from ancient times to the nineteenth century. (Offered 1961-62.) 67. PRE-NINETEENTHCENTURYINDIA, CHINA, AND JAPAN. AND JAPAN, I 850 TO PRESENT. Jr., Sr. n. 3 Cr. 68. CHINA A survey of the internal developments in China and Japan, their relations with each other and with the West. (Offered 1961-62.) FRENCHREVOLUTION AND EARLYNINETEENTH CENTURYEUROPE. 3 Cr. Prereq. 12 credits in History. Jr., Sr. I. Political, economic, social, and cultural development in Europe from 1789 to I 8 50. The French Revolution, Napoleon, the Restoration, the Revolution of 1848. 7I. 62 / Division of the Social Sciences LATE NINETEENTHCENTURYEUROPE. Prereq. 12 credits in History. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Political, economic, social, and cultural development in Europe from, 1848 to 1914. The national unification of Germany and Italy, the rise of imperialism, and the background of World War I. 72. Jr., Sr. I. 75. HISTORYOF POLITICALTHEORY. See course 75 under Political Science. TWENTIETH CENTURYEUROPE. Prereq. 3 Cr. credits in History. Sr. 11. z Cr. A survey of recent developments in the world, extending from the outbreak of World War I to the present. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken for one additional credit on approval cif instructor. 82. 12 99. SEMINARIN NORTHWEST HISTORY. Prereq. #., Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. A study of various areas of the history of Minnesota and the Northwest. A research paper is required. (Offered 1960-61.) POLITICAL SCIENCE Minor: I 5 credits. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT.I, 11. 6 cr. A study of the Constitution; civil rights; federal, state, and local governments; citizenship; and popular control of government. 41-42.$ Upper Division Courses 5 6. AMERICANDIPLOMATIC HISTORY. 11. See course 56 under History. 3 Cr. 57. GOVERNMENTS AND PROBLEMSOF SOUTH AND SOUTHEAST ASIA. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. The emergence of the new national states in this area; their political and economic problems. (Offered 1960-61.) 58. P O L I ~ CAND S PROBLEMS OF THE MIDDLEEAST. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. A survey of the contemporary political and economic problems in the Middle East. (Offered 1960-61.) PUBLICFINANCE. Prereq. 41-42 or Economics I 1 for Political Science 3 Cr. minors. Jr., Sr. I. See course 61 under Business Administration and Economics. 61. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. 75. HISTORYOF POLITICALTHEORY. A survey of the high points in the development of political theory from the Greeks to the present. (Offered 1961-62.) GEOGRAPHY 14. HUMANGEOGRAPHY.Fr., So. 11. A study of geographical factors affecting mankind. 3 Cr. Division of the Social Sciences / 63 Combined Major in Social Sciences for Teaching: 24 credits in History (including History 2 I and 22) and Geography; Sociology I, 2; Economics I 5 , 16; Political Science 4 1 -42. Minor in Social Science: 6 credits each in History and Sociology; Political Science 4 1-42; and 3 credits in Economics. DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY THE OBJECTIVES OF THIS DEPARTMENT are to help students attain a better understanding of society and its social problems, as well as to prepare studenu for social service, for graduate training in social work, and for graduate study in Sociology. Beyond understanding of society and its problems and beyond academic competence, the Department aims to explore the relevance of Christianity to effective social service. Major, 24 credits including Sociology I , 2 . Reuired in addition are History 1-2, or 21, 22; Psychology 5 . Minor, I 5 credits including Sociology I , 2. Required in addition are History 1-2, or 21, 22. Introduction to Statistics is recommended for majors and minors in Sociology. For other recommended courses see under Social Work curriculum. I. INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY.Fr., So. I. 3 Cr. An introduction to the field of Sociology, examining its methods, techniques, and general concepts as they apply to an analysis of American society. 2. SOCIALPROBLEMS.Fr., So. 11. 3 Cr. The dynamic processes at the root of contemporary problems. Problems of personal, family and community disorganization are selected for special study. 4. INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS.Fr., So. 11. See course 4, under Business Administration and Economics. 3 e. 5 . SOCIOLOGY.I. 2 Cr. An introduction to the field of sociology, designed especially for student nurses. I 6. MODERNSCANDINAVIA.11. See course r 6 under Scandinavian Language and Literature. 3 Cr. 2 I. RURALSOCIOLOGY.So. I. 3 Cr. Structure, function and change of rural society with special attention to the problems of,contemporary rural A.merica. URBANSOCIOLOGY.SO. 11. 3 Cr. Study of the city as to historical background, causes of growrh, social communities, maladjustments, urban planning, housing problems, health factors, cultural centers, and rural-urban relationships. 22. 42. ~ ~ A R R I A G EAND FAMILYRELATIONSHIPS.II. See course 42 under Department of Home Economics. 3 cr. 64 /Division of the Social Sciences Upper Division; Courses 5 I. CRIMINOLOGY. Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. A study of the nature of delinquency and crime in contemporary society. An examination of causal factors, methods of apprehension, treatment, and prevention of delinquency and crime. 52. RACERELATIONS AND ,MINORITY PROBLEMS.Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. The dynamics of prejudice, racism, and discrimination, together with an examination of social action programs. (Offered 1960-61.) 5 6. LABOR AND MANAGEMENT RELATIONS.Jr., Sr. I1 3 Cr. An analysis of the socio-economic roles of labor and management in a dynamic society. (Offered 19.61-62.) 3 Cr. 57. FIELDSOF SOCIALWORK. Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. I. An introductory exploration of the scope, nature, and functions of social work. A survey of private and public social agencies in the field of family welfare, child welfare, medical social work, group work, and other community agencies. 3 G60. PUBLICWELFARE. Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. H. An introduction to the historical development, basic concepts, legislative policies, organizational structure, and institctional functions of social welfare, including a survey of contemporary public welfare and social security. (Offered 1960-61.) Prereq. I, Psy. 5 . Jr., Sr. I. 3 a61. SOCIALPSYCHOLOGY. Society and the individual, the socialization .process, the development of personality, the impact of group norms. Selected forms of collective behavior such as crowd, rumor, and audiences. PSYCHOLOGY. 62. ABNORMAL See course 62 under Psychology. 3 Cr. 64. INTRODUC~ON TO METHODS OFSOCIAL WORK. Prereq. #. II. 3 Cr. Princi.ples and procedures of case work and group work designed especially for students who anticipate entering the field of social work. (Offered 1961-6s.) DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY AND EDUCATION PSYCHOLOGY THE CURRICULUM IN PSYCHOLOGY is designed to acquaint students with the data and methods used in the scientific study of human behavior. The work in psychology is further designed to aid the student in more adequately understanding, predicting, and modifying his own behavior as well as that of his #fellowmen. Minor: 15 credits. Division of. the Social Sciences / 6y GENEU PSYCHOLOGY. Offered both semesters. y. 3 Cr. A study of the basic processes underlying human behavior. The general principles, methods and problems of psychology are discussed. 7. GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY.I. z Cr. An introductory course intended for student nurses. Special emphasis is placed upon normal and abnormal reactions to stress and frustration, mental hygiene, and to methods of therapy. 10. PSYCHOLOGY OF ADJOSTATENT. Prereq. y . So. 11. 3 Cr. Motivations of man with emphasis on behaviors necessary for adequate living, theories of adjustment, defense mechanisms and adjustive techniques considered with respect to personality and mental hygiene. Upper Division Courses 61. SOCIALPSYCHOLOGY.Jr., Sr. I. Sec course 61 under Department of Sociology. 3 Cr. 62. ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY. Prereq. y. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. The sociological, psychological, and biological factors involved in neurotic and psychotic behavior. Modern methods of diagnosis, treatment, and prevention. Community organization for mental hygiene. 64.. EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY.Prereq. y. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Experiments to illustrate the basic methods used by psychology as a contemporary science. Demonstrations and experiments in human and animal learning, problem-solving, perception, measurement of abilities and personality traits. One two-hour and one three-hour period per week. (Offered 1961-62.) IN PSYCHOLOGY. Prereq. y, and 8.Jr., Sr. 11. 1-2 Cr. 66. TOPICS A study of special problems. For students desiring to continue investigations begun in the regular courses or to carry out individual research on topics of their choice. 71. EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY.Jr. I. See course 71 under Education. 3 Cr. EDUCATION THE EDUCATION CURRICULUM has been designed primarily for those preparing to do public school teaching, although any student who is preparing to work with youth is encouraged to study in this area. The work in this department will qualify the graduate ifor teaching on the elementary or the junior and senior high school level, as well as for further study in the field of education. ELEMENTARY EDUCATIOh7 PLANNING FOR elementary school teaching are required to follow STUDENTS the prescribed course of study. See under curriculum for Elementary Education. Formal admission to the program takes place in the sophomore year. During this year the student has regular conferences with the Director for orientation 66 / Division of the Social Sciences ar;d counseling purposes, and is tested in the subject matter of the fields which are taught in elementary schools. Students with deficiencies may be required to take additional work. Each student wishing to complete the program must make written application on the form provided and must be recommended by the Director and approved by the Committee on Teacher Education. 2, 2 Cr. 50,51. CHILDPSYCHOLOGY.Prereq. Psy. 5 , Jr. I, 11. This is a study of child development and the process of learning. I t includes consideration of the techniques of studying children. METHODSAND MATERIALS OF THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOLCURRICULUM. Prereq. Psy. 5, and concurrent registration in Ed. yo and 1 1 . Jr. I, 11. 3, 3 c r . A study of the methods and the materials o;f the curriculum of the elementary school in the fields of mathematics, science and health, physical education, music, and art; it utilizes staff assistance from several of the academic departments involved. Special attention is given to the content of the mathematics program of the elementary school. 5 2 , J 3. METHODSAND MATERIALSIN SOCIALSTUDIES AND THE LANGUAGE ARTS ELEMENTARY SCHOOL. Prereq. 5 I . Sr. I. j Cr. The methods and the materials of the curriculum of the elementary school in the fields of social studies and language arts. 54. IN THE Prereq. 53. Jr. I, 11. Sr. I. 5 y, 56, 57. %SERVATION OF TEACHING. A combination of laboratory experience and seminar. Students spend two to three hours a week in observing teaching in an elementary school and may assist the room teacher with certain classroom tasks. One seminar or discussion hour a week. I credit per semester. J 8. TEACHING OF READING. Prereq. 5 I. Sr. I. 3 Cr. Deals with the problems of teaching reading to elementary school children. T h e materials and methods are studied in the context of learning theory. 19. CHILDREN'SLITERATURE.Prereq. 5 I. Sr. I. 3 Cr. This is a study of literature suitable for children of elementary school age. I t requires extensive reading and evaluation of books. 60. SEMINARIN TEACHING. Prereq. 5 5. Sr. 11. 2 Cr. This deals with the practical problems o;f teaching as they arise in the student teaching experience. 62. DIRECTED TEACHING IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL. Prereq. 55. Sr. 11. 8 Cr. Students spend half days for a full semester observing, assisting the regular teacher, and much of the time in actual teaching in cooperating schools. Supervision is carried out by the classroom cooperating teacher and the college staff. Division of the Social Sci,mces/ 67 SEGONDARY EDUCATION ADMISSION TO THE SECONDARY EDUCATION CURRICULUM requires an application to be approved .by the Committee on Teacher Education. Application must be made during the second semester of the sophomore year if the student is to complete the program in the regular time of two years. Approval is granted on the basis of a satisfactory health report, favorable personality characteristics, and a minimum in scholastic achievement of 1.5 honor point ratio in the major, a 1.0 ratio in the minor, and a 1.0 ratio for the over-all average. Except in special fields the applicant should be preparing for competency in at least two subjects that are taught on the high school level, that is, he should complete a major and a minor or two majors. All students admitted to the secondary education curriculum must secure two credits of Group Activity usually to be taken in connection with Ed. 71 and 72. They are also required to have a course in health and three semester hours in general psychology, the latter to be completed before taking Ed. 71. For a proposed course of study see under Curriculum for High School Teaching. 71. EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY.Prereq. Psy. 5, Jr. I. 3 Cr. A study of human development, learning, and adjustment in order to better understand human behavior, especially the behavior of adolescents in a school context. 72. TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS. Prereq. 71. Jr. 11. 3 Cr. This course has three parts: a study of the purposes and programs of secondary schools; developing personal competency in planning instructional activities; and developing the ability to evaluate the outcome of instruction. 73, 74. GROUP ACTNITY. I. 11. I, I Cr. This is not given as a separate course, but offered in connection with Education 71,72; Religion 9, 58; Physical Education 6, I I, 13, 14, 81,82. The nature of the experience will vary with the course with which i t is associated, and nlay include such activities as teaching, supervising recreation, and advising clubs. The cooperation of the agencies involved is necessary, with reports from the supervisor and the student to the teacher of the course with which the work is connected, A student may not receive more than z credits in Group Activity. 76. PRINCIPLESOF GUIDANCE. Prereq. 71.Sr. 11. 3 Cr. A study of the guidance function of the classroom teacher, tools and techniques used in studying students, and methods appropriate for student guidance, including counseling. 78. ISSUESm CONTEMPORARY EDUCATION. Sr. 11. 3 Cr. The purpose of the course is to develop skill in perceiving and defining current problems in education, to gain an understanding of possible solutions, and to develop some ability to evaluate the various solutions proposed. The relation of the problems to the development of American education and to a philosophy of education is stressed. OF NATURAL SCIENCESIN 79. TEACHING THE SECONDARY SCHO~L. Sr. I. 2 Cr. 68 / Division of the Social Sciences 81. TEACHING OF BUSINESS IN THE a3. TEACHING OF MATHEMATICS IN SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. THE z Cr. SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. 2 Cr. SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. 2 Cr. 85. TEACHINGOF SOCIALSTUDIES IN 87. TEACHINGOF HEALTH EDUCATIONAND PHYSICALEDUCATION M THE SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. s Cr. 88. TEACHING OF MUSICIN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL. 89. TEACHINGOF MUSICIN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. 91. THE TEACHINGOF HOME ECONOMICS nu m E JT. 11. 2 cr. 2 Cr. SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. z Cr. AND ADULTE D U C A ~ OIN N HOMEECONOMICS.Sr. 11. z Cr. 92. EVALUATION 93. TEACHING OF ENGLISHIN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. OF MODERNLANGUAGES IN 94. TEACHING THE z Cr. SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. z Cr. 95 . TEACHINGOF SPEECHIN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. 2 Cr. Courses 79 through 91 include the study of the materials, organization, and teaching procedures of the field for which they are given; applications of the principles of teaching are made in the specific field. Usually, each student is required to take two of these courses to prepare 4or student teaching; this means one course related to the major and one to the minor. Prerequisites are a major or a ,minor in the field and Education 7 2 . 97. STLTDENT TEACHINGIN m E SECONDARY SCHOOL. Prereq. 72. Offered 4-5 Cr. both semesters. Observation, participation in teaching activities, and experience in actual control of the classroom situation. Direction of the program is shared by the college supervisor and selected critic teachers. 99. TOPICS IN EDUCATION.Offered both semesters. Sr. 1-2 Cr. Independent study offering students an opportunity to explore areas of specialization in education. Each student does research and presents a report of hi tindings on the requirements, present status, and future possibilities of his own field of interest. Conducted largely on a seminar ,basis. Open to seniors with the approval of the department. LIBRARY SCIENCE THE FOLLOWING COURSES prepare the student to meet the state requirements for a minor in library science. They train him in making a wise choice of books for the. school library, in preparing books and other library materials for circulation, in administering a school library, and in making intelligent and effective use of library tools for hi own needs as a teacher. M i o r , 16 credits. Division of the Socid Sciences / 69 55-56.? OF BASICFUNCTIONS THE SCHOOLLIBRARY.So., Jr. I, TI. 3 Cr. Designed to acquaint the student with the place of the library in the school and community; local public, county, state, and national services; standards; relations with school administration, faculty, students, and community; the budget; planning, housing, and equipment; library records; organization of materials; school library administration. Two credits first semester; one credit, second. 57-58.i 4 Cr. ELEMENTARY MATERIALS.Jr., Sr. I, 11. Library materials for the elementary school lhrary; book selection, principles and standard lists; correlating the library holdings with the grade curriculum; reviewing of individual titles. Sources. (Offered 1960-61.) 6 Cr. 59-60.? SECONDARY MATERIALS.Jr., Sr. I, 11. Introduction to book selection; book selection in subject fields, including reference books and related fiction; periodicals and other non-,book materials, standard lists for book selection; reviewing of individual titles. Sources. (Wered 1961-62.) 61. PRACTICAL ~ ~ T H O D S . Prereq. 5 6. Sr. I. I Cr. Giving the student practice experience in school libraries; teaching the use of thc library; weeding and withdrawal procedures. 2 Cr. 62. READINGGUIDANCE. Prereq. 56. Sr. 11. Remedial reading in the school as it relates to the school library, reading ladders; student's personal library; professional literature in the field; lists, testing, and records; guiding individual students in their recreational reading. DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND ECONOMICS, AND SECRETARIAL STUDIES THE OBJECTIVE OF m I s DEPARTMENT is to help students gain a broad knowledge and sound perspective of business and our economic society. The business major prepares a student for positions in the business community. T h e economics major provides the background necessary for further study in gaduate school. Together with secretarial studies, the department also provides a teaching major and minor. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND ECONOMICS Major in Business Administration: 36 credits, including courses 16, 53, 72. In addition, Psychology 5 is required. I , 2, 3, 4, 15, Major in Economics: 24 credits, including courses 4, 15, 16, 60, and twelve credits from 51, 54, 56, 61, 62. In addition, I, z, and Math. 13 are required. Minor in Business Administration: 21 credits, including courses I, z, 3, 15, 16, and six credits in Upper Division courses. Minor in Economics: 15 credits, including courses 15, 16 and nine credits from 51, 54, 56, 60, 61, 62. 70 / Division oj the Social Sciences I, 2, PRINCIPLES OF A C C O U N ~ N GSO. . I, 11. 3, 3 c r . An introduction to the principles of accounting and their application to the single proprietorship, partnership, and corporation; preparation of hancial statements; and procedure in recording and classifying business transactions. Meets four hours per week. 3. ILVTRQIY~CT~OK TO Busn~ss. Fr. I. f Cr. An introductory survey of busincss and b&ws mamgement including a study of rhc varicry, namre and inrerrrlariomhip of problems of 8 b m i u aperation. ~ Finance, p w n n e i , prduction, marketing, internal organization and control, and governrnenrd relationships are a few o f the topics cowred. INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS.SO. 11. 3 Cr. A course in scientific methods of dealing with the collection, organization, comparison and interpretation of numerical data. The technique of constructing graphs and tables, as well as &dina measurer of central tendencies, variability, correlation and sound rnethds of sampling. 4. I 5, I 6. PRINCIPLES OF ECONOWCS. So. I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. The foundations of economic analysis; ,production, employment and prices; and public policy. The objective is to promote interest in economic problems and the ability to use economic analysis in reaching judgments about economic policy problems. Upper Division, Courses 5 I. MONEYAND BANKING. Prereq. 15, 16. Jr., ST. I. 3 Cr. The influence of money and banking on economic activity and of monetary and fiscal policies which might be adopted to yield a stable general price level with high levels of output and employment. (Offered 1960-61.) 53. BUSINESS LAW. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations. 54. MARKETING. Prereq. I 1, 16. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. An introductory course in which the functions and institutions of marketing are studied. Problems in selecting channels of distri,bution and in determining merchandising and pricing plicies are also considered. (Offered 1961-62.) RELATIONS. Jr., Sr. 11. 56. LABORAND MANAGEMENT See course 56 under Department of Sociology. 3 Cr. 58. INDUSTRIAL ,MANAGEMENT.Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. The more important production procedures commonly employed in progressive manufacturing plants, and their relationship to the attainment of management objectives. (Offered 1960-61.) 3 Cr. 59. COSTACCOUNTING.Prereq. I, 2. Jr., Sr. I. Essential features of accounting for manufacturing concerns with particular reference to the securing of unit costs of manufactured products; job order and process costs. (Offered 1960-61.) Divisim of the Social Sciences / 7 I 60. INTERMEDUTE ECONOMIC ANALYSIS.Prereq. 15, 16. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. An advanced course in economic analysis, problems, and policies. (Offered 196162.) 61. PUBLICFINANCE. Prereq. I 5, 16. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. Governmental taxation, spending and ,borrowing, and the impact of governmental finance on economic activity. (Offered 1961-62.) 3 Cr. 62. CORPORATION FINANCE. Prereq. 2. Jr., Sr. 11. The various methods in financing of private businesses, and the means of financing short-term, intermediate-term, and long-term asset requirements of corporations. (Oflered 1960-61.) 63. TAXATION. Prereq. 2. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. This course will give particular emphasis to the income tax, attempting to give a knowledge of tax requirements, procedures and prablems as they relate to business and individuals. ( m e r e d I 961-62.) 72. SEMINAR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION. Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Coven p ~ b l e m sof special concern to business majors and serves as a capstone of previous work. The course is designed to encourage advanced study by students in areas of particular interest to them. SECRETARIAL STUDIES THESE COURSES ARE PLANNED to prepare students for stenographic and secretarial positions in business ofices, to assist in the preparation for the teaching of business education in high schools, for parish secretarial work, and to provide an opportunity for the development of business skills for personal use. Graduation major: 31 credits above I , including 2, 3-4, 8, 5 1, 52, 53-54, Business Administration I , 2, 3, 53. Business education major: 37 credits above I, including courses listed for graduation major plus Business Administration I 5, 16. Minor, 25 credits above I, including 2, 3-4, 8, 51, 52, 53-54, and Business Administration I, 2, or I 5, 16. S i x credits less will be required on the majors or minor, if the student can demonstrate satisfactory achievement in course 3-4. I. ELEMENTARY TYPEWRTTING. M e r e d both semesters. I Cr. A course for the development of the fundamental skills of typewriting. Three hours per week. 2. INTERMEDIATE TYPEWRITING. 11. 2 Cr. Problems in typing tabulations, manuscript typing, use of carbons, addressing envelopes, and in letter arrangements. Four hours per week. 3-4.t ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND.I, n. 6 Cr. Fundamentals of Simplified Gregg Shorthand Dictation and transcription. Four hours per week. 8. OFFICE MACHINES. Prereq. 2. Offered both semesters. 2 cr. The operation of the calculator, adding machine, mimeograph, mimeoscope, spirit duplicator, and the transcription machine. Two hours per week. 72 / Divisim of the Social Sciences Upper Division Courses 5 1. ADVANCED TYPEWRITING.Prereq. z or equivalent. I. z Cr. Further development of typewriting technique in ,business lemer arrangement, billing, tabulating, and the typing of legd documents. Open ro students having attained a speed of 5 0 words per minute. Four hours per week. 5 z. SECRETARIAL PRACTICE. Prereq. z, 3-4, 11. 3 Cr. Dictation, business letterwriting, filing, telephonhg, me of bwiness and legal forms, personality development, writing appIication Ieerers, nad making application for a job. Mimeographing also taughr for chose who include this as a part of the parish worker's course. Four hours per week. 53-14.? ADVANCED SHORTHAND.Prereq. 4 or equivalent. I, 11. 4 Cr. Advanced study of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictation. Open to students who can take dictation at a minimum of 80 words per minute. Four hours per week. DEPARTMENT OF HOME ECONOMICS THE OBJECTIVES OF THIS DEPARTMENT are threefold: to provide courses that will help students to solve personal, home, and family living problems; to ofTer training for homemaking; and to offer training for the teaching of home economics. Graduates are qualified to teach in federally aided home economics departments. Courses are open to all students and recommended for general education. Non-teaching major: 33 credits; courses are I, z, 3, 8, 39, 40, 42, 44, ~ 7 , 66, 67, 71, 73. Also required are: Chemistry 5 or 5-6 or 5-52; Physics 3; Economics 11; Sociology I; Biology 1-2 or 4 or 13-14,and 54; Psychology 5 and 3 additional credits in Social Science. Non-teaching minor: 22 credits, including I, 3 , 8, 39, 40, 42, and 44. Teaching major: 38 credits; courses listed for non-teaching major plus 33 and 75. Also required of students preparing to teach Home Economics are Education 91 and 92. I. CLOTHINGSELECTION, CAREAND REPAIR. I. 3 Cr. Line and design in dress, wardrobe planning, clothing costs and budgets, quality in ready made garments, textile fabrics, problems related to storing and caring for clothing. Three single class hours per week. 2. CLOTHING CONSTRUCTION.11. z Cr. Laboratory experience in making three simple garments from fabrics of dieerent fiber content. One lecture and two double laboratory ,periods per week. 3. ART IN DAILY LIVING. I. 3 Cr. A study of art as it is met in the activities of everyday living. Open to all students. Division of tbe Social Sciences / 73 8. ELEMENTSOF NV~RITION. TI. A study of the nutrienrs n e c e s s q for maintenance of good health all of life starting from prcnaral needs and continuing through old emphasis is placed on the needs of the college student. Dietaries of bers and published recommended dietaries will be analyzed. Three periods per week. 3 Cr. throughout age. Special class memsingle class 3 3. COLORAND DESIGN. I. 3 Cr. Principles of design and color related to selecting and arranging household furnishings. Lettering and simple poster designing. Some craft experience. Home Economics 3 prerequisite for Home Economics majors. Three double laboratory periods per week. 36. CRAFTS. 11. 2 cr. Laboratory experience in various crafts which can be done at home or at camps with simple equipment. Two double laboratory periods per week. (Offered 1961-62.) AND MANAGEMENT,Prereq. 8 o r #. I, II. 3, 3 Cr. 39, 40. FOODPREPARATION Laboratory experience in food preparation, menu planning, and table service. Study of time and money management as related to family meals; food preservation; food costs and purchasing of food. Three double laboratory ,periods per week. 42. MARRIAGEAND FAMILYRELATIONSHIPS.11. 3 Cr. P, coprse applying principles of cultural living to everyday problems of home life. Discussions of personal family relationships, preparation for marriage, the Christian home and its influence in the community, and related subjects. Regular lectures, talks by guest speakers, illustrated lectures, and tours. r Cr. 44. CHLLDDEVELOPMENT. 11. The physical, mental and social development of the young child. Observations in local nursery schools; a two week play school is conducted at the college fbr 10 to 12 children of pre-school age. One lecture period plus one double laboratory period per week. Upper Division Courses 57. T ~ x m s . I. 2 Cr. Study of textile fibers, fabrics, and finishes with special emphasis on selection, use, and care of common household and clothing textiles. Two double laboratoxy hours a week. (Offered 1961-62.) 64. HISTORYAND APPRECIATIONOF ART. 11. 3 Cr. A study of the historical development of architecture, decoration, costume, furniture, painting, and sculpture. Three regular hours scheduled and field trips arranged. (Offered 1960-61 .) 66. HOMEPLANNING AND FURNISHING. 11. 3 Cr. This course includes a consideration of housing, an analysis of floor plans, a study of the design of exteriors and interiors, and problems in selecting, arranging, and conserving home furnishings. Home Economics 3 and 33 prerequisite for Home Economics Education majors. Three double laboratory periods per week. 74 / Division of the Social Sciences 67. FAMILYHEALTH. I. z Cr. Basic facts and practical application of home care of the sick. Problems relating to environmental disease, prevention of illness and safety measures, as well as to individual health problems within the family group. 71. HOMEMANAGEMENT PROBLEMS.I. z Cr. Consideration of problems relating to planning, directing, guiding, and coordinating the resources of the home for happy, satisfying family living. HOME MANAGEMENT LABORATORY.I. t Cr. Actual experience in the regular activities of homemaking such as meal preparation and service, entertaining, care of the house and equipment. Also experience in various aspects of management met in home living such as management of money, time, energy, and equipme-nt. Six weeks residence in a home management house with one conference hour per week. Food costs to be determined by the group. 73. z Cr. 74. CONSUMEREDUCATIONAND INCOME MANAGEMENT. U. The wise choice of consumer goods and services available on the market and the necessity of a careful plan for spending are topics which will be considered for the purpose of helping the student receive greater satisfaction from the use of money income. 75. ADVANCED CLOTHINGCONSTRUCTION. Prereq. 2. I. z Cr. Laboratory experience in making garments of wool. More advanced problems in fitting and construction are used than those in Course 2. Some experience also given in planning and constructing garments for children. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. (Offered 1960-61.) Many practical demonstrations are carried out in the home econ o m i c s department. T h e help studem in their personal develop ment, prepare them for the responsibilities of home-making and give training for a professional career. Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics MR. NASH, Chairman ITLS THE PURPOSE of this division to provide training In methods and techniques of natural science and mathematics; to inrerpret Natural Science in the light of the Word of to acquaint rhe student with the significance of science and rnathem~dccin 2 modern, changing world; ro emphasize a sound mind and a strong b d y : ra train for vocations ia ~ a r i o ufields; and to equip the student with r scientific bsckgmund which will enrich his life and the liws of his felbw men. a; DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY THE AIM OF ~ I I SDEPARTMENT is to give the student a broader scientific background through the study of Biology, to further the use of leisure time, and to prepare for vocations or graduate study. Major, 28 credits, including courses 13-14, 25-26, and at least 3 Upper Division courses not including 60. Also required are 8 credits in Chemistrp. Minor for high school teaching, 20 credits, including courses 13-14, 25-26, and at least one Upper Division course not including 60. ' I-2.i GENERALBIOLOGY. Fr. I, 11. 6 Cr. A study of the broad principles of biology to meet the needs of non-science majors. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. 3. HUMANANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY. Fr. I. 4 Cr. A professional course in human anatomy and physiology with special emphasis on structure. For student nurses. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. Students who have credit for Biol. 4 will not receive credit for Biol. 3. HUMANANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY. Fr. 11. 4 Cr. A professional course in human anatomy and physiology with emphasis on both structure and function. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. Students who have credit for Biol. 3 will not receive credit for Biol. 4. 4. 7. GENERALBAC~ERIOLOGY. I. 3 Cr. A survey of the animal kingdom with emphasis on the habitat, morphology, diseases. Laboratory techniques. Designed especially for student nurses. TWO lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. I 3-14.? GENERALZOOLOGY. Fr. I, 11. 8 cr. A survey of the animal kingdom with emphasis on the habitat, morphology, physiology, adalptation, and- reproduction of type animals. Biological principles are emphasized Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. 76 / Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics 25-16.? GENERALBOTANY. So., Jr. I, 11. 8 Cr. A study of the morphology and physiology of higher plants, followed by a survey of rhe plant kingdom. Emphasis is also placed o n botanical principles. Flowering plants are idenrified in the spring. Three lectures and two single laboratory periodr per week. Upper Division Courses 5 I. GENETICS. Prereq. 13-14, or 25-26. So., Jr. I. 4 cr. A study of the laws involved in heredity and variation. Special emphasis is placed on the practical application of the genetical laws. Four lectures per week. (Offered 1961-62.) 52. ECOLOGY.Prereq. 13-14 or 25-26. So., Jr. II. 4 Cr. A survey of local ecological communities, and a study of the general principles of biological association and succession. Two lectures and one double laboratory period or field trip per week. (Offered 1961-62.) 53. GENERALENTOMOLOGY.Prereq. 13-14. Sr. I. 3 Cr. A study of the habitat, morphology, physiology, reproduction, and classification of insects. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. (Offered 1960-61.) Prereq. Chem. 6. 11. 4 Cr. 54. GENERALBACTERIOLOGY. A review of the general field of bacteriology, including the cause, control, and prevention of important diseases. Training in modern laboratory techniques. Two lectures and two double 1aboratory.periods per week. cr- PLANTS. Prereq. 25-26. Sr. 11. 3 56. TAXONOMYOF FLOWERING Taxonomy af flowering plants. Special emphasis is placed on systematic principles, systems of classification, rules of nomenclature, etc. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. (Offered 1960-61.) 58. COMPARATIVE ANATOMYOF VERTEBRATES.Prereq. 13-14. TI. 4 Cr. A camparative study dealing with the taxonomy, morphology, and evolution of the larger vertebrate phyla. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. (Offered 1961-62.) 60. BIOLOGYSEMINAR. Sr. 11. A review of biological techniques. (Offered 1960-61.) DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY IT IS THE PURPOSE of this department to give students an understanding and an appreciation of the nature of matter and the ways by which this has been elucidated. The curriculum in chemistry provides an opportunity to examine the chemical aspect of the structure, the power, and beauty of one of the great intellectual accomplishments of man-modern science, and it provides dramatic examples of effective ways to handle certain types of problems. Division of hTatural Sciences and Mathematics / 77 Courses in chemistry are offered not only as part of a liberal arts education, but also to prepare for: ( I ) high school teaching, ( 2 ) the study of medicine, dentistry, ~ h a r m a c ~medical , technology, nursing, and allied professions, ( 3 ) -graduate study, and (4) the chemical profession. Major: 24 credits. Minor: 16 credits. Also strongly recommended are: Physics J , 6; Mathematics 13, 14. Course 3 does not count toward the major or minor. Recommended for pre-medical students: I J , 16, 53, 54, 61, 78; for pre-dental students and majors in medical technology: J , 6, 32, 61; for graduate study: I 5 , 16, and all courses above 50. Majors will participate in informal, bi-weekly seminars during the junior and senior years. See under Curriculums for a course of study to meet recommendations of the American Chemical Society. 3 Cr. 3. ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY.Fr. I. Prereq. H. S. Chem. or #. Study of inorganic, organic, physiological, and pathological chemistry. Designed especially to meet the needs of the Schools of Nursing of Lutheran Deaconess, Swedish, and Fairview Hospitals. Two lectures and two hours of laboratory per week. INTRODUCTORY CHEMISTRY AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS.Fr. I, 11. 4, 4 Cr. For pre-dental, home economics, elementary education, medical technologists, and other students not majoring in chemistry. Laws and theories of chemistry and of non-metals and metals and their compounds. Organic chemistry is considered. Systematic semimicro qualitative analysis of cations is the main laboratory work the second semester. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week. 5, 6. AND QUALITATIVE CHEMISTRY. Fr. I, 17, 16. INORGANIC TI. 4. 4 (3. For majors in chemistry, including pre-medical students; others by permission of instructor. An intensive course. First semester devoted to fundamental principles and second to inorganic chemistry and qualitative analysis. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week. Prereq.: High school chemistry, elementary algebra, and geometry. 32. ELEMENTARY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 5 or 15. So. 11. 4 Cr. Designed for pre-dental students, medical technologists, and home economics students. Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference to biochemistry. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week. Upper Division Courses 5 3. 54. ORGANICCHEMISTRY.Prereq. I 6. So. I, TI. 4. 4 Cr- The important classes of aliphatic and aromatic compounds. Cbrrelations based on elementary molecular orbital theory and modern concepts of reaction mechanisms. Laboratory work is study of technique and the preparation and study of typical organic compounds. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week. 78 / Division of h7atural Sciences and Matkmatics 61. QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 6 or 16. Jr. I. 4 Cr. Gravimetric and volumetric analysis. Ionic equilibria with many problems to solve. Some contact with instrumental analysis. Two lectures and six hours of laboratory per week. 72. ADVANCED ORGANICAND QUALITATIVE CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 54. Jr. 11. 4 Cr. Lectures stress mechanism of organic reactions. Laboratory is qualitative analysis of organic compounds and mixtures. The ultraviolet and infrared spec,trophotometers are utilized. Two lectures and six hours of laboratory per week. O NPHYSICALCHEMIS~RY.Prereq. 54 and Math 14. Jr. 78. I N T R ~ D U C ~TO 11. 4 Cr. For premedical students. Thermodynamics, thermochernistry, equilibrium, soluticns, electrochemistry, kinetics, colloids, states of matter, gas laws, and atomic structure. Three lectures, one recitation, and three hours of laboratory per week. 82, 83. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 54 and Math 52. Jr. 11, Sr. I. 3, 3 Cr. For prospective graduate students and industrial chemists. Atomic structure, states of matter, gas laws, thermodynamics, thermochemistry, equilibrium, solutions, phase rule, electrochemistry, kinetics, and colloids. Three lectures per week. 84, 85. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY LABORATORY. Jr. II, Sr. I. I, I Cr. Laboratory course to accompany Chemistry 82, 83. Four hours per week. 86. ADVANCED PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 83. Sr. II. 3 cr. Topics introducing statistical thermodynamics, introductory quantum chemistry, and theories of chemical binding. Three lectures per week. 85 . INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUES. Prereq. 61 and 83. Sr. 11. I Cr. A laboratory course, usually taken with Chem. 86. Instrumental analysis utilizing optical and electrochemical methods of measurement. Four hours of laboratory per week. ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 78 or 82. Sr. 11. 4 Cr. Review of atomic structure. Nuclear chemistry, the ~eriodictable, h~drides, and coordination chemistry. Preparations of inorganic compounds utilizing hottube reactions, air free systems, and similar techniques. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week. 90. 93, 94, 9 5 , 96. CHEMISTRYSEMINARS.Jr., Sr. I, 11. o Cr. During the junior and senior years all chemistry majors will participate in these informal bi-weekly seminars to discuess topics of general interest. 97, 98. CHEMISTRY RESEARCH. Sr. I, 11. Cr. Arr. During the senior year each chemistry major preparing for graduate study in chemistry, will participate in independent research in cooperation with a staff member. Division of ATlotarpl Sciences and Mathem~tics/ 79 DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS RECEXT DEYELCIPME~-TS in rhe field of phgsics make it imperafive dut excelleut training be provided for those who intend to continue their smdies in gradlute schml or who inturd ro p u m r a career in the teaching of physics. Ir is the zim of this department ro assure the needed training far both of these groups and m provide cht nun-science major with sugcient bckgrouud to make i t possible for him to foIIow, with some degrec of comprehension, rht dmtloprnents in the geld of science zs they come to him from the medium of &su'entXc publica&ns. Major: 27 credits including courses 5 3 , 5 4 . Minor: I 6 credits. Courses 2 and 3 do not apply toward the major or minor. 2. D a s c m - r t v ~-~ST~ONOMY*FI, XI. 3 Cr. A study of our galaxy with parriculnr ernphasi on the origin of our wfar q r c m and the dkcribution and composition of the plancts aud srarr The location of wme of rhc more prominent consrcllarions and the use of the telesurpe znd specrrmrope will h scudied. J h r c e lcceures pcr week. P e d i c evening meetings ra observe the sky. 3. PRINCWLW OF PHYSICS.Prereq. elementary algebra. Fr. I. 3 Cr. A lecrure, demonstration-labratory course in the principles of physics including mechanics, fluids, h a t , illecrriciry, magnetism, light and sound. Thii course is intended for studma in home economics and c l e m e n t a ~education, and others who Gsh some hasic information in rhc field of physics. T h e e lectures, one mo-hour hboratory. Students with high school physics m a y nor: receive credit for Physics 3 except hi). permission of r n m c w r . GENERAL PHYSICS. Prereq. Math I 3 or concurrent registration in Math I 3. Fr., So. I. 4 fi. A general course in mechanics, sound, and heat. Three lectures, one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period per week. 5. 6. GENERALPHYSICS. Prereq. 5. Fr., So. 11. 4 cr. This course is a continuation of Phys. 5 and covers electricity, magnetism, and light. Three lectures, one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period per week. Upper Division Courses INTRODUCTION TO ATOMICAND NUCLEAR PHYSICS. Prereq. 6, and Math. 3 Cr. 5 I or concurrent registration in Math. 5 I. So., Jr. 11. The hydrogen atom, optical and X-ray spectra determination of "e" and "e8'/m, radioactivity, disintegration of nuclei, nuclear fission. Three hours lecture per week. 52. ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM.Prereq. 6, and Math. 5 I or concurrent 3 Cr. registration in Math. 5 I . So., Jr. I. Electric and magnetic fields, potential, D.C. circuits, A.C. circuiu, electrical instruments. Three hours lecture per week. 53. So /Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics E L E C T R I C AND I ~ MAGNETISM.Prereq. 53 and Math. 5 2 or concurrent registration in Math jz. So., Jr. 11. 3 Cr. Continuation of Physics 53, including also electronics and field theory. 54. OPTICS. Prereq. 6 and Math. 51 or concurrent registration in Math. 51 Jr. I. 3 Cr. Geometrical and physical optics dealing with topics such as reflection and refractior. by both plane and spherical surfaces, less aberrations, interference, diffraction, polarized light. (Offered 1960-61.) 57. 61, 62. MECHANICS.Prereq. 6 and Math. 51. Jr. I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. Introduction to vector algebra and vector analysis, forces, motion of a particle, motion of a rigid body, work, kinetic energy, vibrations in one dimension, motion in a conservative field. 63. 64. ADVANCED PHYSICSLABORATORY. Prereq. concurrent registration in an upper division physics course. Jr., Sr. I, 11. I , I Cr. Experiments will be penformed in electricity and magnetism, atomic and nuclear physics, optics, heat and mechanics. One three-hour period per week. Prereq. 6, and Math. 51 or concurrent HEAT AND THERMODYNAMICS. registration in Math. 5 I. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. A study of temperature, heat, expansion, change of state, ideal gases, first and second laws of thermodynamics, h e ~ tengines. (Offered in 1961-62.) 71. 3 Cr. 72. MATHEMATICAL.PHYSICS. Prereq. 6, and Math. 5 I . Sr. II. Discussion of the equations of mathematical physics with applications to various fields such as mechanics, thermodynamics, heat flow, electricity and magnetism, optics. (Offered 1961-62.) . 73, 74. ADVANCED PHYSICSLABORATORY. Prereq. concurrent registration in I , I Cr. an upper division physics course. Jr., Sr. I, 11. Experiments will be performed in electricity and magnetism, atomic and nuclear physics, optics, heat and mechanics. One three-hour period per week. Combined Science Major f o r Teaching: 46 credits, including Chemistry y, 6, (or 15, 16) 32, 61; Biology 13-14 and 25-26; Physics 5, 6, and 6 credits in Upper Division courses. DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS THE DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS aims to give students a working knowledge of mathematics sufficient for solving the simpler problems of life, also to afford students in special fields the mathematical foundation needed for a fuller understanding of their subjects. I t aims to open to those who major in the subject a wider horizon with experience that will make them ef3icient workers in their chosen fields and also give them confidence to pursue further study. Major, 26 credits; minor, 20 credits. Courses I, 2, 5 and 6 do not count toward the major or minor in mathematics, but I and 2 must be completed as prerequisites to other courses. Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics / 81 I. SECONDCOURSEALGEBRA.Prereq. elem. algebra. Fr. I. o Cr. Fundamentals of algebra continued and proper foundation laid for more advanced work in mathematics. Four hours per week. For students who did not have higher algebra in high school. 2. SOLIDGEOMETRY.Prereq. plane geometry. Fr. 11. o Cr. Geometry applied to solids and planes. Area and volume formulas developed. Spherical triangles and polygons introduced. Four hours per week. 5. ENGINEERING DRAWING.Prereq. 2 or equivalent. I. 3 Cr. Elements of drafting with .an introduction to the use of graphs and formulas. Eight hours a week. 6. ENGINEERING DRAWING AND DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY.Prereq. 5. TI. 3 Cr. Methods of representation. Graphical and alrtebraic solutions. Eight hours a week. TO MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS.Prereq. higher algebra 3, I 4. INTRODUCTION or equivalent. Fr., So. I, 11. 5, 5 Cr. This is an integrated course including college algebra, trigonometry and plane analytical geometry. I Upper Division Courses ELEMENTARY CALCULUS AND DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS.Prereq. I 3, 14. So., Jr. I, 11. 5. 5 Cr. Fundamental concepts are introduced. Formulas for differentiation and integration, and solutions for various types of ordinary differential equations are developed and applications made. 5 I , y 2. 53. SOLIDANALYTICAL GEOMETRY.Prereq. 14. Sr. I. 3 Cr. Lines and planes in space are studied and their equations developed. Quadratic surfaces and transformation are given their proper emphasis. 51. THEORYOF EQUATIONS.Prereq. Math. y I. Sr. 11. 3 Cr. This course inc1,udes the study of complex numbers, determinants and other topics that aid in the solution of equations af higher degree. 6 I , 62. ADVANCED CALCULUS.Prereq. 52. Jr., Sr. I , TI. 3. 3 Cr. Operations with infinite series, derivatives, integrals, partial differentiation, implicit functions, line integrals, vector analysis, and complex variables. Emphasis is placed on applications to physics and engineering problems. DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION THE AIM OF THE DEPARTMENT of Health and Physical Education is to promote health and physical fitness through a well-rounded physical education program, to develop character and good sportsmanship, to further ,the worthy use of leisure time, and to ~rovide an effective training program for prospective teachers of health and physical education. e s /Division of Nat~iralSciences and Mathematics All students are required .to take a physical examination by the college physician as a part of the registration procedure before participating in any phase of the ~hysicaleducation program. One year of physical activities, course 3 and 4, is required of all students. Major for men: 3 2 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5 , 6, 8, 11, 12, 23, 51, 57, 58, 73, 74 and 84. Biology 4 also required. Major for women: 29 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 13, 14, 17, 18, 23, 57, 58, 73, 74, and 84. Biology 4 also required. Minor, r r credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5 , 6, 8, 11, 12, 51, 73, 74 for men; 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 13,14, 17,1 8 , 73, 74 for women. PERSONAL A N D COMMUNITY HEALTH. Fr. Offered ,both semesters. 2 Cr. A study of modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community. 2. 3, 4. PHYSICAL ACTIVITIES. (Men). Fr., So. I, 11. Two hours per week. 3, 4. PHYSICAL ACTNITIES. (Women). Fr. I, 11. Two hours per week. %, % Cr. 5. INTRODUCTION TO HEALTH EDUCATION,PHYSICALEDUCATION,AND R E C R E A ~ O NFr. . I. 2 Cr. A brief preview of the three present day interrelated fields of health education, pbysical education, and recreation. I Cr. 6. RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES. Fr. 11. Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, low organized games, noon hour activities, camp nights, relays, and modified games. Two hours per week. 8. FIRSTAID. Fr., So. 11. American Red Cross First Aid Course. I Cr. I I. TEAM SPORTSAND LEAD-UPGAMES. (Men). So. 2 Cr. A study of technique, rules, and teaching of lead-up games for soccer, speedball, and volleyball. Team games: Touch football, softball, speedball, soccer, and volleyball. Three hours per week. (Offered I1 Sem. 1960-61; I Sem. 1961-62.) I 2. INDIVIDUAL AND DUAI. SPORTS. (Men). So. 11. 2 Cr. Theory and practice in teaching badminton, shuffleboard, handball, aerial darts, table tennis, horseshoes, tennis, archery, golf, and bowling. Three hours per week. 2 , 2 Cr. 13, 14. TEAMSPORTSFOR WOMEN. So. Theory and ~racticein zhe coaching and of6ciating of field hockey, soccer, baske~ball, volleyball, and softball. Three hours per week. (Offered I1 Sern. 1960-61; I and I1 Sem. 1961-62.) 2 Cr. 17. SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES. (Women). So. Theory and technique of teaching stunts and tumbling. Body mechanics. Three hours per week. (Offered 11 Sem. 1960-61; I Sem. 1961-62.) Divisia of Natural Sciences and Mathemtics / 83 \ I 8. INDIVIDUAL AND DUALSPORTS. (Women). So. 11. z Cr. Theory and practice in teaching skating, skiing, ,badminton, table tennis, s h d e board, archery, tennis, golf, and bowling. Three hours per week. (Offered I y 60-.6 I.) 23. RHYTHMS. So. I. Simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. z Cr. z Cr. 29. OFFICIATING. (Men). So. I. Instruction and application of technique and rules of 05iciating in football, hockey, basketball, baseball, and track. Upper Division Courses 5 1. SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES. (Men). Jr. z Cr. Theory and practice in teaching individual and dual stunts, apparatus, tumbling, boxing, and wrestling. Three hours per week. (Offered II Sem. 1960-61; I Sem. 1961-61.) 57. KINESIOLOGY.Prereq. Biology 4. So. I. 2 Cr. This is a study of body movements and the mechanics in the effecting of escient movements. 5 8. PHYSICAL EXAMINATIONS AND ADAPTED PHYSICALEDUCATION. Prereq. Biol. 4, and P.E. 57. Jr. 11. z Cr. Procedures and interpretation of physical examinations. Analysis of functional and organic a~bnormalities and suggested adapted activi,ties for atypical cases. I Cr. 66. INSTRUCTOR'S COURSEIN FIRSTAID. Prereq. 8. Jr. 11. Methods and materials in teaching the American Red Cross First Aid Course. PRINCIPLESAND CURRICULUM OF HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION.Prereq. 5 . Sr. I. j Cr. Aims, scope and objectives of health and physical education. Analysis and evaluation of the elementary and secondary school health education and physical education curriculum. 73. ORGANIZATIONAND ADMINISTRATIONO F HEALTH EDUCATIONAN D PHYSICALEDUCATION.Prereq. 5 . Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Problems of organization, administration, and supervision of health education and physical education. 74. 8 I. COACHINGOF SPORTS:FOOTBALI.AND BASKETBALL.Sr. I. 2 Cr. Theory and techniques of coaching. Seniors only, or approval of instructor. 82. COACHINGOF SPORTS: BASEBALL AND TRACK.Sr. II. z Cr. Theory and techniques c*f coaching. Seniors only, or approval of instructor. 84. TESTSAND MEASUREMENTS IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION.Sr. 11. I Cr. A survey and evaluation of tests in physical education. (Offered 1961-62.) 86. COMMUNITY RECREATION.Jr., Sr. 11 z Cr. Problems of community recreation including programs and program planning, a survey of activities, and the organization and administration of recreational work. (Offered 1960-61.) Curriculums The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student and his adviser in planning a program in accordance with his major field of study and vocational objective. GENERAL LIBERAL ARTS THE COURSE OF STUDY given below suggests a sequence which may be followed to include the required general education courses. For electives, students should take care to include all courses required for the major field of study. Requirements for the major are listed under departmental headings. FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion L, Z .2 2 English 1, 2 ............... . 3 3, 3 History or Sacfalogy .3 Foreign Lanwage ......... . 4 4 Natural Science ..3 or 4 3 or 4 Physical Education 3. 4 .... M M ............. ...... ....... JUNIOR SOPHOMORE I Sem, I1 Sem. Cr. Religion 3, 4 ............... .Z Foreign Language ......... -3 Social Science .3 Natural Science Electives ................... .P ............. ............- Cr. 2 3 SENIOR ISem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion .................... .3 3 Speech 2 Social Science or History . 3 Electives ................... 10 12 - I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Fine Arts .................. . 3 Literature or Philosophy .Electives .................. .14 .. Cr. 3 14 THE CHRISTIAN MINISTRY COMPLETIONOF THE PRE-SEMINARY curriculum qualifies the student for admission into the three-year course in the Theological Seminary, which prepares students for the Christian ministry as pastors or missionaries. The following program gives the approximate pre-seminary course. It does not specify a major or a minor. The student should seek the counsel of the Seminary adviser as early as possible since the major selected by the student may affect the choice of courses even in the Freshman year. The Seminary adviser for candidates for Augsburg Seminary is Mr. Sonnack; for candidates for other Seminaries, Mr. Helland. FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. .2 Basic Bible ................ Freshman English ......... . 3 Foreign Language ........ . 4 Western Civilization ...... . 3 Physical Education ........ $4 Natural Science ........... . 3 Electives .................... 2 Cr. 2 3 4 3 95 3 2 SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. e. Religion .................... Z Fine Arts ...................Natural Science ........... ,Psychology ................. . 3 Foreign Language ......... 3 Typewriting ............... .1 New Testament Greek ... - 3 Electives ....................3 Cr. 2 3 3 Curriculums / 8 5 JUNIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 .3 3 2 ..... ..................... N e w Testament Greek Speech History ..................... 3 Sociology or Economics or Political Science ........ - 3 Electives ................... .5 SENIOR I Sem. II Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion ................... .2 Y o u t h W o r k in t h e Church2 Philosophy ................ . 3 English Literature ........ . 3 Electives .................... 8 The foreign language requirement includes 14 semester credits in Greek, and 14 semester credits in Latin, German, or Norwegian. PARISH AND MISSIONARY WORKERS THE PURPOSE OF T H ~ SCOURSE is to train men and women for effective service in the Church at home or abroad; that is. a teachers m vacation, week-day, and Srmday schools, as youth leaders, and as parish workers. The course is so arraned that the student will, upon its satisfactory conclusion, receive the A.B. degree and a h a certzcate indicating that he o r she is a qualified parish worker, Students interested in becoming parish workers should consult with the chairman of the department of religion. The suggested whedule provides for a minor in Religion and makes it p o ~ i b l eto plan for a major in History. English: Philosophp, or Sociology. It i s also possible to plan for a major in Religion with a minor in some other field. The courses essential for the securing
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Catalog, 1962-1964
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Catalog for the Academic Years 1962-63 and 1963-64 Augsburg College and Augsburg Theological Seminary MINNEAPOLIS 4, MINNESOTA RECORD FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1960-61 AND 1961-62 Augsburg's location deeply affects the nature of its educational program. From the dynamic cultural, church, sc...
Show more Catalog for the Academic Years 1962-63 and 1963-64 Augsburg College and Augsburg Theological Seminary MINNEAPOLIS 4, MINNESOTA RECORD FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1960-61 AND 1961-62 Augsburg's location deeply affects the nature of its educational program. From the dynamic cultural, church, scientific and business resolurces of tbig great Upper MiXwtxt metropolitan center, Augsburg draws v&&y und s t r w h , mmsmtwhila contributing its o w n resources to the r e &ebping progress oJ t harea. Y o u are cordially invited to tour the campus. A letter or phone call i n advance will enable us to make special arrangements t o suit your particular needs and interests. Administrative offices are located i n Science Hall (pictured above) at the corner of 7 t h Street and 21st Avenue South. Visiting hours are 9 a.m. t o 5 p.m., Monday through Friday; Saturday b y appointment. Telephone FEderal 8-0501. NNEAPOLIS burg College i s convenienl MINNEAPOLIS INSTITUTE 0 1 ART -4 nrnraR C ~ P U S B S P ~ ~ S I 0 and 6 educational development project is undenrap, scheduld over n 20-year period. Shaded portions of the map belon* designate campus arcs now- being developed. The rota1 setting, encompassing he rlngburg College campus, Fairview HuepitaL St. Rlary's Hospital. the Main Campus ant1 T e s t Bank expansion of the Tinir~rsitr af Tvlinnesota, i s becoming a key medical-educational center. Constmctitilln no\+-nnderlray an a nmv inter-city freeway bordering the south side of the ~ l u p b w gcampus will further enllance this setting. CbMPUS DIRECTORY Admin#$lrol~veORlce. 121 G c o w svcrdruplibmry 161 SiMclby HmII A"d,lorium Gymn..,um 171 S w r h - D m m a Building 4 / T h e Academic Calendar SEPTEMBER S M T W T T S FIRST SEMESTER - 1962-63 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 ::g: :! :: i! 30 gi gi Sept. 12-18 (Wed.-Tues.) S e* ~. t .17, . OCTOBER M s w S - 1 8 p T 2 3 4 5 9 10 11 12 19 21 22 23 24 25 26 28 29 30 31 7 14 15 16 M T W T T 2 9 16 23 30 T W T 6 7 13 14 20 21 27 28 W F T S (Thurs., 9:00 p.m.) . Christmas Recess begins 20 Jan. 22-25 SECOND SEMESTER - 1963 T W T T S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 l2 13 l4 15 l6 lo 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 31 25 26 27 29 30 , 1 T 2 W T P 3 MAY M T W T T S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 91011 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 JUNE s M T W Jan. 31 (Thurs.) Feb. 22 (Fri.) . April I April 10 (Fri.) . . . . . . Late registration fee . . . . . . . . . . . Washington's Birthday End first half of Semester (Wed., g:oo p.m.) . T I Easter recess begins Easter recess ends S 4 5 1l 12 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 S ... ..Registration Second Semester Jan. 31 (Thurs., 7:45 a.m.) . . . . . Classes begin Jan. 30 (Wed.) April 16 (Tues., 7:45 a.m.) . . . APRIL M First Semester ends S MARCH S Seminary examinations .... . . . . . . . . . . 1 2 3 4 5 8 9 10 11 12 15 16 17 18 19 22 23 24 25 26 29 30 31 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 M (Tues.-Fri.) Classes resume College examinations Jan. 16-24(Wed.-Thurs.) Jan. 24 (Thurs.) F . . . Jan. 3 (Thurs., 7:45 a.m.) FEBRUARY S Registration College classes begin NOV. 13 (Tues.) . . . . End first half of Semester Thanksgiving recess 22, 23 (Thurs., Fri.) . . 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 20 21 22 24 25 26 27 28 29 31 M (Mon., Tues.) . . . . . Nov. JANUARY S Freshman Days S 92 16 T . Sept. 19 (Wed.) . . . . . . . . . Late registration fee Oct. 26-28 (Fri.-Sun.) . . . . . . . . . . Homecoming Dec. M . Sept. 19 (Wed.) . . . . . . . . Seminary convenes 17 11 12 13 14 15 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 S . Sept. 19 (Wed.) . . . . . . . s 6 13 20 27 NOVEMBER S I8 . S 1 May 23-31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . May 24 (Fri.) . . . College examinations Seminary Commencement June 2 (Sun.) . . . . . . . . . Baccalaureate Service June 2 (Sun.) . . . . . . . College Commencement T b e Academic Calendar / SEPTEMBER FIRST SEMESTER - 1963-6e Sept. I I -17 (Wed.-Tues.) .... . . .. . Sept. 18 (Wed.) . . . ... .. .. . .. Sept. 18 (Wed.) . . . . . . .. . .. . . . Sept. Oct. I8 I 8-20 Registration OCTOBER College classes begin Seminary convenes (Fri.-Sun.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Homecoming ... ...... (Sat., 12:20 .... p.m.) Jan. 6 (Mon., 7:45 a.m.) NOVEMBER S M T W T ~ S End first half of Semester Nov. 28, 29 (Thurs.-Fri.) 21 M T W T P S 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 11 12 13 14 16 17 18 19 20 21 23 24 25 26 27 28 30 (Wed.) . . . . . . . . . . . . Late registration fee Nov. 15 (Fri.) Dec. Fresbman Days . . . . .. . . . Sept. 16, 17 (Mon., Tues.) S 1 8 15 22 29 . Thanksgiving recess Christmas recess begins .. . .. . . . . DECEMBER -S M S M S M T W T P C P S F S Classes resume Jan. 21-29 (Tues.-Wed.) . . . . . College examinations . . Seminary examinations Jan. 23-29 (Thurs.-Wed.) . . . . . . . . . . . . .. Jan. 29 (Wed.) First Semester ends SECOND SEMESTER - 1964 ...... Feb. 5 (Wed.) Registration Second Semester . . .. . . . . . . Feb. 6 (Thurs., 7:45 a.m.) 12 (Wed.) . . . . . . . . . . . . Lincoln's Birthday March 25 (Wed., 9:oo p.m.) .. . March 31 (Tues., 7:45 a.m.) .... fister recess begins 22 (Fri.) . . . . .. . . . . Seminary Commencement May 28-June 5 (Thurs.-Fri.) June 7 (Sun.) June 7 (Sun.) ..... ... . ............ . T College Commencement T W T MARCH 7 S7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 APRIL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 College examinations Baccalaureate Service W 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 Easter recess ends April 9 (Thurs.) . . . . . . End first half of Semester May T FEBRUARY Ckrsses begin Feb. 6 (Thurs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Late registration fee Feb. JANUARY MAY S M 3 4 T 5 W 6 :! !i ii ii27 24 25 26 31 T ~ 1 8 2 9 28 29 30 7 :: iz i: JUNE S 7 14 21 28 M T W T P S 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 15 16 17 I8 19 20 22 23 24 25 26 27 29 30 S 6 Profile AUGSBURG COLLEGE A four-year Liberal Arts College sponsored by the Lutheran Free Church. Offers a broad education in a Christian environment. Fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. Holds membership also in the American Council on Education, the Association of American Colleges, the National Lutheran Educational Conference, the Association of Minnesota Colleges, and the Minnesota Private College Council. a In addition to providing a Liberal A.rts cdumtion, Augsburg College offers preparation f o r teaching, business administration, social work, medical technology, secretarial work, parish work, m d missions. Students may prepare for further *dy in the fields of engineering, theology, dentism, medicine, nursing, and law, and for graduate study in various fields. Located near the main business section of Minneapolis. Students have eat- access to libraries, museums, and art coIIe&ons. They have opportunity to attend lectures and musical programs and to participate actively in the l i e of the churches. Maintains a friendly atmosphere, in which students participate in all phases of campus community life under the direction of a capable, well-prepared faculty. A comprehensive development program is in operation. AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY Offers a three-year course of study leading to a Bachelor of Theology degree. Located on the same campus as the college. Aims primarily to prepare pastors and missionaries for the Lutheran Church. General Inf ormatian HISTORICAL SKETCH AUGSBURG was begun as a seminary in 1869, at Marshall, Wisconsin. It was the first theological school founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America. Through an arrangement with a private institution known as Marshall Academy, the Seminary was at first housed in the academy building. Students who needed further preparation in academic subjects were to obtain this in the academy. In the autumn of 1872 Augsburg Seminary was removed to Minneapolis, Minnesota, where a building had been erected for its use. In the same year the school was incorporated under the laws of Minnesota. Its aim was to train ministers for the Lutheran congregations which were being organized in growing numbers in the pioneer settlements that were spreading rapidly over the Northwest. The College was established when it became evident that in order to get students who were adequately prepared for theological study a college department was needed. In 1874 a curriculum was planned which provided for one year of preparatory studies and four years of college work along two lines, a classical course to prepare students for theology, and a scientific course to prepare for other professions. The first college students were enrolled in 1874 and the first class was graduated in 1879. In 1900 a high schaaI course covering three years was estabkhed which in 1910 was expanded to a standard four-year course. This was discontinued in 3833. In the years 1916-1919the mlIege course was thoroughly revised. A s a result of W w and of subsequent growth, the earlier clcsieal course was geatIy modified and suppIemmted bp social and ~ i e n t i f i cstudies and a more general emphasis upon the study nf she humanities. Tn recent rears there has been continuoas stud? and modification Q £ the curriculum including the introduction of a number of new majors to meet the developing needs of the ~tuderits. The divisional organization was adopted in 1945. At the present time 26 majors are offered. Coeducation was introduced in the College in 1922. 8 / General information Recent years, especially since the close of World War 11, have witnessed a greatly increased enrollment and a corresponding expansion of physical facilities both in campus area and in buildings. In the Theological Seminary there L s likewise been a continuing revision of the curriculum and the addition of new courses to meet changing needs. The requirement of a six-month period of internship was added in 1939. A bachelor's degree or equivalent is the required scholastic preparation for admission. While the Theological Seminary has its own organization, the Seminary and the College continue to function in close cooperation and as integral parts of one institution. Five presidents have served Augsburg during the course of its history. August Weenaas ......................................1869 - 1876 .1907 George Sverdrup .....................................1876 . Sven Oftedal ..............................................1907 - 1911 ......... .1937 George Sverdrup .... --,1911 H. N. Hendrickson (Acting) .. 1937 - 1938 Bernhard Christensen ..............................1938 - Present FUNDAMENTAL AIMS THE EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES of Augsburg College and Theological Seminary spring from the conviction that in the Christian religion there are revealed the most basic truths concerning both man and God, and that Christianity is the fundamental force for good in human life and society. All the aims of the College, as well as those of the Seminary, are integrated with this principle. Students who enroll at Augsburg are invited to take up their work with the distinct understanding that the Christian spirit is determining in all things. They are expected to cooperate wholeheartedly in the program of the school towards that end. The entire program of the school, curricular and extra-curricular, and the discipline necessary to make possible the carrying out of this program, spring from the aim "to see all things through the eyes of Christ." SPECIFIC AIMS To express more distinctly some major aspects of its program of Christian higher education, the following statement of aims has been formulated by the college faculty: General Information / 9 SCHOLARSHIP To stimulate the student's intellectual interest and to develop his scholarly insight, so that he may think with accuracy and comprehension in the fields of the liberal arts. To instruct the student in scientific methods of study and to develop his understanding of the relations of science to spiritual reality and to the welfare of mankind. To familiarize the student with the culture of his own and other civilizations, for his enjoyment and for the development of a more sympathetic understanding of his fellow men throughout the world. To awaken and foster in the student an intelligent appreciation and enjoyment of the best in the fine arts. To help the student develup certain skills, such as those in language, music, physical aclivitiee. and use of the library, which will increase his efficiency in the rarinus relationships of life. FAITH RELIGIOUS To lead the student to a deeper understanding and experience of the Christian Gospel, to the end that he may become an effective participant in the work of the Christian Church and an earnest advocate of the Christian way of life. CHARACTER To teach the student to discipline his urges, interests, ambitions, and demands in a way that will effectively contribute toward the development of good character. To guide the student in the understanding of social relationships in order that he may take his place in groups with propriety and grace, motivated in his conversation and conduct by the principles of courtesy and sincerity. To cultivate in the student a Christian social spirit, in order that he may realize in his life a right balance between what he expects of others and the service he will render his fellow men. CITIZENSHIP To develop the student's interest in the common purposes of our country, so that he may work for the welfare of our institutions and the preservation of our liberties in community and nation. To develop in the student an enlightened interest and participation in human affairs throughout the world. / General lnformatia 10 VOCATIONAL PREPARATION To provide guidance for the student in discovering and clarifying his aptitudes and his life purposes. To proride votxtional and professional prqaratinn for public schooI teaching, business adminisvation. home economics, m d parish work; and to give prqaration for the study of medicbe: dentis- nursing, medical technolog, engineering. social work; and throu~ha fouryear college course to prepare the student for the study of theology and graduate work. HEALTHAND RECREATION To afford the student wholesome recreation which will contribute to effective use of leisure time, and the development of such qualities as leadership, sportsmanship, and self-control. To instruct the student in principles pertaining to health, so that he may develop attitudes, practices, and skills which will promote his physical and mental well-being, making him better able to meet the responsibilities of life. FINANCIAL SUPPORT AND CONTROL AUG~BURG COLLEGEAND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY is affiliated with the Lutheran Free Church, a church body of about 90,000 members with headquarters located in Minneapolis, near the Augsburg Campus. The control exercised by the Lutheran Free Church is indirect. The Annual Conference of the Church nominates the members of the Augsburg Corporation and the Board of Trustees. The Corporation through the Board of Trustees exercises direct control over property, h a n c e , and personnel. Academic control is vested in the President and the Faculty. In addition to the income from student tuition and fees, which has materially increased with the growth and derelqment of the College, a major part of the financial support of the imtitution cnmes from the congeegations of thr Lutheran Free Church. In recent y ~ a growing ~ s E ~ T Cof~ friends slso out~idethis Church, hoth alumni and others, have contributed financially to the school. Since 1951, business and indmtrv have given sign5cant support through the Minnesota Private College Fund. An enIargetl Developmmt Program, inchding a comprehensire 20-year plan for expansion, was hunched in 1958. Augsburg welcomes and invites support on the part of all who believe in k r program of vitai Christian education. General Information / II THE ALUMNI ASSOCIATION THE AUGSBURG ALUMNIASSOCIATION has as its goal to enable graduates and former students to maintain effective contact and cooperation with one another and with their Alma Mater. The annual meeting is held at Commencement time each year. Local Augsburg clubs are promoted. The affairs of the Association are under the leadership of the Board of Directors. The Alumni Office is located in Science Hall. THE PHYSICAL PLANT INSTRUCTIONAL FACILITIES and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located in relation to each other. Old Main, erected in 1900, contains a large number of classrooms and offices. Science Hall, erected in 1943-49, is a large and completely modern building. It includes the general administration offices, well-equipped laboratories for chemistry, physics, biology and home economics; the student center; a medium-sized auditorium and several classrooms and iaculty offices. A Tower Prayer Chapel is located on the fourth floor. The Lisa Odland Observatory, on the roof of Science Hall, was completed in the summer of 1960. The Science Hall is shown at left in the picture below and George Sverdrup Library is the building extending to the right, connecting with Memorial Hall. I2 / General Information The George Sverdr11,p Library, named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, was erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent to Science Hall 2nd of similar contemporary architectural design, it contains spacious reading rooms, seminars, work rooms, a visual-education center, the Augsburg Archives, and a number of classrooms and faculty offices. There is stack space for approximately 100,000 volumes. The classrooms and offices of the Theological Seminary are located in one section of the Library building. Si Melby Hall, the new auditorium-gymnasium, shown above, was completed in 1961. This building, named in honor of Professor J. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach and head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel services and general auditorium purposes. The Music Hall was acquired by purchase in 1947 and has been remodeled to serve the needs of the music department. T h e Speech and Drama Building was acquired in 1959 and remodeled to make an extremely functional building for dramatic and other sveech activities. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, is a dormitory affording living quarters for about 140 men. On the ground floor of this building is the college cafeteria and dining hall. General Information / I 3 Gerda Mortensen Hall, erected in 1955, provides housing for 165 women students, as well as apartments for the resident head and her assistant. The dormitory incorporates the former Sivertsen Hall, remodeled as a wing of the larger dormitory. Miriam, Edda, Epsilon, Kappa, Omega, Sigma, and Theta are small dormitory houses, each accommodating from 8 to 20 women students. T h e President's Home, an attractive colonial residence, is located on the West River Road. A large number of dwellings have also been acquired in recent years in the expanded campus area, and are in use for faculty, staff, men students, and married student housing. T H E ARCHIVES THE AUGSBURG ARCHIVESOCIETY was organized in 1929, for the purpose of gathering documents, books, and other articles of historical value. The George Sverdrup Library provides adequate, fire-proof quarters for the archives. Here are found a large collection of periodicals, old and rare books, manuscripts, letters, and pictures, and also about 3000 volumes of Norwegian-American literature, affording extensive resources for scholarly research. AUDIO-VISUAL EDUCATION TO FACILITATE INSTRUCTION the college provides many excellent visual and auditory aids. The audio-visual center is located on the ground floor of the Library. Varied equipment is available for classroom use and other college activities. This equipment includes movie projectors, slide and filmstrip projectors, a sound amplification system, a tape recorder, an Episcope, phonographs, and a mi'crocard reader. Records, slides, maps, filmstrips, and microcards are also housed in this center. Science Auditorium, as well as several classrooms, is equipped with facilities for projection. 14 / General Znf ormation - - . -. l T 1 -- - B1r m! \r pk?*e., .- LIBRARY FACILITIES k- 7 - I' 4 Tz+::>*A~2y -7 7 THE BEAUTIFUL and spacious George Sverdrup Library provides 1- + a central study-workshop for both -r-t faculty and students. It contains . about 41,000 volumes, exclusive of pamphlets, all available on open stacks. Students and faculty memL=bers working in either of the two large reading rooms have easy access to the stacks. Additional conveniences include conference rooms for larger groups or small classes. A typing corner is provided in the ground floor reading room. "LA -- -- * hh i - 11 1 - %Jd - The library subscribes to about 425 of the best periodicals dealing with a large variety of subjects, as well as a number of serials devoted to the interests of special fields. In the Twin City area other libraries are located which make their holdings available to Augsburg students, notably, the St. Paul and Minneapolis public libraries, the latter of which issues library cards to out-of-town students for each school year; the James Jerome Hill Reference Library in St. Paul, which has one of the finest reference collections in the Northwest; and the University of Minnesota Library, within walking distance of the Augsburg campus. Augsburg students make extensive use of all these libraries. NATURAL SCIENCE LABORATORIES THE LABORATORIES of the Natural Sciences are located in the Science Hall. Three laboratories and storeroom and office space for Biology are located on the second floor; three larger laboratories and two special research laboratories for Chemistry and two laboratories for Physics are located on the third and fourth floors. A chemistry library is located near the research facilities. Storerooms and faculty offices are also located here. Financial Information A CONSIDERABLE PART of the income on which Augsburg operates is derived from endowment and from gifts, a major part of the latter coming from the supporting church. Therefore, the fees charged the student do not constitute the whole cost of his education, for he enjoys the benefits of the gifts of those who believe in and support the work of the school. For theological students, the church assumes the full cost of tuition; a statement of other expenses in attending the seminary is given in the Seminary section of the catalog. GENERAL EXPENSES PER SEMESTER1 Tuition (including student activity fee, $9.00; health fee, $11.00) . . Student union fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Matriculation fee (for those registering for the first time) . . . . . . Locker (optional) ........................................... Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $400.00 7.50 10.00 1.00 $418.50 Bcoks are estimated at $25.00 to $40.00. Students registered for more than the maximum number of credit hours (17 in the College) are charged at the rate of $18.00 for each additional credit hour a week per semester. Special students will pay at the rate of $32.00 per credit hour up to 11 credits. Those who register for 12 o r more credit hours will pay the regular tuition charge. The fee for auditing a course is one-half the fee charged when i t is taken for credit. Students and auditors enrolled for less than 5 credits are not charged the student union fee. Those enrolled for 5 to 8 credits pay 1/3 the student union fee. Those enrolled for 9 to 11 credits pay 2/3 the student union fee. ROOM AND BOARD PER SEMESTER1 Women Room . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $115.00 ..................................... 125.00 Key Deposit (refundable) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.00 $241.00 Total Room & Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Board* Men $115.00 150.00 I 6.00 $281.00 "Women students in residence are required to buy and use a minimum of $125.00 of meal book coupons per semester, men students $ I 50.00. 1 Subject t o change. I6 / Financial Imfomation SPECIAL FEES Late registration fee per day (after classes begin) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Change of registration after the beginning of the second week of classes . Registration with the Placement Bureau . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Placement fee. depending upon the method of placement . . . . . . $3.00 to Graduation fee. for seniors in both the College and Seminary . . . . . . . . . Final examinations taken at another hour than the one scheduled . . . . . . Examination making up an incomplete o r a condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Comprehensive examination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transcript of credits (after first one which is free) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Student Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MUSIC FEES PER S E - E S T E R Piano . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ................................ Voice ....................................................... Organ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Private instruction, per lesson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Piano studio rental (one hour per day) ........................... Organ rental (one hour per day) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Voice studio rental (one hour per day) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Choir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Concert Band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ESTIMATED EXPENSES PER SEMESTER1 Resident students General expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $4 I 8.50 $418.50 to 266.00 Room & Board' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241.00 Special. Music. Books . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.00 to 80.00 Total. approximately . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $684.50 to $764.50 *These are required minimum expenditures. Ordinarily the total cost is somewhat higher . Off-campus students General expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $41 8.50 $418.50 Special. Music. Books . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.00 to d0.00 Total. approximately . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $443.50 to $498.50 These estimates do not include transportation. clothing. or ~ersonalexpenses. PAYMENT OF ACCOUNTS SEE UNDER Application for Admission for required advance deposits. Parents may deposit additional money in advance at the college or the student may make the remainder of the payment when he registers. Student accounts are due in full at the time of registration in September and February . Recognizing that payment of fees in full at registration poses a financial problem in some cases. the college has instituted a "budget" plan . By this plan the resident student makes a down payment of $475.00 at registration. then seven monthly payments of $115.00 and 1 Subject to change. Financial Informl~tion/ 17 the balance due in May. Off-campus students pay an initial payment of $225.00 and seven monthly payments aE $80.00 and the balance due in May. To defray the cost of the plan, a charge of $1.00 is made for each payment on the student's account after registration. REFUNDS Tuition, fees, and room charges for a student cancelling his registration before the middle of anv semester will be charged at the rate of 10 percent per week or fraction thereof, except f;lr matriculation and special fee.! which are not refundable. There i s no fee refund after the middle of the semester. Refunds for board are made on unused meal-book coupons. Students who move out of dormitories but do not cancel out of school are charged the full semester room rent. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Financial aids in the form of loan funds. schotawhips. grants-in-ai& and emplo!-nlent assistance are available at +4ugbmg. Students must complete ail application form and meet certain requirements to qualjfp fur financial ni&. The collllep gives a~aistanceto s ~ d e n t sin securing work bosh nn and off the campus. LOAN FUNDS Several loan funds have been established to assist students in working out their financial problems. Loans may be arranged at a reasonable rate of interest for various periods of time. TFte GeneneralS d e n t Loan Fund', established through the gifts of many individual donors, is chiefly maintaind by contributions from the -4 ugsbarg College Women's Club. The Olaf Rogne Fund, established in 1954, extends assistance to students in the Seminary. The Charles and Nora Crouch Student Loan Fund, established in 1954, extends assistance to members of all classes. The Senior Loan Fund, established by the class of 1955, is available to selected graduating seniors. The John and Anna Jorgine Gregory Theological Student Loan Fund is available to students who are preparing for the ministry. The Student Aid Fund of the Zion Lutheran Hour, established by the Zion Lutheran Church of Minot, North Dakota, likewise extends loans to students preparing for the ministry. National Defense Student Loam, established by h e National Defense Education Act of 1958, are available to students capable of maintaining good standing in their chosen course of study. Special consideration is given to those students who express a desire to teach in elementary or secondary schools and to those whose academic background indicates a superior capacity for preparation in science, mathematics, engineering or modem foreign languages. I 8 / Financial Information Arrangements for the loans are made through a conference with the Dean of Students, chairman of a faculty committee on student loans. In addition to arranging loans, the committee counsels students on financial matters with the objective in mind of helping the student work out a satisfactory plan for his finances. SCHOLARSHIPS A N D PRIZES Fifty Freshman Scholarships of varying amounts are available to outstanding high school graduates. Some of these scholarships are renewable provided the student's scholastic record is 2.0 or better. A limited number of Tuition Scholarships is awarded to outstanding high school graduates. Students who rank in the upper five per cent of their high school class, perform well on scholastic aptitude tests, and can show good character references are eligible for consideration. These scholarships are renewable if the student maintains a 2.25 scholastic average. Departmental Scholarships of variable amounts are awarded each year to students who are highly recommended by the chairman of their major department. These scholarships are renewable if the student maintains a scholastic average of 1.75 or better. Upper-class Scholarships of $300 are awarded each year to selected students with an honor point ratio of 2.4 or better who apply to the Student Personnel Committee. Augsburg awards two Foreign Student Scholarships each year to deserving students from other countries. These scholarships cover the cost of tuition or its equivalent. The American Indian Scholarship was established in 1955 by Spring Lnke Park Lutheran Church, Minneapolis. I t is a scholarship of $200.00 to be applied on tuition at Augsburg College. I t is to be awarded to an American Indian student selected on the basis of scholarship and economic need. The Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship was established in 1953 in memory of Henry P. Opseth, former head of the Music Department and director of the Augsburg College Choir. It is awarded annually to a sephomore or junior student of outstanding promise or achievement in the field of music. The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship in memory of Marilyn Yvonne Solberg, a member of the Augsburg College Choir from 1950 uotil the time of her death in 1953, was established in 1955 by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Iver Solberg and her brother, Dorvan. I t is awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a major or minor and who shows outstanding promise or achievement in the art of singing. Financial In formatima / 19 T h e George Sverdrup Graduate Fellowship was established by the Board of Trustees of Augsburg in 1947 to honor the memory of George Sverdrup, President of Augsburg from 1911 to 1937. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding character and ability who plans to prepare further for the vocation of teaching. The amount of the Fellowship is five hundred dollars. T h e Keith E. Hoffman Memorial Scholarship was established in 1945 b;r- Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapolis in memory of their son whn gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa. The scholarslrip is awarded annually to a student selected on the basis of academic achievement. personal character, and ability in the field of athletics. Two Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarsh,ips of $300 each are provided by the Lutheran Brotherhood Life Insurance Society and awarded each fall to outstanding Lutheran college seniors. The students are selected by the college in the spring of the junior year on the basis of religious leadership and scholastic standing. T h e Augsburg College Women's Club Scholarship awards, totaling $400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding character and excellent scholarship. The Adolph Pnulson Jfernorial Price. from a fund established by Adolph Paulson w110 [aught Social Tcience at Aughurg from 1930 to 1935. is nm+arded a~nuall! to a college studrnt for the b e € essay r+~ittenon an assi~ned subject in the f i ~ l dof Christian Snciolog>-.The amount of the prize i s mcmberr; of the Paulson farnil?- in memory of Profesor $50.00 T h e Iver and Marie Iversen Scholarskip was established in 1957 through a grant from Mr. Iver Iversen of Brooklyn, New York. It is awarded annually to a student in the College or Seminary. The award, in the amount of $250, is made on the basis of need, scholarship, and interest in Christian service. T h e Reverend Oloj Rogne Men~nrialSrholnrsbips were established in 1958 by two anonymous donors to honor the memory of Reverend Olaf Rogne, business administrator oi tltr snIlege from 1940 to 1952. Three awards of $500 each are made annually tn ~ e I p c t dstudents preparing for Christian service in either the college or the seminary. T h e Carl Fosse ;VTcmnriul Chemistry Scltolarship was established in 1960 by the d ~ p a r t m ~ noff ~llpmietryto honor the menlory of Carl Fosse. professor of c h e ~ n i s r rat ~ ;iupsburg from 1921 tn 1942. The annual award is made to a fred~rnanstadent whose acarl~~nic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. T h e Manivald Aldre Menzorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by friends and the rlepartment nf chemistry to honor the memory of Manivald Aldre. assistant p s o f ~ 5 ~ nofr chemistry at Augsburg from 1949 to 1958. The annual award i s made to a freshman student whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. 20 / Financial Information Tlte Walter Gordon Sclrnell 3.femorilst CJ~emisrrySch ohrship was established by friends and the department of chemistry in 1960 to honor the memory of Walter Gordon 5chneIL a student of chemistry at Xogburg until the time of his death in January 2960. The annual arvard is made to a freshman dudent whose academic b n c k ~ o u n d indicates promise of achievement in the field of c h e m i s . The Dr. F r e d e d c C,a d LLWTOE. Ifortensen Chemistry Scholarship was a~tahliahedin 1961 hp the chemist? staff. The award is made annually tn a chemistry student whose record indicates promise in the field of chemistry. The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship was established in 1956 by members of the family to honor their parents. The scholarship is awarded annually to a student on the basis of academic achievement, personal character and promise of achievement in the field of physical education. The Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorial! Scho?msh,ip was establish& in 1959 by friends to honor the memory of P. -4.. Sveeggm, profmsor of English at Augsburg from 1915 to 1952. The award of variable amount is made annually to an outstanding student in the field of English. Alumni Ach.ievmmf Scho?zrships are awarded annualI7 t o three undergradaate studenk. The amount is goivalent to one semester's tuition and f ~ e sThese . scholarships are give11 to the outstandjng etudent in the freshman, sophomore. and junior classes for we the follnlring academic year. The Alma Jensen Dickersan, .Memorial Sch.ularsltips were established in 1961 by Mrs. Alma Jensen Dickerson. a member of the Augsburg facult? from 1943 to 195S. One or more schoIarsh@s are awarded annually to able and desening junior or senior smdents. The Carl W . LandahI Scholarship was established by the family and friends in memory of Professor Carl W. Landahl, a member of the Augsburg Music Faculty from 1952 until his death in 1961. It is awarded annually to a student on the basis of achievement in the field of music. The Onesirnus Sc/rolarsiU'p. established in 1962 by Mr. and Mrs. James WelEecbon, is awarded annually in the amount of $300 to a student in the Seminary who is preparing for service in the Christian mini--. The Thorvald Olsen Barrttued~ Memorial Scho7arsltip Fund was established in 1960 by gifts from h e Bnrnbedt family and through a church-wide offering, to honor the memory of Dr. T. 0. Burntpdt who was President of the Lutheran Free Church from 1930 to 1955. One or more scholarships is awarded annually to a student or students in Augsburg Theological Seminary. The Celia Fredrickson Scholarship consists of the income from a fund of one thousand dollars. It is awarded annuallv to an Augsburg student from the Lamberton, Minnesota, pariah of the Lutheran Free Church. Finmrcial lnf omration / 2 I The Edward Yokie Scholarship, consisting of the income from $5,000, was established in 1962 through a bequest of Mr. Yokie, a former Augsburg student. The Greater Augsburg A h m n i A s s a c i ~ i o nScholarship of $500 is awarded annually to an outstanding dumnus of Augsburg in order to encourage and assist promising students in the carrying out of projects of graduate study. The Women's Missionary Federation Scholarship is awarded by the Federation to returned mi~sionariesor to Lutheran students of recognized Christian character and good scholastic records who are making preparation for mission work. The scholarship varies from $50.00 to $250.00 per year. Higher awards are possibIe for graduate work or medical study. GRANTS-IN-AID GRANTS-IN-AID are available to students in good standing who are in special need of financial assistance. In awarding these grants, the Student Personnel Committee gives primary consideration to demonstrated financial need which is determined by examining a statement of the resources and anticipated expenses of both the student and his family. EMPLOYMENT SERVICE AN EMPLOYMENT SERVICE, located in the Personnel Office, assists stodents in obtaining part-timeremunerative work. Many sixdents find it possible to pap part 'of their college expenses with money earned in this waj-. The t y p e of work available m e of variom kinds, including ~ecreationalleader&ip, reptaurant work, domestic service, sales work, and secretarial and clerical work. The college i s concerned that mployment not interfere ruitl~ a student's academic work. Tllerefore, it is dsirable that Freshmen have s&cient funds to pay their entire expenses for at Ieast one semester. Part-time employment may then be secured in accordance with the need of the gudent and his ability to handle extra work. Students are employed by the college in several areas. For these positions preference is given to upper-class students who have maintained a good scholastic average. Assistance in obtaining summer employment is also provided each spring by the Ernploymemt Service. Application for part-time or summer employment may be made in the Personnel Office. Admission to the College APPLICATION PROCEDURE Xupsburg College should be made to the Director of :ldrnie~ionr;.This ma)- be done at any time after the completion of the junior year in high school. and preferably before July 1 preceding the fall in rvliich a &.dent seeks admission. fio appljcadona are accepted after September 1. Studentr! are adrised to apply earl!- in their senior year. Early applicants gain an advantage hoth in regstration and housing. Kotification of admission is sant a ~tudenta5 soon as his appIication is complete. ~ F P U C . ~ TFOR ~ ~ ;hDMJSST0Y S to Steps in applying for admission: (1) Obtain an application form by writing or visiting: Office of Admissions Augsburg College Minneapolis 4, Minnesota 12) Complete and return the application form together with a photograph a n d $15.00 admissions deposit. TlGe deposit is applied to the tuition. I1 the auplicarion is not accepted. o r if i t is withdrawn before July 1 for the fall spmester and by January 15 for the eprinp eemeter. 810.n0 of thB d e p o d itdl bbe refunded. (3) Request your high school to send us a cop^ af your high school record and t e results. ~ Transfer srudcnts will request the previous cfillege nr co1Iegs to send an official transcript of grades togerher with results of standardized re?& taken. An interview on campus ie encouraged but not r e w e d . After acceptance dl new studenk are rewired to pay a $50 nonrefundable &tion dcposit. Tbie deposit is due by July 1; for those admitred thereafter. it i due within two weelcs af~er acceptance. REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION .$UCSR'ETRG COLLEGE admits as h d e n t s . men and xTomenof good moral character ancl sound health who show interest in and a b i l i t ~to do college work. 'Estimate of ability i s determined by rank in the high schooi graduating class. by the Minne-cota Scholastic Aptitude Test or comparable examination. and bv the h i ~ hschooI record or pserinus colIese record. The normal basis for aJrni~-.ionis the completion of the courses of grades nine to tw~Ivein an accredited high school. No definite pattern of ~ubjccksi s required. but i t is recnrnmendecl d ~ a tthe last fonr year5 oE high school include four units of En&h, and at least two units eac5 of a foreign lanpage. social studies. mathematics. and gcience. A m i t is defined as a course carering one academic ?-ear and qnivalent to at least 120 hours of classwork. Admission t o the College / 23 For entrance to the Freshman class, either the tests of the American College Testing Program (ACT) or the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) of the College Entrance Examination Board is required. A recent physical examination is also required. Students will be provided with blanks to be filled out and returned to the Student Personnel Office by August 15. The health report must be received before the student will be permitted to register. TRANSFER Students are accepted by transfer from other colleges and universities if their academic record was satisfactory and they were in good standing. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. A maximum of 64 semester credits is allowed on transfer from a junior college. ADVANCED PLACEMENT Advanced placement is granted to students who qualify, on the basis of work taken in high school or elsewhere, to enroll in courses beyond the beginning course. Placement may be determined by tests, or by the level and length of the course previously completed. ADVANCED STANDING Advanced standing, that is, college credit, is granted to high school students who have successfully completed a college-level course provided they received a grade of 3, 4, or 5 on the Advanced Placement Examinations. -MINNEAPOLIS Over 400 f r e s h e n enrolled in the faU of 1961. STAR PHOTO Campus Life THEINPLUEKCES which mould life and character on a college campus are of many kind?. While rhe exercises of classroom, Iaboratary, and library f o m ~the organizing basis of college a c t i v i ~ ?they need ro be supplemented by ather than academic forces. T h e e intangible but very real supplementary influrnces have n1uc11to do with ereatirg the spirit of an institution. At .4ugsburg definirc emphasis is placed upon thf maintenance of a rvholcmn~espirit of Christian community living* Students are urged t o gite conscious attmtion to this personal and spiritual side of their development and thus contribute toward the prevalence of a vital and happy Christian atmosphere on the campus. It is the earnest desire of those who direct the policies of Augsburg that the institution may constantly be permeated by an atmosphere in which the quest for Truth as it is in Christ is prayerfully fostered in each life. All students are required to conlplete fourteen credit hours in courses offered in Religion. There are numerous voluntary religious activities in which students are encouraged to participate. Spiritual Emphasis Week is held twice each year. It is assumed that every Augsburg student will find a church home in Minneapolis and attend its services regularly. It is expected of each student that his life, conduct, and influence, both on and off campus, shall be worthy of a member of a Christian College. Those who do not feel drawn to this quality of life and to the fellowship in which it is nourished should not seek to be enrolled at Augsburg. A truly Christian spirit and environment must be the product of the united effort and prayer of faculty, students, and administration. THE CHAPELSERVICE The heart of Augsburg's program of Christian education is the daily Chapel Service, where the faculty and students gather for united worship, prayer, and a brief meditation upon the Word of God. Regular attendance is expected of all students. RECREATION STANDARDS AND DISCIPLINE At Augsburg all the work of the college rests on certain Biblical affirmations about human nature and man's relation to God. The college regards the Christian life as the truly significant life. This life implies an intimate relation to the person of Christ. In the content of this primary relationship the Christian also lives in a relationship to people, to events, to things. The fact that God not only created the world but became Man gives evidence that life in this world is not to be despised. Campus Life / 25 The Christian liberal arts college takes seriously these relationships and therefore seeks to educate the whole man. It follows that one of its important responsibilities is to establish recreational programs and policies that contribute to this end. It should be clear, however, that in an age which is much concerned with the pursuit of pleasure, a college like Augsburg should never subordinate its academic program to leisure-time activities. On the contrary, the recreational program must be in the content of, and be congruent with, the major inellectual quests of the college; and both must have as their goal to help the individual to live an effectual Christian life in the world. In setting up a recreational and social program, Augsburg is conscious of its position as a coeducational Christian college of liberal arts. The program takes into account the relationship between sexes and seeks to provide normal and healthy opportunities for the expression of the mutual attraction of the sexes. Augsburg offers a varied and selective recreational and social program which gives preference to those activities which are emancipatory rather than restrictive, those which enrich community life rather than those which are divisive or encourage selfish satisfactions. The college provides a rarietr- of activities designed to meet these requirements. The ancial p-rogam includes a number of organized allschool went5 combined with many les-structured activities designed for specified smaller poups. Tn nttempting to meet the needs and interests o f all Angsburg fhdenb, we make use of dl existing facilities on campus and m a t y of those which are available in the Twin City area. In seeking to develop a constructive recreational program, some limitations have been placed upon certain other activities. The college is opposed to all forms of gambling. I t forbicb the posmaion or consumption of alcoholic bererages in dormitories; in any collegeapproved place of residence, or at an? college-spansored event. Any student found under the influence of Liquor i s subject to disciplinary action. SociaI. or ballroom dancing. is not a part of the recreztiond program of the college. Students arr encouraged to be digcriminating in all types of recreation in which they engag. [hat their time may be well v e n t . and strong moral and ethical ralues map be developed. Such common activitie: as television vierving and movie-going. for example, can easily become time-wasting and even detrimental to the development of moral and ethical values. Without attempting ta dictate to the indiridud conscience, the college regards i t as its right to ask its students t o adapt thernselve. to the social p r a p a m approred by the college and to follow it as memh e n of the cr~llegecommunity. Although thp college l a ~ dowm s specific rules regarding most mattes only with respect to activities centering on the rampus. it reserves the right t o dismiss any studmt whose cnntinuation in colZegr is deemed undeirahle for social as we11 as for academic reaFons. It i s the policy of the c o l l ~ pthat such action shall not be taken capriciously, but only after the avaiIable campus resources of counseling and judicial processes have been utilized. Thus, dis- t6 / C m W Life ciplinary problems are first dealt with through counseling. Those not solved in this way are channeled to a faculty-student Judicial Council through the Office of the Dean of Students. In all such cases, careful investigation and the privilege of a hearing precede any disciplinary action. RELIGIOUS PROGRAM The Religious Life Commission, composed of students and faculty, endeavors to promote a religious program that will stimulate growth of Christian life in the Augsburg community. Chairman of this council is the student Commissioner of Religious Activities. Areas for which this committee carries primary responsibility are the Mid-Week services, Spiritual Emphasis Weeks, prayer meetings, informal group meetings, and a Pre-seminary club. This Commission also serves as a coordinating agency for all voluntary Christian organizations on campus. The principal organization is the Student Christian Association. The SCA seeks to serve as a stimulus and outlet for Christian faith and life. Students participate in regional and national Lutheran Student Association of America Conferences, and conduct a schedule of meetings on campus. The Mission Society, the service organization of SCA promotes interest in missions through a program of study, fellowship, worship, and service. A highlight of the year is the Mission Festival, a week-end conference devoted to the study of missionary activity and recruitment of workers. The Concordia Society is an organization for all the students in the Theological Seminary. CONVOCATION Regular convocations are held each Thursday throughout the year. These programs acquaint the campus community with outstanding personalities in various fields. A wide range of interests is covered, including the scientific, political, social, religious, and artistic. SOCIAL AND RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES Students at Augsburg are given many opportunities for social training and recreation. The S t d e n t Council through the Commissioner of Social Activities, assisted by a Commission on Social and Recreational Life, sponsors each month an all-school social activity which all students may attend. Most of these are informal. The Sophomore and Junior classes spon:or semi-formal banquets. The Associated Women Students and.a number of other organizations sponsor teas, dinners, and social affairs on and off campus. ,4ugsbnrg7's location in Minneapolis gitw i t s shdmts unique opportunities to make use of some of rhe finest educational and cultural adrantag3 which the Northwst has to offer. Excellent art coUectinns are to he fonnd i n the Minneapolis Institute of and the WaIker Art Center. The Twin City libraries are evteneive in their services. The Historical Museum in St. Paul gives access to large coflections of historical material. The Minneapolis Symphony @ T C ~ F ~ ~ Tprograms ~ I and other concerts affnrd rich npporiuni~yfor the e n j o y e n t of music. Many students and faculty attend Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra concerts by virtue of a special college season ticket arrangement. Season tickets are available also for other University concerts and the University Theater drama programs. A monthly bulletin, Augsburg Plus, listing programs, concerts, art displays and exhibitions is compiled and issued from the Student Personnel Office. STUDENT GOVERNMENT THE STUDENT SOCIETYconsists of all full-time and part-time students enrolled at Augsburg College and Theological Seminary. The central concern of student government is focused on education to rhe end that i n d i d n d s may develop their full capabilities through intellectual gror+-lh.The student government relates to this broad objective by assuming rqonsibilities for fm-thering etudent affairs, educating members to the democratic prace-fe, derelnping a sense of community, fostering intellectual activity, and participating in policy making. The administration, under the direction of the president, resides in the executive branch. The Execzctizle Council consists of six commiss i o n e r w a c h responsible to the president for one of the major areas of ~tudentlife. Eight boards also assist him in his work. The Sttdertt Council. presided over by the ~ice-president,is the branch of the government. Each of the college classes has its own officers and participa~esin student government throuFh its repre~~ntatives on the council. ttrTentponem e d e r le+lative The Judicial Council is a student-faculty judiciary, whose rulings are subject to appeal only to the President of the College. The Student-Faculi? Cotrncil. composed of students, administration and faculty, discusses campw proble~n~, considers legislation adopted by one group or the o h e r rvl~jc!~affects the college as a whole, and promotes cooperatian and understanding between the students, the faculty, and t l ~ eadministration. The Student Society is n member of the N a t i o n a l Student A~socistiaa, L J I ~l a r g s t r~preserilativenatinnaI union of ~tudentsi n the United States. Through this organization the students receire programming aide for use on the campus. and adtl their voice ro the voice of all American students before Ute r~ational porernment and otlther organizations in matters of smdent concern, The Slurlent C;n~:~mmenr direct? siweraf projects of interest t o the college community. These projects include ihe annual One-Appeal Campaign. Leadership Training Workshops. Political Actimn Week, Homecoming. 5~lddent Lecture Series, Academic Freedom 'K~ek. College Union Study. and Development Council. Counseiing of FreAmen by upper-class student%is conducted through a College Brofher-Co17ege sister Program as a part of Freshman Orientation. Associated Tomen Sludents. composed of all the women students, provides opportunity for the $5-omen to develop meanin,@ seH gorernmenf. Tt aims to create a E;ense of Ilarmonv ant? fellowship, to promote and maintain I~ighstandards of l~rrnorand i n t e g i ? in personal conilact. and i t encourages participation irl all collepe actintiea. It i s affJiatrrI with the Interccrllegiate .\r;sociated Tomen Students, a national organization. The Augsbzrrg Ech,o, the college newspaper, is published by a student staff. Augsburg's yearbook, the Arrgshurgian, prnvides a pictorial record of the activities of the year. Work on the annual provides opporhmip for creative expression in artistic design as \ ~ c l las in pl~ot~p-raph~. The top staff members of the Azcgshnrg Echo and the Augsburgian constitute the Board of Publication. A student editor, named by the Publications Commission, compiles the "A" Book. The Directory is published by the Registrar. CO-CURRICULAR PROGRAM The enlhusiasm and energy of student^ motirate them to pursue their int~rest.Jwyonrl the rla~~r-roorn. For most effective partidpation, ~tudents with similar interests h a w unitrtl to form clubs. Several nf t h e e are esten~ionsof courses beronrI the class room. Ot11ers are devoted to i n t e r ~ ~ not t s aRerrr1 in die currirulum. Nerv clubs are formed as the o c c ~ ~ i odernancls. n The Alpha Delta Theta, Sigma Chaptm, is a prafe:siond sorority open to students preparing for medical technolop. Ridership is based,upon scholarship, character and professional The Aristolelian Society unites those who have a common interest in scientific knowledge and experimentation. The Art Club is organized to satisfy the student's creative urge in the field of art and to promote an interest in art. The Business Club draws membership from the Business and Secretarial Studies classes. The development of professional interests is the major objective. The Chemistry Club is open to both majors and minors in chemistry. The meetings consist of seminars on current topics in this specific area. The Cosmopolitan C1u.b brings together foreign and American students who have a mutual interest in the culture, language and people of the various countries. The Electronics Club is open to anyone interested in the field of radio and electronics. Members operate an amateur radio station on the campus. The Augsburg Society for Drarnntic drrs provide? for its members an opportunity to learn from participation in stage p~esmtationsand from field trips, as well as from rending and seeing plays produced. Membership is open to all students. b l m b e r ~ l ~ iinp ijrarional Cojleg-iute lJlayers represents recognition for continued excellence in drama participation. It is open only to qualified upper-classmen. The Student National Education Association, Martin Qmnbeck Chapter, offers to its members associate membership in professional education associations and strives to acquaint future teachers with the importance of teaching as a profession. The Home Economics Club, open to all students in the Home Economics Department, aims tc promote professional attitudes toward all aspects of home and community life. The Augsburg Republican Club and Democrat Club aim to stimulate interest in public affairs and give students opportunity to participate actively in local, state, and national politics, and in other human relations activities. The Sociology Forum is an organization of students preparing for professional work in the field of Social Service. The Writers' Club includes students who enjoy creative expression in various forms of writing. The members share their literary efforts in an ir?iormal atmosphere, and benefit from mutual criticism. The "A" Club is limited to men who have won a major A at Augsburg. The aim of this organization is "to bind the 'A' men of the past, present, and future into a more intimate bond of fellowship, and to keep the athletics of Augsburg on the highest possible plane." The Tomes" AtA7eric Assachtion at Augsbnrg is a member of the Minnesota Athletic ,il;sociation of College Tomen. Membership in this organization is gained by participation in individual and group recreationaI activities with awards given on a point bask. Augsburg College participates in intercollegiate debating, both in Minnesota and in the neighboring states. Students may also participate in local and intercollegiate oratorical contests. MUSICAL ORGANIZATIONS The Augsburg College Choir has about sixty members selected from all classes. In addition to local concerts, the choir goes on tour each year to various parts of the United States and accmionally to Canada. The Augsburg College Concert Band makes an annual tour and presents public concerts in Minneapolis. There are also a Varsity Band and Instrumental Ensembles. The Augsburg College Cantorians, a women's chorus, participates in school programs and concerts and makes short tours annually. The Male Chorus sings at various churches in the Twin City area and makes short tours in the vicinity. PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND RECREATION Under he direction of the Department of Physical Education, a wide range of recreational activities is arranged for general student participation. Every student is urged to participate in some activity for his own recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well ae indi~idaalperformance actidties. Climaxing the intramural Frogram is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for the winners of intramuraI scbedulea in I-ariou~;colleges. Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. The college is represented annually by teams in football, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf. IT IS TKE PURPOSE of Augshurg College to provide an intercaIIegiate azhIetic program wlzich is in harmony with its Christian philost?phy. This philosophp k to be reflected in the conduct and outlook of both the pla?-era and the spectaton. The edncationaI program of the college reco,gnizes that recreation and play are n fundamental part of hlife, and h a r ihjs phase of Life needs to be cultivated 8 physical, mental, and crnationa1 health are to be maintained. IntercolIegiate athletics, as a phase of that progam, g i v e recognition to the fact that co~npetitiveplay can contribute to the development of student interests, skills. insights, and loyalties. More specifically. the following outcomes are sought: (I) The shrdrnt participating in athletics sl~ouldacquire and exhibit, both in and out of athlckiw, sucFr Isaeic qualities of character as self-discipline, h o n ~ t y . sense of fair pIay. ant! cooperation. ( 2 ) The participant 511ould de\.elop the knowledge. interests. and skills which will be of special use to him in such r*oc;rtions as teaching and coaching or recreational leadership, or in his own recreational activities. Far from being set apart from his educational goal or in any way competing wit11 it, the student's participation in intescnllegiate alliIetics must either contribute directly to this goal ar be complementary LO his other educational actirities. 131 The ~ t n d e n tspectator ~honlda c e r e and erhibit snme of the finer qualities of Chridian character, such as self-restraint. sense of fair play, appreciation of high-grade performance on i l ~ epart of both oppnnents and fellow-students. and respect for individual personalit!*. (4) The intercollegiate athletic program should contrilmte to the development of a unified and healthy "schnol ~ i r i t . " Err Aueiasrn for intercollegiate athletics or other c o - c d d a r sctivitie-s should not overshadorv pride in high schola.~ticachievement. nor can i t take the place of a well-roundcd and effective intramural and general recreatianal progam. HONORS AND AWARDS On the 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship Trophy is engraved the name of each student who has achieved the highest scholastic standing in his college graduating class. He must have attended Augsburg for at least two years. Omicron Chapter of Lambda lota Tau, a national honor society, is open to English majors who have attained a high scholastic average and have presented a paper on a literary topic before a public audience. The purpose? of the Timia Soci~ty.the Augsbwg lionor sociehr. are to recngnize scademic achie\vement and to promote scholarship. Vembership is by invitation only. Juniors and Seniors who have earned 3 2.5 honor point ratio accmulative are normally indited. while Freshmen and Snphomores with a 2.25 honor point ratio arc aclmifted as pledps. Augsburg has a Chapter of Pi Garnrnn M r t . the National Social Science Honor Societ!-. wlirrh is affiliated rvith the Association of College Honor Societies. A high lei-el of xholarship in the social sciences is required for election to r n e m b c ~ h i ~ . The d u g b u r g Guild of Honor is an organization to recognize and hunor those members of the senior graduating c l s s rvho have shown tl~emselves to be indirriduak excelliiig to an outstanding d e g e e in r;cholanhip, leader& ip. and participation in extra-curricular activiries. The Dean's List includes students who have achieved an honor point ratio of 2.5 or better in the previous semester of work at Augsburg College. The 1925 Class Cup in Athletics is awarded to the athlete who has made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship. The Harold A. Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson i n 1943, is awarded annually to the student who is judged to be the most valuable player on the basketball team. The Class of 1918 Ortltorical Cup was presented to the college as a prize to arouse interest in oratory. The name of the winner of the annual contest i s engraved upon the cup, which is to remain in the possession of the college. STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES Tnstitutional semices to students are arganized and administered in accordance with plans and policies estahIi&ed by the Student Personnel Committee. Included sre such services as Counseling, Testing, Fr-hman Orientation. Stndnt Records. The Student Real& Service: Housing and Faod Senlice, Placement, S~udentEmpIopment, snd Coordination of Student Ac~ivities.The ac?ministralio~lof these services ia centered in the Ofice of the Dean of Student:. The Stodent Personnel Office also works claselp with the Director of Admigsions. Caunseling services are maintained in an effort: tro assist each stndent to obtain the mmimurn benefits from he learning experiences offered at Augshurg CaIlege. RTatters such as uncertaine over vocational choice or educational planning religious uncertain?, health, financial robletme., personal and social rtd jush-nent and personal deficiencies can interfere wid? the learning process a d are dealt rvith in counseling sessions. It is hoped itrat through counseling, students will develop more realistic conceptions of themselves and the sunomding world, and keener awareness of reources available to t h m as sltey meet the problems of daily life. At Angsburg the counseliig procea is carried an at a w e d levels. .M1 faculty members participate in the counseling program, and each ncw student is asigned to a faculty counselor who works with him until he chooses a major field of stndy. At that h e , the major abvism becomas his counselar. In addition. there are f a c u b members who have specialized training in comseIing and techniques for dealing with prohIems of adjmtment. The Dean of Stodents and the Dean of Women are special counselors to the men and women. respechely. The connseling propam is coo~dinatedby ihe OEce of the Dean of Students in accordance with the plane and policie,~established by the Student Personnel Committee. Students who have persona1 problems are mcouraged to seek heIp through counseling conferences. If a serious problem develops which demands profeminnaI skill and more time than the professor has to spend in counseling the student is referred to tke Office of the Dean of Students or Dean uf TiTomen. A further referraI may be made to the College Chaplain, in the ca:e of spiritual problems, or a pspchiatrist. in rhe case of underl!ing emotional problems. The school phyician works lrirh the Personnel Deans in the Ixtter case. All new students are gitren a battry of t e ~ t sduring Freshman Days. College aptitude gcores, Englkh, and reading ability scores are used Ey c o m s ~ l o r sto help students plan their initial progranzs. Personal adjustment scorcs and the rocatianal interest t e t profile help the student3 learn to know m O t F about themselves, in order to make the best choice of subjects and occupatianal goals. The Sequential Tests of Educational Progress ISTEP) are given to all sophomores. Saniors take the graduate record examinations. Freshmen and other new students participate in FreAmam Days before the beginning of classes each sernestc~.The stadenta take tests, attend classes, inspect the college faciliti~s, and become acquainted with their fellow students. with the facdp, and especiallj~with their o w n f ~ c u l t ycolmselors. The facuIty counselors and students have several conferences during which they p l ~ n the student*s program of study. A special course in improvement of reading is offered for interested stodents, Freshmen who expect d3Iiculty with the increased quantity and complexity of the reading material encountered in college are ~ P C i d yE I T t~o ~flr011i n this COUTSe. Individual student records are kept in the Records Office under the supervision of the Registrar. These records include admissions data, academic achievement, student participation and achievement in nonacademic activities, test scores, reports of counseling and other information. The Student Personnel Office maintains a file of student government officers, of clubs and societies, including the constitutions, activities, schedules, and membership rosters. The Student Health Senice provides campus dispensary service with registered nurses on duty. The coltege ph?sician has daily o5ce hours on campus for consulration and for emergency treahlent. Infimlav rooms are adjacent to the dispensaq. The Health SerPice is housed in a first faor _~ectinnof Memorial Hd,the men's residence hall. two Physical examinations are given to all seniors. Before registering, each entering ~rturlenti~ required to have on file the report of a physical examination girm by his family physician. Corrective treatment is prescril~cdwhere nccded. Students, faculty, and staff have chest X-rays taken semi-annually through the cooperation of the Hennepin County Tuberculosis Association Mobile Unit. In it? residence propam, the coFlep sin15 t o dewlop in the students Chrislian cI~aracter.self-control. and though~fulconirleration of others. .#it he same time. the collep rcalizee t h a ~s;tudents' llappinese, comfort, and emotional adjur;tmrnt in ;he rcsidcnce halls are rlirect influences on their general efiriancy in the clwsroam. Ln an effort to provide these opportunities for development while maintaining optimal living ennditianc, active student dormitory councils assume the responsibilities for the adlnjtlistratinn of dormitory life policies in con~;ul~atjo~i rr it11 he UirecLor of EcsIdences 1or Wn11te11, the Hear! re sir lent^, and Fprsunnel Deans. Llpper-daw studenis serw as t o u n a ~ l ~ r n~ e the dormitories and attempt to help rlo~nlitor!- residents with prol~lerns of personal adjndment. Tllp lieat1 Resirlr~ltsand Per?onnel Deans senre as resource people to these c o u n ~ e l o rand ~ handle cases rciprred to them. A11 lrnmen atudents a n d freshman nlen studenti not Iiving at home are requireti Lo live in colIege-ol~eratedhousing. Students desiring t o reside in the city ~r.ikhr c l a t i r ~t~n u ~ tfin[ secure apprtrral for such an arrangement from the Student Personnel Office. All studen& living in the dormitoris. and umst sturlenk i n off-campus homing take heir meals in she coJIcp r l i n i t q room. The c o l l e ~ ealso prorides two houses Eor ~vornen with a cnoperati\.~huuse plan and nne house with small apartments. Reeiclenc~l~allcare npPn to students a day before regdar schedules become ~ffectir-P.and the!- C ~ O ~aP day after the term clnsee. Students %rlio 1ris11 to sta!- in residence during vacatiun~ must apply for the privilege. R o n m ~are furnit-hrd err~p1for l ~ p dlinen. LOX$-rls, hlankels. and bedspreads. Laundry facilitit~ arp alaiIa1,lc i n each residence. Red linen. and tntrels n-iay be reiltcrl rrit11 laurl(lcring fir--ice a1 a reasenahle c o ~ t .T h i ~sen~iceir; ~equircdof all \\-.\.omenstudent-. in Gerda >Tortensen Hall. =Zn optional linm sen-ire is a r ~ i l a b l eto other students. 5tudents e l y a g e a aonm ai tlic: hegi~lninenf the fan semester f o r the entire scltonl !;car. Rr~om resema1inn3 urrith depnsit nf 925 are requirsrl of all 5ittgJe ~ f u r l ~ n tThis s . rleposit is appli~dto the first semester's room rent. Rooms Tor ncrr- students are a ~ ~ i ~ ni ne dthe lare summer according to the date of application. P r e s ~ ~~tudrnts tt must make room application prior LO M a y 15 ant1 suhmit tIte rnom deposit by July 15. After May 15, reservations for present students are assigned on the same basis as for new students. Students who find it necessary to cancel their room reservation will receive full refund of the deposit if the cancellation is received by August 1. All men living in Memorial Hall are required to pay a $15.00 breakage fee at the beginning of each school year. At the end of the year the fee is refunded if the condition of the room and the furniture is satisfactory. The Placement Bureau assists seniors and alumni in securing positions. Continuous contact is maintained with business, governmental, welfare, and educational institutions and organizations at the local as well as the state and national levels. Interviews are arranged both on and off the campus. A registration fee and a small placement fee are charged. An employment service, located in the Student Personnel Office, assists students in obtaining part-time remunerative work during the school year, Christmas vacation, and summer. The Coordinator of Stu,dent Activities assists student officers to maintain effective functioning of student activities, and keeps on file the club constitutions, rosters, and schedules of meetings. Faculty advisers to student organizations are approved by the Coordinator. The program of student activities is a primary responsibility of the Executive Council and the Student Council which is the legislative body of the Augsburg Student Society. Liaison between the Student Society and Faculty and Administration is the function of the Student-Faculty Committee. A weekly bulletin of events is prepared by the Student Personnel Office. Also, the college activities calendar is kept by the Coordinator of Student Activities assisted by the chairman of the Commission on Student Organizations. EXAMINATIONS T&s are given periodically throughout the semester. In the course of e ~ c hsemester, reports of the grades attained are made to the Registrar who forwards them to the counselors and students. Final reports are sent at the close of each semester to the parents and students. Written examinations are regularly scheduled at the close of each semester. No student or class may arrange to take a final examination in any course before the examination week. Absence from a final examination without a sufficient reason will grade of failure in the course concerned. A student who has to be &sent from a h a 1 m i n a t i o n because of a conflict with outside work from which he cannot ahtain an excuse, may arrange to take such an mamination during some period after the time on which the mult i n a subject is scheduled. If a student has obtained permission from the Dean of the College to take a final examination at another hour than that scheduled, he is charged a fee of $2.00 for such an examination. Before the student takes the examination, he mmt obtain a statement from the Registrar's ofice and bring it to the teacher concerned. COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATIONS Comprehensive examinations map be permitted in courses in which h e Committee on Admissions and Student Standing believe the student has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish to take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing to this committee. W h e n permission is granted, the necessary approval foms may be secured at the a5ce of the Registrar. A fee of $5.00 is charged for each examination and must be paid in advance. Examination questions and the answers wiIl be filed in the Registrar's office. GRADE VALUES A -Superior, 3 honor puinb per credit B -Very good, 2 honor paints per credit C -Satisfactory, I honor point per credit D -Passable, no honor points per credit F -Failure, minus 1honor point per credit E - Condition I - Incomplete CONDITIONS AND INCOMPLETES A condition or an incomplete received at the end of the semester must be removed within the first six weeks of classes of the following semester, or within a year if the student has not re-enrolled. 11 incompletes Academic Administrotion / 39 and conditions are not removed within the time rtflowed, the condition automatically becomes a failure and the incomplete map be changed to a passing grade only when the average of Lhe previans work is sufficiently high. The final grade after the condition examination is taken may not be higher than D. A fee of $2.00 is charged for an examination making up an incomplete or a condition received at the end of a semester. GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS In order to qualify for the BacheIor of h degree, certain reqtmenrents m u ~ he t m ~ with t re& to credits. courses, and grades. A student wlio plans to graduate from tlugsburp is urger1 to dudy the requiremcnts as outIimcd in this section of the catalog and in the deparkmunt in which he plans to major. It is the responsibility of the student to pee that he includef- the rvuirad subjects a t the right time in his program of studic~.The facull? ad&ers. IF: deans. and &e registrar will gladly a s s i ~ thim in planning his prorrarn. For a general college education and as a basis for study in professicnal fields, students are required to complete credits as indicated in the following fields : Religion, 1 4 credits, at least 8 credits in lower division courses and 4 in upper division. A maximum of 3 credits from courses 10, 51, 52, 54 may apply. For transfer students, the requirement is an average of 2 credits per semester of attendance. Freshman English, 6 credits from Eng. 1-2. On the basis of proficiency examinations, students may substitute Eng. 3, 21. Literature or Philosophy, 3 credits. Beginning Speech, 2 credits. Fine Arts, 2 credits from Art 1, 71; H.Ec. 3, 64; Mu. 3, 7; or Sp. 30. Foreign Language, 0 to 1 4 credits as indicated below: AMOUNT PRESENTED FROM HIGH SCHOOL Four years of one language. Two or three years of one language. None or one year of a language. AMOUNT REQUIRED I N COLLEGE None. Second or third year of the same language, or two years of another language. Two years in one language. Social Sciences, 6 credits from Hist. 1-2; 21, 22; or Soc. 1, 2. Natural Scierices, 9 credits, at least 3 of these credits must be in the biological sciences, and 3 in the physical sciences. Physical Education, 1 credit from Courses 3 and 4. 40 / Academic Administration All students are required to take an English test at the end of the sophomore year and must demonstrate a proficiency in writing in order to qualify for the A.B. degree. Where the demands of special curriculums prevent completion of the general education requirements in four years, exemption or modification of these requirements may be sought through petition. All students are required to complete a major for graduation. The major subject is determined by the student's aims as well as by his particular interests and aptitudes as shown in the quality of work he does in lower division courses. Application for major must be made to the Head of the Department offering the major. Majors are offered in the following areas: Religion Music Business Education Philosophy History Home Economics Greek and Latin Sociology Medical Technology English Social Science Biology Language Arts Psychology Physics German Elementary Education Chemistry French Business Administration Natural Science Spanish Economics Mathematics Speech Physical Education Except with special majors such as language arts, music, business education, home economics, and combined natural science, students in the teacher education curriculums should complete a minor as well as a major. For major and minor requirements as to hours of credit see departmental statements. Electives are planned with the purpose of properly distributing a student's choices among the fundamental fields of knowledge and culture, as well as among the correlatives of the major. A maximum of 40 credits in one department is permitted to count toward graduation. Juniors and Seniors should, as a rule, choose their electives from courses designated as Upper Division Courses, that is courses numbered 50 or above. At least 36 credits in the Upper Division Courses must be completed for graduation. The amount of work required for gaduation comprises a minimum of 128 credits with an average grade of C, or one honor point for each credit taken. A credit equals one recitation period a week throughout or;e semester. Honor points are computed at the rate of one honor point for each credit with a grade of C, two honor points for each credit with a grade of B, and three honor points for each credit with a grade of A. Academic Administration / 41 RESIDENCE REQUIREMENT To receive the A.B. degree the candidate must spend at least the concluding year for such a degree in residence. DEGREE W I T H DISTINCTZON THE A.B. DEGREE with distinction is conferred as follows: Distinction Summa Cum Laude Magna Cum Laude Cum Laude Honor point ratio 2.8-3.0 2.5-2.79+ 2.1-2.49+ To be eligible for these honors, the student must have completed at least two years of work at Augsburg, and his record at Augsburg, as well as his total record must meet the requirements as given above. Academic procession approaches S i illelby Hall for Comrnencen~en~ Service. Flags o n top of building denote countries where alumni are serving. Courses of Study COURSES OFFERED DESCRIPTIONS OF THE COURSES offered in 1962-64 are given on the following pages. Unforeseen circumstances map necessitate making changes. Courses with inadequate registration map LC cancelled. Stndents should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings. NUMBERING OF COURSES Odd numbers are used for first semester courses and even numbers for second semester courses. The Roman numerals I, I1 after the descriptive title also indicate the semester in which the course is to be offered. Numbers 1 through 49 indicate lower division courses which are primarily for freshmen and sophomores. Numbers 50 through 99 are upper division courses intended for juniors and seniors. Two course numbers joined by a hyphen (1-2) indicate that the course is a continuation course and both semesters of it must be completed before credit is given. Course numbers separated by a comma (1,2) indicate that it is a year course, but students may receive credit for one semester without completing the other. SYMBOLS i Continuation course. To receive credit for this course a student must complete both semesters. # Course may be taken with coneent of the instructor irrespective of prerequisites. CREDITS CREDITS SHOWN are in terms of semester credits. For continuation courses. the total credits for the year are given. A two-credit c o m e generallT meets hvice a week and a three-credit course three 'times a week. In the caPe of laboratory courses. the hours of meeting per week are more than the crcdib given, A semester is appmximate\!- 1S J V P P ~ S in length. The normal load for s student i s 16 credit hours per wrnester, Cuurses of Study / 43 DIVISIONAL ORGANIZATION THE COLLEGE COURSES are organized into four divisions in order to make: interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman is appointed for each division. Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental statements. Religion Philosophy Greek, Latin, Hebrew English, Journalism, Speech German, Scandinavian, French, Spanish Music, Art History, Political Science, Geography Sociology Psychology, Education Library Science Business Administration and Economics Business Education Home Economics Biology Chemistry Physics Mathematics Health and Physical Education Division of Religion and Philosophy MR. P. A. QUANBECK,Chairman THROUGH m~ STUDY of religion and philosophy, the individual is appraised of those realities which are central to the problem of human existence. The student is encouraged to seek to understand himself and his relation to the world within the framework of the Christian Faith. The goal is the development of an informed and integrated Christian person who is equipped to participate responsibly in the life of the Church and of society. DEPARTMENT OF RELIGION THE COURSES in Religion are designed to give the student a working knowledge of the Bible, to acquaint him with the history, doctrines, and ethics of the Church, and to prepare him for effective service in the congregation. The fundamental aim in instruction is to lead as many as possible to personal faith i n Christ, and to nurture the Christian life. The graduation requirement includes 14 credits in religion. Of these credits 8 must be in the lower division, and at least 4 must be upper division. N o t more than 3 credits earned in any of the courses numbered 10, 51, 52, and 54 may be applied to this requirement. Freshmen are required to take courses I and 2, and Sophomores are required to take courses 3 and 4. Courses I , 2, 3, and 4 are prerequisites for all upper division courses. Requirements for transfer students will be determined at the time of admission. A religion major is recommended as preparation for careers in parish education, parish work, youth work, and parish administration. Majors must consult with the Chairman of the Department regarding their course of study. Major, 28 credits. Minor, 22 credits. Six upper division credits in Greek may apply toward the major in religion. r, 2. BASICBIBLE. Fr. I, 11. 2, 2 Cr. A brief introduction to the Bible followed by a study of the Old Testament, including the history of Israel and special attention to one o r two Old Testament books. The second semester is devoted to the study of the New Testament with special attention to two o r three books including Romans. Reading assignments include the entire New Testament. 3 . CHURCHHISTORY.I. 2 Cr. A survey of the institutional development of the Christian Church, with the purpose of creating a greater understanding of its historical foundations. Emphasis is on the Reformation. Division of Religion and Philosophy / 45 4. CHRISTIANDOCTRINE.11. r Cr. The fundamental doctrines of the Christian Faith and the historical development of some of these doctrines. The significance of the Pcumenical creeds and the Lutheran confessional writings. 10. HYMNSAND !MUSICOF THE CHURCH. 11. See Course 10 under the Department of Music. 2 Cr. Upper Division Courses $1. PRINCIPLE^ OF CHRISTIANEDUCATION.I. 3 Cr. Seeks to develop a fundamental understanding of Christian education, its history, objectives, curriculum, and administration, especially as applied to Sunday School and Vacation Bible School teaching. 2 Cr. PARISHWORK. 11. Seeks to familiarize the student with the work of parish organization and visitation. Class lectures are supplemented by actual field work. 52. r Cr. CHURCH.11. A study of principles, methods, and materials in youth work for the purpose of developing effective Christian leadership in this sphere. 54. YOUTH WORKIN THE 6 1 . HISTORYOF RELIGIONS.I. 3 Cr. A survey of some of the major religions of the world. The origin and development of these religions and their influences today. Includes readings in the sacred writings of the religions studied. 62. THEMISSIONARY ENTERPRISE.11. 3 Cr. The missionary motives, means, and results are studied as these are seen in their varied emphases in the history of missionary work in heathen lands. 3 Cr. 71. THE EARLYCHRISTIANFATHERS.I. The development of certain fundamental theological doctrines from the time of the Apostolic Fathers up to the Ecumenical Councils of the Early Church. 3 Cr. PROTESTANTISM IN AMERICA.11. The Protestant ethos in the United States. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, the American denominational structure, and the responses of American Protestantism to the challenges of its environing culture. 72. 3 cr. 8 I . THE GOSPELS.I. The nature of the Gospels. The life and work of Jesus. Particular attention to His teaching concerning the Kingdom of God. 46 / Division of Religion and Philosophy 8 2 . LIFE A N D EPISTLESOF PAUL. 11. 3 Cr. A survey of the life and work of Paul, with a study of some of the leading ideas that emerge from his writings. 8 3 . T H E MESSAGEOF THE OLD TESTAMENT.I. 3 Cr. The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the 9 I . INTRODUCTION TO CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGICAL THOUGHT.I. 3 Cr. A study of some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as seen from the perspective of the enduring theological task of the Christian Church. 9 2 . CHRISTIAN ETHICS.11. 3 Cr. The basic principles of ethics from a Christian point of view. Their application to selected personal and social moral problems. 94. THE CHRISTIANVIEW OF MAN. 11. 3 Cr. The Christian doctrine of man and salvation. Its uniqueness and relevance to certain other contemporary views of the nature and destiny of man. DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY THE COURSES I N PHILOSOPHY seek to assist the student to become conversant with the great men and intellectual movements in the history of Western civilization, to cultivate an understanding of the principles of sound reasoning, and to develop a mature understanding of the foundations of our knowledge in such areas as science, religion, and morals. Major, 24 credits beyond Philosophy 2 1 . Minor, 1 8 credits. Courses 2 1 , 2 3 , 4 1 , 42 are required for the major and the minor. 2I. INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY.Offered both semesters. 3 Cr. Seeks to give the student a basic understanding of the nature and aims of philosophy, an acquaintance with some of its central problems, and a mastery of the terminology employed in philosophical discussion. 2 3 . LOGIC.Offered both semesters. 3 Cr. The formal rules of sound reasoning. The nature and functions of language; fallacies in reasoning; definition; principles of deductive reasoning; induction. A brief introduction to the notation of modern symbolic logic. 4 1 , 4 2 . HISTORYOF PHILOSOPHY. Prereq. 2 1 . I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. An historical survey of the outstanding men and movements in the development of philosophical thought from the Greeks through Kant. Some reading in selected primary sources. Division of Religion and Philosophy / 47 Upper Division Courses 53. PLATOAND ARISTOTLE. Prereq. 42. I. 3 Cr. A careful study and analysis of selected writings of each of these two great philosophers. Extensive reading required. (Offered 1963-64.) 54. AUGUSTINE AND AQUINAS. Prereq. 42. 11. 3 Cr. A careful study and analysis of the most important philosophical writings of each. Extensive reading required. (Offered 1963-64.) 63. RATIONALISM.Prereq. 42. I. 3 Cr. A study of this important movement through the writings of its chief exponents: Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz. Extensive reading required. (Offered 196364.) cr- 3 64. EMPIRICISM. Prereq. 42. 11. A study of this important and influential movement through the writings of its outstanding modern representatives. Emphasis is placed upon the works of Locke, Berkeley, and Hume. (Offered 1963-64.) 65. GERMANIDEALISM. Prereq. 42. I. 3 Cr. A study of Kant and his immediate successors. Reading of selected primary sources supplements classroom lectures and discussion. The first half of the course is devoted entirely to a careful study of the philosophy of Kant. (Offered 1962-63.) 66. EXISTENTIALISM.Prereq. 42. 11. 3 Cr. A study of modern existentialism from Kierkegaard to the present day. Emphasis is placed upon the reading of selected primary source materials. (Offered 1962-63.) 7 I . CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY. Prereq. 42. I. 3 Cr. An historical survey of the main currents of philosophical thought since Kant. Some reading in primary sources. (Offered 1963-64.) 3 Cr. 73. PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE.Prereq. 42. I. A study of the meaning, methods, and implications of modern science by means of an analysis of basic concepts, presuppositions, and procedures. (Offered 1962-63.) 3 Cr. OF RELIGION.Prereq. 21. I. 85. PHILOSOPHY An inquiry into the nature of religious faith and experience with special attention to the problem of the nature of religious language. (Offered 1962-63.) 3 cr. 86. MORALPHILOSOPHY.Prereq. 21. 11. An inquiry into the nature of the moral experience, and an analysis of the language of moral discourse. ( W e r e d 1962-63.) 91, 92. PHILOSOPHY SEMINAR. Prereq. #. I, II. 1-3, 1-3 Cr. For philosophy majors. Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with the head of the department. Division of the Humanities MR. THORSON,Chairman IT rs THE PURPOSE of the Division of the Humanities to transmit to the students a knowledge of and interest in the cultural heritage of mankind, and to assist the student in finding his place within this culture. The Division seeks to stimulate the student's desire to acquaint himself with the cultural treasures as these are found in language, literature, and the h e arts, and to seek an expression of these upon the basis and within the framework of the Christian faith. DEPARTMENT OF NEW TESTAMENT GREEK, LATIN, AND HEBREW THECOURSES in this department aim to give the students a direct insight into our biblical and classical heritage. Hebrew and New Testament Greek are tools by which a student may gain a more complete understanding of the Scriptures. A knowledge of New Testament Greek is a standard prerequisite for admission to most theological seminaries. Combined Major in Greek and Latin: 14 credits in Latin. 20 credits in New Testament Greek and N E W TESTAMENT GREEK Minor: t o credits. I-2.f ELEMENTSOF NEW TESTAMENT GREEK. I, 11. 8 Cr. In addition to the theoretical and practical study of the grammar of' the Greek language of the New Testament, the course will cover the manuscript transmission of the Greek text of the New Testament with the description of the main uncial manuscripts and ancient versions. Upper Division Courses 5 I , 5 2. ADVANCED NEWTESTAMENT GREEK. Prereq. 2. I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. Selections ,from the Synoptic Gospels and Acts. Special emphasis is given to parsing and syntax of the Greek text. $ 3 , 54. GREEKEXEGESIS. Prereq. 12. I, 11. 3 9 3 Cr. Selections from the Pauline and Catholic Epistles. Special emSphasis is given to the syntactical and exegetical approach to the Greek text. LATIN BEGINNINGLATIN. Fr. I, 11. Grammar and exercises in translation. 1-2:;- 8 Cr. 3 , 4. CZSAR, ST. AUGUSTINE,AND MEDIEVALWRITERS. Prereq. 2. So. I, 11. 3 , 3 Cr. Continuation of grammar and syntax. Selections from Caesar's Gallic War, St. Augustine's Confessions, and Medieval Latin writers. Uivisron of the Humanities / 49 HEBREW g3-g4.t HEBREWFOR BEGINNERS.I, n. See Course 9-10 under Theological Seminary. n. a5, 86. HEBREWEXEGESIS.I, See Course 17, 18 under Theological Seminary. 6 Cr. 2, n Cr. DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH THE DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISHaims to train students in the proper use of English in oral and written expression; to increase proficiency in reading and in analyzing literary texts; to acquaint the students with the beginnings of Western literature and its development in England and America; and to instill a deeper understanding of the fundamental truths and realities of life revealed in great literature. The department prepares specifically for the teaching of English in secondary schools and for gaduate study. Freshman English is required of all students. This requirement is met by satisfactory completion of English I and 2, or, for students of superior rating, satisfactory completion of English 3 and 21. English 2 1 also meets the literature requirement for graduation. Satisfactory completion of English I is a prerequisite for English 2. All students are required to take an English test at the end of the sophomore year and must demonstrate a proficiency in writing to qualify for the A.B. degree. Major: 26 credits above course 9, including 21, 3 I , 32, 5 I , 6 1 , 62, 74, and a course in modern literature. Recommended for students who plan graduate study, in addition to those listed above, courses 52, 76 or 78, 92, 94, three credits of electives, plus mastery of French and German. Teaching major: 28 credits above course 9, including courses listed for the major, plus 2 5 or lo, and 71. A minor in speech, library science, or a foreign language is recommended. All teaching majors must meet the foreign language requirement. Minor: I8 credits above course 9, including 21, 3 I , 32, 5 I , 61, and 62. Teaching minor: For secondary school: 2 1 credits above 9, including courses listed for the minor, plus 50 or 7 1 . For elementary school: 18 credits above 9, including 21, 25 or 50, Y I , 71, and 3 credits in modern literature. A. IMPROVEMENT OF READING. Fr. (Oflered both semesters.) I Cr. Designed to improve reading speed and comprehension. May be taken by upperclassmen, but only freshmen receive credit. 6 Cr. I-2.t FRESHMAN ENGLISH.(Offered both semesters.) A study of language, composition, and literature. Themes and a reference paper. Students who do not meet the minimum requirements in the entrance English tests are placed in special sections meeting five hours a week. yo / urvrston 01 tne Hll?nlr~~~reS 3 . FRESHMAN ENGLISH.I. 3 Cr. An accelerated course providing experience in writing a reference paper, expository, narrative, and descriptive themes. Includes study of language, correct usage, and types of literature. Introduction to analysis and criticism of literary selections. 7. ENGLISHFOR THE FOREIGN-BORN.I. 2 Cr. An introduction to colloquial English. Training in speaking, writing, and listening. T o be taken by foreign-born students before Freshman English. 2 Cr. A course including reading of literary selections and practice in the skills of writing, speaking, and listening. For student nurses. 9 . COMMUNICATIONS. (Offered both semesters.) 12. FORMSOF JOURNALISTIC WRITING. 11. See course I 2 under Journalism. z Cr. 21, 22. LITERATURE OF THE WESTERNWORLD.Prereq. 2 o r 3. (Offered both semesters.) 3, 3 Cr. Reading, analysis, and discussion of some of the world's great classics. Various literary movements and the influence of the classical tradition. 25. EXPOSITORY WRITING. Prereq. 2 o r 3. I. 2 Cr. Practice in the writing of exposition and argumentation. Reading and analysis of models. 26. CREATIVE WRITING.Prereq. 2 o r 3 . 11. 2 Cr. Writing of description and narration. Study of techniques in the composition of fiction, poetry, and drama. Individual and group projects. 3 I . MEDIEVAL LITERATURE. Prereq. 2 o r 3. I. 2 Cr. Literature of the Middle Ages, chiefiy English. Special at
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Catalog, 1964-1966
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG COLLEGE profile Affiliation: Augsburg College is a four-year Liberal Arts College affiliated with The American Lutheran Church. The College offers a broad education in a Christian environment. Accreditation: Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE profile Affiliation: Augsburg College is a four-year Liberal Arts College affiliated with The American Lutheran Church. The College offers a broad education in a Christian environment. Accreditation: Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (secondary), the American Chemical Society, and the American Association of University Women. Memberships: Augsburg College holds membership also in the American Council on Education, the Association of American Colleges, the National Lutheran Educational Conference, tlie Association of Minnesota Colleges, thc Minnesota Private College Council and the Association of Protestant Colleges and Universities. Courses of Study: Augsburg College offers a Liberal Arts education with courses leading to a Bachelor of Arts degree offered in 26 major fields of study. Sluclents are prepared for teaching, business administration, social warlc, medical technology, secretarial work, parish work, and missions. Students may prepare for Eurtl~er study in the fields of engineering, theology, dentistry, medicine, nursing, and law, and for graduate study in various fields, Lacation: Augsburg College is located along Interstate Highway NO.94, just 20 hloclcs from the downtown loop area of Minneapolis. Students have easy access to libraries, museums and art collections. They also have the opportunity to attend lectures, musical programs and other cultural activities in the Minneapolis-St. Paul area. Setting: The eleven-acre Augsburg campus is located in the heart of Minneapolis and is adjacent to the University of Minnesota West Bank campus and two of the city's largest hospitals. In this urban setting, Augsburg students prepare for careers in our increasingly urban society. A friendly atmosphere prevails on the Augsburg campus. Students participate in all phases of campus community life under the direction of a capable, well-prepared faculty. Development: A comprehensive development program is in operation which will, over the years, add additional land and buildings to the Augsburg College campus. S SEPTEMBER T W T M F S Fall Semester 1964-65 . . . . . Freshman Days Sept. 14, 15 (Mon., Tues.) ....... Registration Sept. 16 (Wed.) ................ Classes begin Sept. 9-15 (Wed.-Tues.) ........ Late registration fee 1 ..................Homecoming OCTOBER T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 1 8 19 m 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 23 30 31 S M S M Sept. 16 (Wed.) Oct. 29-Nov. Nov. 12 (Thurs.) ... End first half Thanksgiving recess Dec. 19 (Sat., 12:20 p.m.) ................... Christmas Jan. 4 (Mon., 7:45 a.m.) Jan. 18-26 (Mon.-Tues.) recess begins ..... Classes resume . . Final examinations ......... Jan. 26 (Tues.) F S F 4 11 18 25 S 5 12 19 26 F S of Semester Nov. 25 (12:20 p.m.)-30 (7:45 a.m.) ....................... NOVEMBER T W T DECEMBER T W T 1 2 3 6 7 8 9 10 13 14 15 16 17 20 21 22 23 24 27 28 29 30 31 ~ S M S M JANUARY T W T 1 7 First Semester ends S M FEBRUARY T W T F S S M MARCH T W T F S S M T APRIL W T F S S M T MAY W T F S Spring Semester 1965 .................. Registration Feb. 2 (Tues.) Feb. 3 (Wed., 7 :45 a.m.) Feb. 3 (Wed.) ....... Classes begin .......... Late Mar. 30 (Tues.) ... registration fee End first half of Semester April 1 4 (Wed., 9:00 p.m.) ....................... Easter recess begins April 20 (Tues., 7 :45 a.m.). Easter recess ends May 19 (Wed.) May 20-28 (Thurs.-Fri.) May 30 (Sun.) May 30 (Sun.) 1 .................. Reading Day . . Final examinations ........ Baccalaureate service ............... Commencement S M T JUNE W T F S S SEPTEMBER T W T M F S Fall Semester 1 965-66 S . . . . . Freshman Sept. 8-14 (Wed.-Tues.) OCTOBER T W T M F S Sept. 13, 14 (Mon., Tues.) S NOVEMBER T W T M F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes Sept. 15 (Wed.) . . . . . . . . . Late Oct. 28-31 Homecoming End first half of Semester Nov. 24 (12:20 p.m.) -29 (7:45 a.m.) DECEMBER T W T M .. begin registration fee ...................... Nov. 11 (Thurs.) S . . . . . . . Registration Sept. 15 (Wed. S Days F S ....................... Thanksgiving recess Dec. 18 (Sat., 12:20 p.m.) S .................. JANUARY T W T M F S Jan. 3 (Mon., 7:45 a.m.) ...... Classes resume Jan. 17-25 (Man.-Tues.) . . Final examinations Jan. 25 (Tues.) M FEBRUARY T W T S M MARCH T W T F S S M T APRIL W T F S S F Christmas recess begins .......... First Semester ends S Spring Semester 1966 ................... Registration Feb. 2 (Wed., 7:45 a.m.) . . . . . . Classes begin Feb. 2 (Wed.) . . . . . . . . . Late registration fee April 1 (Fri.) . . . . . End first half of Semester Feb. 1 (Tues.) April 6 (Wed., 9:00 p.m.) Easter recess begins S M MAY T W T April 12 (Tues., 7:45 a.m.) Easter recess ends F S May 25 (Wed.) ................. Reading Day May 26-June 3 (Thurs.-Fri.) S M T JUNE W T F S ........................ Final examinations June 5 (Sun.) .......... Baccalaureate service June 5 (Sun.) ............... Commencement historical sketch Augsburg was begun as a seminary in 1869, at Marshall, Wisconsin. It was the first theological school founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America. Through an arrangement with a private institution known as Marshall Academy, the Seminary was at first housed in the academy building. Students who needed further preparation in academic subjects were to obtain this in the academy. In the autumn of 1872 Augsburg Seminary was removed to Minneapolis, Minnesota, where a building had been erected for its use. In the same year the school was incor~orated under theVlawsof Minnesota. Its Gm was to train ministers for the Lutheran congregations which were being organized in growing numbers in the pioneer settlements that were spreading rapidly over the Northwest. The College was established when it became evident that in order to get students who were adequately prepared for theological study a college department was needed. In 1874 a curriculum was planned which provided for one year of preparatory studies and four years of college work along two lines, a classical course to prepare students for theology, and a scientific course to prepare for other professions. The first college students were enrolled in 1874 and the first class was graduated in 1879. In 1900 a high school course covering three years was established which in 1910 was expanded t o a standard four-year course. This was discontinued in 1933. In the years 1916-1919 the college course was thoroughly revised. As a result of this and of subsequent growth, the earlier classical course was greatly modified and supplemented by social and scientific studies and a more general emphasis upon the study of the humanities. In recent years there has been continuous study and modification of the curriculum including G E NERAL INFORMATIOR the introduction of a number of new majors to meet the developing needs of the students. The divisional organization was adopted in 1945. At the present time 26 majors are offered. Coeducation was introduced in the College in 1922. In February, 1963, with the merger of the Lutheran Free Church into The American Lutheran Church, Augsburg College became affiliated with the latter church body. At the close of its ninety-third academic year, in the spring of 1963, Augsburg Theological Seminary merged with Luther Theological Seminary, St. Paul, one of the seminaries of the merged church. Seven presidents have served Augsburg during the course of its history: Augiisl Weenaas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1869-1876 Georg Sverdrup - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1876-1907 1907-1911 Sven O f t e d a l - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1911-1937 George Sverdrup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H. N. Hendrickson (Acting) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1937-1938 Bernhard Christensen - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1938-1 962 Leif S. Harbo - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1962-1963 Oscar A. Anderson - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1963-Present aims and objectives IJ Augsburg College is a Christian liberal arts college of The American Lutheran Church. The faculty and the Board of Regents of the college affirm the following as their understanding of the aims, philosophy, objectives and character of this institution. Ultimate Aims To contribute t o the true good of human life and society. To contribute to the building of free and living congregations in the community of the Christian Church. Basic Philosophy The Christian message concerning the redemptive act d God in Christ constitutes the greatest potential for good in human life and society; but this potential is realized only insofar as it is actualized in the minds and hearts of individuals. The redemption of the mind constitutes the unique educational task laid upon the Christian Church; in seeking t o relate all learning to the truth of the Christian faith, the Christian college performs its greatest service both to the Church and to society. Where there is an atmosphere of free and honest inquiry, truth has the overwhelming advantage; the Christian college, therefore, pursues its purposes not by indoctrination or coercion, but by inviting teachers and students to join in a common search for truth and in a common attempt to see all truth in relation to ultimate Truth. Primary Objectives To attract to the college students of high ability and genuine religious concern who can reap the maximum benefit from a program of Christian higher education. To provide a campus setting that is conducive to the spiritual, mental, moral and physical well-being of its students. To stimulate its students' intellectual interest, and to assist them to develop the habits and skills necessary for sound academic work. To acquaint its students with the spiritual, cultural and intellectual riches of mankind, both for the sake of the enrichment of their own lives and, through them, for the enrichment of their homes and communities. To lead its students to a deeper understanding and experience of the Christian Gospel in its relation to every area of life and learning. To aid its students in discovering and clarifying their peculiar aptitudes and interests, and to provide training and counsel that will assist them in preparing for a life work appropriate thereto. F To aid its students in the development of Christian attitudes and Christian qualities of character; and to encourage each student to look upon his life as a Christian vocation, and an opportunity for service to God and man. Distinctive Character Augsburg College is a Christian community of life and learning. As a Christian academic community, Augsburg seeks that high level of excellence which is appropriate to such a community. Augsburg treasures its religious and cultural heritage as an institution founded by Lutheran immigrants from Norway who sought to play a creative role in American life and society, and seeks to preserve the enduring values of this heritage in the life of the college community today. the alumni association The Augsburg Alumni Association has as its goal to enable graduates and former students to maintain effective contact and cooperation with one another and with their Alma Mater. The annual meeting is held a t Commencement time each year. Local Augsburg clubs are promoted. The affairs of the Association are under the leadership of the Board of Directors. The Alumni Office is located in the Art Building on Riverside Avenue. the physical plant Instructional facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located in relation to each other. Old Main, erected in 1900, contains a large number of classrooms and offices. Science Hall, erected in 1948-49, includes the general administration offices; well-equipped laboratories for chemistry, physics, biology and home economics; the bookstore; a medium-sized auditorium; and several classrooms and faculty offices. A Tower Prayer Chapel is located on the fourth floor. The Lisa Odland Observatory, on the roof of Science Hall, was completed in the summer of 1960. The George Sverdrup Library, named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, was erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent to Science Hall and of similar contemporary architectural design, it contains spacious reading rooms, seminars, work rooms, a visual-education center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms, and a number of faculty offices. There is stack space for approximately 100,000 volumes. Si Melby Hall, the new auditorium-gymnasium, was completed in 1961. This building, named in honor of Professor J. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach and head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel services and general auditorium purposes. The Music Hall was acquired by purchase in 1947 and has been remodeled to serve the needs of the music department. The Speech and Drama Building was acquired in 1959 and remodeled to make an extremely functional building for dramatic and other speech activities. The Art Building was acquired in 1963 and remodeled to provide excellent space for the art program. It has one large classroom and studio and laboratory facilities for drawing, painting, and sculpture in the rooms on the ground and first floor. The second floor of the building houses the Development Offices. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memoriol Hall Gerda Mortensen Hall Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, is a dormitory affording living quarters for about 130 men. On the ground floor of this building is the college cafeteria and dining hall. Gerda Mortensen Hall, erected in 1955, provides housing for about 175 women students, as well as apartments for the resident head and her assistant. The dormitory incorporates the former Sivertsen Hall, remodeled as a wing of the larger dormitory. Miriam, Edda, Epsilon, Kappa, Omega, Sigma, Iota, Lambda, Omicron, Zeta, and Theta are small dormitory houses, each accommodating from 8 to 20 women students. The President's Home, an attractive colonial residence, is located on the West River Road. A large number of dwellings have also been acquired in recent years in the expanded campus area, and are in use for faculty, staff, men students, and married student housing. the archives The Augsburg Archives seeks to gather and make available for use documents, books, and other articles of historical value. The George Sverdrup Library provides adequate, fire-prod quarters for the archives. Here are found a large collection of periodicals, manuscripts, letters, and pictures, affording extensive resources for scholarly research. library facilities The beautiful and spacious George Sverdrup Library provides a central study-workshop for both faculty and students. It contains about 50,000 volumes, exclusive of pamphlets, and is adding approximately 5000 new volumes each year. Students and faculty working in either of the two large reading rooms find the atmosphere conducive to quiet study and research materials close at hand. All books are kept on open shelves. Reference service, provided by an able and well-trained staff, is available to students. Special collections have been developed in the Music Library, the Chemistry Library, the Curriculum and Library Science Libraries, and in the Audio-Visual Center. Additional conveniences include conference rooms for larger groups or small classes. A typing corner is provided in the first floor reading room. The library subscribes to about 410 of the best periodicals dealing with a large variety of subjects, as well as a number of serials devoted to the interests of special fields. Current issues are displayed in a pleasant browsing area. The library plays an active role in promoting general reading, presenting regular book displays, and sponsoring monthly book discussions for faculty, staff, and students. In the Twin City area are other libraries which make their holdings available to Augsburg students, notably, the St. Paul and Minneapolis publi,c libraries, the latter of which issues library cards to out-of-town students for each school year. natural science laboratories The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the Science Hall. Three laboratories and storeroom and office space for Biology are located on the second floor; three larger laboratories and two special research laboratories for Chemistry and two laboratories for Physics are located on the third and fourth floors. A chemistry library is located near the research facilities. Storerooms and faculty offices are also located here. P.' I A considerable part of the income on which Augsburg operates is derived from endowment and from gifts. Therefore, the fees charged the student do not constitute the whole cost of his education, for he enjoys the benefits of the gifts of those who believe in and support the work of the school. guaranteed tuition plan In order to assist students and parents in planning ahead for tuition payments, which are the major item of college expense, Augsburg College offers a Guaranteed Tuition Plan that fixes the tuition cost for four years of college. Freshmen enrolling in the fall of 1964, who sign up for the plan, will have their tuition cost guaranteed for eight consecutive semesters a t a total cost of $3,825 (average cost is $956.25 per year) as follows: The larger charges in the first two years build up a reserve available for the last two years. If the student on this plan voluntarily withdraws, he loses his reserve. If he is asked to withdraw, his reserve will be refunded. Those who do not elect t o sign up for the Guaranteed Tuition Plan will be enrolled in the fall of 1964 a t a tuition charge of $450 per semester and at whatever level the fee is set in subsequent years. FINANCIAL general expenses per semester * Regular Tuition Plan Tuition (includes Student Activity $450.00 Fee of $1 1.00) 7.50 Student Union Fee 1.00 Lo'cker (Optional) Guaranteed Tuition Plan $500.00 7.50 1.00 TOTAL GENERAL EXPENSES PER SEMESTER $458.50 $508.50 Books are estimated a t $25.00 to $40.00 per semester Students registered for more than the maximum number of credits (17) are charged a t the rate of $20.00 for each additional credit per semester. Special students will pay a t the rate of $38.00 per credit up t o 11 credits. Those who register for 12 or more credits pay the regular tuition charge. room and board expenses per semester" WOMEN Min. Max. $125.00 $130.00 150.00 125.00 1.OO 1.00 MEN Min. Max. $120.00 $120.00 175.00 225.00 1.00 1.OO Room Board * Key Deposit (refundable) Breakage Deposit -0-015.00 15.00 (refundable) TOTAL ROOM & BOARD PER SEMESTER $251.00 $281.00 $311.00 $361.00 *Women students in residence are required to buy and use a minimum of $125.00 meal book coupoils per semester, men students $175.00. music fees per semester " Private lessons - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - $40.00 8.00 Piano studio rental (one hour per day) 20.00 Organ rental (one hour per day) .- - - - - - - - - - - Voice studio rental (one hour per day) - . - - - . . 8.00 * Subject t o change special fees" - Application fee -, ,- -, - -, , , , , ,, ,, , , - - - - ,, - - - - - $10.00 Late registration fee per day (after classes begin) - - 1.00 Change of registration after the beginning of the second week of classes ,,,,,,,,,,,- ,-, -, - - - -- - - -- - - - 2.00 Placement fee ,-, , , , , , , , , , , , , , - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5.00 Graduation fee -,--,-,,,,-,,,,,,,,~-,10.00 ------,Final examinations taken a t another hour than the one , ,, - -, ,-- - -, , -- - -- - - - - - - - - - - - 5.00 scheduled ,,,,-, Examination making up an incomplete or a condition - 5.00 Transcript of credits (after first one which is free) - 1.00 Student teaching 20.00 . . Choir tour (minimum) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 10.00 Band tour (minimum) , - , - , - - - - - , , - - - -10.00 ------Camprehensive examination, per credit, for students enrolled ,- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5.00 Comprehensive examination, per credit, for students 10.00 not currently enrolled ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,-,,,,,,,-, - ------,,,,,-,+,+,+-4-h----~-4--- estimated expenses per semester "* MEN WOMEN Min. Max. OFF-CAMPUS STUDENTS $458.50 General expenses $508.50 Special, music, books 25.00 100.00 $608.50 TOTAL $483.50 Min. Max. $458.50 25.00 $483.50 $508.50 100.00 $608.50 RESIDENT STUDENTS $458.50 General expenses Room & Board 251.00 Special, music, books 25.00 TOTAL $734.50 $458.50 311.00 25.00 $794.50 $508.50 361.00 100.00 $969.50 $508.50 281.00 100.00 $889.50 * * These estimates do not include transportation, clothing, or personal expenses. refunds Tuition, fees, and room charges for a student cancelling his registration before the middle of any semester will be charged a t the rate of 2 per cent per day, except for application and special fees, which are not refundable. There is no fee refund after the middle of the semester. If a student is required to enter the Armed Forces, a full refund is made of tuition. V u b j e c t to change payment of accounts Student accounts are due in full a t the time of registration in September and February. Parents may deposit money in advance a t the College, or the student may make the payment when he registers. Checks must be made out to Augsburg College and forwarded directly to the Treasurer's office. For cash payments a receipt must be obtained from the Treasurer's office at the time of payment. Recognizing that payment of fees in full a t registration poses a financial problem in some cases, the College has instituted the following payment plans: DATE PAYMENT DUE n OFF-CAMPUS RESIDENT STUDENTS STUDENTS Guaranteed Guaranteed Tuition Regular Tuition Regular Tuition Plan Tuition Plan or before registration $300.00 $325.00 $525.00 $550.00 125.00 135.00 95.00 Due October 15th 85.00 95.00 125.00 135.00 Due November 15th 85.00 135.00 125.00 95.00 Due December 15th 85.00 125.00 135.00 95.00 Due January 15th 85.00 125.00 135.00 95.00 Due February 15th 85.00 125.00 135.00 95.00 Due March 15th 85.00 135.00 125.00 95.00 Due April 15th 85.00 Due May 15th Balance Balance Balance Balance In addition, other arrangements may be made with the Treasurer's office. A carrying charge of $2.00 a month is added for the payment-plan service. Unless prior arrangement is made, an additional $1.00 is added for each month that payment is late. financia 1 assistance Financial aids in the form of loan funds, scholarships, grantsin-aid, and employment assistance are available a t Augsburg. Students must complete an application form and meet certain requirements to qualify for financial aids. The college gives assistance t o students in securing work both on and off the campus. loan funds 18 Several loan funds have been established to assist students in working out their financial problems. Loans may be arranged a t a reasonable rate of interest for various periods of time. The General Student Loan Fund, established through the gifts of many individual donors, is chiefly maintained by contributions from the Augsburg College Women's Club. The Olaf Rogne Fund, established in 1954, extends assistance t o students preparing for theological study. The Charles and Nora Crouch Student Loan Fund, established in 1954, extends assistance t o members of all classes. The Senior Loan Fund, established by the class of 1955, is available t o selected graduating seniors. The John and Anna Jorgine Gregory Theological Student Loan Fund is available to students who are preparing for the ministry. The Student Aid Fund of the Zion Lutheran Hour, established by the Zion Lutheran Church of Minot, North Dakota, likewise extends loans to students preparing for the ministry. National Defense Student Loans, established by the National Defense Education Act of 1958, are available t o students capable of maintaining good standing in their chosen course of study. Special consideration is given to those students who express a desire to teach in elementary or secondary schools and t o those whose academic background indicates a superior capacity for preparation in science, mathematics, engineering or modern foreign languages. United Student Aid Funds is a program of endorsing loans made by local banks to college students requiring financial assistance. A grant to the College by the Gamble and Skogmo Foundations provided the funds t o establish the initial reserves required. Arrangements for the loans are made through a conference with the Dean of Students, chairman of a faculty committee on student loans. In addition to arranging loans, the committee counsels students on financial matters with the objective in mind of helping the student work out a satisfactory plan for his finances. scholarships and prizes Fifty Freshman Scholarships of varying amounts are available to outstanding high school graduates. Some of these scholarships are renewable provided the student's scholastic record is 2.0 or better. A limited number of Tuition Scholarships is awarded to outstanding high school graduates. Students who rank in the upper five per cent of their high school class, perform well on scholastic aptitude tests, and can show good character references are eligible for consideration. These scholarships are renewable if the student maintains a 2.25 scholastic average. Departmental Scholarships of variable amounts are awarded each year to students who are highly recommended by the chairman of their major department. These scholarships are renewable if the student maintains a scholastic average of 1.75 or better. Upper-class Scholarships of $300 are awarded each year to selected students with an honor point ratio of 2.4 or better who apply to the Student Personnel Committee. Augsburg awards Foreign Student Scholarships each year to deserving students from other countries. These scholarships may be awarded in amounts up to the equivalent of full tuition. The American Indian Scholarshir, was established in 1955 by Spring Lake Park Lutheran Church, Minneapolis. It is a scholarship of $200 to be applied on tuition at Augsburg College. It is to be awarded to an American Indian student selected on the basis of scholarship and economic need. The Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship was established in 1953 in memory of Henry P. Opseth, former head of the Music Department and director of the Augsburg College Choir. It is awarded annually to a sophomore or junior student of outstanding promise or achievement in the field of music. The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship in memory of Marilyn Yvonne Solberg, a member of the Augsburg College Choir from 1950 until the time of her death in 1953, was established in 1955 by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Iver Solberg and her brother, Dorvall. I t is awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a major or minor and who shows outstanding promise or. achicwement in the art of singing. 20 The George Sverdrup Graduate Fellowship was established by the Board of Trustees of Augsburg in 1947 to honor the memory of George Sverdrup, President of Augsburg from 1911 to 1937. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding character and ability who plans to prepare further for the vocation of teaching. The amount of the Fellowship is five hundred dollars. The Keith E. Hoffman Memorial SchoIarship was established in 1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapolis in n ~ e ~ n o rof y their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa. Tlie scholarship is awarded annually to a student selected an the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and ability in the field of athletics. Two Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarships of $300 each are provided by the Lutheran Brotl?erl~oodLife Insurance Society and awarded each fall to outstanding Lutheran college seniors. The students arc selected by the college in the spring of the junior year on the basis of religious leadership and scholastic standing. The Augsburg College Women's Club Scholarship awards, totaling $400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding character and excellent scholarship. The Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize, from a fund established by members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor Adolph Paulson who taught Social Science at Augsburg from 1930 to 1935, is awarded annually to a college student for the best essay written on an assigned subject in the field of Christian Sociology. The amount of the prize is $50. The Iver and Marie Iversen Scholarship was established in 1957 through a grant from Mr. Iver Iversen of Brooklyn, New York. It is awarded annually to a student in the College. The award, in the amount of $250, is made on the basis of need, scholarship, and interest in Christian service. The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarships were established in 1958 by two anonymous donors to honor the memory of Reverend Olaf Rogne, business administrator of the college from 1940 to 1952. Three awards of $500 each are made annually to selected students preparing for Christian service. The Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by the department of chemistry to honor the memory of Carl Fosse, professor of chemistry at Augsburg from 1921 to 1942. The annual award is made to a student whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Manlvald Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by friends and the department of chemistry to honor the memory of Manivald Aldre, assistant professor of chemistry at Augsburg from 1949 ta 1958,The annual award is made to a student whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Dr. W. M. Sandstrom Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1963 by a gift from Dr. Sandstrom, retired professor of biochemistry a t the University of Minnesota. The annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr., Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1963. This annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promising achievement in the field of chemistry. The Walter Gordon Schnell Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established by friends and the department of chemistry in 1960 to honor the memory of Walter Gordon Schnell, a student of -hemistry at Augsburg until the time of his death in January 960. The annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. f The Dr. Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1961 by the chemistry staff. The award is made annually to a chemistry student whose record indicates promise in the field of chemistry. The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship was established in 1956 by members of the family to honor their parents. The scholarship is awarded annually to a student on the basis of academic achievement, personal character and promise of achievement in the field of physical education. The Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship was established in 1959 by friends to honor the memory of P. A. Sveeggen, professor of English a t Augsburg from 1915 to 1952. The award of variable amount is made annually to an outstanding student in the field of English. Alumni Achievement Scholarships are awarded to outstanding students in the Freshman, Sophomore, and Junior classes for use the following academic year. The scholarship fund, which is equivalent to three half-tuition scholarships, is awarded on the basis of previous academic performance. No award will be in excess of financial need. The Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarships were established in 1961 by Mrs. Alma Jensen Dickerson, a member of the Augsburg faculty from 1943 to 1954. One or more scholarships are awarded annually to able and deserving junior or senior students. The Carl W. Landahl Scholarship was established by the family and friends in memory of Professor Carl W. Landahl, a member of the Augsburg Music Faculty from 1952 until his death in 1961. It is awarded annually to a student on the basis of achievement in the field of music. The Onesimus Scholarship, established in 1962 by Mr. and Mrs. James Helleckson, is awarded annually in the amount of $300 to an Augsburg student or graduate who is preparing for service in the Christian ministry. The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship Fund was established in 1960 by gifts from the Burntvedt family and through a church-wide offering, to honor the memory of Dr. T. 0. Burntvedt who was President of the Lutheran Free Church from 1930 to 1958. One or more scholarships are awarded annually to a student or students in the senior class who are preparing for the ministry. The Celia Fredrickson Scholarship consists of the income from a fund of one thousand dollars. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg student from the Sharon Lutheran congregation a t Lamberton, Minnesota. The Quanbeck Scholarship Fund was established in 1963 by a bequest of John G. Quanbeck. The income from this fund is awarded annually to freshman students who, without assistance, would be unable to pursue higher education. The Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship was established in 1962 by E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris E. Yokie, daughters of Edward Yokie. A scholarship will be awarded annually to an able and deserving junior or senior student recommended by the Scholarship Committee. The Greater Augsburg Alumni Association Scholarship of $500 is awarded annually to an outstanding alumnus of Augsburg in order to encourage and assist promising students in the carrying out of projects of graduate study. The Harry S. Genung Memorial Scholarship was established in 1963 by De Ette Cenfield Genung in honor of her husband. A scholarship is awarded annually to a deserving student from another country in order to prepare that student to make a contribution in his or her homeland, thereby improving the relationship of that country and the United States. The De Ette Cenfield Genung Memorial Scholarship was established in 1963 by Harry S. Genung in honor of his wife. Two scholarships are awarded annually to deserving and promising students in the field of English or the language arts. The Green-Genung Memorial Scholarship was established in 1963 by Harry S. Genung and De Ette Cenfield Genung, his wife, in memory of Jeanette Cenfield Green, sister of Mrs. Genung, and Arthur E. Genung, father of Mr. Genung. Both the persons memorialized in this scholarship had a special concern about the social and personal consequences of the use of alcoholic beverages and narcotics, and Mrs. Green was especially active in the p.omotion of alcohol education and legislation. The proceeds of this endowment fund will be used for the scholarship to be awarded annually to one or more qualified students specializing in Sociology and Social Work with special interest in the problems of modern society that are reflected in alcoholism, drug addiction, delinquency, and other personal and social problems, and who plan to direct their efforts toward the prevention and solution of such problems. Social Service Scholarship Program is sponsored by the Division of Charities of the American Lutheran Church. Two scholarships of $300 or three scholarships of $200 will be awarded each year to students a t Augsburg College. The recipients must be juniors or seniors of the Lutheran faith who are enrolled in social work courses and plan to continue training in a graduate school of social work. In addition to scholastic achievement, a student's interests, aptitude, and skills in working with people are considered in making this award. grants-in-aid Grants-in-aid are available to students in good standing who are in special need of financial assistance. In awarding these grants, the Student Personnel Committee gives primary consideration to demonstrated financial need which is determined by examining a statement of the resources and anticipated expenses of both the student and his family. employment service An employment service, located in the Personnel Office, assists students in obtaining part-time remunerative work. Many students find it possible to pay part of their college expenses with money earned in this way. The types of work available are of various kinds, including recreational leadership, restaurant work, domestic service, sales work, and secretarial and clerical work. The college is concerned that employment not interfere with a student's academic work. Therefore, it is desirable that Freshmen have sufficient funds to pay their entire expenses for at least one semester. Part-time employment may then be secured in accordance with the need of the student and his ability to handle extra work. Students are employed by the college in several areas. For these positions preference is given to upper-class students who have maintained a good scholastic average. Assistance in obtaining summer employment is also provided each spring by the Employment Service. Application for parttime or summer employment may be made in the Personnel Office. application procedure Applications for admission to Augsburg College should be made to the Director of Admissions. Students may apply for admission as soon as they have completed their junior year in high school, and preferably before June 1 preceding the fall in which the student seeks admission. No applications are accepted after September 1. Early applicants gain an advantage both in registration and housing. Notification of admission is normally sent to a student as soon as the application is complete. Instructions for applying for admission: (1) Obtain an application form by writing or visiting: Office of Admissions Augsburg College Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404 (2) Complete and return the application form with a $10 application fee (nonrefundable) and a photograph. (3) Request your high school to send us a copy of your high school record and test results. Transfer students will request the previous college or colleges to send an official transcript of grades together with results of standardized .tests taken. (4) After acceptance, all new students are required to make a $50 non-refundable tuition deposit. This deposit may be made any time before July 1; for those admitted thereafter, it is due within two weeks after notification of acceptance. (5) An interview on campus is encouraged but not required. admission requirements The quality of a student's work in high school, type of course program, scores on college aptitude tests, and recommendations are important factors in considering an application. Augsburg College seeks ADMISSION TO THE students who rank high in the high school graduating class, a t least in the upper half, and score average or above on college aptitude tests. It is recommended that a student have a t least 12 academic subjects in his college preparatory curriculum, which should include four units of English, and at least two units each of a foreign language, social studies, mathematics, and science. A unit is defined as a course covering one academic year and equivalent to at least 120 hours of classwork. For entrance to the Freshman Class, either the tests of the American College Testing Program (ACT) or the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) of the College Entrance Examination Board is required. A recent physical examination is also required. Students will be provided with blanks to be filled out and returned to the Student Personnel Offi,ce by August 15. The health report must be received before the student will be permitted t o register. transfer Students are accepted by transfer from other colleges and universities if their academic record and test results are satisfactory and they are in good standing. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed a t accredited institutions. For graduation the total honor point ratio is computed on the basis of work transferred together with that taken a t Augsburg. A maximum of 64 semester credits is allowed on transfer from a junior college. advanced placement Advanced placement is granted to students who qualify, on the basis of work taken in high school or elsewhere, to enroll in courses beyond the beginning course. Placement may be determined by tests, or by the level and length of the course previously completed. advanced standing Advanced standing, that is, college credit, is granted to high school students who have successfully completed a college-level course provided they received a grade of 3, 4, or 5 on the Advanced Placement Examinations. ' I. The influences which mould life and character on a college campus are of many kinds. While the exercises of classroom, laboratory, and library form the organizing basis of college activity, they need to be supplemented by other than academic forces. These intangible but very real supplementary influences have much to do with creating the spirit of an institution. At Augsburg definite emphasis is placed upon the maintenance of a wholesome spirit of Christian community living. Students are urged to give conscious attention to this personal and spiritual side of their development and thus contribute toward the prevalence of a vital and happy Christian atmosphere on the campus. It is the earnest desire of those who direct t - g the instituthe policies of A t ~ g . ~ h ~ lthat tion may conslnntly I:e permeated by ail atmosphere in which the qiresl for Truth as it is in Christ is prayeiqfully rostercd in each life. All students are required to complete fourteen credit hours in courses offered in Religion. 'l'liei~e are 1iurnerous voluntary religious activities in which students are encouraged to participate. Faith and Life Week is helrl ~ w i c e each ycar. It is assumed that every Augsburg student will find a church home in Minneapolis and attend its services regularly. It is expected of each student that his life, conduct, and influence, both on and off campus, shall be worthy of a member of a Christian College. Those who do not feel drawn to this quality of life and to the fellowship in which it is nourished should not seek to be enrolled at Augsburg. A truly Christian spirit and environment must be the product of the united effort and prayer of faculty, students, and administration. The Chapel Service The heart of Augsburg's program of Christian education is the daily Chapel Service, CAMPUS LIFE where the faculty and students gather for united worship, prayer, and a brief meditation upon the Word of God. Regular attendance is expected of all students. recreation standards and discipline Introduction At Augsburg all the work of the college rests on certain Biblical affirmations about human nature and man's relation to God. The college regards the Christian life as the truly significant life. This life implies an intimate relation to the person of Christ. In the content of this primary relationship, the Christian also lives in a relationship to people, to events, to things. The fact that God not only created the world but became Man gives evidence that life in this world is not to be despised. The Christian liberal arts college takes seriously these relationships and therefore seeks to educate the whole man. It follows that one of its important responsibilities is to establish recreational programs and policies that contribute to this end. It should be clear, however, that in an age which is much concerned with the pursuit of pleasure, a college like Augsburg should never subordinate its academic program to leisuretime activities. On the contrary, the recreational program must be in the context of, and be congruent with, the major intellectual quests of the college; and both must have as their goal to help the individual to live an effectual Christian life in the world. The Program In settirig up a recreational and social program, Augsburg is conscious of its position as a coeducational Christian college of liberal arts. The program takes into account the relationship between sexes and seeks to provide normal and healthy opportunities for the expression of the mutual attraction of the sexes. Augsburg offers a varied and selective recreational and social program which gives preference to those activities which are emancipatory rather than restrictive, those which enrich community life rather than those which are divisive or encourage selfish satisfactions. The college provides a variety of activities designed to meet these requirements. The social program includes a number of organized all-school events combined with many lessstructured activities designed for specified smaller groups. In attempting to meet the needs and interests of all Augsburg students, we make use of all existing facilities on campus and many of those which are available in the Twin City area. In seeking to develop a constructive recreational program, some limitations have been placed upon certain other activities. The college is opposed to all forms of gambling. It forbids the possession or consumption of alcoholic beverages in dormitories, in any college-approved place of residence, or a t any college-sponsored event. Any student found under the influence of liquor is subject to disciplinary action. Social, or ballroom dancing, is not a part of the recreational program of the college. Students are encouraged to be discriminating in all types of recreation in which they engage, that their time may be well spent, and strong moral and ethical values may be developed. Such common activities as television viewing and movie-going, for example, can easily become time-wasting and even detrimental to the development of moral and ethical values. Without attempting to dictate to the individual conscience, the college regards it as its right to ask its students to adapt themselves to the social program approved by the college and to follow it as members of the college community. Although the college lays down specific rules regarding most matters only with respect to activities centering on the campus, it reserves the right to dismiss any student whose continuation in college is deemed undesirable for social as well as for academic reasons. It is the policy of the college that such action shall not be taken capriciously, but only after the available campus resources of counseling and judicial processes have been utilized. Thus, disciplinary problems are first dealt with through counseling. Those not solved in this way are channeled to a faculty-student Judicial Council through the Office of the Dean of Students. In all such cases, careful investigation and the privilege of a hearing precede any disciplinary action. religious program The Religious Life Commission, composed of students and faculty, endeavors to promote a religious program that will stimulate growth of Christian life in the Augsburg community. Chairman of this council is the student Commissioner of Religious Activities. Areas for which this committee carries primary responsibility are the Mid-Week services, Faith and Life Weeks, prayer meetings, and informal group meetings and discussions. This Commission also serves as a coordinating agency for all voluntary Christian organizations on campus. The principal organization is the Student Christian Association. The SCA seeks to serve as a stimulus and outlet for Christian faith and life. Students participate in regional and national Lutheran Student Association of America Conferences, and conduct a schedule of meetings on campus. The Mission Society, the service organization of SCA promotes interest in missions through a program of study, fellowship, worship, and service. A highlight of the year is the Mission Festival, a conference devoted to the study of missionary activity and recruitment of workers. convocation Regular convocations are held each Thursday throughout the year. These programs acquaint the campus community with outstanding personalities in various fields. A wide range of interests is covered, including the scientific, political, social, religious, and artistic. social and recreational activities Students at Augsburg are given many opportunities for social training and recreation. The Student Council through the Commissioner of Social Activities, assisted by a Programming Commission, sponsors a wide variety of activities each month and an all-school activity which all students may attend. Most of these are informal. The Sophomore and Junior classes sponsor semi-formal banquets. The Associated Women Students and a number of other organizations sponsor teas, dinners, and social affairs on and off campus. Music and the Fine Arts Augsburg's location in Minneapolis gives its students unique opportunities to make use of some of the finest educational and cultural advantages which the Northwest has to offer. Excellent art collections are to be found in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts and the Walker Art Center. The Twin City libraries are extensive in their services. The Historical Museum in St. Paul gives access to large collections of historical material. The Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra programs and other concerts afford rich opportunity for the enjoyment of music. Many students and faculty attend Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra concerts by virtue of a special college season ticket arrangement. Season tickets are available also for other University concerts and for drama productions a t the University and Tyrone Guthrie Theaters. A monthly bulletin, Augsburg Plus, listing programs, concerts, a r t displays and exhibitions is compiled and issued from the Student Personnel Office. student government The Student Society consists of all full-time and part-time students enrolled a t Augsburg College. The central concern of student government is focused on education to the end that individuals may develop their full capabilities through intellectual growth. The student government relates to this broad objective by assuming responsibilities for furthering student affairs, educating members to the democratic process, developing a sense of community, fostering intellectual activity, and participating in policy making. The administration, under the direction of the president, resides in the executive branch. The Executive Council consists of six commissioners-each responsible to the president for one of the major areas of student life. Eight boards also assist him in his work. The Student Council, presided over by the vice-president, is the twenty member legislative branch of the government. Each of the college classes has its own officers and participates in student government through its representatives on the council. The Judicial Council is a student-faculty judiciary, whose rulings are subject to appeal only to the President of the College. The Student-Faculty Council, composed of students, administration and faculty, discusses campus problems, considers legislation adopted by one group or the other which affects the college as a whole, and promotes cooperation and understanding between the students, the faculty, and the administration. The Student Society is a member of the National Student Association, the largest representative national union of students in the United States. Through this organization the students. receive programming aids for use on the campus, and add their voice to the voice of all American students before the national government and other organizations in matters of student concern. The Student Goyernment directs several projects of interest to the college community. These projects include the annual OneAppeal Campaign, Leadership Training Workshops, Political Action Week, Homecoming, Student Lecture Series, Academic Freedom Week, College Union Study, and Development Council. Counseling of Freshmen by upper-class students is conducted through a College Brother-College Sister Program as a part of Freshman Orientation. Associated Women Students, composed of all the women students, provides opportunity for the women to develop meaningful self-government. It aims to create a sense of harmony and fellowship, to promote and maintain high standards of honor and integrity in personal conduct, and it encourages participation in all college activities. It is affiliated with the Intercollegiate Associated Women Students, a national organization. Publications The college newspaper, The Augsburg Echo, is published by a student staff. The Echo serves as a voice of the student body as well as a medium of information. The Echo provides an opportunity for experience in the many phases of journalistic work. Augsburg's yearbook, the Augsburgian, provides a pictorial record of the activities of the year. Work on the annual provides opportunity for creative expression in artistic design as well as in photography. The Publication Commission is comprised of the editors; business managers, and advisers of the Augsburgian and the Echo. The chief responsibility of the Commission is to select editors and business managers for the campus publications. The "A" Book is a student handbook which is compiled by a student editor in conjunction with the Office of Student Personnel Services. The Directory of students, staff, and faculty is published under the direction of the Registrar. co-curricular program The enthusiasm and energy of students motivate them to pursue their interests beyond the classroom. For most effective participation, students with similar interests have united to form clubs. Several of these are extensions of courses beyond the classroom. Others are devoted to interests not offered in the curriculum. New clubs are formed as the occasion demands. The Art Club is an informal organization to satisfy the students' creative urge in the field of art and to promote an interest in art. The Biology Seminar furnishes opportunity for informal study in the biological sciences. The Business Club draws membership from the business and secretarial classes. The development of professional interests is the major objective. The Augsburg Chemical Society is open to both majors and minors in chemistry. The meetings consist of seminars on current topics in this specific area. The Augsburg Forum affords opportunity for joint studentfaculty discussions of vital, controversial issues. The Cosmopolitan Club brings together foreign and American students who have a mutual interest in the culture, language, and people of the various countries. The Augsburg Society for Dramatic Arts provides for its members an opportunity to learn from participation in stage presentations and from field trips, as well as from reading and seeing plays produced. Membership is open to all students. Membership in National Collegiate Players represents recognition for continued excellence in drama participation. It is open only to qualified upper-classmen. The Electronics Club is open to anyone interested in the field of radio and electronics. Members operate an amateur radio station on the campus. The Student National Education Association, Martin Quanbeck Chapter, offers to its members associate membership in professional education associations and strives to acquaint future teachers with the importance of teaching as a profession. The Norse Club is composed of students who are interested in Norwegian culture as reflected in Norwegian literature, music, art and history. The Home Economics Club, open to all students in the Home Economics Department, aims to promote professional attitudes toward all aspects of home and community life. The Psychology Club promotes interest in various fields of psychology. The Augsburg Republican Club and Democrat Club aim to stimulate interest in public affairs and give students opportunity to participate actively in local, state, and national politics, and in other human-relations activities. The Ski Club is a recreation group promoting interest and developing skills in skiing. The Spanish Club serves as a means of interpreting Spanish culture to students in an informal way. The Sociology Forum is an organization of students preparing for professional work in the field of Social Service. The Ushers' Club is a a service organization providing ushers for public events scheduled for the campus. The Writers' Club includes students who enjoy creative expression in various forms of writing. The members share their literary efforts in an informal atmosphere, and benefit from mutual criticism. They publish "The Arkai," a collection of the best creative writing each year. The "A" Club is limited to men who have won a major A at Augsburg. The aim of this organization is "to bind the 'A' men of the past, present, and future into a more intimate bond of fellowship, and to keep the athletics of Augsburg on the highest possible plane." The Women's Athletic Association at Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Athletic Association of College Women. Membership in this organization is gained by participation in individual and group recreational activities with awards given on a point basis. Forensics Augsburg College participates in intercollegiate debating, both in Minnesota and in the neighboring states. Students may also participate in local and intercollegiate oratorical contests. The Genung Endowment The Genung Endowment was established in 1963 by Harry S. Genung and De Ette Cenfield' Genung to perpetuate their interest, concern, and activity in the improvement of international relations. The income from the fund is made available each year to assist a student group a t Augsburg Col.lege to carry out a project for the improvement of international relations on a student to student level. musical organzzatzons The Augsburg College Choir has about sixty members selected from all classes. In addition to local concerts, the choir goes on tour each year to various parts of the United States and occasionally to Canada. A tour of Europe is planned for June, 1965. The Augsburg College Concert Band makes an annual tour and presents public concerts in Minneapolis. There are also a Collegiate Band and Instrumental Ensembles. The Augsburg Cbllege Cantorians, a women's chorus, participates in school programs and concerts and makes short tours annually. The Male Chorus sings a t various churches in the Twin City area and makes short tours in the vicinity. The Augsburg College Orchestra, organized in 1963, performs frequently on campus. The orchestra gives programs of standard repertoire for orchestra alone as well as with soloists and choral groups. The string ensemble class provides opportunity for students interested in improving fundamental string technique. physical education and recreation Under the direction of the Department of Physical Education, a wide range of recreational activities is arranged for general student participation. Every student is urged to participate in some activity for his own recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for the winners of intramural schedules in various colleges. Intercollegiate Athletics Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. The college is represented annually by teams in football, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf. Purpose and Philosophy of Intercollegiate Athletics It is the purpose of Augsburg College to provide an intercollegiate athletic program which is in harmony with its Christian philosophy. This philosophy is to be reflected in the conduct and outlook of both the players and the spectators. The educational program of the college recognizes that recreation and play are a fundamental part of human life, and that this phase of life needs to be cultivated if physical, mental, and emotional health are to be maintained. Intercollegiate athletics, as a phase of that program, gives recognition to the fact that competitive play can contribute to the development of student interests, skills, insights, and loyalties. More specifically, the following outcomes are sought: (1) The student participating in athletics should acquire and exhibit, both in and out of athletics, such basic qualities of character as self-discipline, honesty, sense of fair play, and cooperation. (2) The participant should develop the knowledge, interests, and skills which will be of special use to him in such vocations as teaching and coaching or recreational leadership, or in his own recreational activities. Far from being set apart from his educational goal or in any way competing with it, the student's participation in intercollegiate athletics must either contribute directly to this goal or be complementary to his other educational activities. (3) The student spectator should acquire and exhibit some of the finer qualities of Christian character, such as self-restraint, sense of fair play, appreciation of high-grade performance on the part of both opponents and fellow-students, and respect for individual personality. (4) The intercollegiate athletic program should contribute to the development of a unified and healthy "school spirit." Enthusiasm for intercollegiate athletics or other co-curricular activities should not overshadow pride in high scholastic achievement, nor can it take the place of a well-rounded and effective intramural and general recreational program. eligibility requirements In order to participate in certain extracurricular and cocurricular activities, students must meet established eligibility requirements. Eligibility for participation in intercollegiate athletics is governed by the rules of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. A student on academic probation is not eligible to be a candidate for any elected or appointed campus office including Student Council, Commissions, class and organization offices, nor is he eligible for cheerleading or student publication participation. This list is not inclusive and other activities may be designated. The Chairman of the Election Board is responsible for checking the eligibility of all candidates for Student Society and class offices with the Assistant Registrar. Organizations should submit names of candidates for office to the Coordinator of Student Activities for approval. A student on academic probation may not participate in the Augsburg Choir or the Augsburg Band or in a major role in a dramatic production without special permission from the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. honors and awards On the 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship Trophy is engraved the name of each student who has achieved the highest scholastic standing in his college graduating class. He must have attended Augsburg for a t least two years. Omicron Chapter of Lambda Iota Tau, a national honor society, is open to English majors who have attained a high scholastic average and have presented a paper on a literary topic before a public audience. The purposes of the Timia Society, the Augsburg honor society, are to recognize academic achievement and to promote scholarship. Juniors and Seniors who have earned a 2.5 honor point ratio accumulative are eligible for membership, while Freshmen and Sophomores with a 2.25 honor point ratio may be admitted as pledges. Applications for membership are made a t the Registrar's Office a t the beginning of the semester in which the student is eligible. Augsburg has a Chapter of Pi Gamma Mu, the National Social Science Honor Society, which is affiliated with the Association of College Honor Societies. A high level of scholarship in the social sciences is required for election to membership. The Augsburg Guild of Honor is an organization to recognize and honor those members of the senior graduating class who have shown themselves to be individuals excelling to an outstanding degree in scholarship, leadership, and participation in extra-curricular activities. The Dean's List includes students who have achieved an honor point ratio of 2.5 or better in the previous semester of work at Augsburg College. The 1925 Class Cup in Athletics is awarded to the athlete who has made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship. The Harold A. Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson in 1943, is awarded annually to the student who is judged to be the most valuable player on the basketball team. The Class of 1918 Oratorical Cup was presented to the college as a prize to arouse interest in oratory. The name of the winner of the annual contest is engraved upon the cup, which is to remain in the possession of the college. student personnel services Institutional services to students are organized and administered in accordance with plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee. Included are such services as Admissions, Counseling, Testing, Freshman Orientation, Student Records, The Student Health Service, Housing and Food Service, Placement, Student Employment, and Coordination of Student Activities. The administration of these services is centered in the Office of the Dean of Students. Admissions Pre-college counseling, educational and vocational, is available from qualified personnel in the Office of Admissions. Counseling can be obtained either on campus or in schools and homes as the counselors travel throughout the Upper Midwest. Prospective students are encouraged to visit the campus if a t all possible. Other information concerning admission and entrance requirements can be found in another section of the catalog. Counseling Counseling services are maintained in an effort to assist each student to obtain the maximum benefits from the learning experiences offered a t Augsburg College. Matters such as uncertainty over vocational choice or educational planning, religious uncertainty, health, financial problems, personal and social adjustment and personal deficiencies can interfere with the learning process and are dealt with in counseling sessions. It is hoped that through counseling, students will develop more realistic conceptions of themselves and the surrounding world, and keener awareness of resources available to them as they meet the problems of daily life. At Augsburg the counseling process is carried on a t several levels. All faculty members participate in the counseling program, and each new student is assigned to a faculty counselor who works with him until he chooses a major field of study. At that time, the major adviser becomes his counselor. In addition, there are faculty members who have specialized training in counseling and techniques for dealing with problems of adjustment. The Dean of Students and the Dean of Women are special counselors to the men and women, respectively. The counseling program is coordinated by the Office of the Dean of Students in accordance with the plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee. Students who have personal problems are encouraged to seek help through counseling conferences. If a serious problem develops which demands professional skill and more time than the professor has to spend in counseling, the student is referred to the Office of the Dean of Students or Dean of Women. A further referral may be made to the College Chaplain, in the case of spiritual problems, or to the College Physician, in the case of underlying emotional problems. The College Physician works with the Personnel Deans in the latter case. Testing All new students are given a battery of tests during Freshman Days. College aptitude scores, English, and reading ability scores are used by counselors to help students plan their initial programs. Personal adjustment scores and the vocational interest test profile help the students learn to know more about themselves, in order to make the best choice of subjects and occupational goals. The Sequential Tests of Educational Progress (STEP) are given to all sophomores. Seniors take the graduate record examinations. Freshman Orientation Freshmen and other new students participate in Freshman Days before the beginning of classes each semester. The students take tests, attend classes, inspect the college facilities, and become acquainted with their fellow students, with the faculty, and especially with their own faculty counselors. The faculty counselors and students have several conferences during which they plan the student's program of study. A special course in improvement of reading is offered for interested students. Freshmen who expect difficulty with the increased quantity and complexity of the reading material encountered in college are especially urged to enroll in this course. Records Individual student records are kept in the Records Office under the supervision of the Registrar. These records include admission data, academic achievement, student participation and achievement in non-academic activities, test scores, reports of counseling and other information. The Student Personnel Office maintains a file of student government officers, of clubs and societies, including the constitutions, activities, schedules, and membership rosters. The Student Health Service The Student Health Service provides dispensary service with two registered nurses on duty. The college physician has daily office hours for consultation and for emergency treatment. Infirmary rooms are provided. The Health Service is located in Fairview Hospital, adjacent to the campus. Physical examinations are given to all seniors. Before registering, each entering student is required to have on file the report of a physical examination given by his family physician. Corrective treatment is prescribed where needed. Students, faculty, and staff have chest X-rays taken annually through the cooperation of the Hennepin County Tuberculosis Association Mobile Unit. Housing and Food Service In its residence program, the college aims to develop in the students Christian character, self-control, and thoughtful consideration of others. At the same time, the college realizes that students' happiness, comfort, and emotional adjustment in the residence halls are direct influences on their general efficiency in the classroom. In an effort to provide these opportunities for development while maintaining optimal living conditions, active student residence councils assume the responsibilities for the administration of dormitory life policies in consultation with the Director of Residences for Women, the Head Residents, and Personnel Deans. Upper-class students serve as counselors in the residences and attempt to help residents with problems of personal adjustment. The Head Residents and Personnel Deans serve as resource people for these counselors and handle cases referred to them. All women students and freshman men students not living a t home are required to live in college-operated housing. Students desiring to reside in the city with relatives must first secure approval for such an arrangement from the Student Personnel Office. All students living in the residences and most students in off-campus housing take their meals in the college dining room. The college also provides two houses for women with a cooperative house plan. Residence halls are open to students a day before regular schedules become effective, and they close a day after the term closes. Students who wish to stay in residence during vacations must apply for the privilege. Rooms are furnished except for bed linen, towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Bed linens and towels may be rented with laundering service a t a reasonable cost. This service is required of all women students in Gerda Mortensen Hall. An optional linen service is available to other students. Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall semester for the entire school year. Room reservations with deposit of $25 are required of all single students. This deposit is applied to the first semester's room rent. Rooms for new students are assigned in the late summer according to the date of application. Present students must make room application prior to May 15 and submit the room deposit by July 15. After May 15, reservations for present students are assigned on the same basis as for new students. Students who find it necessary to cancel their room reservation will receive full refund of the deposit if the cancellation is received by August 1. All men living in Memorial Hall are required to pay a $15 breakage fee a t the beginning of each school year. At the end of the year the fee is refunded if the condition of the room and the furniture is satisfactory. Graduate Placement The Placement Bureau assists seniors and alumni in securing positions. Continuous contact is maintained with business, governmental, welfare, and educational institutions and organizations at the local as well as the state and national levels. Jntervicws are arranged both on and off the campus. A registration fee and a small placement fee are charged. Student Employment An employment service, located in the Student Personnel Office, assists students in obtaining part-time remunerative work during the school year, Christmas vacation, and summer. Coordination of Student Activities The Coordinator of Student Activities assists student officers to maintain effective functioning of student activities, and keeps on file the club constitutions, rosters, and schedules of meetings. Faculty advisers to student organizations are approved by the Coordinator. The program of student activities is a primary responsibility of the Executive Council and the Student Council which is the legislative body of the Augsburg Student Society. Liaison between the Student Society and Faculty and Administration is the function of the Student-Faculty Committee. A weekly bulletin of events is prepared for the Echo by the Student Personnel Office. The college Master Calendar is kept by the Coordinator of Student Activities assisted by the chairman of the Commission on Student Organizations. I 4 registration Students who have been accepted for admission should register on the days designated in the Calendar for this purpose. Those who register late are charged a late registration fee of $1 per day after classes begin. The last date on which a student may register for or enter a course is two weeks after the beginning of classes. Registration means that the student accepts all the rules and regulations established by the school. No credit will be given a student for any subject for which-he has not registered. The college reserves the right to cancel any course for which there is not sufficient registration. The normal registration is 16 credit hours. A credit hour is defined as one recitation period a week throughout a semester. The privilege of registering for more than 18 credit hours is granted to students who have gained an average record of B, or two honor points per credit, in their previous college studies. Exceptions to this rule may be made under certain conditions determined by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. No student is permitted to carry work for more than 20 credits per semester. Students working part-time are urged to arrange the amount of their registration accordingly. change of registration and cancellation In case a student desires to make any changes in his registration, he obtains a form from the Registrar's Office on which he makes application. Approval of the teachers concerned, the student's adviser, and the Registrar must be obtained before a change is permitted. A fee of $1.00 is charged for each change of registration ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATIOP after the first week of classes. No course may be added after the first two weeks of classes. A course which is cancelled during the first six weeks of classes is followed by W. After the first six weeks and before the last four weeks of the semester a course which is cancelled is given a grade of WP if the student is passing and WF if he is failing the course. No course may be cancelled during the last four weeks of the semester. A student who finds it necessary to leave school before the end of a semester must cancel his registration at the Registrar's Office in order to remain in good standing. university courses By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students may register for courses at the University. But such registrations will not be allowed unless the student has a C average in his courses at Augsburg. Also, the combined number of credits in any semester must not exceed 17. The credits thus gained at the University may be transferred to Augsburg College and counted towards graduation. classification In order to be classified in one of the regular college classes, a student must be carrying a minimum of twelve hours of work in which college credit is given. Classification is based on the attainment of the following number of credit hours together with an equal number of honor points: Sophomore, 24; Junior, 58; Senior, 92. Students are classified by this regulation at the time of their registration each school year. Students registered for less than 12 credits are classified as special students. pro bation and elimination The Committee on Admissions and Student Standing at the end of each semester, considers the status of students who have done unsatisfactory work. Freshmen who obtain honor point ratios of .5 or below, Sophomores .6 or below, Juniors and Seniors .8 or below, as well as students with 6 or more credits of F, at the end of a semester, are placed on probation. They are removed from probation when they obtain better than C average for a semester. A student is not allowed to remain in college on probation for more than two semesters consecutively, except by special permission. He is dropped for low scholarship if he fails to maintain a satisfactory scholastic record. F class attendance Regular class attendance is required of all students in Lower Division Courses. Attendance in Upper Division Courses is voluntary for Juniors and Seniors unless required by the teacher of the class. In classes for which attendance is required, a record of attendance is kept and periodic reports on absences are submitted to the Registrar. Students who find it necessary to be absent because of illness or for other reasons should present to their teachers a written report of the reason for absence. A student will receive a grade of F if the number of absences for which he has not presented acceptable excuses is excessive as defined by the instructor of that class. Absences for tours, field trips and other instructor-arranged activities are cleared with the Dean of the College. Lists of participants, with information as to exact periods absent, are issued by the Dean to all instructors involved. Teachers deal with tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving in class late must assume responsibility for reporting their presence to the teacher. examinations Tests are given periodically throughout the semester. In the course of each semester, reports of the grades attained are made to the Registrar who forwards them to the counselors and students. Final reports are sent at the close of each semester to the parents and students. Written examinations are regularly scheduled at the close of each semester. No student or class may arrange to take a final examination in any course before the examination week. Absence from a final examination without a sufficient reason will result in a grade of failure in the course concerned. A student who has to be absent from a final examination because of a conflict with outside work from which he cannot obtain an excuse, may arrange to take such an examination during some period after the time on which the subject is scheduled. If a student has obtained permission from the Dean of the College to take a final examination a t another hour than that scheduled, he is charged a fee of $5 for such an examination. Before the student takes the examination, he must obtain a statement from the Registrar's office and bring it to the teacher concerned. comprehensive examinations Comprehensive examinations may be permitted in courses in which the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing believes the student has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish to take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing to this committee. When permission is granted, the necessary approval forms may be secured at the office of the Registrar. A fee of $5.00 ($10.00 for students not currently enrolled) is charged for each credit hour and must be paid in advance. Examination questions and the answers will be filed in the Registrar's office. grade values A - - - - - - - - - Superior, 3 honor points per credit B - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Very good, 2 honor points per credit Satisfactory, 1 honor point per credit C D Passable, no honor points per credit F Failure, minus 1 honor point per credit .. E Condition I ------ --- -- --- --- --- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Incomplete - - - - _ , - L - - - L L - - - - - - - - - - - L - - - - - - - L - - - L - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2 - - - - - - - - - - L - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - u - - - - - - - - - - - 2 L L - - - - - - - - - conditions and incompletes A condition or an incomplete received a t the end of the semester must be removed within the first six weeks of classes of the following semester, or within a year if the student has not re-enrolled. If incompletes and conditions are not removed within the time allowed, the condition automatically becomes a failure and the incomplete may be changed to a passing grade only when the average of the previous work is sufficiently high. The final grade after the condition examination is taken may not be higher than D. A fee of $5.00 is charged for an examination making up an incomplete or a condition received at the end of a semester. graduation requirements In order to qualify for the Bachelor of Arts degree, certain requirements must be met with regard to credits, courses, and grades. A student who plans to graduate from Augsburg is urged to study the requirements as outlined in this section of the catalog and in the department in which he plans to major. It js the responsibility of the student to see that he includes the required subjects at the right time in his program of studies. The faculty advisers, the deans, and the registrar will gladly assist him in planning his program. general education requirements For a general college education and as a basis for study in professional fields, students are required to complete credits as indicated in the following fields: .. Religion - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 14 credits At least 8 credits in lower' division courses and 4 in upper division. A maximum of 3 credits from courses 51, 52, 54 may apply. For transfer students, the requirement is an average of 2 credits per semester of attendance. Freshman English - ---,,-,-,--- 6 credits from Eng. 11-12 -, --, ,,- - - - - - - - - 3 credits Literature or Philosophy - - - - Beginning Speech ,---- - - - - - - - - - -- -, ,--, ,2credits --Fine Arts -- ,-, , ,-, _-,-- - -- ,--:-- ,,-,,,,-, -- 2 credits Art 1, 83, 84; H.Ec. 3, 64; Mu. 4, 7; or Sp. 29 Foreign Language - - - - - ,----, ,--, ,- - - - - - - - 0-14 credits 0 - If four years of one language have been successfully completed in high school. 6 - If student has sufficient background in the language to enroll in the intermediate course. 14 - If student has only one year or less of a foreign language in high school. Students with two years of a foreign language in high school should normally be prepared to enroll in the intermediate course in college; if not, they may enroll in the beginning course, but will receive credit only for the second semester of it. Social Sciences .._ . -.- .... _ .. - _ - - - .- - - - - - _ _ - .- - - - - - 6 credits Hist. 1, 2; 21,22; Soc. 1 , 2 ; or Econ. 15, Soc. 2 Natural Sciences - - - _ - - - - - _ - - _ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 9 credits At least 3 credits must be in the biological sciences, and 3 in the physical sciences Physical Education - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 credit from P.E. 3 and 4 All students are required to take an English test a t the end of the sophomore year and must demonstrate a proficiency in writing in order to qualify for the A.B. degree. Where the demands of special curriculums prevent completion of the general education requirements in four years, exemption or modification of these requirements may be sought through petition. Major and Minor All students are required to complete a major for graduation. The major subject is determined by the student's aims as well as by his particular interests and aptitudes as shown in the quality of work he does in lower division courses. Application for major must be made to the Head of the Department offering the major. Majors are offered in the following areas: Business Education Religion Art Home Econo'mics Philosophy History Medical Technology Greek and Latin Sociology Biology English Social S'cience Physics German Psychology Chemistry French Elementary Education Natural Science Spanish Business Administration Mathematics Speech Economics Physical Education Music 1 Except with special majors such as music, business education, home economics, and combined natural science, students in the teacher education curriculums should complete a minor as well as a major. For major and minor requirements as to hours of credit see departmental statements. Electives Electives are planned with the purpose of properly distributing a student's choices among the fundamental fields of knowledge and culture, as well as among the correlatives of the major. A maximum of 40 credits in one department is permitted to count toward graduation. Juniors and Seniors should, as a rJle, choose their electives from courses designated as Upper Division Courses, that is courses numbered 50 or above. At least 36 credits in the Upper Division Courses must be completed for graduation. Total Credits and Honor Points The amount of work required for graduation comprises a minimum of 128 credits with an average grade of C, or one honor point for each credit taken. A credit equals one recitation period a week throughout one semester. I 1 Honor points are computed at the rate of one honor point for each credit with a grade of C, two honor points for each credit with a grade of B, and three honor points for each credit with a grade of A. Residence Requirement To receive the A.B. degree, the candidate must spend at least the concluding year for such a degree in residence. degree with distinction The A.B. degree with distinction is conferred as follows: Distinction Honor point ratio Summa Cum Laude ,-, , -, - - -, - - ,-, --, - - - - ,- - - 2.8-3.0 Magna Cum Laude ,,- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2.5-2.79 Cum Laude ,,,,,,-, , - -, -, - - -, , - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2.1-2.49+ To be eligible for these honors, the student must have completed a t least two years of work at Augsburg, and his record a t Augsburg, as well as his total record must meet the requirements as given above. + I courses onered Descriptions of the courses offered in 1964-66 are given on the following pages. Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate making changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings. numbering of courses IJ Odd numbers are used for first semester courses and even numbers for second semester courses. The Roman numerals I, I1 after the descriptive title also indicate the semester in which the course is to be offered. Numbers 1 through 49 indicate lower division courses which are primarily for freshmen and sophomores. Numbers 50 through 99 are upper division courses intended for juniors and seniors. Two course numbers joined by a hyphen (1-2) indicate that the course is a continuation course and both semesters of it must be completed before credit is given. Course numbers separated by a comma (1, 2) indicate that it is a year course, but students may receive credit for one semester without completing the other. symbols t Continuation course. To receive credit for this course a student must complete both semesters. # Course may be taken with consent of the instructor irrespective of prerequisites. credits 0 Credits shown are in terms of semester credits. For continuation courses, the total COURSES OF STUDY credits for the year are given. A two-credit course generally meets twice a week and a three-credit course three times a week. In the case of laboratory courses, the hours of meeting per week are more than the credits given. A semester is approximately 18 weeks in length. The normal load for a student is 16 credit hours per semester. divisional organization The college courses are organized into four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman is appointed for each division. Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental statements. Division of Religion and Philosophy Religion Philosophy Division of the Humanities Greek, Latin English, Speech German, Scandinavian, French, Spanish Music, Art Division of the Social Sciences History, Political Science, Geography sociology Psychology Education, Library Science Business Administration, Economics Business Education Home Economics Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics Biology Chemistry Physics Mathematics Health and Physical Education division of RELIGION A N D PHILOSOPHY Mr. P. A. Quanbeck, Chairman Through the study of religion and philosophy, the individual is appraised of those realities which are central to the problem of human existence. The student is encouraged to seek to understand himself and his relation to the world within the framework of the Christian Faith. The goal is the development of an informed and integrated Christian person who is equipped to participate responsibly in the life of the Church and of society. DEPARTMENT OF RELIGION Quanbeck, Mr. Sonnack, Mr. Helland, Mr. Halverson, Mr. Benson, Mr. Mandsager, Mr. W. Johnson, Mr. Strommen. Mr. P. A. The courses in religion are designed to give the student a working knowledge of the Bible and an acquaintance with the life of the Church through the study of its history, its beliefs, and its mission. The graduation requirement includes 14 credits in religion. Of these credits 8 must be in the lower division, and at least 4 must be upper division. Not more than 3 credits earned in any of the courses numbered 51, 52 and 54 may be applied to this requirement. Freshmen are required to take courses 1 and 2, and sophomores a r e required to take courses 3 and 4, Courses 1, 2, 3, and 4 are prerequisites for all upper division courses. Requirements for transfer students will be determined a t the time of admission. A religion major is recommended as prcgn~.niion for cwecrs in parish education, parish work, youth work, m d paris11 administration. Majors must consult with the chairman of the department wgardlng their course of study. Major, 28 credits, Minor, 22 credits. Six upper division credits in Greek may apply toward the major in religion. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 2, 2 crs, 1, 2, Basic Bible. Fr. I, It. A brief Inhoduct,ion to Ille Rilllc iollc)wed by a study of the Old Testament, inclucling the history of Israel and spccial ~tlentionto one .or two Old 'l'cslanlent books. 'l'hc second semester is devoted to the study of the Ncw Tcstan~ent with special nllcntion to two or three I m k s includi~lgRomnns. read in^ nssignrrle~~ts incllrd~1Re entile New Testament. Special sectron Fora st.ucIenls selected for the honors pmgram. 2 crs. 3. Church History. I. A survey of the institutional development of the Christian Church, with the purpose of creating a greater understanding of its historical foundations. Emphasis is on the Reformation. 4. Christian Doctrine. II. 2 crs. TIlc fundarnenla1 doct~jnesof the Christim Faith and the historical developo~en(of some of these doctrines. The si.gnillcance of the ecumenical creeds and the Lutheran confessional writings. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 51. Principles of Christian Education. I. 3 crs. Seeks to develop a fundamental understanding of Christian education, its history, objectives, curriculum, and administration, especially as applied to Sunday School and Vacation Bible School teaching. 52. Parish Work. II. 2 crs. Seeks to familiarize the student with the work of parish organization and visitation. Class lectures are supplemented by actual field work. 54. Youth Work in the Church. II. 2 crs. A study of principles, methods, and materials in youth work for the purpose of developing effective Christian leadership in this sphere. 61. History of Religions. I. 3 crs. A survey of some of the major religions of the world. The origin and development of these religions and their influences today. Includes readings in the sacred writings of the religions studied. 62. The Mission of the Church. II. 3 crs. A study of some of the ways in which the church has sought and seeks to be the church and proclaim the Gospel in the world. 66. Hymns and Music of the Church. II. See course 66 under the Department of Music. 3 crs. 3 crs. 71. The Early Christian Fathers. I. The development of certain Cundamental theological doctrines from the time of the Apostolic Fathers up to the Ecumenical Councils of the early c l ~ u r c h . 3 crs. 72. Protestantism in America. 11. The Protestant ethos in the United States. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, the American denominational structure, and the responses of American Protestantism to the challenges of its environing culture. 3 crs. 81. The Gospels. I. The nature of the Gospels. The life and \vork of Jesus. Particular attention to His teaching concerning the Kingdom of God. 3 crs. 82. Life and Epistles of Paul. II. A survey of the life and work of P a u l , with a study of some of the leading ideas that emerge from his writings. 3 crs. 83. The Message of the Old Testament. I. The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of H e b r e ~ vthought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. 91. Introduction to Contemporary Theological Thought. I. 3 crs. A study of some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, a s seen from the perspective of the enduring theological task of the Christian Church. 92. Christian Ethics. 11. 3 crs. The basic principles of ethics from a Christian point of view. Their application to selected personal and social moral problems. 3 crs. 94. The Christian View of Man. 11. The Christian doctrine of m a n and salvation. I t s uniqueness and relevance to certain other contemporary views of the nature and destiny of man. DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY Mr. Halversol~,Mr. Jolil~so~i The courses in philosophy seek to assist the student to become conversant with the great men and intellectual movements in the history of Western civilization, to cultivate a n understanding of the principles of sound reasoning, and to develop a mature understanding of the foundations of our knowledge in such areas as science, religion, and morals. Major, 27 credits. Minor, 18 credits. Courses 21, 23, 51, 52, 53 are required for the major and the minor. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 3 crs. 21. Introduction to Philosophy. (Offered both semesters.) Seeks to give the student a basic understanding of the nature and aims of philosophy, an acquaintance with some of its central problems, and a mastery of the terminology employed in philosophical discussion. 3 crs. 23. Logic. (Offered both semesters.) A study of the formal rules of sound reasoning. Topics discussed include: the nature and functions of language; fallacies in reasoning; definition; principles of deductive reasoning; induction; a brief i n t r e duction to the notation of modern symbolic logic. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 3 crs. 51. History of Philosophy: Ancient and Early Medieval. I. An historical survey of the outstanding men and movements in the development of philosophical thought from the Greeks through St. Thomas Aquinas. 3 crs. A survey course in which the development of Western philosophical 52. History of Philosophy: Late Medieval and Early Modern. 11. thought is traced from the breakdown of the Medieval synthesis to the systems of Kant and Hegel. 53. History of Philosophy: Recent and Contemporary. 1. 3 crs. A survey of the most important trends in Western philosophical thought in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Offered 1965-66) 3 crs. 54. Seminar in the History of Philosophy. Prereq. #. II. A careful study of some selected man or movement in the Western philosophical tradition, with heavy emphasis on the careful reading of primary source materials. (Offered 1965-66.) 73. Philosophy of Science. Prereq. #. 1. 3 crs. A study of the meaning, methods, and implications of modern science by means of an analysis of basic concepts, presuppositions, and p r e cedures. (Offered 1965-66.) 85. Philosophy of Religion. Prereq. #. 1. 3 crs. An inquiry into the nature of religious faith and experience, with special attention to the problem of the nature of religious language. (Offered 1964-65.) 86. Ethics. Prereq. #. 11. 3 crs. An inquiry into the nature of moral experience, and an analysis of the language of moral discourse. (Offered 196465.) 91, 92. Independent Study. Prereq. #. I, II. 1-3, 1-3 crs. For philosophy majors. Individual study and research on some philosophi- 60 cal topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with the head of the department. division of THE HUMANITIES Mr. Thorson, Chairman It is the purpose of the Division of the Humanities to transmit to the students a knowledge of and interest in the cultural heritage of mankind, and t o assist the student in finding his place within this culture. The Division seeks to stimulate the student's desire t o acquaint himself with the cultural treasures as these are found in language, literature, and the fine arts, and to seek an expression of these upon the basis and within the framework of the Christian faith. DEPARTMENT OF NEW TESTAMENT GREEK AND LATIN Mr. Colacci The courses in this department aim to give the students a direct insight into our Biblical and classical heritage. New Testament Greek is a tool by which a student may gain a more complete understanding of the Scriptures. A knowledge of New Testament Greek is a standard prerequisite for admission to most theological seminaries. ,Oombined Major in Greek and Latin: 20 credits in New Testament Greek and'l4 credits in Latin. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. N e w Testament Greek ~ h o
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Graduate Catalog, 2009-2010
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AuGSBURG COLLEGE GRADUATE STUDIES CATALOG 2009-2010 Official publication of Augsburg College 2211 Riverside Avenue Minneapolis, MN 55454 612-330-1000 This catalog should answer most questions students have about Augsburg College's graduate programs. Although information was current at th...
Show more AuGSBURG COLLEGE GRADUATE STUDIES CATALOG 2009-2010 Official publication of Augsburg College 2211 Riverside Avenue Minneapolis, MN 55454 612-330-1000 This catalog should answer most questions students have about Augsburg College's graduate programs. Although information was current at the time of publication, it is subject to change without notice. The written policies in the catalog are the College policies in force at the time of printing. It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements and academic policies in this publication. If you have questions about anything in this catalog, consult the Adult and Graduate Admissions Office, the graduate program directors, or the registrar. Key offices are listed on page iv for correspondence or telephone inquiries. Published December 2008 www.augsburg.edu :1 / A Greeting from the President I am pleased to know of your interest in Augsburg College's exciting and innovative graduate programs. You are part of a select and discerning group of professionals who seek to find a graduate program that combines an excellent curriculum, a values-based approach to work, a talented and experienced faculty, and program formats that meet the needs of busy and successful people. Augsburg College's several graduate-level programs-the Master of Arts in Education (MAE), Master of Arts in Leadership (MAL), Master of Arts in Nursing (MAN), Master of Business Administration (MBA), Master of Science in Physician Assistant Studies (PA), and Master of Social Work (MSW, and MSW/MA or MDiv, together with Luther Seminary)-are distinguished by the opportunities they provide students to expand decision-making and strategic skills. The programs do so in an environment that encourages students to transform theory into action and classroom experience into personal and professional achievement. Augsburg College is characterized by a strong mission: To nurture future leaders in service to the world by providing high quality educational opportunities, which are based in the liberal arts and shaped by the faith and values of the Christian Church, by the context of a vital metropolitan setting, and by an intentionally diverse campus community. For our graduate programs, this mission helps to shape an innovative educational experience that features expansive perspective on social responsibility, economic realities, business initiative, and environmental sustainability. At Augsburg College, we believe that our distinctive educational purpose is to help you, the individual student, find your calling at work and in the world. The Augsburg graduate programs are designed to offer you quality educational experiences, personal attention, and opportunities to expand your personal and professional talents and skills. We are confident that our graduates are prepared for leadership in our ever-changing global society, the hallmark of an Augsburg degree. Sincerely, Paul C. Pribbenow President, Augsburg College Greetings from the Academic Affairs Office Welcome to our graduate programs. We are committed to education that prepares people for leadership in their communities and places of work. We believe that the liberal and professional arts and sciences form the best preparation for living in the fast-paced, changing, and complex world of today and tomorrow. Our locations in the vital metropolitan areas of Minneapolis/St. Paul and Rochester offer exciting and challenging field experiences for courses that include real-life learning through academic internships, experiential education, and cultural enrichment. The Twin Cities and Rochester become extended campuses for Augsburg students. Also, the diversity in our campus community ensures that our graduates are prepared for the range of experiences and perspectives that characterize today's global environment. When you join Augsburg you become part of a community that offers lifelong learning opportunities in state-of-the-art classrooms, with accessible libraries and dedicated faculty and staff. You join a body of experienced people who quickly form your network of employer connections and career opportunities. We encourage our alumni to become your mentors and build on our city connections through public events, including our convocations and Advent Vespers. All our programs share distinctive qualities, including our commitment and mission to be of service, with one another and to our neighbors. We expect our graduates to have their eyes on the world as they develop their identity as global citizens, with a sense of responsibility to participate in socially- and economicallysustainable development. We hope that at some time during your degree, you'll explore the opportunities to participate in an international learning experience-for example, travel seminars to our global campuses in Central America, Mexico, and Namibia, and opportunities to meet visiting students and faculty members from our partner institutions in Norway, Germany, Finland, and Slovenia. Inspired by the faith of our Lutheran founders to be inclusive to the early immigrants who came to Augsburg's doors, we welcome a diversity of cultures and faiths . Although each graduate program has its own "neighborhood" and unique features, we encourage interdisciplinary courses and opportunities for you to study with colleagues across disciplines. We encourage both "horizontal" initiatives-i.e., cross-program collaboration-as well as "vertical" initiatives-engaging our undergraduate students to consider graduate work. This means that sometimes you may be encouraging classmates who are just beginning to imagine a graduate degree. We are companions on your journey in fulfilling your dream of a graduate degree and we cannot wait to meet you. Sincerely, ~C.~ Barbara A. Farley Vice President of Academic Affairs and Dean of the College ii Rosemary]. Link Associate Vice President of Academic Affairs and Dean of Graduate Studies Table of Contents Directory of Offices and Programs . . . ... . ... . , .iv Introducing Augsburg College ........ ... .. . . . History ........................... .. ... .. l Minneapolis and Rochester Locations .. ... ... . .2 Accreditation, Approvals, and Memberships . . . . .3 Facts and Figures .... . ................ . ... .4 Academic Programs and Policies Academic Calendars ........... . . _. ..... . .. . .5 Academic Policies . ... ....... . .. .. . . . . ..... .5 Evaluation of Transfer Credit ..... . , ... .... . . .6 Student Rights ................. . . . . ... . .. . .6 Graduate Admissions Admission to Augsburg College .... ... . .... . .. 9 Readmission to the College ....... . ........ . . .9 Admission of International Students .... . ..... .9 Financing Your Education . . .. . . . .. ... ...... . Costs of Study .......... . . .... ..... ... . .. . 11 Payment Options . . .. . .. . .. ... .... ... .. .. . 11 Sources of Financial Aid .. , . . ... , .... . . . ... . 11 Applying for Financial Aid ... . . . ...... .... .. 11 Refund Schedule ... ..... .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 12 Graduate Programs Master of Arts in Education ................. 14 Master of Arts in Leadership ...... ...... ..... 26 Post-Master's Certificate in Leadership Studies ] oint degree in Accounting and Leadership Master of Arts in Nursing .................. .36 Master of Business Administration ........... .44 Master of Science in Physician Assistant Studies .52 Master of Social Work .. .... . ......... .. .... 60 Dual Degree with Luther Seminary College Information Maps (Minneapolis and Rochester campuses) . , .74 Augsburg Board of Regents ............ . . ... .75 iii Directory of Offices and Programs Academic Affairs: 612-330-1024 Adult and Graduate Admissions Office: 612-330-1101 or gradinfo@augsburg.edu Master of Arts in Education (MAE) Vicki Olson, Director: 612-330-1131 Karen Howell, Coordinator: 612-330-1354 maeinfo@augsburg.edu www.augsburg.edu/mae Master of Arts in Leadership (MAL) Norma Noonan, Director: 612-330-1198 Patty Park, Coordinator: 612-330-1150 malinfo@augsburg.edu www.augburg.edu/mal Master of Arts in Nursing (MAN) Cheryl Leuning, Dept. Chair and Director: 612-330-1214 Patty Park, Coordinator: 612-330-1150 Sharon Wade, Program Assistant: 612-330-1209 manursing@augsburg.edu www.augsburg.edu/ma_nursing Bool<store: 612-359-6491 Center for Counseling and Health Promotion: 612-330-1707 or www.augsburg.edu/cchp Campus Ministry: 612-330-1732 or campmin@augsburg.edu Enrollment Center: 612-330-1046, 1-800-458-1721, or enroll@augsburg.edu Questions about registration, financial aid, transcripts, payments, accounts Lindell Library: 612-330-1604 or www.augsburg.edu/library Public Safety: 612-330-1717 or security@augsburg.edu Master of Business Administration (MBA) Steven Zitnick, Director: 612-330-1304 Katherine Fagen, Coordinator: 612-330-1774 mbainfo@augsburg.edu wwww.augsburg.edu/mba Registrar's Office: 612-330-1036 or registrar@augsburg.edu Rochester Campus Program Office: 507-288-2886 or rochinfo@augsburg.edu Master of Science in Physician Assistant Studies (PA) Dawn Ludwig, Director: 612-330-1399 Carrie Benton, Coordinator: 612-330-1518 paprog@augsburg.edu www.augsburg.edu/pa Master of Social Worl< (MSW) Lois Bosch, Director: 612-330-1633 Holley Locher, Coordinator: 612-330-1763 mswinfo@augsburg.edu www.augsburg.edu.msw Master of Social Work, and Master of Arts in Theology or Master of Divinity Luther Seminary: 651-641-3521 iv Welcome/Information Desk: 612-330-1000 Introducing Augsburg College At Augsburg College, we believe that graduate education should prepare gifted people for positions of leadership in their communities and places of work. Augsburg graduates will be able to demonstrate not only the mastery of a major field of study, but also the ability to think critically, solve problems, act ethically and communicate effectively in a global world. The heart of an Augsburg education is the Augsburg mission, informed by the liberal and professional arts and sciences, to serve our neighbors in the heart of the city with faith-based, ethical values. We welcome students from a diversity of backgrounds and experiences. Also, our programs look to the world through international courses and cultural exchanges. MISSION STATEMENT The mission of Augsburg College is to nurture future leaders in service to the world by providing high quality educational opportunities, which are based in the liberal arts and shaped by the faith and values of the Christian Church, by the context of a vital metropolitan setting, and by an intentionally diverse campus community. HISTORY A College of the Church Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America, named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany, in 1530. Augsburg opened in September 1869 , in Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved to Minneapolis in 1872. The first seminarians were enrolled in 1874, and the first graduation was in 1879. Early Leaders Establish a Direction August Weenaas was Augsburg's first president (1869-1876). Professor Weenaas recruited two teachers from Norway-Sven Oftedal and Georg Sverdrup. These three men clearly articulated the direction of Augsburg: to educate Norwegian Lutherans to minister to immigrants and to provide such "college" studies that would prepare students for theological study. In 1874 they proposed a three-part plan: first, train ministerial candidates; second, prepare future theological students; and third, educate the farmer, worker, and businessman. The statement stressed that a good education is also practical. and city life. This early interest in professional life as well education is a celebrated theme in our history and has led to the fusion of the liberal and professional arts as a hallmark of the Augsburg College graduate. Augsburg's next two presidents also emphatically rejected ivory tower concepts of education. This commitment to church and community has been Augsburg's theme for over 130 years. After World War II, Augsburg leaders made vigorous efforts to expand and improve academic offerings. Now the College was a larger part of the institution than the seminary and received the most attention. Education for Service Keeping the vision of the democratic college, Georg Sverdrup, Augsburg's second president (1876-1907), required students to get pre-ministerial experience in city congregations. Student involvement in the community gave early expression to the concept of Augsburg's motto, "Education for Service." In the 1890s, Augsburg leaders formed the Friends of Augsburg, later called the Lutheran Free Church. The church was a group of independent congregations committed to congregational autonomy and personal Christianity. This change made Augsburg the only higher educational institution of the small Lutheran body. The college division, however, was still important primarily as an attachment to the seminary. The Focus Changed This attitude began to change after World War I. In 1911 , George Sverdrup Jr, became president. He worked to develop college departments with an appeal to a broader range of students than just those intending to be ministers. Augsburg admitted women in 1922 under the leadership of Gerda Mortensen, dean of women. She spent the next 42 years at the College as a teacher and administrator. The College's mission assumed a double character-ministerial preparation together with a more general education for life in society. In 1937, Augsburg elected Bernhard Christensen, an erudite and scholarly teacher, to be president (1938-1962). His involvement in ecumenical and civic circles made Augsburg a more visible part of church Accreditation for the College Augsburg added departments essential to a liberal arts college, offering a modern college program based on general education requirements and elective majors. With curriculum change came a concerted effort to become accredited. Full accreditation was achieved in 1954. A study in 1962 defined the College's mission as serving the good of society first and the interests of the Lutheran Free Church second. The seminary moved to Luther Theological Seminary (now Luther Seminary) in St. Paul in 1963 when the Lutheran Free Church merged with the American Lutheran Church. Subsequently, the American Lutheran Church merged with two other Lutheran bodies in 1988 to form the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America. Students at Augsburg College benefit from the Lutheran tradition of service to your neighbor and faith in the city. A College in the City Paul C. Pribbenow became the 10th president of Augsburg College in July 2006. Under his leadership, the College aims to educate students of all ages-in the midst of a great city-to be faithful citizens, in service to the world. AUGSBURG TODAY Augsburg continues to reflect the commitment and dedication of the founders who believed: • Education should have a solid liberal arts core at the graduate level; this focus centers on the ability to think critically and broadly about the world and the work we do in it; 1 • An Augsburg education should be preparation for service in community and centers of faith; • The city-with all its excitement, challenges, and diversity-is an unequaled learning environment. Augsburg is a college of the liberal and professional arts and sciences, with its main campus set in the heart of a great metropolitan center. There are now over 20,000 Augsburg alumni. In a world that has changed much since those first days of the College, Augsburg still sends out graduates who make a difference where they live and work. In addition to undergraduate liberal arts and sciences, Augsburg offers master's degree programs in education, leadership, nursing, business, physician assistant studies, and social work, plus a dual degree MSW/MA or MSW/MDiv with Luther Seminary Augsburg is enhanced by its global centers in Namibia, Mexico, and Central America. Students can perform research, take courses, or consult with faculty in those locations to gain new perspectives on their discipline. A Community of Learners Essential to the goals of Augsburg's graduate programs is participation in a community of adult learners. This community is enriched by the presence of men and women with a variety of work and life experiences. To facilitate this kind of community interaction, Augsburg encourages students to make use of all College facilities such as Lindell Library, the Kennedy Center, and the Christensen Center, and to participate in College activities such as music and dramatic presentations and athletic events. Graduate Faculty The heart of any educational institution is its faculty, and Augsburg College is particularly proud of the excellence and commitment of its professors. Most faculty hold the doctorate or other terminal degree, and all consider teaching and service to be the focus of their activity at the College. Faculty are involved in social, professional, and a variety of research activities, but these support and are secondary to their 2 teaching. Faculty are actively involved in a dynamic faculty development program that introduces them to best practices in teaching and learning techniques and theories. www.augsburg.edu/rochester or by calling the Adult and Graduate Admissions Office at 612-330-1101, or the Rochester program office at 507-288-2886. Augsburg's small classes encourage its tradition of close involvement between professors and students. Faculty act as academic advisers and participate regularly in campus activities. Augsburg's Rochester campus is located in the facilities of Bethel Lutheran Church (ELCA) just a few blocks south of the heart of a city of approximately 100,000 residents. Situated in the heart of the Midwest, the community has a rich ethnic diversity and superior technological resources. Students at the Rochester campus are students of Augsburg College. As such, our purpose is to "educate for service," by preparing and equipping women and men to make a difference in the world. MINNEAPOLIS AND ROCHESTER LOCATIONS Augsburg's Minneapolis campus surrounds Murphy Square, the first of 170 parks in Minneapolis, the "City of Lakes." The University of Minnesota West Bank campus and one of the city's largest medical complexes-the University of Minnesota Medical Center, Fairview-are adjacent to Augsburg, with the Mississippi River and the Seven Corners theatre district just a few blocks away Downtown Minneapolis and St. Paul, home to a myriad of arts, sports, entertainment, and recreational opportunities, are just minutes west and east via Interstate 94, which forms the southern border of the campus. Convenient bus routes run by the campus and connect with the suburbs. Augsburg is located just blocks away from two Hiawatha Line light rail stations. Augsburg established its branch campus in Rochester, Minnesota, in 1998. Classes in Rochester meet on an evening schedule with occasional Saturdays, making them accessible to working adults. There are three trimesters in each academic year, and students can enter degree programs in the fall, winter, or spring. Several complete degree programs are available through the Rochester campus. In addition, students may work on a variety of other majors through a combination of Rochester-based courses and courses taken in the day or Weekend College program on the Minneapolis campus. Students who enroll in Rochester courses are required to use technology in the learning and communication process through the online course management system. Further information may be obtained at ON THE MINNEAPOLIS CAMPUS Admissions Offices The Adult and Graduate Admissions Office (for Weekend College, Rochester, and Graduate Studies) is located at 624 21st Avenue South. The Physician Assistant Studies Program admissions office is located in Anderson Hall. Augsburg for Adults Office Augsburg for Adults focuses on adultcentered educational programs and assists adult learners in all programs. It evaluates how the program fulfills their needs and identifies the educational services to help them succeed. The Augsburg for Adults office is located in Oren Gateway Center 110. Augsburg Abroad The Augsburg Abroad office, located in Murphy Place, provides advising and administrative services for students interested in an international experience. Resources for study, work, internship, and volunteer opportunities abroad are available. Bookstore The Augsburg College Bookstore, operated by Barnes and Noble, is located in the Oren Gateway Center. Online purchasing, phone purchasing, and delivery services are available through the bookstore. Counseling and Health Promotion The Center for Counseling and Health Promotion (CCHP) offers programs and services that enhance student learning by promoting personal development and well-being. The center is located at 628 21st Avenue South. Christensen Center Christensen Center is the hub of college life. The new first-floor student lounge area offers games, TV, and a place to gather. Also in Christensen Center are Cooper's Coffee Shop, the Commons dining areas , Christensen Center Art Gallery, and offices for student government and student publications . The Office of Undergraduate Admissions for Day College is located on the first floor. Murphy Place Murphy Place is home to three of the four components of the Office of International Programs-Augsburg Abroad, Center for Global Education, and International Student Advising. It is also home to the four support programs for students of color - American Indian Student Services, Pan-Afrikan Center, Pan-Asian Student Services, and Hispanic/Latino Student Services. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama, and Communication The Tjornhom-Nelson Theater, Hoversten Chapel, and the Arnold Atrium are housed in this complex, which provides space for campus ministry, the theatre and communication studies offices, as well as the film program. Foss Center's lower level is home to the Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services (CLASS). James G. Lindell Family Library This library and information technology center houses all library functions and brings together the computer technology resources of the College. The library is located on the block of campus bordered by 22nd and 21st Avenues, and by Riverside Avenue and Seventh Street. Old Main Home for the Languages and CrossCultural Studies, and Art Departments, Old Main was extensively remodeled in 1980, combining energy efficiency with architectural details from the past. It is included on the National Register of Historic Places. Oren Gateway Center Dedicated in 2007, Oren Gateway Center is positioned on Riverside Avenue to serve as the "gateway" to campus. It houses Alumni Relations, Parent and Family Relations, Institutional Advancement, Augsburg for Adults, the Master of Business Administration program, the Master of Arts in Leadership program, and the Step UP program. The center also includes student residence apartments, the Gage Family Art Gallery, Augsburg Bookstore, Nabo Cafe, classrooms , and thejohnson Conference Center. Science Hall Kennedy Center This three-story addition to Melby Hall features a wrestling training facility, classroom space, locker-room and fitness facilities, as well as hospitality and meeting rooms, classrooms, and office space. Melby Hall This complex provides facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate and intramural athletics, the Hoyt Messerer Fitness Center, and serves as the College's general auditorium. Augsburg is accredited by: • The Higher Learning Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools Music Hall Music Hall contains Sateren Auditorium, a 217-seat recital hall, classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, music libraries, practice studios, and offices for the music faculty. Food Services A variety of food options are available both in the Christensen Center and in Oren Gateway Center. ACCREDITATION, APPROVALS, AND MEMBERSHIPS • National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education • Accreditation Review Commission on Education for the Physician Assistant (ARC-PA) • Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE) • Council on Social Work Education ( CSWE) (bachelor's and master's degrees) Augsburg's programs are approved by: • American Chemical Society • Minnesota Board of Teaching • National Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory Sciences (NAACLS) • National Association of Schools of Music Augsburg College is an institutional member of: • American Association of Colleges and Universities (AACU) • American Association of Colleges of Teacher Education (AACTE) Classrooms, science laboratories, a medium-sized auditorium, faculty offices, and Finance and Administration offices are found in Science Hall. • American Association of Higher Education (AAHE) Sverdrup Hall • Campus Compact The Enrollment Center, classrooms, and faculty offices are located in Sverdrup Hall. • Council of Independent Colleges Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall Originally built as a dormitory, Memorial Hall contains the president's office, Human Resources, and other administrative and faculty offices. • Physician Assistant Education Association (PAEA) (CIC) • Lutheran Education Council in North America (LECNA) • National American Music Therapy Association, Inc. • National Association of Schools of Music (NASM) 3 • National Society for Experiential Education (NSEE) • Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), • Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) • Minnesota Private College Council (MPCC) • Twin Cities Adult Education Alliance (TCAEA) See individual graduate program sections for additional accreditation and affiliation citations. Augsburg College is registered as a private institution with the Minnesota Office of Higher Education pursuant to sections 136A.61to136A.71. Credits earned at the institution may not transfer to all other institutions. • Calendar year-Weekend/evening trimesters and weekday semesters, varying by the graduate program • Majors-More than 50 majors in 35 departments and programs with two five-year degrees (BA in accounting with MAL, and BS/MSW in social work). Six master's degree programs. • Off-campus programs-The Office of International Programs offers programs through Augsburg's Center for Global Education and International Partners programs for short- and longer-term study abroad, for both undergraduate and graduate students. • Athletic affiliation-Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC), and National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA), Division Ill. CLERY ACT INFORMATION AUGSBURG COLLEGE FACTS AND FIGURES • Location-Augsburg College was founded in 1869 in Marshall, Wis. The College moved to Minneapolis in 1872. • Religious affiliation-The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America (ELCA). Although a strong plurality of students are Lutheran, 15 percent are Roman Catholic, and 1 7 percent represent other denominations and religions. • Enrollment (fall 2008)-3,948 students from 40 countries. Graduate student enrollment is 842. • Alumni-Appox. 25,000 alumni from 1870 through August 2008, including over 1,200 graduate program alumni. • Student/Faculty ratio-14 to 1 • Campus-17 major buildings. Major renovations to classrooms in 2007. • Accessibility-Augsburg is one of the most accessible campuses in the region. A skyway/tunnel/elevator system provides inside access to 12 major buildings. • Degrees granted-BA, BS, BM, MA, MBA, MS, MSW • Library-Over 180,000 items, direct access to over 2.5 million through CUC, the Twin Cities private college library consortium. 4 The Clery Act Annual Report for Augsburg College contains statistics on reported crimes on and near Augsburg property and campus, as well as institutional policies concerning campus security and crime. The report is available online at www.augsburg.edu/dps/ security/report.html. For a printed copy, contact Augsburg's Department of Public Safety at 612-330-1717. NON-DISCRIMINATION POLICY Augsburg College, as affirmed in its mission, does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, religion, national or ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual orientation, marital status, status with regard to public assistance, or disability in its education policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, athletic and/or school administered programs, except in those instances where religion is a bona fide occupational qualification. Augsburg College is committed to providing reasonable accommodations to its employees and students. Any questions concerning Augsburg's compliance with federal or state regulations implementing equal access and opportunity can be directed to the Office of Human Resources, CB 79, Augsburg College, 2211 Riverside Avenue, Minneapolis, MN 55454, or 612-330-1058. Academic Programs and Policies ACADEMIC CALENDARS Most of our graduate programs meet on a trimester calendar. Physician Assistant Studies classes meet on a semester day schedule. The academic calendars for individual programs can be found at www.augsburg.edu/registrar. All academic calendars are subject to change. ACADEMIC POLICIES The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges. Academic Honesty A college is a community of learners whose relationship relies on trust. Honesty is necessary to preserve the integrity and credibility of scholarship by the Augsburg College community. Academic dishonesty, therefore, is not tolerated. As a College requirement, student course projects, papers, and examinations may include a statement by the student pledging to abide by the College's academic honesty policies and to uphold the highest standards of academic integrity. (See Augsburg's Academic Honesty Policy in the Student Guide at www.augsburg.edu/studentguide/) Academic Evaluation Evaluation of academic performance in each program will be based on number grades using a 4.0 point scale, where 4.0 achieves highest standards of excellence. See each program for details of field study and special projects. Students must achieve a 3.0 GPA in order to graduate; Physician Assistant students must consult the PA Program Progression Standards Policy. Withdrawn Status W-Grade given when a student withdraws from a course after the deadline without notation on the record Incomplete (I) Grades An incomplete grade (I) may be awarded when the instructor gran ts permission after determining that a student emergency may delay completion of coursework. Students who receive an incomplete grade should be capable of passing the course if they satisfactorily complete outstanding course requirements. To receive an incomplete grade, a student must file an Application for incomplete Grade form with the Office of the Registrar that states the reasons for the request, outlines the work required to complete the course, and includes the course instructor's signature. The instructor may stipulate the terms and conditions that apply to course completion; however, students may not attend the same course (or a portion of the same course) in a following term with an incomplete grade. The student must complete the outstanding work in enough time to allow evaluation of the work by the instructor and the filing of a grade before the final day of the following academic term in the student's program. If the work is not completed by the specified date of the following academic term, the grade for the course becomes 0.0. Academic Probation Graduate students must maintain a 3.0 cumulative grade point average. If a student falls below a 3.0 average, the student will be placed on academic probation for the following term. A 3.0 cumulative grade point average must be restored in order for a student to be removed from probation. Graduate students in the Physician Assistan must consult the PA Program Progression Standards Policy. Attendance Policy Class attendance is expected and should be considered a responsibility, not only to one's self, but to one's classmates and course instructor. Students must notify the professor in advance of any expected absence. In the case of emergency, when prior notification is not possible, students must notify the professor of an absence as soon as possible. Continuation Policy for Thesis or Final Project Students enrolled in a thesis or final project are subject to a continuation fee schedule after the term in which tuition was paid for the project. These continuation fees maintain a student's library, AugNet, and parking privileges while work on the final project is ongoing. During this time of research and writing, students pay either a $10 campus access fee or a $200 continuation fee each term until the project is completed, or until the time limit for project completion is reached. The schedule for when each fee is applied varies among programs. Course credit and contact hours A full credit course (1.0) is equal to four semester credits or six quarter credits. Each full course on the trimester schedule meets for approximately 28 contact hours (MSW trimesters meet for 32 hours, and the PA weekday semester schedule is approximately 45 hours) with the expectation of substantial independent and group study offered through the web-based electronic course management system. Degree Requirements To be conferred the graduate degree, all graduate students must achieve the following: • Successful completion of all required courses • A cumulative GPA of 3.0; Physician Assistant students must consult the PA Program Progression Standards Policy. • Successful completion of all degree requirements within the stipulated period of matriculation or a signed continuation agreement with Augsburg College. Dismissal for Academic Performance A student whose GPA falls below the required GPA for his/her graduate program (3 .0 in most programs) in two or more terms may be subject to probation or dismissal. A plan for the student to continue in the program may be worked out with the program director. 5 Dismissal for Non-Professional Behavior Students may be dismissed for violation of standards of behavior defined by their profession, their program, or the College. Dropping Courses or Withdrawing Students who enroll in courses but later decide not to attend must formally drop their courses through the registrar's office prior to the start of classes to avoid being charged for those courses. Students who do not properly drop courses will be responsible for the tuition, regardless of non-attendance. Courses may be dropped or withdrawn online through AugNet Records and Registration or in person at the Enrollment Center during hours of operation. If you need assistance with this, contact your program faculty at least two days in advance of the start of classes. Independent Study Students may request to complete an independent study course as an addition to the required coursework. A faculty sponsor is required for an independent study project, and project proposals must be approved by the program director in order to receive credit. Independent study may not be used as a replacement for a standard course offered in the curriculum, with the exception of the general elective (if approved). A special independent study registration form is required and is available at the Enrollment Center. Terms of Non-attendance Students who interrupt their program enrollment for longer than one semester or three trimesters must readmit to the College and program to resume their degree program. For an absence of any length, students should coordinate with their program director prior to leaving. Due to a variety of program schedules and cohorts for some degrees, it is required that students meet with their adviser and obtain the advice of their director. Evaluation of Transfer Credit Students may petition the program director for transfer credit to apply to program requirements. The transfer of credit will be evaluated on an individual basis. Students will be asked to provide 6 appropriate documentation regarding previous coursework, including but not limited to an official transcript, course description, and syllabus. In order to be considered for transfer, a course must be from a regionally-accredited college or university and graded 3.0/B or better. Courses must have been taken at the graduate level and course content must be comparable to program requirements at Augsburg. The maximum number of course credits that can be transferred to these program is as follows: Master of Arts in Education (2.0) Master of Arts in Leadership (2.0) the college community in regard to their personal and professional concerns. However, times do occur in which students think they have been mistreated. This procedure is provided in order to ensure that students are aware of the way in which their problems with faculty members can be resolved informally and to provide a more formal conciliation process when needed. Each student must be given adequate opportunity to bring problems to the attention of the faculty with the assurance that each will be given fair treatment. The faculty member must be fully informed of the allegations and given an opportunity to respond to them in a fair and reasonable manner. Master of Arts in Nursing (3.0) Master of Business Administration ( 6.0) Master of Science, Physician Assistant Studies (Contact program coordinator) Master of Social Work (8.0) Augsburg course credits are equivalent to four semester hours or six quarter hours. Therefore, transfer credits that are reported to Augsburg as semester or quarter hours are converted to Augsburg course credits by dividing by four or six respectively Courses and credits that are accepted in transfer are recorded on the student's transcript. Grades and gradepoints from other institutions are not transferred to Augsburg and are not included in the student's cumulative grade point average. STUDENT RIGHTS The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsibilities and has provided for due process in the matter of disciplinary action, grievances, and grade appeal, as outlined in the Augsburg Student Guide, at www.augsburg.edu/studentguide. Students have a right to experience education without discrimination. Grievance Procedures Involving Augsburg College Faculty Members and Students Part I-Introduction/Preface Augsburg College is committed to a policy of treating fairly all members of Definition of Grievance A grievance is defined as dissatisfaction occurring when a student believes that any conduct or condition affecting her/him is unjust or inequitable, or creates unnecessary hardship. Such grievances include, but are not limited to a violation, misinterpretation, or inequitable application of an academic rule, regulation, or policy of the College or prejudicial, capricious, or manifestly unjust academic evaluation. College policies and procedures that do not come within the scope of the Grievance Procedures are the sexual harassment policy, the sexual violence policy, the Committee on Financial Petitions, Discipline Process, and Academic Standing. Time Limits Time limits will include only business days (M-F) for the program in which the student was enrolled. (Weekends, and vacation days are not included; summer may not be included depending on the student's program.) Part II-Informal Process It is always the student's responsibility to know these procedures and timelines and to follow them. A. Any time a student feels that she/he has been mistreated by a faculty member, the student should contact the faculty member to discuss the problem and attempt to resolve it. B. If no mutually satisfactory solution can be reached with the faculty member or if, in unusual circumstances, the student prefers not to confer with the faculty member, the student should discuss the problem with the department chairperson of the faculty member and attempt resolution of the problem. C. If the problem cannot be resolved in discussions with the faculty member or department chairperson, or if the faculty member and the department chairperson are the same individual, the student may contact the vice president of academic affairs and dean of the College. D. The student must begin the Informal Grievance process within 15 days of the conduct giving rise to the grievance, by submitting an Informal Grievance Form to the vice president of academic affairs and dean of the College. • The time limit to begin the Informal Grievance process for a grade appeal will be 30 days from the last published finals date for the relevant term. It is the responsibility of the student to maintain a correct and current address on file with the registrar. request for such extension before the end of the time limit. If the vice president of academic affairs and dean of the College thinks the extension is warranted, the Dean will notify all concerned persons in writing. E. If the grievance has been resolved, either by agreement or by expiration of the time limits, a copy of the informal grievance and statements of the resolution will be kept by the vice president of academic affairs and dean of the College for one year. Neither a copy of nor any reference to the grievance will be placed in the personnel file of the respondent. If these informal discussions do not resolve the problem to the satisfaction of the student, a more formal conciliation procedure is available in Part Ill of this document. Note: A student must file a written grievance, per below, within five days after completion of the informal process Part III- Formal Process Preface If a student has a grievance with a faculty member that has not been resolved through the Informal Grievance Process described in Part II of this document, the student may then seek resolution through formal procedures. • The vice president of academic affairs and dean of the College and the student must ensure the informal process is completed in 20 days . (See Part I for definition of time limits.) • In unusual circumstances, the time limit may be extended by the vice president of academic affairs and dean of the College . A grievant or respondent must submit a written In accordance with FERPA, you are notified of the following: Right to inspect and review education records You have the right to review and inspect substantially all of your education records maintained by or at Augsburg College. Your request should be submitted in writing at least one week prior to the date you wish to review your records. Right to request amendment of education records You have the right to seek to have corrected any parts of an education record that you believe to be inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in violation of your right to privacy This includes the right to a hearing to present evidence that the record should be changed if Augsburg decides not to alter your education records as you requested. For a complete copy of the procedures, contact the dean's office, Academic Affairs. Right to give permission for disclosure of personally identifiable information You have the right to be asked and to give Augsburg your permission to disclose personally identifiable information contained in your education records, except to the extent that FERPA and the regulations regarding FERPA authorize disclosure without your permission. FER PA The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) of 1974 as amended, provides certain rights to students regarding their education records. Augsburg College understands that no information other than "directory information" can be released without the written permission of the student. Students must give permission in writing for educational information to be released to anyone outside of the official personnel (faculty and administration) at Augsburg. For example, this means that faculty or others cannot write letters of support/recommendation or nominate students for awards unless explicit written permission is given by the student to release non-"directory information." It is not sufficient to ask for letters of recommendation. (See One exception which permits disclosure without consent is disclosure to school officials with legitimate education interests. A school official is a person employed by the College in an administrative, supervisory, academic or research, or support staff position (including law enforcement unit personnel and health stafD; person or company with whom the College has contracted (such as an attorney, auditor, or collection agent); a person serving on the Board of Trustees, or a student serving on an official committee, such as a disciplinary or grievance committee, or assisting another school official performing his or her tasks. A school official has a legitimate educational interest if the official needs to review an education record in order to fulfill his or her professional responsibility • If the student could not reasonably be expected to be aware of the conduct when it occurred, the student will have 15 days to file the grievance from the date on which the student could reasonably be expected to be aware of the conduct or condition that is the basis for the grievance . It is the responsibility of the student to establish the reasonableness of such non-awareness. The vice president of academic affairs and dean of the College will determine if this paragraph applies to a grievant. Physician Assistant Studies for details of its program policy) 7 Right to withhold disclosure of "directory information" FERPA uses the term "Directory Information" to refer to those categories of personally identifiable information that may be released for any purpose at the discretion of Augsburg College without notification of the request or disclosure to the student. Under FERPA you have the right to withhold the disclosure of the directory information listed below. Please consider very carefully the consequences of any decision by you to withhold directory information. Should you decide to inform Augsburg College not to release Directory Information, any future request for such information from persons or organizations outside of Augsburg College will be refused. "Directory information" includes the following: • The student's name; • The student's address; • The student's telephone number; • The student's e-mail address; • The student's date and place of birth; • The student's major and minor field of study; • The student's academic class level; • The student's enrollment status (FT/HT/LHT); • The student's participation in officially recognized activities and sports; • The student's degrees and awards received; • The weight and height of members of athletic teams; • The student's dates of attendance; • The most recent previous educational agency or institution attended by the student; and • The student's photograph. Augsburg College will honor your request to withhold all Directory Information but cannot assume responsibility to contact you for subsequent permission to release it. Augsburg assumes no liability for honoring your instructions that such information be withheld. The Office of the Registrar 8 must be notified in writing of your intent to withhold your Directory Information. If the notice is not received by the registrar prior to Sept. 15 (or within 10 school days of the start of a subsequent term for a new student), it will be assumed that all Directory Information may be disclosed for the remainder of the current academic year. A new notice for withholding disclosure must be completed each academic year. Right to complain to FERPA Office You have the right to file a complaint with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act Office, U.S. Department of Education, 400 Maryland Ave. S.W, Washington, D.C., 20202-4605, concerning Augsburg's failure to comply with FERPA. Reporting Educational Information Letters of reference must be requested in writing and explicitly indicate what information may be reported in the letter. GRADUATE ADMISSIONS Admission to Augsburg College All graduate programs require students to have a bachelor's degree from a regionally-accredited four-year institution. All graduate students must submit completed application forms that can be downloaded from each individual program's web page, as listed below. Each graduate program also has additional program requirements, which may include coursework, professional experience, testing, etc. See the program sections for these additional requirements. MA, Education-p. 24 www.augsburg.edu/mae MA, Leadership-p. 33 www.augsburg.edu/mal MA, Nursing,-p. 42 www.augsburg.edu/ma_nursing MBA-p. 49 www.augsburg.edu/mba MS , PA Studies-p. 57 www.augsburg.edu/pa MSW-p. 69 www.augsburg.edu/msw READMISSION TO THE COLLEGE tion in the United States that has been designated by the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) to offer courses of study to such students, and has been enrolled in SEVIS (Student and Exchange Visitor Information System). A student acquires F-1 status using form 1-20, issued by a DBS-approved school through SEVIS. Status is acquired in one of two ways: 1) if the student is abroad, by entering the United States with the I-20 and an F-1 visa obtained at a U.S . consulate (although citizens of some countries are exempt from the visa requirement); or 2) if the student is already in the United States and not currently in F-1 status, by sending the 1-20 to USCIS (United States Citizenship and Immigration Services) with an application for change of nonimmigrant status. A student who is maintaining valid F-1 status may transfer from another DHSapproved school to Augsburg by following the transfer procedures set forth in the F-1 regulations. Simply transferring academically from another school to Augsburg does not transfer a student's F-1 status unless the student and a Designated School Official (DSO) from Augsburg follow these procedures. The last day to receive approval for readmission to the College and register for classes is one business day prior to the start of the term. Pending approval by the graduate program, students who left on probation or who were dismissed from the College must have their readmission application and file reviewed by the program director. (Please consult with individual programs for information regarding readmission process). In addition to fulfilling all general admission requirements for a particular graduate program, prospective F-1 students must also comply with the following: ADMISSION OF INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS To fulfill this requirement Augsburg graduate programs require international applicants to submit an official score report from the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) with a minimum score of 100 (iBT), 250 (CBT) or 600 (PBT). Augsburg College graduate programs encourage qualified applicants from other countries to apply. An F-1 student is a nonimmigrant who is pursuing a "full course of study" to achieve a specific educational or professional objective at an academic institu- U.S. institution with a minimum of two years of successful academic work completed in the U.S. (seven or more courses) . B. Foreign Credential Evaluation Augsburg requires foreign credential evaluation for any transcript(s) from an institution outside of the United States. This evaluation should include the following: • Analysis of credentials-to determine if your degree is equivalent to an accredited U.S. bachelor's degree. Course-by-course evaluation-to show your complete course listing with credit values and grades received for each course. • Calculation of grade point averageto demonstrate your cumulative grade point average using the standard U.S. grading system, i.e., A=4.0, B=3.0, C=2.0, D=l.0, F=O.O. • Translation to English (if applicable) The evaluation report must be sent directly to Augsburg's Adult and Graduate Admissions Office. Augsburg accepts foreign credential evaluations only from the following organization: World Education Services, Inc. www.wes.org A. Proof of English Competency C. Proof of Financial Support In order to receive an F-1 visa, the U.S. Department of State (DOS) regulations require international applicants to be sufficiently proficient in English to pursue a full course of study. International applicants must provide reliable documentation that they have financial resources adequate to meet expenses for the duration of their academic program, which include tuition and fees, books and supplies, room and board, health insurance, personal expenses , and living expenses for dependents (if applicable). The TOEFL is waived for applicants who have a four-year degree from a Funds may come from any dependable source, including scholarships, fellowships, sponsoring agencies, personal funds, or funds from the student's family. Documentation of scholarships and fellowships may be in the form of an 9 Applicants for graduate study must submit the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). To complete and submit the FAFSA electronically, go to www.augsburg.edu/enroll. For further information, contact the Enrollment Center, 612-330-1046, 1-800-458-1721, enroll@augsburg.edu, or www.augsburg.edu/enroll. If a student is selected for verification, additional documents will be needed. Students in this situation will be contacted by the Enrollment Center. FINANCIAL POLICIES Refund Schedule Students who withdraw from Augsburg College may be eligible for a refund of a portion of their charges based on the appropriate refund schedule (except for the minimum charge of $100 to cover administrative costs). Financial aid may also be adjusted for those students who withdraw from the College or drop one or more courses and receive financial assistance. [NOTE: Tuition refunds and financial aid adjustments are not necessarily made on a one-to-one basis. For example, you could receive a 60% tuition refund but have 80% of your financial aid returned. Be sure you understand the financial consequences of making adjustments to your registration.] Students are responsible for canceling courses through the Enrollment Center in order to be eligible for any refund. Students who unofficially withdraw (stop attending) but do not complete the drop/add form are responsible for all charges. Financial aid may be adjusted based on the student's last recorded date of attendance. Refund calculations are based on the date that the drop/add form is processed. The refund schedule is effective whether or not a student has attended classes. All refunds of charges will be applied to the student account and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines, deposits, etc. will be made before eligibility for a cash refund of any resulting credit balance is determined . Allow two weeks for a refund. The refund is a percentage of the full tuition charged, not a percentage of any deposit paid toward tuition, e.g. deposits made under the employer reimbursement payment plan. 12 CONTAICTTMiE ENROLLMENT C:ENTE'R For info·rm:atlon on eost~ pa~tne11\ts1 flnamli'al aid, tuition disc·ounts, and rr-e~f.uad:s : 13 Master of Arts in Education Master of Arts in Education We are pleased with your interest in the Master of Arts in Education (MAE) program. Augsburg has a long history in teacher education with alumni of our programs teaching throughout Minnesota and elsewhere. We know that Augsburg College is an excellent choice for you to pursue your teaching dreams and goals-and here's why. OUR PHILOSOPHY. The Education Department program theme-Teacher as developing professional: from classroom decision-maker to educational leader-suggests the expectations we have that our students will leave our programs prepared to exercise leadership in the classroom and, eventually, the institution. Our department mission statement goes beyond leadership to also lay out our expectations for fostering "student learning and well-being by being knowledgeable in content, being competent in pedagogy, being ethical in practice, building relationships, embracing diversity, reflecting critically, and collaborating effectively." Our urban setting provides yet another dimension to our programs through course content, field experiences, and classroom instructors. Our goal is that students leave our programs prepared to be knowledgeable, collaborative, capable beginning teachers who imbue their practice with ethics, tolerance, and compassion. OUR FACULTY. Augsburg faculty members who teach in the MAE program are a mix of full-time and adjunct instructors, all of whom have K-12 teaching experience. Many adjunct instructors are currently teaching in K-12 settings; all full-time faculty members are frequent visitors to K-12 settings through student teaching and field experience supervision, volunteer work, and/or in-service education. We understand the importance of what we do and what you hope to do . We value good teaching and, most especially, we value good teachers. OUR ACCESSIBILITY. We realize that although teaching is your dream, your reality most likely includes work, family, and personal responsibilities. Because we understand the demands adult students face, we offer flexible scheduling. A majority of licensure and graduate-level courses are taught in the evenings and weekends to allow you to manage these responsibilities while pursuing your goals. As a student in Augsburg's Master of Arts in Education licensure and degree program, you will find yourself among interesting students and dedicated professors who believe that all children deserve a good, highly qualified teacher-the teacher you can become. Vicki Olson, PhD Director, Master of Arts in Education PROGRAMS ELEMENTARY EDUCATION The Education Department offers initial licenses as well as endorsements for already-licensed teachers that also lead to a master's degree. The range of licenses available is described below. The K-6 elementary with a middle school specialty license allows you to teach in grades K-6 and in your specialty area of math, science, social studies, or language arts in middle school. As an alternative to the middle school specialty, MAE elementary licensure students can pursue a prekindergarten specialty. Licensure requirements are offered at both the undergraduate and graduate level. That means classes will include both undergraduate and graduate students, with graduate students having additional course responsibilities. Graduate courses are taken at the 500 level. Elementary education specialty areas in math, communication arts, and social studies are available through weekend and weekday evening courses. The science specialty area is available through a combination of weekday, weekday evening, and weekend courses. Secondary education licensure is available through weekend and weekday evening courses in social studies, communication arts/literature, and K-12 visual arts. Licenses in other majors, including biology, chemistry, health education, mathematics, music education, physical education, and physics can be completed through a combination of weekend, weekday evening, and weekday courses. All of the following courses must be taken for licensure, and four to six of them may be taken at the graduate (500) level and applied toward the master's degree in education. EDC 200/522 Orientation to Education (1.0)* EDC 206/566 Diversity/Minnesota American Indians (1.0) EDC 310/533 Learning and Development (1.0)* Teachers who are already licensed can work towards the MAE degree through the following four licensure options: EDC 410/544 Learners with Special Needs (1.0)* Pre-K specialty area endorsement EED 320/520 K-6 Methods: Reading (1.0)* EDC 490/580 School and Society (1.0) K-12 special education: emotional and behavioral disabilities K-12 special education: learning disabilities K-12 reading endorsement Education Department Mission To complete the license, you will also need to complete the following requirements at the undergraduate level: HPE 115 Chemical Dependency (.5) EDC 220 Educational Technology (.5) The Augsburg College Education Department commits itself to developing future educational leaders who foster student learning and well-being by becoming knowledgeable in content, competent in pedagogy, and ethical in practice, and by building relationships, embracing diversity, reflecting critically, and collaborating effectively. EED 311 K-6 Methods: Health (.25) Master of Arts in Education Conceptual Framework EED 350 K-6 Methods: Math (1.0) * Teacher leadership is the theme that threads through our graduate licensure and degree completion programs. The Augsburg Education Department believes that teachers are leaders in their classrooms and should be leaders in their institutions and communities. EED 360 K-6 Methods: Science (l.O)* The leadership focus plays out in three ways. First, the additional work required in the graduate versions of the combined undergraduate/graduate courses focuses on providing graduate students the chance to exercise leadership as well as extend their knowledge beyond the basic requirements. Second, in the degree completion component, students are required to include at least two graduate-level courses from our Master of Arts in Leadership (MAL) program. This provides students the chance to study aspects of leadership as part of their degree program. Third, the final project-be it an action research or a leadership application project-gives students the opportunity to define an issue of concern and, supported by research, take on a leadership role in addressing it. EED 312 K-6 Methods: Physical Education (.25) EED 330 K-6 Methods: Children's Lit/Language Arts (1.0) EED 341 K-6 Methods: Visual Arts (.25) EED 342 K-6 Methods: Music (.25) EED 370 K-6 Methods: Social Studies (.5) EED 380 Kindergarten Methods (.5)* EED 481,483 Student Teaching (2.0) *Field experience hours are required in these courses. A minimum of 100 hours in the classroom and educationrelated settings is required prior to student teaching. Students spend approximately 20 hours per term in field experiences. These experiences occur in K-8 classrooms during the weekday. Undergraduate Liberal Arts Requirements The number of supporting content area courses required for licensure depends upon the courses completed as part of the bachelor's degree and/or other coursework Requirements are determined by Minnesota licensure standards for specific college-level coursework in math, biology, physics, and earth science for all students seeking elementary licensure. Specific requirements are on file in the Education Department. Minnesota licensure standards in a specialty area for middle school: subject area specialties are offered in communication arts/literature, social studies, math, and science. The pre-K specialty is also available. Specific requirements are on file in the Education Department. Previous coursework can be accepted into the licensure program if i.t meets Minnesota standards and if a grade of C or better was achieved. The Education Department and the content area departments determine the courses that are accepted. Transcripts, course descriptions, and course syllabi are used to make these determinations. Courses that are older than seven years are judged on a case-by-case basis. Graduate coursework accepted into the licensure program is not automatically accepted into the MAE degree. EOC 490/580 School and Society Emphasis on points of view about the role of school in modern society, relationships with parents and community, collaborative models, leadership, and professional development. Serves as final theoretical preparation for student teaching. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) EED 311 K-6 Methods: Health (.25 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for health at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) EEO 312 K~6 Methods: Physical Education (.25 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) Elementary Licensure Course Descriptions HPF 115 Chemical Dependency Education (.5 course) An analysis of chemical use and abuse and what can be done for the abuser. Includes information about school health education and services. EDC 200/522 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting Career exploration and overview of the teaching profession. Emphasis on historical and philosophical foundations of the American school system. Urban fieldwork experience. (Undergraduate prereq.: ENL 111, sophomore standing) EDC 206/566 Diversity/Minnesota American Indians This course will examine human diversity and human relations. It will provide an awareness and critical analysis of how prejudice, discrimination, and stereotypes impact us personally, as well as how these elements impact our schools and communities. Also addressed in this course is the Minnesota Standard of Effective Practice 3.G: Understand the cultural content, worldview, and concepts that comprise Minnesota-based American Indian tribal government, history, language, and culture. EDC 220 Educational Technology (.5 course) Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production, and evaluation of effective audio and/or visual technology for teaching/learning situations. EOC 310/533 Learning and Development in an Educational Setting A survey of educational psychology topics as applied to teaching and learning. Special emphasis is placed on classroom applications. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) EDC 410/544 Learners with Special Needs The study of students with disability, special needs, and giftedness. Emphasis on techniques and resources to help all students achieve maximum outcomes and special focus on needs of urban students. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department or special permission of instructor) EED 320/520 K-6 Methods: Reading The study and use of a variety of teaching techniques and resources in reading, including the diagnosis and correction of reading difficulties. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admissions to department) EEO 330 K-6 Methods: Language Arts/Children's Literature Examination and preparation of materials and resources for children's literature and language arts at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) EED 331 Middle School Methods: Communication Arts/Literature - Writing (.5 course) Introduction to the teaching of writing at the middle school level. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) EED 341 K-6 Methods: Visual Arts (.25 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for visual arts at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) EED 34 2 K-6 Methods: Music (.25 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for music at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) EED 350 K-6 Methods: Mathematics Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) EED 360 K-6 Methods: Science Examination and preparation of materials and resources for science at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) EED 370 K-6 Methods: Social Studies/Thematic Studies (.5 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies and thematic teaching at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) EED 380 Kindergarten Methods (.5 course) Study and use of a variety of techniques and resources for teaching kindergarten. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) EED 481, 483, 485 Student Teaching Two to three courses of full-time, supervised classroom experience. Required for licensure. Occurs upon satisfactory completion of licensure and/or degree program and program portfolio. Preprimary Specialty for Elementary Licensure ECE 345/545 Foundations of Preprimary Education Students gain an understanding of philosophical, theoretical, historical, pedagogical, societal, and institutional foundations of preprimary education. Attention is given to the efforts of modern programs to adapt instruction to developmental levels and experience backgrounds of young children and to work in partnership with parents and social service agencies. Field experience (20 hours) is a critical part of this course. (Prereq.: PSY 105, 250,or their equivalents) SECONDARY EDUCATION K-12 and 5-12 licensures in several content areas are offered weekends and weekday evenings through a combination of graduate and undergraduate coursework. Additional content areas are available through the weekday program. K-12 licenses allow you to teach your content area across elementary, middle school, and high school. Licenses for grades 512 allow you to teach at the middle and high school levels. Graduate-level licensure coursework (500 and above) is available to people who already hold a bachelor's degree and meet MAE admissions criteria. Licensure Requirements The following requirements are offered at both the undergraduate and graduate level. All courses must be taken for licensure; four to six also may be taken at the graduate level and applied toward the master's degree in education. EDC 200/522 Orientation to Education (1.0)* EDC 206/566 Diversity I Minnesota American Indians (1.0) EDC 310/533 Learning and Development (1.0)* EDC 410/544 Learners with Special Needs (1.0)* EDC 490/580 School and Society (1.0) ECE 346/546 Learning Environments for Preprimary Aged Children Students gain an understanding of how to recognize and construct, developmentally appropriate pedagogy and practice. Attention is given to the synthesis between course readings and experience and students experience working with current teachers in site based field experience. Field experience (20 hours) is a critical part of this course. (Prereq.: PSY 105, 250, or their equivalents; ECE 345/545) ECE 347154 7 Immersion and Teaching Competence Students gain an understanding of how to deliver developmentally appropriate instruction and assess learning appropriately for preprimary children. Students gain experience taking the perspective of families and communicating with them. A reflective practitioner's skills are developed through self-evaluation of curriculum planning. Field experience (20 hours) is a critical part of this course. (Prereq.: admission to department; PSY 105, 250 or their equivalents; ECE 345, 346) ECE 488 Student Teaching in a Pre-Kindergarten Classroom PSY 250 Child Development (Prereq.: PSY 105 or equivalent) SOC 231 Family Systems OR SPE 490/540 Parent and Professional Planning (Graduate students using the Preprimary endorsement must take SPE 540.) ESE 300/500 Reading and Writing in Content Area (1.0) To complete the license, students also will need to complete the following requirements at the undergraduate level: HPE 115 Chemical Dependency (.5) EDC 220 Educational Technology (.5) ESE 325 Creating Learning Environments (1.0)* ESE 3XX K-12 or 5-12 Special Methods (1.0 -2.0)* ESE 481, 483, 485 Student Teaching (2.0-3.0) *Field experience hours are required in these courses. A minimum of 100 hours in classrooms and education-related settings is required prior to student teaching. Students spend approximately 20 hours per term in field experiences. Undergraduate Content Area Requirements The equivalent of a major in a content area is required for K12 and 5-12 licensure. Students who have majored in a field in which we offer licensure must have their previous coursework evaluated by the major department at Augsburg. Additional content area coursework tied to licensure standards is generally required, even with a completed academic major. The following majors are offered almost entirely on weekends and weekday evenings: communication arts/literature, history or economics or psychology or sociology (all for social studies), art. Students seeking 5-12 licensure in social studies must complete a broad-based core of courses in the social studies in addition to a social science major. The following majors are offered primarily or entirely through the weekday program: biology, chemistry; physics, health, physical education, music, and mathematics. Students seek- ing licensure in any of these areas will likely need to take additional content courses in the weekday schedule. Students can obtain a 9-12 license in physics, chemistry, or biology and have the option of adding the 5-8 general science to the 9-12 license. Students also can obtain the 5-8 general science license without the 9-12 license. Previous coursework is evaluated by the content area department and accepted if it meets Minnesota licensure standards and if a grade of C or better was achieved. Coursework older than seven years is judged on a case-by-case basis. Education Department policy requires that a minimum of two content area courses be taken at Augsburg. Specific course requirements for each content area are on file in the Education Department. Graduate coursework accepted into the licensure program is not automatically accepted into the MAE degree program. Secondary Licensure Course Descriptions HPF 115 Chemical Dependency Education (.5 course) See course description on page 17. EDC 200/522 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting Career exploration and overview of the teaching profession. Emphasis on historical and philosophical foundations of the American school system. Urban fieldwork experience. (Undergraduate prereq.: ENL 111, sophomore standing) EDC 206/566 Diversity/Minnesota American Indians This course will examine human diversity and human relations. It will provide an awareness and critical analysis of how prejudice, discrimination, and stereotypes impact us personally, as well as how these elements impact our schools and communities. Also addressed in this course is Minnesota Standard of Effective Practice 3.G: Understand the cultural content, worldview, and concepts that comprise Minnesotabased American Indian tribal government, history, language, and culture. EDC 220 Educational Technology (.5 course) Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production, and evaluation of effective audio and/or visual technology for teaching/learning situations. EDC 310/533 Learning and Development in an Educational Setting A survey of educational psychology topics as applied to teaching and learning. Special emphasis is placed on classroom applications. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) EDC 410/544 Learners with Special Needs The study of students with disability, special needs, and giftedness. Emphasis on techniques and resources to help all students achieve maximum outcomes and special focus on needs of urban students. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department or special permission of instructor) EDC 480/580 School and Society Emphasis on points of view about the role of school in modern society, relationships with parents and community, collaborative models, leadership, and professional development. Serves as final theoretical preparation for student teaching. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) ESE 300/500 Reading/Writing in the Content Areas The study and use of a variety of middle school and secondary techniques and resources to teach reading and writing through the content areas. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department. Note: Students seeking 5-12 Communication Arts/Literature licensure do not take this course). ESE 325 Creating Learning Environments An introduction to assessment, lesson planning, and classroom organization based in the Minnesota Graduation Rule, state testing, and national standards. Emphasis on creating environments conducive to learning. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department. Note: Students seeking 5-12 Health and K-12 PE licenses do not take this course). ESE 310 K-12 Methods: Social Studies Introduction to the teaching of the social sciences in middle and high schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Middle school portion required for elementary concentration in social studies taught concurrently as ESE 311 Middle School Methods: Social Studies (.5 course). Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) ESE 330 K-12 Methods: Mathematics Introduction to the teaching of mathematics in middle and high schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Middle school portion required for elementary concentration in mathematics taught concurrently as ESE 331 Middle School Methods: Mathematics (.5 course). Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) ESE 340 K-12 Methods: Science Introduction to the teaching of the natural sciences in middle and high schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Middle school portion required for elementary concentration in science taught concurrently as ESE 341 Middle School Methods: Science (.5 course). Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) ESE 350 K-12 Methods: Literature and Reading Introduction to the teaching of literature and reading in the middle and high schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Required for elementary concentration in communication arts/literature and for communication arts/literature license. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department.) ESE 351 K-12 Methods: Speaking and Listening (.5 course) Introduction to the teaching of speaking and listening in middle and high schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Required for communication arts/literature license. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) Licensure Requirements Emotional/Behavioral Disabilities Core The following requirements are offered at both the undergraduate and graduate level. All courses must be taken for licensure, and up to six also may be taken at the graduate level and applied toward the master's degree in education. EDC 200/522 Orientation to Education (LO)* ESE 352 K-12 Methods: Media Literacy (.5 course) Introduction to the teaching of media literacy in middle school and high school. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Required for communication arts/literature license. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) EDC 206/566 Diversity/Minnesota American Indians (1.0) EDC 310/533 Learning and Development (1.0)* EDC 410/544 Learners with Special Needs (1.0)* EED 320/520 K-6 Methods: Reading (1.0)* SPE 315 Special Education Critical Issues Seminar (.5) ESE 360 K-12 Methods: Visual Arts Introduction to the teaching of visual arts in the schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) ESE 370 K-12 Methods: Music Introduction to the teaching of music in the schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) ESE 481, 483, 485 Student Teaching Two to three courses of full-time, supervised student teaching required for licensure. Secondary licenses require two courses. K-12 licenses require two to three courses. Student teaching occurs upon satisfactory completion of licensure program and program portfolio. SPECIAL EDUCATION The MAE program with licensure in special education is based on an innovative internship model that allows coursework and experience to occur simultaneously. In addition to student teaching, students must complete two 40-hour field placements where they will gain experience working with students from age groups different from their internship site. There are two licensure options in the K-12 Special Education program: emotional/behavioral disabilities (EBD), and learning disabilities (LD). Both programs qualify you to teach in special education programs and positions; many students get licensure in both. SPE 400/500 Teaching Students with Emotional/Behavioral Disabilities (LO)** SPE 410/510 Implementing Assessment Strategies (1.0)** SPE 420/520 Planning, Design, and Delivery (1.0) ** SPE 430/530 Instructional and Behavioral Practices (1.0)** SPE 490/540 Parent and Professional Planning (l.O) ** Learning Disabilities Core Students wishing to earn learning disabilities licensure in addition to emotional/behavioral licensure will take the above courses in the emotional/behavioral core and two additional specialty courses: SPE 424/524 Etiology and Origins of Learning Disabilities (1.0)** SPE 434/534 Teaching Content Areas to Students with Learning Disabilities (1.0)** A student wishing to earn only a learning disabilities license would take all of the above courses with the exception of SPE 430/530 Instructional and Behavioral Practices. To complete either license students will also need to complete certain requirements at the undergraduate level: EDC 220 Education Technology (.5) HPE 115 Chemical Dependency (.5) EED 330 Children's Lit./Language Arts and Also available is the Naadamaadiwin Tribal Special Education Cohort-This graduate hcensure program in Special Education: EBD/LD is designed and taught from an American Indian perspective. It is being offered in collaboration with the University of Minnesota-Duluth as a hybrid (partly face-to-face; partly online) cohort program. The licensure courses can be applied towards the MAE degree . See the Education Department and www.augsburg!edu/ mae/academics/ais_focus.html for more information. EED 350 K-6 Methods: Math* EED 360 K-6 Methods: Science* (see course descriptions under Elementary Education). *Ten to 20 hours of field experience required as part of this course. Students currently working in schools can often use their school employment for their field experience. **These courses are taken during the internship year. A significant amount of contact with students labeled EBD or LD is required. The ideal situation for the internship year is to be working in a K-12 setting with these students. Students not currently employed in schools must be available for extensive volunteer field placements during the internship year. (Minimum 10 hours/week). EED 320/520 K-6 Methods: Reading The study and use of a variety of teaching techniques and resources in reading, including the diagnosis and correction of reading difficulties. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) Eligibility: To be eligible to apply to the special education program at the graduate level, students must have a degree and be currently employed in a K-12 setting as a paraprofessional or licensed teacher, and/or have experience working with students who are labeled with emotional, behavioral, or learning disabilities, as well as considerable time available for volunteer field placements. EED 330 K-6 Methods: Language Arts/Children's Literature See course description on page 17. This program is built on an inclusive education model. Under this model, students learn how to work closely with both special and regular educators to facilitate inclusion of special education students into the regular education classroom. Special Education Licensure Course Descriptions HPF 115 Chemical Dependency Education (.5 course) See course description on page 17. EDC 200/522 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting Career exploration and overview of the teaching profession. Emphasis on historical and philosophical foundations of the American school system. Urban fieldwork experience. (Undergraduate prereq.: ENL 111, sophomore standing) EDC 206/566 Diversity/Minnesota American Indians This course will examine human diversity and human relations. It will provide an awareness and critical analysis of how prejudice, discrimination, and stereotypes impact us personally, as well as how these elements impact our schools and communities. Also addressed in this course is Minnesota Standard of Effective Practice 3.G: Understand the cultural content, worldview, and concepts that comprise Minnesota-based American Indian tribal government, history, language, and culture. EDC 220 Educational Technology (.5 course) See course description on page 17. EDC 310/533 Learning and Development in an Educational Setting A survey of educational psychology topics as applied to teaching and learning. Special emphasis is placed on classroom applications. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) EDC 410/544 Learners with Special Needs The study of students with disability, special needs, and giftedness. Emphasis on techniques and resources to help all students achieve maximum outcomes and special focus on needs of urban students. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department or special permission of instructor) EED 350 K-6 Methods: Mathematics See course description on page 17. EED 360 K-6 Methods: Science See course description on page 17. SPE 315 Critical Issues: Special Education Seminar (.5 course) This course is designed to support students seeking special education licensure throughout their internship year. Issues related to special education and their specific settings are the focus of the course. The department portfolio is completed as a part of this course. SPE 400/500 Teaching Students with Emotional/ Behavioral Disabilities This course presents an overview of learners with emotional and behavioral disabilities and learning disabilities. It addresses the historical and philosophical aspects of the EBD category, examines origins of student behavior and student learning styles, and addresses theoretical perspectives and conceptual models as they relate to this category of disability (Prereq: PPST and admission to the department) SPE 410/510 Implementing Assessment Strategies This course examines the assessment process from the prereferral to the recommendation stage. Students gain understanding of key assessment tools and how they influence student placement and programming. A qualitative and person-centered assessment process is emphasized. (Prereq: PPST and admission to the epartment) SPE 420/520 Planning, Desigu, and Delivery This course provides students with skills to write and implement individual program plans and to create effective learning environments for students labeled EBD. Particular attention is paid to inclusion models, diversity of student need, and forming partnerships with key school personnel. (Prereq: PPST and admission to the department) SPE 424/524 Etiology and Origins of Learning Disabilities This course will focus on the history and context of learning disabilities, which includes the medical and sociological aspects specific to learning disabilities. It will also teach students how to access information relevant to the field. (Prereq: PPST and admission to the department). SPE 4 30/530 Instructional and Behavioral Practices This course examines behavioral support options used with students who are labeled EBD. It emphasizes the use of reflective, proactive, and non-aversive approaches drawn from current best practices and including positive behavioral supports, person centered planning and functional assessment. (Prereq: PPST and admission to the department) ESE 300/500 Reading/Writing in the Content Areas* The study and use of a variety of middle school and secondary techniques and resources to teach reading and writing through the content areas. Should be taken at the graduate level for the reading endorsement. Field experience required for K-12 reading endorsement. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to the department) SPE 4 34/534 Teaching Content Areas to Students with Learning Disabilities This course will teach students how to identify, adapt, and implement developmentally appropriate instruction and strategies that support the learning of students identified as having learning disabilities. The specific focus will be on the areas of reading, writing, and listening comprehension; and math, reasoning, and problem solving skills. (Prereq: PPST and admission to the department). EDC 505 Literature in the Classroom (.5 course) The study and use of literature in the K-12 classroom. SPE 490/540 Parent and Professional Planning This course examines the role of families of students with special needs, specifically those families of students labeled EBD. A family systems perspective is introduced and applied. The need to form strong connections with community agencies is emphasized. (Prereq: ENG 111, PPST and admission to department). EDC 510 Clinical and Reading Program Leadership The study of effective leadership and professional development strategies for individual schools and school districts, reading standards, state and federal reading legislation, and fiscal and budgetary operations. The focused implementation of knowledge and skills gained in reading licensure coursework. Field experience required. (Taken concurrently with EDC 508) EDC 508 K-12 Reading Assessment and Evaluation The study of student reading development, the knowledge and use of gathering and analyzing data of students' reading, and designing and applying appropriate reading curriculum based on this information. Field experience required. (Taken concurrently with EDC 510) SPE 481, 483, 485, 487 Student Teaching (1.0-2.0) READING ENDORSEMENT PROGRAM Augsburg College offers a K-12 Reading Endorsement program. This endorsement has been established to provide teachers with existing teaching licenses an opportunity to expand their knowledge and practices in the area of reading instruction. Candidates for this license will complete 4.5 credits of coursework that have been designed to meet the requirements established for this license by the Minnesota Board of Teaching. Students may use these courses to fulfill requirements for the Master of Arts in Education degree. These courses include: EED 520 K-6 Methods: Reading (1.0)* ESE 500 Reading/Writing in the Content Areas (1.0)* *The courses EED 320/520 and ESE 300/500 are offered to both undergraduate and graduate students: EED 320/520 is part of the elementary and special education initial licensure programs; ESE 300/500 is part of the secondary initial licensure program. The rigor of the courses is increased at the graduate level. Reading license candidates who have already received their initial teaching license and who are graduates of Augsburg College within the past seven years will not be required to retake the entire version of EED 320/520 or ESE 300/500. However, they will be expected to complete the requirements for the graduate portion of the course they have already taken within the context of a half-credit independent study. If the graduate course was taken as a part of initial licensure (EED 520 or ESE 500) students do not need to repeat the course; however, if ESE 500 was taken without a field experience, 20 hours in a high school or middle school reading setting must be completed. EDC 505 K-12 Literature in the Classroom (.5) EDC 508 K-12 Reading Assessment and Evaluation (1.0)* EDC 510 Clinical and Reading Program Leadership (1.0)* Reading license candidates who already have received their initial K-8 teaching licensure and who are graduates of Augsburg College, but not within the past seven years, will be required to take EED 520 or ESE 500 at the graduate level. *Field experience required Reading Endorsement Course Descriptions EED 320/520 K-6 Methods: Reading* The study and use of a variety of teaching techniques and resources in reading, including the diagnosis and correction of reading difficulties. Should be taken at the graduate level for the reading endorsement. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to the department) Reading license candidates who have already received their initial teaching licensure and who are not graduates of Augsburg College will be expected to take EED 520 and ESE 500. STUDENT TEACHING Education students are required to complete student teaching in their content area. In the MAE program, student teaching is generally completed before finishing the degree. Students can apply for licensure at this point. Student teaching for elementary and secondary initial licenses lasts 12-14 weeks, depending on licensure scope. During that time, students work full time as student teachers and are supervised by an Augsburg faculty member. Students register for two to three credits of student teaching and meet at Augsburg College for a student teaching seminar several times during the term. Most student teaching placements are in the Minneapolis/St. Paul metropolitan area and Rochester. However, students do have the opportunity to student teach abroad, where students do half of the student teaching experience in the metro area and the remaining portion in another country. Opportunities to teach abroad are available around the world, and it is a wonderful opportunity to build a global perspective in education. Additional information is available through the Education Department. Student teaching for special education is completed as part of the internship year if students are working in a licensure appropriate setting. If not, student teaching is carried out after completing the special education coursework. A supervised practicum for the reading endorsement is completed as part of EDC 510 Clinical and Reading Program Leadership. No further student teaching is required for this endorsement. GRADUATE DEGREE COMPLETION Students take graduate coursework as part of the licensure program. This coursework forms the Master of Arts in Education core, with between four to six Augsburg graduatelevel licensure courses fulfilling master's requirements. To earn a master's degree beyond the core of education classes, students will need to successfully complete a minimum of three additional graduate-level courses: • a research methods course, typically ML 514 • an elective course chosen from leadership-focused courses in the Master of Arts in Leadership (MAL) program The goal for the graduate degree completion component is to foster the development of teachers as leaders within the institution and community as in line with our program theme and department mission statement. Graduate Degree Completion Course Descriptions Research Methods Course All students seeking the Master of Arts in Education degree must complete a graduate-level research requirement. ML 514 Research Methods Evaluation and documentation of programs, projects, and ideas as they relate to leadership theories and practice. Qualitative and quantitative tools will be discussed. MAE Final Project Options Students have two options for fulfilling their Master of Arts in Education final project: a leadership application project (LAP) or action research. This project serves as the capstone of the master's program. EDC 585 Leadership Application Project The leadership application project (LAP) is a research-based study that links issues of leadership and education with the degree candidate's personal interests. The character of the project will vary with the nature of the investigation and the materials involved, but will always be application oriented. The central component of the LAP is the demonstration of leadership ability through a concrete project appropriate to the candidate's workplace or place of service. EDC 586 Action Research in Education (.5 course) This course will introduce students to action research, a form of research that simultaneously contributes to the practical concerns of people while furthering the goals of social science. It requires active self-reflective inquiry and collaboration. Action research is used in real situations, and is aimed at solving real problems. The goal of action research is to gain better knowledge of one's practice while improving the situation in which the practice is conducted. This is the first of a two-trimester course. • a research- or leadership-based final project Students bringing fewer than six graduate-level licensure courses into the degree program must complete additional leadership or education graduate courses to reach the total of nine required courses. A minimum of four graduate-level licensure courses are required for the MAE degree. The research methods course will help prepare students to evaluate and document research for use in their final project or paper. This course examines both qualitative and quantitative research methods. The leadership elective courses allow students to examine issues of leadership at a personal or ins ti tu tional level. Students have two options for fulfilling their Master of Arts in Education final project, which serves as the capstone of the master's program: a leadership application project (LAP) or action research course sequence and project. EDC 587 Action Research (.5 course) The second term of this course involves intensive data analysis, writing, and sharing of the degree candidate's research. It requires active self-reflective inquiry and collaboration. The trimester will culminate with a symposium in which student work will be presented in a public forum. MAL Elective Courses At least one elective must be taken from the Master of Arts in Leadership courses. The following are recommended, but others may also be used. ML 510 Visions of Leadership: A Historical and Literary Journey ML 511 Creativity and the Problem-Solving Process ML 520 Self-Identity, Values, and Personal Growth ML 530 Ethics in Communication ML 531 The Dynamics of Change ML 545 Decision Making and Leadership Credit Evaluation: An official transfer credit evaluation of your previous academic work will be completed as part of the admissions process. ML 550 Communication, Decision Making, and Technology ML 560 Developing a Multicultural Perspective Advising and Registration: You are able to participate in ML 565 Women and Leadership academic advising and the registration process after you have been accepted. ML 599 Special Topics (as appropriate) ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Students admitted into the MAE program must have completed: • a bachelor's degree from a regionally-accredited four-year institution, and can obtain licensure at the graduate level • cumulative grade point average of 3.0 or higher (required for full admission for the graduate licensure option and degree program). Students with a cumulative grade point average of 2.5-3.0 may be admitted conditionally into the graduate licensure program. They can apply to the MAE full licensure and degree program after achieving 3.0 or better in two (2.0) Augsburg courses. Minimum Grade Policy and Academic Probation Students who fail to maintain a cumulative 3.0 GPA in a given term in graduate course work are notified that they are on academic probation and have one term to raise their GPA to the required level. Failure to do so could mean dismissal from the program. Students who receive below a 2.0 in any course required for licensure-undergraduate or graduate-are notified that they are on academic probation and must repeat that course as soon as possible and raise it to the appropriate level. Failure to do so could mean dismissal from the pr
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1980
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1981
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Augsburg College Interim The i n t e r i m i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t o f t h e school y e a r a t Augsburg College. I t i s p a r t i c u l a r l y i n t e n d e d t o be a t i m e f o r b o t h s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y t o emp l o y s t y l e s o f t e a c h i n g and l e a r...
Show more Augsburg College Interim The i n t e r i m i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t o f t h e school y e a r a t Augsburg College. I t i s p a r t i c u l a r l y i n t e n d e d t o be a t i m e f o r b o t h s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y t o emp l o y s t y l e s o f t e a c h i n g and l e a r n i n g and t o i n v e s t i g a t e questions and t o p i c s i n places and ways n o t p o s s i b l e d u r i n g t h e r e g u l a r term. Calendar I I November 10-13 December 8 January 5 ... .. . ... Interim Registration Late I n t e r i m Registration F i r s t Day o f I n t e r i m r Class January 6 . January 8 . I 9:Ooa.m. Class I 1 .. .. 1:00 p.m. I L a s t day f o r c a n c e l l a d d L a s t day f o r d e t e r m i n i n g g r a d i n g system . January 19 . . January 23 ... January 30 . . . Beginning o f c e r t a i n h a l f c r e d i t courses * L a s t day f o r c a n c e l l i n g courses I n t e r i m ends I The i n t e r i m day i s d i v i d e d i n t o two b l o c k s o f t i m e : 0 > .. 0 I - 8:00 I1 - 1 :00 - IF00 - 5:00 d L. ;h o f c l a s s meetings as w e l l as t h e b e g i n n i n g t i m e The number a w l l l be arranged t i e f i r s t day o f c l a s s . * Students e n r o l l i n g i n h a l f - c r e d i t courses should c o n s u l t t h e R e g i s t r a r ' s O f f i c e f o r dates f o r cancel/add and t o determine t h e g r a d i n g system. AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/l The N i t t y G r i t t y One c o u r s e i s c o n s i d e r e d a f u l l t i m e l o a d d u r i n g i n t e r i m and no s t u d e n t i s p e r m i t t e d t o r e g i s t e r f o r more t h a n one c o u r s e d u r i n g t h e p e r i o d . There i s no t u i t i o n r e f u n d f o r a s t u d e n t who chooses n o t t o e n r o l l i n an i n t e r i m course. Most i n t e r i m courses a r e graded t r a d i t i o n a l l y on a s c a l e o f 4.0 t o 0. S t u d e n t s g e n e r a l l y have t h e o p t i o n t o r e g i s t e r on a Pass/No c r e d i t b a s i s . A few i n t e r i m courses a r e graded o n l y on t h e PIN system; t h i s i s i n d i cated i n t h e course d e s c r i p t i o n . Some c o u r s e s a r e o f f e r e d w i t h e i t h e r upper o r l o w e r d i v i s i o n s t a n d i n g . Such i n t e r i m courses have two numbers l i s t e d and t h e s t u d e n t must s e l e c t . S t u d e n t s r e g i s t e r i n g f o r upper d i v i s i o n s t a n d i n g s h o u l d a n t i c i p a t e a d d i t i o n a l assignments and a more r i g o r o u s g r a d i n g s t a n d a r d . A c o u r s e l i s t e d as f u l f i l l i n g d i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t meets b o t h t h e n e w l y i n t r o d u c e d r e q u i r e m e n t s ( t h e Spectrum approach) and t h e o l d d i s t r i b u t i o n requirements. To graduate, an Augsburg s t u d e n t i s r e q u i r e d t o complete 35 c o u r s e s o f w h i c h a t l e a s t t h r e e must be i n t e r i m courses ( o r one i n t e r i m l e s s t h a n t h e number o f y e a r s o f f u l l t i m e e n r o l l m e n t a t Augsburg; e.g., a t r a n s f e r e n r o l l e d f u l l t i m e f o r two y e a r s i s r e q u i r e d t o c o m p l e t e one i n t e r i m f o r graduation). This C a t a l o g T h i s c a t a l o g 1 i s t s courses by departments w l t h departments 1 jsted i n a1 p h a b e t i c a l o r d e r . Augsburq I n t e r i m s Abroad a r e i d e n t i f i e d by a special1 t r a v e l symbol. A t t h e end O F t h e book a r e l i s t i n g s o f o t h e r c o u r s e s n o t ~ ~ f f e r cby d Augsburg b u t recognirfad by t i l e College f o r i n t e r i m c r e d i t , a n d a v a r i e t y o f l j f e t i m e S p o r t s . F u r t h e r d e s c r i p t i o n s and i n f o r m a t i o n about t h e s e c o u r s e s are a v a i l a b l e i n t.he I n t e r i m O f f i c e . Options June Interim A t l e a s t one i n t e r i m c o u r s e w i l l be o f f e r e d i n t h e June 1981 s e s s i o n o f summer school ( s e e l i s t i n g under P h i l o s o p h y ) i n l i e u o f January t e r m w i t h no a d d i t i o n a l t u i t i o n c h a r g e . S t u d e n t s p l a n n i n g t o e l e c t t h e June i n t e r i m must r e g i s t e r a t t h e t i m e o f i n t e r i m r e g i s t r a t l o n i n t h e f a l l . S t u d e n t s w i s h i n g t o t a k e t h e June i n t e r i m i n a d d i t i o n t o t h e January one w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o pay t h e r e g u l a r summer c o u r s e t u i t i o n . 2lAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM International Interims Students a r e i n v i t e d t o c o n s i d e r b e i n g p a r t o f one o f t h e f i v e overseas These i n t e r i n t e r i m s o f f e r e d by Augsburg C o l l e g e d u r i n g January 1981 ims a r e under these departments: . Education EDUCATION I N AN URBAN COMMUNITY: LONDON, page 10. - LANGUAGE, CULT'JRE AND Foreign Languaqes T ~ E A T E RI N PARIS, page 13. THE RHINE FRONTIER: GERMANY MEETS ROME AND FRANCE, page 14. THE CULTURES OF MEXICO AND GUATEMALA, page 1 6 . - HAWAII: H i s t o r y and .Pol.iticlal Science A LABORATORY OF MULTI-ETHNIC INTERACTION, page 20. Other i n t e r n a t i o n a l i n t e r i m s a r e a v a i l a b l e t h r o u g h Upper Midwest Associa t i o n f o r I n t e r n a t i o n a l Education (Uh1AIE) and S t . O l a f College. F u r t h e r academic d e s c r i p t i o n , t r a v e l d e t a i l s and c o s t e s t i m a t e s a r e a v a i l a b l e i n t h e I n t e r i m O f f i c e and from Ms. Mary K i n g s l e y i n t h e I n t e r n a t i o n a l Center, Room 229 o f Memorial H a l l . Students i n t e r e s t e d i n p a r t i c i p a t i n g i n one o f t h e s e i n t e r n a t i o n a l i n t e r i m s s h o u l d a p p l y i n t h e I n t e r n a t i o n a l Center b e f o r e November 1 . Add i t i o n s t o t h e overseas groups u s u a l l y cannot be made a f t e r October. Internships I n t e r n s h i p s a r e open t o s t u d e n t s who c o n t i n u e an i n t e r n s h i p from t h e f a l l t e r m o r who b e g i n an i n t e r n s h i p which w i l l c o n t i n u e i n t o t h e s p r i n g term. Students e l e c t i n g an i n t e r n s h i p i n t e r i m a r e t o p r e s e n t a completed i n t e r n s h i p l e a r n i n g c o n t r a c t t o t h e I n t e r n s h i p O f f i c e (Memorial 230) no l a t e r t h a n Tuesday, November 18. Independent or D l r e c t e d Study Students may e l e i t a program o f independent s t u d y (upper d i v i s i o n 499) o r d i r e c t e d s t u d y ( l o w e r d i v i s i o n 299) f o r i n t e r i m . F a c u l t y members a r e s t r o n g l y discouraged from a c c e p t i n g r e s p a n s i b i l it y f o r more t h a n one i n dependent o r d i r e c t e d study p e r i n t e r i m . Students choosjng t o pursue i n dependent o r d i r e c t e d s t u d y must: A. Meet departmental requirements, B. P r e s e n t t o t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r f o r approval a copy o f t h e proposed s t u d y p l a n approved by t h e s u p e r v i s i n g f a c u l t y member. T h i s proposal must be s u b m i t t e d a t l e a s t one week b e f o r e r e g i s t r a t i o n and n o t l a t e r forms can be o b t a i n e d i n t h e t h a n November 3. A ,o.o r o.p r i a t e s t u d-v .proposal . Interim Office. AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM13 Interims a t Other Schools Augsburg s t u d e n t s may e n r o l l a t any o t h e r 4-1-4 i n s t i t u t i o n w h i c h o f f e r s a r e c i p r o c a l i n t e r i m arrangement. C a t a l o g s o f t h e s e I n t e r i m s can be c o n s u l t e d i n t h e I n t e r i m O f f i c e . The I n t e r i m S e c r e t a r y w i l l h e l p s t u dents i n applying f o r r e g i s t r a t i o n a t o t h e r schools. R e g i s t r a t i o n f o r i n t e r i m s a t t h e o t h e r Twin C i t i e s c o l l e g e s w i l l be done a t Augsburg d u r i n g t h e r e g u l a r r e g i s t r a t i o n p e r i o d . Most courses t a u g h t d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m a t o t h e r 4-1-4 s c h o o l s a r e a c c e p t e d f o r c r e d i t by Augsburg, b u t may n o t n e c e s s a r i l y be accepted as m e e t i n g Augsburg's d i s t r i b u t i o n r e quirements. This q u a l i f i c a t i o n p a r t i c u l a r l y a f f e c t s courses o f f e r e d f o r t h e Re1 ig i o n r e q u i r e m e n t . Non-Augsburg Students Augsburg C o l l e g e welcomes s t u d e n t s f r o m o t h e r 4-1 -4 s c h o o l s f o r t h e January i n t e r i m w i t h o u t t u i t i o n charges p r o v i d e d t h e s t u d e n t ' s home i n s t i t u t i o n agrees n o t t o charge t u i t i o n t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s f o r t h e January t e r m . The w a i v e r o f t u i t i o n does n o t i n c l u d e s p e c i a l f e e s , h o u s i n g o r board c o s t s . O t h e r s t u d e n t s w i l l be charged $150 f o r t h e i n t e r i m course. S t u d e n t s i n t e r e s t e d i n r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an Augsburg I n t e r i m s h o u l d w r i t e t o t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r f o r a p p l i c a t i o n forms o r use t h e forms p r o v i d e d by t h e i n t e r i m o f f i c e a t t h e i r own s c h o o l . These s t u d e n t s a r e welcome t o s t a y on campus b u t a r e n o t r e q u i r e d t o do so. Requests f o r i n t e r i m h o u s i n g s h o u l d be made t o t h e I n t e r i m O f f i c e . Augsburg Policy Augsburg C o l l e g e a d m i t s s t u d e n t s o f any r a c e , c o l o r , n a t i o n a l and e t h n i c o r i g i n t o a l l t h e r i g h t s , p r i v i l e g e s , programs, and a c t i v i t i e s g e n e r a l l y accorded o r made a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s a t t h e s c h o o l . I t does n o t d i s c r i m i n a t e on t h e b a s i s o f r a c e , c o l o r , c r e e d , n a t i o n a l and e t h n i c o r i g i n i n employment p r a c t i c e s o r a d m i n i s t r a t i o n o f i t s e d u c a t i o n a l p o l i c i e s , admissions p o l i c i e s , s c h o l a r s h i p and l o a n programs, and a t h l e t i c and o t h e r s c h o o l - a d m i n i s t e r e d programs. N e e d M o r e Help? Check w i t h : The I n t e r i m O f f i c e (Memorial 2 3 0 ) , o The I n t e r i m S e c r e t a r y , Ms. L o r r a i n e S t i e p e r a t 330-1025, o r e The I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r , D r . Toni C l a r k a t 330-1092. 4/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM Calligraphy ART 1010611 0306 Instructor: P h i l i p Thompson Study o f t h e a r t and c r a f t o f c a l l i g r a p h y . Development o f c a l l i g r a p h i c s k i l l s i n pen and b r u s h w i t h i n k and p a i n t . Three completed d e s i g n p r o j e c t s i n l e t t e r i n g o r l i n e a r e r e q u i r e d . For upper d i v i s i o n c r e d i t a major p r o j e c t i s required. Distribution: Time: Yes I1 Room: O l d Main 4 ( D e s i g n S t u d i o ) - Film-Making I Film-Making ii ART 1024211 0342 Instructor: Paul Rusten T h i s c o u r s e teaches f i l m - m a k i n g t h r o u g h p r a c t i c a l l a b e x p e r i e n c e . There w i l l be o b s e r v a t i o n and d i s c u s s i o n o f t h e e x p r e s s i v e and s t r u c t u r a l elements o f f i l m . S t u d e n t s w i l l make a 16mm sound f i l m . Fees: $70.00 l a b f e e None f o r Film-making I You must have t a k e n Film-making I t o r e g i s t e r f o r Film-making 11. Prerequisites : Distribution: Time: Yes I1 Room: O l d Main 1 7 ( P a i n t i n g S t u d i o ) L i f e Drawing ART 10247 Instructor: Norman Hol en A s t u d y o f undraped f i g u r e s f o r a r t s t u d e n t s and n o n - a r t s t u d e n t s . The f i g u r e w i l l be d e p i c t e d i n v a r i o u s s e t t i n g s w i t h a v a r i e t y o f media f o r v a r y i n g l e n g t h s o f t i m e . The poses w i l l e x t e n d f r o m one m i n u t e t o an hour and a h a l f . S t u d e n t s w i l l be i n t r o d u c e d t o t h e 28 and 4B p e n c i l s , t h e c h a r c o a l p e n c i l and p a s t e l s . A f e e o f $12.00 i s t o be p a i d on t h e f i r s t day o f c l a s s . Distribution: Time: I Yes Room: O l d Main 17 ( P a i n t i n g S t u d i o ) AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIMIS rn N u t r i t i o n : You A r e W h a t Y o u E a t BIOLOGY 20104 Instructor: Erwin Mickel berg Designed t o d i s c ss t h e foods t h a t we e a t i n a popular fashion. A f t e r a review o t h e human d i g e s t i v e system, each o f t h e t h r e e basic food types wil.1 be discussed along w i t h t h e r o l e o f minerals, vitamins and water. 9 An attempt w i l l be made t o d i s p e l t h e mysteries and t h e manufactured i n f o r m a t i o n i n t h e media, t o make a p p l i c a t i o n t o i n d i v i d u a l concerns, and t o address t h e controversy concerning food a d d i t i v e s . Distribution: Time: Yes I Room: Science 212 T h e B i o l o g y of Aglng BIOLOGY 20185 Instructor: Robert H e r f o r t h A t some time o r another i n our l i v e s most of us w i l l e i t h e r d i r e c t l y experience aging o r be i n f l uenced by people undergoing age-related changes. This course wi 11 concentrate on t h e b i o l o g i c a l aspects o f such changes. What i s t h e nature o f these age-related changes? What f a c t o r s i n f l u e n c e the r a t e o f aging? Do c e l l s i s o l a t e d from t h e body show aging? I s aging t h e r e s u l t of d e t e r i o r a t i o n o f c e r t a i n c e l l s o r t i s s u e s o f the body? What a r e t h e c u r r e n t t h e o r i e s as t o t h e b i o l o g i c a l basis o f aging? These and o t h e r questions w i l l be addressed i n t h i s course by means o f classroom l e c t u r e s , discussions o f assigned readings, and t a l k s by o u t s i d e experts. Evaluation w i l l be based on several quizzes and exams given d u r i n g t h e course. Distribution: Time: Yes I Room: Science 205 M e t h o d s in Biological R e s e a r c h BIOLOGY 20301 Instructor: Neal Thorpe The development o f t h e m a j o r i t y o f t h e present concepts i n b i o l o g y has been h e a v i l y dependent upon t h e use o f an a r r a y o f s o p h i s t i c a t e d research t o o l s . This course w i l l i n t r o d u c e t h e student t o t h e t h e o r e t i c a l basis o f approximately two dozen important b i o l o g i c a l methods such as chromatography, electrophoresis, spectrophotometry, s c i n t i l l a t i o n counting and microscopy. It w i l l a l s o r e q u i r e an in-depth i n v e s t i g a t i o n o f one s e l e c t e d method w i t h t h e o b j e c t i v e 6/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM o f d e v e l o p i n g an a p p r o p r i a t e e x p e r i m e n t a l e x e r c i s e t h a t c l e a r l y demons t r a t e s a t h e o r e t i c a l p r i n c i p l e . The s t u d e n t w i l l t e s t and v a l i d a t e t h e method, w r i t e i t up, and p r e s e n t i t o r a l l y . Prerequisites: Time: B i o l o g y 111, 112; C h e m i s t r y 115, 116 ( o r 105, 106) I1 Room: S c i e n c e 202 Wetland Ecology BIOLOGY 2031 1 Instructor: Roberta Lammers In w e t l a n d e c o l o g y we w l l l a t t e m p t t o g a i n an u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f t h e comp l e x j t y , v a r i e t y and fmportance o f f r e s h w a t e r w e t l a n d s such a s bogs, marshes, fens, and swamps. We w i l l s t u d y the p h y s f c a l aspects o f these w e t l a n d s as w e l l as the I n t e r r e l a t i o n s h i p s o f some o f t h e j r m a j o r o r g a n isms 1 i k e sedges, i n s e c t s , and sphagnum. S t u d e n t s w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o pursue some independent r e a d i n g on wet1 and organ1 sm5 o f p a r t i c u l a r i n t e r e s t t o them. The c o u r s e w i l l c o n s i s t o f r e a d i n g and d i s c u s s t o n as we1 l as l a b work i d e n t i f y i n g organisms c o l l e c t e d i n n o r t h e r n Minnesota d u r i n g t h e summer by the f n s t r u c t o r . We w i l l examine c r i t i c a l l y t h e p o t e n t f a 1 o f M i n n e s o t a ' s w e t l a n d s a s an energy saurcp. There w i l l be l o c a l f i e l d t r l p s . Grading w i l l be on t h e hasis a f one t e s t and the p r e s e n t a t i o n ( w r j t t e n or o r a l ) o f t h e independent r e a d i n g . Prerequisite: Time: B i o l o g y 111, 112 I Room: S c i e n c e 213 - D i s c r e t e E v e n t Simulation BUSINESS 21495 Instructor: K e i s h i r o Matsumoto D i s c r e t e e v e n t s i m u l a t i o n i s an approach t o p r o b l e m s o l v i n g . The method r e p l i c a t e s t h e s e t t i n g o f a p a r t i c u l a r problem by w r i t i n g a com- m e n t a t i o n and s There w i l l be l e c t u r e s and a computer programming l a b o r a t o r y . Prerequisfte: Time: I A s t a t f s t i c s course o r t h e consent o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r . Room: L2O1 AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 tNTERIM/7 CHEMISTRY 341 13 Instructor: E a r l A1 t o n Fflrding whlch chmlcals are, i n a solution ~(qualltatireanalysis)' T s a cfiaff enging way o+ learntng some prlnclples o f chemistry. Thls course dl 1 use laboratory, experiments coupled w i t h a non-mat h m t 9 e n l explana t i o n of the chemistry Tnvolved t o provide an introduetlon t o cemlstry. The laboratory wark wtll canter on solvfng chnmnclcsl unknoys. There wlll be several 1ecture-dl scussfon sessfons each week and about three hours o f l a b o r a t o r y each day. knowns and a few q u i z z e s . Lectures - Grading w i l l be based upon s o l v i n g unLaboratory 11 :00 a .m. Prerequisite: H i g h School C h e m i s t r y Distribution: Yes Time: 18111 Room: - 1 :00-4:00 p.m. Science 318 Introduction t o Chemirtry CHEMISTRY 341 04 Instructor: John Holum T h i s c o u r s e p r o v i d e s an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o some fundamental p r i n c i p l e s o f chemistry: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Measurement, w i t h emphasis on dimensions, S I u n i t s and a few common u n i t s used i n c h e m i s t r y , b i o l o g y and t h e h e a l t h sciences,.and how t o use t h e f a c t o r - l a b e l method i n c a l c u l a t i o n s . Elements o f a t o m i c and m o l e c u l a r c o m p o s i t i o n s and s t r u c t u r e and how p e r i o d i c r e l a t i o n s h i p s h e l p o r g a n i z e and e x p l a i n s e v e r a l p r o p e r t i e s . Comon p h y s i c a l p r o p e r t i e s o f m a t t e r . Comnon chemical p r o p e r t i e s o f a c i d s , bases and s a l t s w i t h emphasis o n t h e background needed f o r s t u d i e s i n e l e m e n t a r y b i o l o g y and t h e h e a l t h sciences. A p p l i c a t i o n s t o h e a l t h aspects o f environmental p r o b l ems w i 11 <be made. A b r i e f introduction t o organic chemistry. L e c t u r e s and d e m o n s t r a t i o n s a r e used. There i s no scheduled l a b o r a t o r y and no a s s i g n e d w r i t t e n r e p o r t s . E v a l u a t i o n i s based on q u i z z e s and t e s t s . R e g u l a r g r a d i n g o n l y ; no PIN. T h i s c o u r s e i s n o t open t o s t u d e n t s who had c h e m i s t r y I n h i g h s c h o o l ;+'i,tdoes n o t c o u n t t o w a r d a chemistry major. Distribution: Time: I , Yes Room: S c i e n c e 318 81AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM . , , 4 . An I n t r o d u c t i o n t o C l i n i c a l C h e m l s t r y CHEMISTRY 34205 Instructor: A r l i n Gyberg A few years ago dtagnosttc medlcine was principally a matter of collectjng Inf'orrhatfon about symptonlr t o diagnose an Illness. Occas~onally 1aboratory tests were made to support the dlagnasj s A1 though col I actTn$ infoymntfon about symptoms 1s still an Integral part, diagnosefc medicine has progressed t o t h e pot n t where 1aborat~rytests are rout1 nely performed and may result i n a diagnosis dlfferentr from the on,e fndicated by the symptoms, T h i s course introduces some of the types o f chemical problems s t g n l f i c a n t i n medic-lne ahd methods o f chehlfcal analysls used I n the clinlcal cheml'stry laboratory. Lectures, films, occasional laburptory experience, and at least one f i e f d t r I p t o a elInical teboratory w t l l be used t n the course; eva'luatf~nwill be by fvequent . q u i z z e s and a f i n a l exam. Prerequisites: Time: Chemistry 106 o r 116 o r 223 Room: I Science 320 E c o n o m i c s of U r b a n I s s u e s ECONOMICS 221 20 Instructor: Ed S a b e l l a A s t u d y o f economic i m p l i c a t i o n s o f many problems f a c i n g a metro-urban environment, Some o f t h e t o p i c s t o be d i s c u s s e d a r e : P o p u l a t i o n "Cris i s ," Crime P r e v e n t i o n , Ecology and Income D i s t r i b u t i o n , D i s t r i b u t i n g Free Bread, Mass T r a n s i t Systems, e t c . Fundamental micro-economic t o o l s i n t r o d u c e d t o f a c i l i t a t e d i s c u s s i o n . T h i s c o u r s e does n o t c o u n t towards an economics m a j o r o r m i n o r . Distribution: Time: Economics o r Urban I1 Room: 01 d Main 11 Decision Making with Finite M a r k o v Ch'ains ECONOMICS 22493 Instructor: Satya Gupta Taehnf ques o f H a r b v chains have long been used in solving problems i n Physical Sciences. This tool has fnvaded the realm of Business and Eco,nomics only recent1 + I t I s important for management practltloners t o wnderstand thl s sop I sticatac? tool Problems on bank management, cap* tal expenditures, accounts receivable, market share and others w-ill be sol ved usf ng Maykou shaf n model s Students comprehension will be evaluated by tests on probtm solving using Narkav chain models, Z . . Prerequisite: Time: I1 - H i g h School A1 gebra Room: L-1 AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/9 EUROPE January 3-28 E d u c a t i o n i n a n U r b a n Community: L o n d o n EDS 44260 EDE 45260 Instructor: Cost: B a r r y M. F r a n k l i n $1395 An exarninatfon o f the r e l a t i o n s h i p o f t h e school t o t h e 4 # u r b a n community u s i n g London's East End a s an example. The focus o f t h e c o u r s e w i l l be o n such u r b a n problerns as p o v e r t y , f a m i l y d i s i n t e g r a t i o n , and crime and how u r b a n s c h o o l s and t h e l r t e a c h e r s can r e s o l v e them. The c l a s s w i l l meet f o r r,eef n a r s and l i v e a t the Urban Studies Center ~f the C o l l e g e o f S t . Mark and S t . John i n the Eas,t End Area. S t u d e n t s w i l l be p l a c e d a s a i d / o h s e r v e r s i n a l o c a l school I n t h e s u b j e c t o r g r a d e o f t h e i r c h o i c e . S t i ~ d e n t sw l l l a l s o have the o p p a r t u n i t y t o work and o b s e r v e i n a number o f community a g e n c j e s i n t h e East End. E v a l u a t i o n w l l l be based on a paper t h a t i n t e g r a t e s assigned r e a d i n g w i t h a d d i t i o n a l i n d i v i d u a l r e s e a r c h and a l o g o f p r a c t i c a l experiences. Counts t o w a r d m a j o r : F u l f i l 1s t h e e l e m e n t a r y and secondary O r i e n t a t i o n t o E d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t (EDS 265 and EDE 255) Meets an u r b a n concerns r e q u i r e m e n t Grading: PIN o r t r a d i t i o n a l E n r o l l m e n t : 15 I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s s h o u l d c o n t a c t Ms. Mary K i n g s l e y i n Room 229 o f Memorial H a l l f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s and r e g i s t r a t i o n as soon as p o s s i b l e and c e r t a i n l y no l a t e r t h a n t h e end o f O c t o b e r . Student Teaching EDUCATION: Instructor: 44480, 44481, 44482, 44483, 44484, 45480, 45481 , 45482, 45483, 45484 B a r r y M. F r a n k l i n Students w i l l be p l a c e d i n a c l a s s r o o m f o r f u l l days, O p p o r t u n i t i e s a r e provided f o r e x p e r i e n c e i n o b s e r v i n g and d i r e c t i n g l e a r n i n g e x p e r i e n c e s a t t h e preschool , k i n d e r g a r t e n , e l e m e n t a r y o r secondary s c h o o l l e v e l ( d e p e n d i n g on the i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t ' s need) under t h e s u p e r v i s i o n o f I n t e r e s t e d students should consult w i t h c a l l ege and school p e r s o n n e l t h e i n s t r u c t o r b e f o r e December t o de-Lermi ne placements and a p p r o p r i a t e c o u r s e number f o r r e g i s t r a t i o n . . Prerequisites: Acceptance i n E d u c a t i o n Program and p e r m i s s i o n o f instructor. 1 OIAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM Heritage Reporter ENGLISH 54212 Instructor: Dave Wood "Heritage Reporter" explores s t r a t e g i e s f o r effectively wrltjng about one's family, one" comun.lty, or an institutqon t h a t figures o r has f jgured largely In the student-%porter1 s l i f e . Techniques of f i c t i o n and non-flctlnn a r e revealed t o the students by means o f a comprehensive reading 1jst. No exams. Students are expected t o submit a 20-30 page "Heritage Booklet'l on a subject of thefr choice a t course's end. Grade will be P/N only. Prerequisites: Time: English 111 I Room: Old Main 10 Samurai Swords: A Comparative Study of A m e r l c a n W e s t e r n a n d J a p a n e a e S a m u r a i F i l m s ENGLISH 54233 SOCIOLOGY 94233 Instructors: Jerry Gerasimo and John Mi tchell The pu~poseof the course i s t o clarify the thematic form of the Western and the Samuraf f lrn by comparing thedr respective myths, their societal premises, and t h e i r canventions: f o r example. the ritualized duel and t h e use of proxemlc patterns (treatments o f space) In ways t h a t are implicitly cultural . Although both genres a r e highly popular, they are vfvidly useful for e s t h e t i c , c u l t u r a l , and anthropological comparf son. Students wj 11 be requi red t o attend a1 I f i l m presentations (approxtmately 10 feature f i l m s ) , t o wad selected t e x t s , and t o take a final written examination. Laboratory Fee: Distribution: Time: I1 $35 Yes Room: Science Audi t o r i urn A S e v e n t i e s Sampler ENGLISH 54249 Instructor: Ron Palosaari We will study some novels, poems, plays, and films written o r filmed in the 1970's. Our reading will include the l a t e s t available works of Vonnegut, Roth, and Berger, some recent science f i c t i o n , detective s t o r i e s , and a best s e l l e r . Our viewing will depend on what plays and films a r e available i n January in the Twin C i t i e s . AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/11 I f possible, students w i t h a s p e c i a l i n t e r e s t i n a t y p e o f l i t e r a t u r e o r f i l m w i l l be a b l e t o form groups around t h e i r i n t e r e s t . Those who take t h i s i n t e r i m should have t h e time and d e s i r e t o do t h e reading. Films w i l l be seen i n t h e afternoon t o t a k e advantage o f lower p r i c e s , b u t we w i l l see two o r t h r e e plays i n t h e evening. Distribution: Time: Yes Room: I1 Old Main 18 Five-College Fictlon Writing Workshop ENGLISH 54362 Instructor: Lon Otto, College of St. Thomas Members of t h e workshop w i l l experiment w i t h various aspects of prose f i c t i o n technique, aiming a t t h e completion of t h r e e o r four s h o r t s t o r i e s during t h e I n t e r i m period. The workshop w i l l meet t h r e e afternoons a week t o discuss f i c t i o n w r i t i n g and t o engage i n c o n s t r u c t i v e c r i t i c i s m of w r i t i n g being produced by members o f the class. F a i t h f u l attendance a t these afternoon sessions i s e s s e n t i a l . The course i s open t o students from t h e f i v e associated c o l l e g e s (normally t h r e e from each c o l l e g e ) who have had some experience w r i t i n g s h o r t f i c t i o n . Preferably, they should have a l r e a d y taken a c o l lege-level c r e a t i v e w r i t i n g class. I n t e r e s t e d students from Augsburg should submit samples o f t h e i r work t o Dr. Toni Clark before I n t e r i m r e g i s t r a t i o n . Potpourri: S e l e c t e d Readings f o r Discussion ENGLISH 54445. Instructor: Barbara Anderson I n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h t h e i n s t r u c t o r , students w i l l make i n d i v i d u a l reading l i s t s o f t e n t o twelve books which w i l l be discussed i n small groups, e s t a b l i s h e d according t o common books, authors, o r themes. Reading l i s t s must be determined before the end o f f a l l term so t h a t a discussion schedule can be published p r i o r t o t h e i n t e r i m session. Prerequisite: J u n i o r o r Senior standing and consent o f i n s t r u c t o r . Distribution: Yes Time: I Room: Old Main 12 12/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM 'EUROPE January 3-28 L a n g u a g e , C u l t u r e a n d T h e a t e r in P a r l s French 70215/70315 Instructor: Cost: Mary Johnson $1595 Immersion i n French c u l t u r e f o r intermediate and advanced students. Focus on study o f language, c u l t u r e , t h e press, + and t h e a t e r . Readings, analysis, and discussion i n t e g r a t e d w i t h attendance a t lays and f i l m s . V i s i t s t o a r t i s t i c and c u l t u r a l exh i b i t s according t o ' s t i d e n t i n t e r e s t s . Full-day excursions t o Chartres and V e r s a i l l e s ; o p t i o n a l weekend f i e l d t r l p t o Mont S t . Michel and L o i r e chateaus. Conversations w i t h French students i n groups o f three. French 70315 counts toward major (French) French 70215, 70315 count toward d i s t r i b u t i o n requirement (Foreign Language) Prerequisites: Grading: 70215: 70315: French 70211 o r e q u i v a l e n t French 70311 o r e q u i v a l e n t P/N o n l y Enrollment: 15 I n t e r e s t e d students should contact Ms. Mary Kingsley i n Room 229 o f Memorial H a l l f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s and r e g i s t r a t i o n as soon as p o s s i b l e and c e r t a i n l y no l a t e r than t h e end o f October. F r e n c h L l t e r a t u r e in T r a n s l a t i o n FRENCH 70243 Instructor: Ruth Aaskov Have French w r i t e r s produced a 1 i t e r a t u r e t h a t escapes from 1 i f e o r t h a t shows l i f e as i t i s ? By readlng and analyzing a v a r i e t y o f s h o r t e r French works i n English t r a n s l a t i o n w i t h t h i s questlon i n mind, we w i l l develop stronger communication and c r i t i c a l s k i l l s and c u l t u r a l s e n s i t i v i t y as w e l l as encounter those o f s i g n i f i c a n t French w r i t e r s . M i n i - l e c t u r e s and study guides w i l l h e l p focus t h e r e a d e r ' s a t t e n t i o n on t h e works themselves. Much c l a s s time d a i l y w l l l be devoted t o small group discussion and exchange o f ideas. AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/13 d e v e l o p i n g adequate language t o c o n t r i b u t e o r a l l y and i n w r i t t e n form t o t h e i n s i g h t s o f t h e c l a s s . Two o r t h r e e 30-minute q u i z z e s e a r l y i n t h e course w i l l be r e p l a c e d b y t h e p r e p a r a t i o n o f a chosen l i t e r a r y work and s h o r t paper i n t h e t h i r d week, w i t h reading, c r i t i c i s m and d i s c u s s i o n b y t h e o t h e r s i n t h e f o u r t h week. Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: Sophomore s t a n d i n g o r p e r m i s s i o n o f i n s t r u c t o r . Yes Room: I O l d Main 27 .EUROPE January 3-28 The Rhine Frontier: Germany M e e t s Rome and F r a n c e GER 72333 Instructor: Cost: Donald Steinmetz $1595 + Since Roman times t h e l a n d s a l o n g t h e Rhine have been 4one o f t h e most s i g n i f i c a n t f r o n t i e r areas o f Europe. Here German and Roman c u l t u r e c l a s h e d and mixed. Here modern Germany and France have t h e i r r o o t s i n t h e empire o f Charlemagne. Here Romanesque and Gothic a r c h i t e c t u r e f l o u r i s h e d i n t h e M i d d l e Aaes. Here Germans 'and French f o u g h t i n t h r e e r e c e n t wars. I t i s such e i e n t s which have shaped l i f e and l e f t so many monuments between t h e Rhine and t h e Meuse. The s t u d e n t w i l l s t u d y and " r e l i v e " t h e h i s t o r y o f t h i s area on l o c a t i o n , from t h e Roman monuments o f T r i e r and Cologne, Charlemagnels Aachen, t o t h e b a t t l e f i e l d s o f World Wars I and 11. L e c t u r e s , d i s c u s s i o n s , and r e a d i n g s w i l l be p r i n c i p a l l y i n German. Counts toward German m a j o r - Counts toward d i s t r i h u t i o n requirement ( f o r e i g n language) Prerequisites: Grading: German 212 o r e q u i v a l e n t P/N o r t r a d i t i o n a l , based on o r a l exams and d i a r y t o be k e p t i n German Enrol l m e n t : 20 I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s s h o u l d c o n t a c t Ms. Mary K i n g s l e y i n Room 229 o f Memorial H a l l f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s and r e g i s t r a t i o n as soon as p o s s i b l e and c e r t a i n l y no l a t e r t h a n t h e end o f October. 14/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM Beglnnlng N o r w e g i a n FOREIGN LANGUAGE 75111 Instructor: Liv Dahl Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work expected. Distri butlon: Time: Yes I Room: Old Main 29 N o r w e g i a n C o n v e r s a t i o n and Composltlon FOREIGN LANGUAGE 75311 Instructor: Leif Hanson Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to differences between the two official languages of Norway. Oral and written tests. Some laboratory work and field experience required. No special fees. Prerequisite: 75211 - Intermediate level Distribution: Yes Time: I1 Room: Old Main 29 AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/l5 MEXICO January 5-30 The Cultures of Mexico and Guatemala SPA 76381 GST 58181 Gunta Rosental s Instructor: Cost: $1395 + T h i s i n t e r i m w t l l a c q u a i n t t h e s t u d e n t w i t h Pre-Columbian, c o l o n i a l and modern c u l t u r e s o f Mexico and Guatemala 4t h r o u g h l e c t u r e s , d i s c u s s i o n s , and v i s i t s t o t h e most imp o r t a n t s i t e s . The i m p r e s s i v e pyramids i n t h e h i g h l a n d s o f C e n t r a l Mexico, t h e i n c r e d i b l e Mayan j u n g l e c i t y o f T i k a l i n t h e Guatemalan r a i n f o r e s t , t h e charming c o l o n i a l c i t i e s o f Taxco and v o l c a n o surrounded A n t i g u a , as w e l l as t h e modern m e t r o p o l i s o f Mexico C i t y . Course p r i m a r i l y i n t e n d e d f o r Spanish m a j o r s ( O p t i o n A), b u t o t h e r i n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s may t a k e t h e c o u r s e as an e l e c t i v e ( O p t i o n B ) . E v a l u a t i o n w i l l be based on c o m p l e t i o n o f a s s i g n e d r e a d i n g s , a d a i l y j o u r n a l ( i n Spanish f o r O p t i o n A), and a c t i v e p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t o u r s and d i s c u s s i o n s . (The E n g l i s h e q u i v a l e n t o f t h e m a t e r i a l s w i l l be a v a i l a b l e . ) O p t i o n A: Cqunts t o w a r d Spanish M a j o r F u l f i l 1 s language r e q u i r e m e n t Prerequisite: Option B: General S t u d i e s Prerequisite: Grading: Spanish 212 o r p e r m i s s i o n o f i n s t r u c t o r - f u l f i l l s no d i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t None (Spanish 11 1 recommended) PIN o n l y E n r o l l m e n t : '30 I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s s h o u l d c o n t a c t Ms. Mary K i n g s l e y i n Room 229 o f Memorial H a l l f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s and r e g i s t r a t i o n as soon as p o s s i b l e and c e r t a i n l y no l a t e r t h a n t h e end o f October. 16lAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM Safety Education HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55114 Instructor: Doug Nelson P r i n c i p l e s and p r a c t i c e s o f s a f e t y education i n school and community l i f e . Includes American Red Cross F i r s t Aid Course. T h i s o f f e r i n g equals o n l y $ course c r e d i t . Time: I(Jan. 5-16) Room: Melby 12 Chemical Dependency Education HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55115 Instructor: Joyce P f a f f This course w i l l i n c l u d e a pharmacological a n a l y s i s of drugs o f abuse, a l o o k a t t h e disease process and treatment m o d a l i t i e s , as w e l l as immediate and temporary care given t o i n d i v i d u a l s i n a drug emergency. It w i l l pay special a t t e n t i o n t o t h e drug problems a f u t u r e teacher might have t o deal w i t h i n t h e classroom s e t t i n g . Grades w i l l be determined by 2 w r i t t e n t e s t s covering t h e l e c t u r e s and t e x t book. This o f f e r i n g equals o n l y 4 course c r e d i t . Time: I (Jan. 19-31) Room: Melby 12 Recreational Activities & Rhythms HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55232 Instructor: Pam Paulson Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s , s o c i a l r e c r e a t i o n , q u i e t games, low organized games, noon hour a c t i v i t i e s , camp nights, modified games, simple rhythmic games, f o l k and square dancing . This o f f e r i n g equals o n l y $ course c r e d i t . Time: I (Jan. 19-31) Room: Melby AUGSRURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/17 Modern D a n c e HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55373 Instructor: Pam Paulson An i n t r o d u c t o r y course i n modern dance technique and c r e a t i v e composition i n c l u d i n g e x p l o r a t i o n o f movement, energy, form and design. No previou.s experience necessary. T h i s o f f e r i n g equals o n l y Time: I (Jan. 5-16) i course Room: credit. Melby Coaching of B a s k e t b a l l HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55477 Instructor: Rees Johnson Theory, techniques and a d m i n i s t r a t i o n o f coaching b a s k e t b a l l . It wi 11 i n c l u d e off-season, pre-season and in-season programs. Grade e v a l u a t i o n w i l l be based on p r e p a r a t i o n o f a.coaching notebook, a w r i t t e n exam and general p a r t i c i p a t i o n . There w i l l be some o u t o f c l a s s n i g h t work. T h i s course -- equals o n l y Prerequisite: Time: i course c r e d i t . I n s t r u c t o r approval I1 Room: Melby 13 Coaching of H o c k e y HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55478 Instructor: Ed Saugestad Theory, technique and a d m i n i s t r a t i v e aspects o f coaching hockey. It w i l l i n c l u d e off-season, pre-season and in-season programs on d r y land and on i c e . Grade e v a l u a t i o n w i l l be based on p r e p a r a t i o n o f a coaching notebook, a w r i t t e n exam and a c t i v e p a r t i c i p a t i o n . Students must be a b l e t o skate and must supply skates and s t i c k . This course -- equals o n l y % course c r e d i t . Prerequisite: Time: 1 I n s t r u c t o r approval Room: Me1by 13 18lAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM H i s t o r y of P a r i s in M o d e r n Tlmes HISTORY 56111/56311 Instructor: Orloue G i s s e l q u i s t The French a r e sometimes accused o f t h i n k i n g of P a r i s as t h e "navel o f t h e world." There's a b i t o f "sour grapes" c a r i c a t u r e i n t h a t c l e v e r statement. For i f one would p i c k o u t a c i t y which i n t h e l a s t one thousand years has been more important t o Western C i v i l i z a t i o n than any other, one could make a good case f o r P a r i s . I n t h i s course we w i l l study t h e h i s t o r y o f t h a t g r e a t c i t y since t h e 16th century. We w i l l read e x t e n s i v e l y i n a v a r i e t y o f h i s t o r i c a l l i t e r a t u r e , hear l e c t u r e s , v i s i t w i t h some t r a v e l l e r s , and view some s l i d e s and movies. One of our main purposes w i l l be t o double (maybe quadruple! ) your enjoyment when you v i s i t Paris. Evaluation w i l l be on t h e basis o f two t e s t s and a s h o r t paper. For upper d i v i s i o n students t h e standards as t o expectations w i l l be a p p r o p r i a t e l y higher - f o r example, i n t h e i r a b i l i t y t o f i n d t h e i r way i n t o a more extensive b i b l i o g r a p h y f o r t h e term paper. Distribution: Time: I1 Yes - h i s t o r y o r urban Room: Old Main 12 D b e c t e d S t u d y in U.S. H i s t o t y HISTORY 56299 Instructor: Carl Chrislock During t h e I n t e r i m o f t h e 1980-81 school year, I w i l l be a v a i l a b l e t o supervise i n d i v i d u a l d i r e c t e d s t u d i e s i n several areas of U.S. H i s t o r y . These i n c l u d e t h e h i s t o r y of American f o r e i g n p o l i c y , t h e 20th Century, Minnesota h i s t o r y and immigration. I p r e f e r n o t t o supervise a h o s t o f f a m i l y h i s t o r i e s , although I am w i l l i n g t o consider we1 1-conceived proposals f o r such studies submitted by students who demonstrate t h a t they have s u f f i c i e n t source m a t e r i a l . Note, too, t h a t a l l t h e s t u d i e s a r e of t h e directed, n o t t h e inde endent v a r i e t y . Any i n t h e l a t t e r category would have t o be t h e department i n advance o f t h e I n t e r i m . Prerequisite: One h i s t o r y course AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM119 H a w a i i : A L a b o r a t o r y of M u l t i - E t h n i c I n t e r a c t i o n ' HAWAII January 4-28 H i s t o r y 56240/56340 P o l i t i c a l Science 85255185355 Instructors: Cost: I.Khin Khin Jensen, Norma C. Noonan $1495 *+ Observation o f t h e Polynesian, Asian and Caucasian c u l t u r e s i n t e r a c t i n g i n p o l i t i c s and s o c i e t y i n t h e 50th s t a t e . Focus on h i s t o r i c a l t r a d i t i o n s , p o l i t i c a l development, r e 1 i g i o u s h e r i t a g e , educational experiences, commercial ventures, t h e media, c u l t u r a l a c t i v i t i e s and c u r r e n t p o l i t i c a l i s s u e s . Time w i l l be d i v i d e d between t h e U n i v e r s i t y o f Hawaii i n Honolulu and H i l o on " t h e B i g I s l a n d . " Various f i e l d t r i p s w i l l be arranged on Oahu and t h e i s l a n d o f Hawaii. Readings w i l l be t a i l o r e d t o each s e c t i o n . Students w i l l submit a j o u r n a l o r a t e r m paper. Counts toward e i t h e r major ( H i s t o r y o r P o l i t i c a l Science). Counts toward d i s t r i b u t i o n requirement ( H i s t o r y o r P o l i t i c a l Science). Prerequisites: Grading: lower d i v i s i o n , none. upper d i v i s i o n , sophomore s t a n d i n g and consent o f instructor. PIN o n l y Enrollment: 30 I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s should c o n t a c t Ms. Mary K i n g s l e y i n qoom 229 o f Memorial H a l l f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s and r e g i s t r a t i o n as soon as p o s s i b l e and c e r t a i n l y no l a t e r t h a n t h e end o f October. PO/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM T h e C i t y in A m e r i c a n L i t e r a t u r e , A r t & A r c h i t e c t u r e INTERDISCIPLINARY 60285 Instructor: Grier Nicholl the growth o f c i t l e s between the Cf v i l War I generated varied responses among k r i c a n Rapid IndustrTal-lzat-ion and WaF and World novelists, poets, painters, and architects of the period. Celebrations of t h e c i t y and the new technology can be found i n the poetry of Watt Whitman and i n the architec.ture of the Chicago Exposition o f 1893. Ambivalent a t t i t u d e s toward the c i t y appear i n the "realism" o f the Ash Can school of pafnters, the photographs of Alfred S t i e g l i t z and others, and i n William O. Howel 1s' novel A Hazard of New Fortunes. Naturalistic novels such a s Theodore Dreiser's Sister Carrie and Upton S i n c l a i r ' s muckraking The Jungle r e f l e ~ 1 ~ n i z i enf fge c t s of economic forces in the c i t y . Course format will vary; lectures on historical and l i t e r a r y background, small g r o ~ p ~ d i s c u s s i o nof s readings, and several visits t o local a r t museums. There will be three t e s t s and an individual o r group oral presentation. Distribution: Time: Urban I1 Room: Music 23 B r u s h Up MATHEMATICS 61103 Instructor: Beverly Durkee This course i s designed as a brush up in arithmetic and as an introduction t o algebra. The course will be particularly helpful f o r students in elementary education o r who will be taking s t a t i s t i c s a s part of a major. Computer programs will be available f o r students who wish t o work with t h i s medium. There will be lectures t o present material, homework assignments t o gain s k i l l s , and written problem solving t e s t s f o r grades. Time: I Room: Science 108 Mathematical A s p e c t s of Music MATHEMATICS 61 130 Instructor: Ben Cooper In t h i s course we will examine some of the evidence for the often-expressed feeling t h a t music and mathematics a r e somehow related. Actually there are three kinds of contact: (1) a t the sub-musical l e v e l , where both elementary and sophisticated AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM121 mathematics have a lot to say about such foundational topics as acoustics, scales, and tuning, as well as the premises of twelvetone composition; (2) at the level of composition, where mathematics no longer applies directly (except for certain composers) but where there are strong analogies between the ways composers and mathematicians create and evaluate their work and between features of certain highly structured pieces, such as canons, and mathematical constructs; (3) at the level of aesthetic theory, where probabilistic ideas help to clarifjt what constitutes style. The emphasis on these topics will depend on class interests, provided only that everyone does some significant mathematics. When possible, we will try to hear those things we discuss mathematically, through recordings or performance. Grades will be based on homework exercises, mostly mathematical but including the composition of at least one canon. The necessary the ma tics will be developed in class. Prerequisite: Music 101 or equivalent and some high school algebra Distribution: Time: Yes Music 5 Room: I An E x p o s u r e of C h a o s In M o d e r n Cosmlc M o d e l s MATHEMATICS 61136161336 Instructor: Henry Follingstad An exploration of math-related ideas and Space-Age research which calls for a critical re-evaluation of present "scientific dogmas" on the nature and origin of the universal cosmos and the smaller cosmic models of earth, life, and mankind. New Space-Age data, buried in the literature, will be unveiled to show inadequacies and contradictions in some aspects of modern astro-cosmology and its links to geology, biology, and the humanities. Class instruction and individual research will include study of the historical and modern impact of math-related cosmic models, and will note some misuses of mathematics which transforn'unsupported scientific speculation into "scientific fact." A written research paper is required. Upper division students will show broader research scope and writing ability and will present an oral sumnary of their paper. Distribution: Time: I Yes Room: Old Main 23 ZZIAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM ~ e m o r i z i t ! o n f o r Musicians MUSIC 82151/82351 Instructor: James D. Johnson M u l t i p l e approaches t o memorizing music v i a f o o l p r o o f system. These systems a r e derived from t h e harmonic, melodic, rhythmic and formal a n a l y s i s of t h e music under study. For i n s t r u m e n t a l i s t s and v o c a l i s t s . Upper d i v i s i o n students w i l l be expected t o memorize more, perform more f o r t h e c l a s s and do more memory work away from t h e i r instruments. Time: I Room: Music 9 M a k e Y o u r Own M u s i c MUSIC 82212/82312 Instructor: Robert ~ a r l i n An o p p o r t u n i t y f o r the i n t e r e s t e d student t o l e a r n about t r a d i t i o n a l and n o n - t r a d i t i o n a l systems used i n t h e c r e a t i o n o f o r i g i n a l works o f music. Tonal, a t o n a l , a l e a t o r y , and e l e c t r o n i c techniques w i l l be employed by the p a r t i c i p a n t s t o c r e a t e t h e i r own compositions. Open t o music majors as an upper d i v i s i o n course; and t o students w i t h l i t t l e o r no t r a i n i n g i n music as a lower d i v i s i o n course. Music majors w i l l c r e a t e t h r e e short, o r i g i n a l works; others, a t l e a s t one. Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: Majors: Theory 4; others: No: Majors: e l e c t i v e Yes: Others: Fine A r t s Room: I1 Music 26 Music The,rapy: T e x a s S t y l e M U S I C 82233182433 Instructor: Roberta Metzl e r none &: Course w i l l i n c l u d e an overview o f c l i n i c a l p r a c t i c e and research i n music therapy, through readings i n textbook and v i s i t a t i o n t o treatment f a c i l i t i e s and graduate music therapy programs i n Kansas and Texas. V i s i t s i n Kansas w i l l i n c l u d e t h e headquarters o f t h e AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM123 . Y f% I t s fn Unsas d l 1 i h ~ f u d k\theJAdtIqth*em @+' the. Maklonal Assocl akhn For ,MW 1c Therqpy, Ihc., Topeka S b t e Posplbl , Mnhinger Foundptiow,Uhdversf ty o f Kansas bditml Schopl . $n8 f q a s , the Pokb wlll k on @search .In mysic: ther&py a t Boutham btbdist U d v e r s l ~ ,under tha dQr4ctfon df k 6b@rleB, T. Eitglq, wZtl be ara lnble to ex ta3n' reseawh RMT. Graduate sJudents from r&pa(ot, and 40 swahm twri OF@us$$ t&ra~$ fitcFFhp6 .ln %@ Dill 1a~#Folrt8Wor$b,area. A11 travel' %TI 1 be ,@ co1T ege,pa& : gw'fiir92ion w"ll1 be b S rM bn tests wer the'trdmk, wrl.ttqn rep$& of a11 intenship sites vfstted, and', for~uppd~~dfvfs~on c~edlt,a rtnf~ e s e a ~~, ~ obg o s a l Optlonal . d d p trlps 18 Texas wsuld, be $0. Qa t veston,#San Antomias sfld ksgfn. and Tekaa -r e I Fee: Maximum o f $450 ( i n c l u d i n g o p t i o n a l t r i p s i n Texas). would cover a1 1 t r a v e l , room and board. Time: I Room: T h i s fee Music 26 The Opera of Puccini MUSIC 82253 Instructor: Stephen Gabriel sen A s t u d y o f a l l o f t h e operas o f Puccini through l i s t e n i n g and reading assignments. T e s t i n g w i l l i n c l u d e 1 i s t e n i n g questions as w e l l as t r a d i t i o n a l o b j e c t i v e exams. T h i s course i s designed f o r t h e opera l o v e r as w e l l as music majors. Distribution: Time: Yes I1 Room: I Music 4 History of Jazz MUSIC 82377 Instructor: L a r r y Tallman This course w i l l pursue t h e chronological e v a l u a t i o n of j a z z as we know i t today. Beginning w i t h e a r l y ragtime, t h e j a z z movement exemplifies t h e t r u e meaning o f what i s known as America's own t r u e music. Augsburg has many t e x t s , recordings, and papers t o b e n e f i t t h e student as a f u t u r e jazz scholar. There w i l l be t h r e e t e s t s and a f i n a l . Time: I Room: Music 2 24IAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM a T r e n d s & I s s u e s in N u r s i n g NURSING 81 320 I n s t r u c t o r s : Carol Hoffhan and Susan Knust T h i s course i s i n t e n d e d t o g i v e s t u d e n t s a broad p e r s p e c t i v e by i n t r o d u c i n g c u r r e n t t r e n d s and i s s u e s t n h e a l t h c a r e and t h e p r o f e s s i o n o f n u r s i n g , Many o f t h e i s s u e s a r e c o n t r o v e r s i a l , a r e r e l e v a n t t o c u r r e n t p r a c t i c e and have p o t e n t i a l f o r f a r - r e a c h i n g e f f e c t s i n h e a l t h c a r e . Students w i l l be graded on group p r e s e n t a t i o n s and w r i t t e n examinations. Prerequisites: instructor. Time: Admisslon t o Augsburg N u r s i n g Program o r p e r m i s s i o n o f Room: I O l d Main 13 T h e P h l l o s o p h y o f C. S. L e w i s PHILOSOPHY 83132 Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach Though C. S. Lewis i s w e l l known as a r e l i g i o u s w r i t e r , what he says develops f r o m s p e c i f i c views about God, man and v a l u e s . Our purpose w i l l be t o r e a d Lewis w i t h a p h i l o s o p h i c a l eye f o r h i s arguments and presupp o s i t i o n s . Grades w i l l be based on c l a s s p a r t i c i p a t i o n , t e s t s and proba b l y some w r i t t e n work. Distribution: Time: Yes June 1981 Age of Aquarius? A Philosophical Look a t Some Contemporary Issues PHILOSOPHY 83250 Instructor: Kenneth B a i l e y A popular song says I " T h i s i s t h e dawnTng o f t h e Age o f Aquarfus. " Is i t ? Aquarius, the Waterbearer, t h e e l e v e n t h s i g n o f t h e Zodjac, symbol i z e s s i m p l i c i t y , peace, and brotherhood. Whether such an age has begun i s a q u e s t i o n . Some a s t r o l o g e r s say i t began as e a r l y as 1930; o t h e r s t h a t i t i s j u s t dawning, However t h a t may be, i n t h I s course we w i l l discuss some o f t h e concerns ( e . g . , freedom, m o r a l f t y , hunger) t h a t face whatever age we may be in, from a p h i l o s o p h i c n l s t a n d p o i n t . Grades wfT1 be based on w r i t t e n t e s t s and c l a s s p a r t i c i p a t i o n . D i s t r i b u t i o n : Yes Time: I1 Room! 01 d Main 1 0 AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM125 The Starship Accords PHYSICS 84180 POLITICAL SCIENCE 85180 Instructors: Mark Engebretson, Myles Stenshoel You have been selected to participate i n the establishment of the f i r s t permanent human settlement outside our solar system. As one of the colonists, i t will be your duty during f l i g h t to: A. FBmil iarize yourself with the environment expected on any of the several planetary systems thought to be suitable for colonization. . B. Help design a system of governance for the entire comuni ty C. Distribute the necessary tasks and choose the size of the colony sent to each location. . Assigned readings in science, science fiction, and pol i t i c a l theory will form the basis of class discussions and individual and group projects. Distribution: Time: Yes I Room: Music 22 I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Solid S t a t e Physics PHYSICS 84341 Instructor: Kenneth Erickson Thls course 1s designed t o provide students o f physics, chemistry, materials science, electronics and engineerlng with a knowledge of the basic physfcal concepts important for the understanding of s o l i d state phenomena. Solfd S t a t e Science i s presently one of the leading areas of basic and applied research actjvity. By means of lectures, 1aboratary work and problem s o l v l n g and discussion sessions i t I s hoped that the student wlll gain a fundamntal working knowledge o f the subject and a hands-on familiarity w f t h some solid s t a t e devices and experimental methods. Topics t o be discussed will include: symoetry and classification o f crystal1 i n e structures; interatomic bonding, l a t t i c e dynamics, electrons i n metals, superconductivity s semi conductors and t h e die1eeeri c and magnetic properties of sol ids. Prerequisites: Time: I Physics 121,122, Math 124, 125 Room: Science 24 26/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM Hawali: A Laboratory of Multi-Ethnic Interaction +,, POLITICAL SCIENCE 85255185355 Instructors: I. Khin Khin Jenson, Norman C. Noonan (See Course D e s c r i p t i o n on page 20.) * N e w s p a p e r s and Presidents: A R e s e a r c h P r o j e c t Analyzing 1980 P r e s i d e n t i a l E l e c t l o n C o v e r , a g e POLITICAL SCIENCE 85345 Instructor: M i l d a Hedblom The New York Times, blashington Post and tos Angeles Times exert a powerful inftuence over other newspapers and the general publTc In thalr coverage o f American p r e s l d e n t l a l elections. The purpose of t h i s course I s t o b e t t e r understand the nature of thefr political coverage through 5ystemat.lc research. Spec-Ifically, students wfll cmpl ete a comparative content analysis of the three papers' 1980 general election news columns. Durlng the f i r s t week of the course we will study the three newspapers' development, focusing on their unlque r o l e i n Am~ricanpol itjeal journal ism, and praetf ce use o f the coding system for analyzing thelr new cotumns. Ourlng the second and t h l r d weeks stuaent will work independently in three teams, i n consult.at.lon with the instructor, wadfng and analyzing election coverage i n the three papers. The tern wlll be working where the newspapers are, for example the Augsburg library, the Unfversity of Minnesota eriodical POW, or other Twin CltIes 11brarles, The last wee o f the course the whole group will agajn work t o g e t h e r evaluating the results o f the content analysis. Students' grades M i l 1 depend upm satisfying indi vldual w p o n slbilities within the group project. Preferred method o f grading Ss P / h Pass, except by s,peciel arrangement. P o s s i b l e copying Pee, twenty do11ars maximum, I n 1leu o f textbook charges. R P r e r e q u i s i t e : Very strong i n t e r e s t i n a problem o f p o l i t i c a l j o u r n a l i s m and consent o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r . Time: I1 Room: Music 25 T a l k i n g About P s y c h o l o g y and E v e r y d a y L i f e PSYCHOLOGY 86210 Instructor: Norman Ferguson This course w i l l i n v o l v e discussions i n two major areas: 1) How the p r i n c i p l e s and methods of psychology can be used i n everyday 1 i f e ( f o r example, l e a r n i n g t o r e l a x , breaking bad h a b i t s , improving personal r e l a t i o n s h i p s , and d e a l i n g w i t h anger). AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/27 2) Controversial issues i n psychology ( f o r example, does TV violence have any adverse e f f e c t s on s o c i e t y ? ; do r e l i g i o u s c u l t s use brainwashing t o convert people?) Each student w i l l be expected t o choose one t o p i c f r o ~ neach o f these major areas and lead yroup d i s c u s s i o n s on t h d , t t o p i c , A l l students w i l l be expected t o do assigned readings un the s p e c i f i c t o p i c s i n advance o f each class so t h a t we1 l -informed discussions can t a k e place. A l i s t o f 12-15 p o s s j b l e topics Fur each area w i l l be a v a i l a b l e f r o m the i n s t r t r c t o r p r i o r t o r e g i s t r a t i o n . The main o b j e c t i v e s o f t h e course a r e t o become b e t t e r informed on psychological issues which have relevance t o d a i l y l i v i n q and t o develop t h e a b i l i t y t o speak e f f e c t i v e l y ori such issues i n a sn,a11 group s e t t i n g . Evaluation w i l I be based on the q u a l i t y o f c l a s s presentations, d a i l y c o n t r i b u t i o n t o t h e discussions, and one short paper on e i t h e r o f t h e t o p i c s chosen. Prerequisite: Time: Psychology 105 I1 Room: Psychology 2 ' P o p Psych': What's i t all About? PSYCHOLOGY 86235 Instructor: L y l a Anderegg Erroneous zones, body 1anguage, games-pl aying people , T-groups , happenings, feelings, l o v i n g a r t s , c r e a t i v e insomnia, c u l t s , speed reading a r e a l l p a r t o f a surge o f i n t e r e s t i n human behavior. Are these movements and w r i t i n g s r e p r e s e n t a t i v e o f psychology today? Has "pop psych" become such a " h o t - s e l l e r " t h a t s c i e n t i f i c psychology has disappeared? What e v a l u a t i o n o f t h i s m a t e r i a l i s being made by professional psycho1 o g i s t s ? I s t h i s t h e f i r s t mass a p p l i c a t i o n o f psychological p r i n c i p l e s ? These a r e some o f t h e questions t o be i n v e s t i g a t e d i n t h e course t h a t w i l l use t h e seminar format. Each student w i l l be responsible f o r s e l e c t i n g several contemporary books t o review and analyze w i t h respect t o the question s t a t e d i n t h e course t i t l e . Evaluation by two t e s t s and q u a l i t y o f review and a n a l y s i s o f chosen references. Prerequisites: Time: I1 Psychology 105 o r permission o f i n s t r u c t o r Room: Psychology 3 28/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM U s e s o f t h e P e r s o n a l compute^ I n P s y c h o l o g y PSYCHOLOGY 86241 Instructor: Richard Marken See how a personal computer ( t h e Psychology Department's Apple 1I ) can be used as a tool to explore the mind. Learn to write simple programs i n BASIC which will produce graphic displays, measure response time, do s t a t i s t i c a l analyses and model tl~oughtprocesses, See the f r u i t s of your e f f o r t s i n glorious color on the Apple I I TV scrr(:rt. Evaluat,ion based on pru(lriran,ing projects and two t e s t s . Distribution: Time: Yes Room: I Psychology 3 Readings in t h e Works of R o b e r t C o l r s PSYCHOLOGY 86372 Instructor: Duane Johnson Robert Coles i s one of America's most widely published writers on childhood development. Much o f his writing i s based on a participantobserver s t y l e of research. He spends substantial time with particular persons in various s e t t i n g s (southerners, migrants, sharecroppers, Eskimos, Chicanos, Indians, the affluent and privileged) and reports t h e i r l i v e s with s e n s i t i v i t y and with particular attention to, t h e i r strengths. This course will provide an opportunity t o read in the works of Coles with a major focus on conditions under which children develop. Each student must propose an individual reading l i s t and have i t approved p r i o r t o the beginning of the interim. Amendments t o the reading l i s t may be proposed f o r approval during the f i r s t week of the interim. Each student must contact Dr. Johnson no l a t e r than December 1 s t f o r a handout providing suggestions and guidelines f o r reading l i s t development. Expectations will include extensive reading, regular class attendance and contribution, an annotated journal and a short summary paper. Prerequisites: Registration: Time: I 86105 General Psychology P/N only Room: Music 24 AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM129 Study of Religion in t h e Public Schools 3f.Q RELIGION 87355 Instructor: Eugene Skibbe We wjll look b r i e f l y a t the h f s t o r l c a l j n t e r a c t i o n between r e l i g i o n and government i n p u b l i c education i n the United States. Laws w i l l be read and analyzed. The problems, resources and teaching m a t e r i a l s associated w f t h "teaching about re1 i g i o n " i n pub1 i c schools w i l l be analyzcd and discussed. The t h e o l o g i c a l imp1 i c a t i o n s In t h i s e n t i r e phenoa~enonw i l l be o f special concern. Lecture, small group a n a l y s i s and discussion, viewing and c r i t i q u i n g o f m a t e r i a l s . Two exams, several w r i t t e n / o r a l reports, assigned reading. Prerequisite: R e l i g i o n 111 o r 221 Distribution: Yes Time: Room: I Music 23 T h e o l o g y of W o r s h i p & L i t u r g y RELIGION 87369 Instructor: David Fagerberg This i s an invest4gation of the theology o f Chrfstlan warship as i t fs expressed i n the 1 jturgy. By looking a t the 1iturglcal ractlees of the church i n both baptfsm'and the mass fespecfally In t e f i r s t three centuries) we will seek t o shed l i g h t on the character of worship, prayer, the baptismal covenant, sacri Pica, etc. The aim 3s n o t only to provide an fntroductfon t o I f turglcal studies, but also t o encourage a Leper personal apprec'lation o f worshtp. R E v a l u a t i o n w i l l be based on c l a s s p a r t i c i p a t i o n as drawn o u t o f t h e s t u d e n t ' s reading o f core m a t e r i a l , and t h e .student's p r o j e c t - i n t h e form o f e i t h e r a c l a s s p r e s e n t a t i o n o r a paper. Prerequisite: R e l i g i o n 111 o r 221 Distribution: Yes Time: I Room: Old Main 11 I I- C d \I 3MAUGSRURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM T r a i n i n g S c h o o l on A l c o h o l a n d D r u g A b u s e SOCIAL WORK 95312 Contact: Eddie Hertzberg An i n t e n s i v e e x p e r i e n t i a l and d i d a c t i c t r a i n i n g a t Johnson I n s t i t u t e i s combined w i t h a week-long experience i n a chemical dependency treatment agency. Students a r e evaluated according t o p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n classes, e x p e r i e n t i a l l e a r n i n g and i n t h e chemical dependency agency. Enrollment i s very l i m i t e d . Fees: $100 Prerequisites: Time: Social Work 95257, s o c i a l work major and permission o f c o n t a c t person I& I 1 Room: Johnson I n s t i t u t e , 10700 Olson Memorial Highway, Minneapolis, MN. Domestic Violence: Old Phenomena, N e w Attention SOCIAL WORK 95410 Instructor: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Rosa1i e C l a r k To understand t h e incidence and prevalence o f domestic v i o l e n c e i n t h e present. To understand t h e h i s t o r y o f domestic violence c r o s s - c u l t u r a l l y . To understand t h e at terns o f domestic violence i n American s o c i e t y . To understand the consequences f o r t h e f a m i l y system and f o r t h e broader s o c i e t y : present and f u t u r e . To g a i n a beginning knowledge o f p o l i c i e s and programs which address domestic violence. Content: An overview o f the phenomena o f domestic violence i n c l u d i n g c o n t r i b u t i n g f a c t o r s , consequences f o r t h e f a m i l y and the broader s o c i e t y , and p o l i c i e s and programs i n America today which address t h e issue. Readings, classroom discussions and guest speakers w i l l provide course content. Course w i l l be p a r t i c u l a r l y h e l p f u l f o r students i n t h e human s e r v i c e f i e l d . Procedures and method o f e v a l u a t i o n : 4 course c r e d i t : paper and f i n a l exam 1 course c r e d i t : a d d i t i o n a l major, in-depth paper. P r e r e q u i s i t e : One course i n psychology, sociology o f f a m i l y o r permission o f i n s t r u c t o r . Time: I1 Room: Music 24 AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIHl31 F i e l d Work i l l SOCIAL WORK 95466 Instructor: Doug Perry T h i s course i s a c o n t i n u a t i o n of e d u c a t i o n a l l y focused f i e l d placement i n a s o c i a l s e r v i c e agency [ F i e l d Work 11). Students w i l l spend 15 hours per week i n f i e l d placement, p l u s one hour per week i n f a c u l t y f a c i l i t a t e d supportive seminar held on campus. W r i t t e n evaluations w i l l be made by the F i e l d Work I n s t r u c t o r using p r e v i o u s l y developed c o n t r a c t and s o c i a l work e v a l u a t i o n forms. This course carries Prerequisites: Time: 4:OO-5:00 o n l y % course c r e d i t . F i e l d Work I 1 Room: Old Main 22 Six Guns and Samurai Swords: A Comparatlve Study of Amerlcan Western and J a p a n e r e Samurai Films SOCIOLOGY 94233 I n s t r u c t o r s : J e r r y Gerasimo and John M i t c h e l l (See Course D e s c r i p t i o n on page 11 .) T h e S o c i o l o g y sf G a m b l i n g SOCIOLOGY 94313 Instructor: Gordon Nelson Recent s o c i o l o g i c a l research has looked a t gambling and i t s r e l a t i o n t o s o c i e t y . What type o f person i s l i k e l y t o gamble? What i s t h e nature o f t h e work-force i n t h e gambling i n d u s t r y ? I s gambling a s o c i a l problem o r a s o c i a l b e n e f i t ? These are some o f t h e questions asked i n published s o c i o l o g i c a l studies. The course w i l l focus on these studies. Students w i l l be expected t o read and discuss t h i s m a t e r i a l and t o pass a f i n a l examination. I n a d d i t i o n , i n order t o observe a gambling s o c i e t y w i t h i n a l e g a l i z e d s e t t i n g , t h e course w i l l i n c l u d e a f i e l d t r i p t o Las Vegas. Cost o f t h e f i e l d t r i p ( t r a v e l and lodging) w i l l be approximately $200. Prerequisites: Time: I Consent o f I n s t r u c t o r Room: Old Main 22 32/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM Discussion and D e b a t e SPEECH 98112/98312 Instructor: Ray Anderson Discussion and debate w i l l be studied as phases of the cooperative problem-solving process embracing i n q u i r y and advocacy. The i n q u i r y phase w i l l i n c l u d e consideration o f both c r e a t i v e t h i n k i n g and c r i t i c a l t h i n k i n g w i t h emphasis on ways o f working w i t h groups t o achieve e f f e c t i v e use o f both c r e a t i v e and c r i t i c a l methods o f problem-sol ving. Class a c t i v i t i e s w i l l be varied. There w i l l be brainstorming sessions i n v o l v i n g various techniques; t h e r e w i l l be round-table discussions using t h e Dewey thought process; t h e r e w i l l be debates using various formats, and o t h e r a c t i v i t i e s . Students w i l l p a r t i c i p a t e a c t i v e l y every day. Evaluation wi 11 p e r t a i n t o d a i l y p a r t i c i p a t i o n , examinations on readings and l e c t u r e s , b u t c h i e f l y on t h e q u a l i t y o f student performance i n discussions and debates. Students t a k i n g t h e course f o r upper d i v i s i o n c r e d i t w i l l have a d d i t i o n a l reading and w r i t i n g assignments. Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: A beginning speech course i s h i g h l y desirable. Yes I1 Room: Old Main 13 Story T h e a t e r (Children's T h e a t e r ) SPEECH 98285 Instructor: Ailene Cole This c l a s s w i l l improvise, produce, and perform a c h i l d r e n ' s play. Whatever i s needed - s c r i p t , costumes, props, 1i g h t s , scenery, music, dance - w i l l be created and executed by the class. Performances a r e scheduled f o r t h e f i n a l week. Time: 9:30 1:00 - 12:OO 3:OO Room: Stage 11, Old Music AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM133 I n t e r c u l t u r a l Communication SPEECH 98331 Instructor: Joel Mugge This course will explore both the problems and the potential of communication between persons of different cultural groups. We will examine several factors which contribute t o comunication barriers between cultures such a s ethnocentrism, stereotyping, prejudice, role expectations, values, and non-verbal symbols. The format of the course will include simulations, group exercises, one-to-one and small group interaction, and other intercultural experiences a s well as readings, lectures, and written assignments. I t i s hoped t h a t there will be students from several cultural groups in the c l a s s , so t h a t the class i t s e l f will be a laboratory for practicing comunication between cultures. The course i s particularly recommended f o r students planning t o study o r travel abroad. - Evaluation will be based on exams, papers, and an individual project. Freshmen may register only w i t h permission of instructor. Time: I Room: Old Main 18 34lAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM Other Courses These c o u r s e s a r e o f f e r e d by i n s t t t u t i o n s o r groups n o t connected w i t h Augsburg b u t have been approved f o r c r e d i t by t h e C o l l e g e . Most c a r r y a t u i t i o n c o s t p l u s o t h e r expenses w h i c h a r e t h e r e s p o n s i b i l i t y o f t h e s t u d e n t . F u l l e r d e , s c r i p t i o n s and d e t a i l s f o r r e g l s t e r i n g a r e a v a i l a b l e i n t h e Interim Office. 10163 B a s i c Spinning, W e a v i n g , a n d D y e i n g O f f e r e d by t h e Weavers G u i l d o f M i n n e s o t a . - Tuition $159. 551 06 S k i l n t e r l m (Park C i t y , U t a h ) Comprehensive program w i t h l e s s o n s and seminars f o r a l l f r o m n o v i c e s t o e x p e r t s . Package f e e o f approximate1 y $844 i n c l u d e s e v e r y t h i n g e x c e p t meals and t r a n s p o r t a t i o n t o Utah. C o n t a c t Joyce P f a f f (330-1248) f o r f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n and r e g i s t r a t i o n . 58120 W i l d e r n e s s (A branch o f Plymouth C h r i s t i a n Youth C e n t e r ) Three c o u r s e s a t t h e PCYC base on t h e edge o f t h e Boundary Waters Canoe Area i n N o r t h e r n Minnesota, n e a r Grand M a r a i s . 85399 Washington Interim A s t u d y i n t e r n s h i p p r o g r a n i n Washington, D.C. i n c o n n e c t i o n w i t h t h e Washington Center f o r L e a r n i n g A l t e r n a t i v e s . I n f o r m a t i o n on p r o j e c t s , h o u s i n g and f i n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e i s a v a i l a b l e f r o m Dr. Norma Noonan i n Memorial 113. 95312 T r a l n l n g S c h o o l on A l c o h o l and D r u g A b u s e - I n t e n s i v e e x p e r l e n t ? a1 and d i d a c t j c t r a i n i n g a t Johnson I n s t i t u t e combined w i t h week-1 ong e x p e r i e n c e i n chemical dependency t r e a t m e n t agency, S t u d e n t s a r e e v a l u a t e d according t o p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n c l a s s e s , e x p e r i e n t i a l l e a r n i n g and I n t h e chemical dependency agency. E n r o l l m e n t i s v e r y l i m i t e d . - S o c i a l Work 95257, s o c i a l work m a j o r and p e r m i s s i o n o f c o n t a c t person, E d d i e H e r t z b e r g , a r e p r e r e q u i s i t e s . Cost i s $100. 98251 PeacemakingIPIaymaking: A n Experience w i t h C o m m u n l t a maa t i c l i t e r a D r darm A s t u d y o f f o r m s o f revelation i n B i b l i c a and t u r e ( E u r i pedes , Shakespeare, Ibsen, inter) , supplemented by Y workshops i n o r a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n , I m p r o v i s a t i o n , and a c t i n g . Communal l i v i n g p r o v i d e s a n i n f o r m a l s e t t i n g t o e x p l o r e t h e n a t u r e o f p l a y and i t s f u n c t i o n I n f o r m i n g j u s t and c r e a t i v e i d e n t i t i e s . The setting i s t h e ARC r e t r e a t cornmuni t y n e a r Cambridge, Minnesota. Mornings w i l l be s p e n t i n l e c t u r e and discussion, and a f t e r n o o n s In workshop s e s s i o n s focused on t h e i n v e n t i o n o f games. E v a l u a t i o n based on i n d i v i d u a l p r e s e n t a t i o n s and e x t e n s i v e j o u r n a l . I n s t r u c t e d by R i c h a r d H a r r i s o n and memb e r s o f t h e ARC community (Augsburg c o n t a c t p e r s o n J o e l Mugge). Course r u n s f r o m January 5-29 a t a c o s t o f $285. - AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM135 Lifetime Sports The f o l l o w i n g a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o students d u r i n g i n t e r i m . They do n o t c a r r y o f f i c i a l c r e d i t , b u t they do meet t h e l i f e - t i m e s p o r t s requirement f o r graduation. Students may p a r t i c i p a t e i n any one o f these w i t h o u t r e g i s t e r i n g f o r t h e course, b u t w i l l be expected t o pay any fees whether-or n o t c r e d i t i s received. F o l k Dancing PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55002 Instructor: Time: E r n i e Anderson 12:OO-1: 00 Monday through Friday Running Room: Melby - A Positive Addiction PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55002 Instructor: Joyce P f a f f Students w i l l be developing and p a r t i c i p a t i n g i n a running program designed t o get and keep them i n shape. The c l a s s w i l l be i n d i v i d u a l i z e d t o t h e a b i l i t y and endurance l e v e l o f each p a r t i c i p a n t . There w i l l be no w r i t t e n t e s t s o r o u t s i d e assignments. D a i l y attendance i s required. Students must be w i l l i n g t o r u n outside. Time: 12:OO-1:00 (meets :an. 12-30) Room: Me1by Beginning K a r a t e and S e l f - D e f e n s e PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55002 Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o "American" Karate. Form, Basic Techniques, and p r a c t i c a l usage w i l l be t a u g h t by c e r t i f i e d MKA Black B e l t I n s t r u c t o r . Fees: $20.00 f o r p a r t i c i p a t i o n Time: 12:OO-1:00 Monday, Wednesday, F r i d a y 36/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM Room: Me1by
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1982
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Augsburg College lnterim The interim i s an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during t...
Show more Augsburg College lnterim The interim i s an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one course equals a full time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four course load during Fall and Spring semesters. Calendar November 9-12 ............................................ Interim Registration December 7 ........................................... Late Interim Registration January4 . . ................................................. First Day of Interim Class 1 9:00 a.m. Class 11 1:00 p.m. January5 . . ............................................. Last day for cancel/add January7 . ................. .Last day for determining grading system with Registrar January 18. Beginning of certain half credit courses* January22. ....................................... Last day for cancelling courses January29.. ...................................................... Interim ends .............................. The interim day is divided into two blocks of time: I - 8:00 - 12:00 Noon 11 - 1:00 - 5:00 p.m. The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. 'Students enrolling in half-credit coursesshould consult the Registrar'sOfficefor datesforcancel/add and to determine the grading system. Essential Information One course is considered a full time load during interim and nostudent is permitted to register for more than one course credit during the period. There i s no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an interim course. Most interim courses are graded traditionally on a scale of 4.0 to 0.Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an Augsburg student i s required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be interim courses (or one interim less than the number of years of full time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one interim for graduation.) POSTMASTER Volume 112, Number 3 Fall 1981 612/300-1001 AUCSBURCCOLLECE (USPS#490-310)is published fourtirnesa year in Spring,Summer, Fall,and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454. Second-class postage paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota. This Catalog This catalog lists courses by departments with drpartmrnrs l i r t ~ c li n alphabetical order. Augsburg Interims Abroad are identified by aspecial ~ r . i v e I ~ y m h oAt l . t h e e n d o f the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg bt11 recognizerl Ilv the College for interim credit, and a variety of Lifetime Sports. Further dcscriptlr>ns anrl i ~ ~ f o r m a t i oabout n these courses are available in the lnterim Office, Memorial 230. Options june lnterim - A t least one interim course will be offered in the June1982session of summer school (see listing under Education) in lieu of January term with n o additional tuition charge. Students planning to elect the june interim must register at the time of interim registration in the fall. Students wishing t o take the June interim i n addition t o the January one will be required t o pay the regular summer course tuition. lnternational Interims-Students are invited to consider being part of one of the five overseas interims offered by Augsburg College during January 1982. These interims are under these departments: English - Theatre i n London Religion - Israel, Ancient and M o d e r n - The Confrontation of Cultures and Religions i n Hawaii Social Work - Social Service and Public Policies i n a Developing Country: Egypt, 1982 Health and Physical Education - Sailing i n the Virgin Islands Other international interims are available through Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE) and St, Olaf College. Further academic description, travel details and cost estimates are available i n the lnterim Office and from Mary Kingsley i n the lnternational Center, Memorial 229. Students interested in participating in one of these international interims should apply i n the International Center before November 1. Additions to the overseas groups usually cannot be made after October. Internships-Internshipsareopen tostudents whocontinue an internship from the fall term or who begin an internship which will continue into the spring term. Students electing an internship interim are to present a completed internship learning contract to the Internship Office (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 17. Independent o r Directed Study - Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent or directed study per interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: A. Meet departmental requirements, B. Present to the lnterim Director for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and not later than November 2. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the lnterim Office. Interimsat Other Schools- Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4institution which offers a reciprocal interim arrangement. Catalogs of these interims can be consulted in the lnterim Office. The lnterim Secretary will help students i n applying for registration at other schools. Registration for interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be done at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the interim at other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affectscourses offered for the Religion requirement. Non-Augsburg Students Augsburg Collegewelcomesstudentsfrom other4-1-4schoolsfor theJanuary interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not t o charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing o r board costs. Other students will be,charged $600 for the interim course. Students interested i n registering for an Augsburg Interim should w r i t e t o the lnterim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school. These students are welcome to stay o n campus but are not required t o d o so. Requests for interim housing should be made t o the lnterim Office. Augsburg Policy Augsburg College admits studentsof any race,color, nationalandethnicorigin toall the rights, privileges, programs, and activities generally accorded or made available to students at the school. It does not discriminateon the basisof race, color, creed, national and ethnicorigin i n employment practices or administration of its educational policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, and athletic and other school-administered programs. Need More Help? Check with: The lnterim Office (Memorial 230), The Interim Secretary, Lorraine Stieper at 330-1025, or The lnterim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson at 330-1192 (Memorial 114b). Courses Location Key L-Library Building M-Music Hall OM-Old Main P-Psychology Building S-Science Hall Jewelry Art 150 - 4003 Instructor: Norman Holen You are introduced to copper, brass, pewter, and silver and you learn how t o cut, shape, enamel and cast these metals. The supplies you need will vary according to the projects we choose. We try to provide the necessary equipment and re-usable items. There is n o text and there are no tests. You are graded o n your pieces. Distribution: Art - Music Time: II OM1 16mm Film-Making I - Film-Making I1 Art 242 - 4001,342 - 4002 Instructor: Paul Rusten The procedure, techniques and philosophy of 16mm film-making for expression/communication. Using professional 16mm equipment, students i n teams will produce short black and white synchronized sound motion pictures. Students w h o have successfully completed Film-Making I (or equivalent) may take FilmMaking II, producing an advanced film project within thesameclass-schedule and time-frame as Film-Making I. Fee: $75.00 for filmstock and equipment rental Prerequisites for 342: Film-Making I or equivalent Distribution: Art - Music Time: II Ethical Issues in the Life Sciences BIO 106 - 4113 lnstructor Ralph Sulerud W r .Ire living I n a prrtod of b i o l o g i r c ~rc~volutron l whlch seems l ~ k e l y10 conrlnur, Many of the r i ~ v ~ ~ t o p will r n ~ ~ncreasrngly n~~ rerull In tlramat~c changes In ethiral ~ h t n k i n gand the liormr~lation of p u b f ~pr o l ~y, r guestion\sur h h ~ these c must be effect~ut+ly atlrIressetl: w h a t are l h r ~ g l ~oft r thp unborn7 Should h ~ u l o ~ i she t s allowed to work o n a n y type nt r r w d r r h n o nlairrl wlipre ~t le;lrI<?Doer ~ h ~r r l r aof 4 rnaral r e s p o n s ~ b ~ ltoward ~ty the rrivrronmrnr make sense? What e t h ~ c a land soc~alproblems would arlse as a result of c l o n ~ n gpeople? Is recomb~nantDNA research l ~ k e l yto create more problems than ~tsolves? I s euthanas~aever just~f~ed It ?I S Intended that th~scourseshould p r o v ~ d eat least a small part of the background necessary to answer such questions and make respons~bleeth~calcho~ces Each t o p ~ cw ~ l be l ~ n t r o d ~ c eby t l I ~ F ,Instructor or a guest, but much of the class tlme w ~ lbe l spent d~scuss~ng ass~gnrtlr~arl!rrgsnrrrl varlous vlewpolnts Formulat~onof a b r ~ e fposltlon paper on one o f the i ~ s i 1 c 5w ~ l lhe r e q u ~ r e d Grades w ~ l lbe based o n the paper, class partlclpatlon and exarnlnatlun rerrtltr. Distribution: Chemistry - Biology Time: I Wetland Ecology Bio 311 - 4114 Instructor: Roberta Lammers I n wetland ecology w~ will study the complexity, variery and impurtalrce 01 Ird shwater wetlands (i.e., bogs, marshes, fens, swamps, etc.). We will :turfy the physical asperrs of these wetlandsas well as the interrelationshipsof some of their rn,ijor organisrnslikc~~d~~s,insects, and sphagnum. Students will be required to pursue intlept.nrlcnr rr.dclirig on wetland org.fnitms of particular i n t r r ~to ~ l hen^. The raurse w w cons is^ ul re,,ding and discussion as well as lab ivork identilying nrganismsrollecled In n n r t h ~ r n M i n n ~ s o t aduring the summer by a l Minncsota's wetlands as an energy the instructiw. Wc shall examine cririrally ~ hpro ~ e n ~ iof source. There will hr local l i ~ l tripsrf~~~enrilnf:un d rhewea~ her. Cradingwill be o n the basis of one test and the presentalion (writren or or;~l)of ~ h indrpendent r rcadin~. Prerequisites: 510 111, 112 Time: I The Biology of Aging Bio 385 - 4115 Instructor. Robert Herforth At snmc lime ax another I r l our lives masr 01 u5 w ~ l rl i t h e r d ~ r c c r l yaxpcrlence aging or be ~ n f l u e n r c d pcople ~ ~ n c l e r g n t nagc-rrlared g changrq. Thic roiIrsP WIIIroncenlrfite on t h ~ t)iolog~ralasprcts uT such chang~s.W h a ~ir t h ndtlrrc ~ oI t h c s ~age-related rhangr?~? What lartorr tnIl~lr*ncrthe l a t v of aging? Do rellr ~ s a l ~ ~ from t r c l the body <how aging? 1s aging the o focne r t a ~ n c r l l r o r tissuesol the body?What are the current t h ~ o r l e s a st o rerulr of d c ~ r r ~ o r a t ~ IIIP h i o l ~ g ~ kca~c ~l rol a g ~ n g ?Ir aglng ronrrnllerl by a I ~ r a l o g ~ c clock? al Thew and other qursrions will tw arldressrd In l h h course hy rnpans nf rlassroom ~ P C I U ~ P Fand d~scusslnnsol ass~gnedread~ngs.Evaluat~onw ~ l be l based on several qulzzes and exams glven d u r ~ n gthe course Prerequ~s~tes: BIO 111 Time: I S 212 Introduction to Chemistry C h m 104 - 4116 Instructor: John Carlson of chemistry for ~hosr? who have never studled chemistry hefore. h course in basic Inclu(E~d are conccpls nt measurcrncnt, alorntr anrl ~ n o l e r u l a strucrurr, r types of rcactinns, solurionr, n c ~ r l sr ~ bases, ~ d at111 $n ~ n r m t l u c - t ~ to p no r ~ a n ichrmistry. r Many applications to Iifc ~ T O C C S S ~and S cnvironmental concerns are ma&. I.~cturesand demonslratians; rlo lab; no : ~hrcrlonger examinations Icrm paperr. Two hnrlrs iprturp ppr (Jay, five days a w ~ e kquizzes, plus a final. Not oprn lo a n y w i t h priorstudy ofchernisrry. Does notcount roward 3 rriajor o r a minor i n chemistry. Crctlit for both 104 anrl either 105,109, n r 115 no1 allowrrl. Distribution: Chemistry - Biology Time: I Laboratory Introduction to Chemistry Chm 113 - 4117 Instructor: Earl Alton rindin%whlch chemicals are i n a solution (qualitdtlve analysis) ir a rhallengine, way of learning rumc principles of chemistry. This course will use I,lkoratory experiments coupled with an essentially non-mathematical explanation of the chemisrry involverl to provicjr an introducrion to chemistry. Thp laboratory work will center on ~ o l v i n grhcrnical urtknowns. There will b e s~verr71~ ~ d l 1 r ~ - ~ ~ i 5sessions ~ ~ s s each i o n week and ,~bnut~ h r haurr c ~ of lal~oratory~ a c day. h Grading will be based upon solving unknowns and a few quizzes. Prerequisites: High School Chemistry Distribution: Chemistry - Biology Time: I (Lectures 11:OO-12:OO N) Time: II (Lab 1:OO-4:00 p.m.) Introduction to Clinical Chemistry Chm 205 - 4118 Instructor: Arlin Gyberg A few years ago rllagnnctlc rnedicln~ was ptinc~pdllya rnaltpr of r t > l l r c l i n information ~ about Fymptnmc to d ~ a ~ n o san e ~ l l n r w .O c c a ~ ~ o n a l lat>r)ralc)ry ly IPS15 w t r e mad^ lo support 1 1 1 ~ d~agnnsrs.A l t h o ~ i g hr o l l r c l l i ~ n ~lormat~u n ahrlu~ synip1nrns ~ s s t ~anl l inl~agralpar[,~ i l ~ g n o < t r ( medicine l i d s progrr~seOto rhe pant whcrc laburatory teslr are r c j u ~ l n ~l ~ l yc r f o r m c dalrd may result In d t i l d g n ~ ~ ~ ~ d ~[porn f f e rt ~hnone ~l inclicntrtl l?y Ihe symptomr.Thlscourre intrrrtl~lcpr sornc o l the lypes ol c l i r ~ n i c a problems l s r g n ~ l ~ r aInn ~m e d ~ c r n eand mrlhods nl chtarnic.~! analysrs urrtl i n the tlcnical r h ~ m i ~ t rlat>oralory. y Lecturer, lilme, orcasitmal laboratory l wlIl he u~crrlIrl t h c , ctrursp, exprrlrnul-, anrl at ledst one f i ~ l dr i rp tn a r l ~ n i r a lal~r>r.-~~ork evaluation will be by frequent quizzes and a f ~ n aexam. l Prerequisites: C H M 106,116, or 223 T ~ m eI S 315 Economics of Urban Issues Eco 120 - 4119 Instructor: Ed Sabella Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. Basic microeconomic tools employed. Distribution: Urban Studies Time: II O M 13 Learning Styles, Teaching Styles Ede 227 - 4125 Eds 227 - 4126 Instructor: M a r ~ eMcNeff differences among students, varlatlons In learnlng styles are numerous Some L ~ k e~ndlvldual students learn better by dlscuss~on,others by l~sten~ng and others by work~ngo n thelr own Students d ~ f f e rIn learnlng style w h ~ c hmeans that certaln educational approaches are more effect~vethan others for part~cularstudents H a v ~yo11 had profe5sr~r~ that held you spellbot~nrlin thrlr r.lassrsl Have you had their counterpart whcrr y ~ ~ u s ~ r u ~tg o Irt,ry e d awdke? T ~ ~lrnlrnrsor P mdy have L I ~ Pa ~t r . ~ r h t nstyle ~ ihai was or wa5 nnt c<hmpa~ihlt.w i ~ hyour learn~ngsrvlc. Thrs course will explorr r e ~ e a r r hhe~n'gcJon~rn t h r area.; of teaching and learning styles, 51utlpnrsw ~ lpartlcrpa~e l In a I~arninarty!r\ rnvrnrory lo help Identify how they barn h ~ r t . f hiscoi~rsersoflcrrtl through theIrft~ratlonDcpar~mrnl.hutir t l r f i n l t ~ l y{)pentoallstudentr. tl Time: ll Discovery in the Wsrld of Kindergarten Ede 375 - 4124 Instructor: Lauretta Pelton This course is a study of the kindergarten curriculum, an exploration of resources and materials and a review of teaching approaches. Laboratory requirement: Five half days in a kindergarten classroom. This is to be arranged by the student after consultation with the instructor. The laboratory experience should have taken place prior to the course itself. The course is a prerequisite to student teaching at the kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for teaching at that level. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor L4 Time: Summer Interim Student Teaching Eds 481 - 4120 Eds 482 - 4121 Eds 483 - 4122 Eds 484 - 4123 Instructor: Sheldon Fardig Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a school. Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor. Time: I L6 People Under Pressure Eng 211 - 4130 Instructor: Barbara Andersen The child, the youth, the middle-aged, the old, all live under pressure-political, social. religious and personal. What these pressures are and how people cope with them provide the focus for the course. This i s not, however, a course i n depression,for pressure and stress often I i a v ~p c l s i t i v ~r e ~ t ~ And t t ~ .m a t i v ~ j e o j ~r l~r* s p n ~toi dprr:ssl.lrv w i ~ h c o \ r r a g ~ , ~ r . l c.inrl ~ ( ~evt3nwit. Wr. will r r,icl r c v r r a l grhrirtls. IIIOFTI~ (11 ( 1 1 201 ~ h rerllury, 1717~1work^ 1 1 7 ~ .irtv 1 r l ~ l tjl \ ~ i i l l I yI O ~ U P V P ( ! irr liroraturrl c.ourrPr. Among ~ h wnrkr, r being rrln5irl~retl,]rt, Wafvrs, T l l v L l a n \4'ht1 K i l l r ~ r i~ h r - 4 LJypr; I'rl~ok,A ~ l yNan~rbi, /\r/~rlr[rlu: I3r,ir1li~arl.Trr)r/l I , f s / ~ ~>!I r rAtrt~r,ic,~: ~ Wright. Narivr Srjn: I4v1n. f x ~ ~ ~ l\4tori1c>t1; / ~ n l I l C ~ \ \ l r ~ 5irilort r '+ ~ N i ~ h t,t i:t l t l h ~j;h, t (;;{I lror11 ~ I I P <(,,I: I ilrgpnkb\4. ~ t ~ t / ~ t v 501><: ~ , i r dA l h c ~ 1-/1o . A , n t ~ t i ~ - ,lJrvt~,n ?/~ ,~r1,1 Thv Zntl S r r ~ v :, h r l ~ j e t m nI,~Vra\,f>r5.111,qI t ~ f M y Father: Gordon, Final Paylncnt,. Students will have some choice of works to read. Evaluation will be based on discussions, some in-class writing, reading quizzes, oral reports (optional) and two examinations. Distribution: English - Speech, Co~nmunication& Theater Arts Time: I O M 10 . The Brontes Eng 248 - 4128 Eng 348 - 4129 Instructor: Catherine Nicholl I n a parsonage on the edge of the Yorkshire moors, four gifted children mused themselves hy redding Shakespeare and Byron and writing miniature books i n which they developed two elaborate and romantic kingdoms. Literally surrounded by death-the churchyard in which their mother and two sisters were buried-they consoled themselves with the lile of the imagination. All of them, too, were to die young. But the th~,eesisters. Charlotte, Emily, and Anne, gave to the world several groundbreaking novels dnd some memorable poetry. The course will focus primarily o n the writings of Charlotte ()a~leEyrc. Villerte) and Emily (Wurhering Heighfs, poems). All students will read these works and will sample some of the critical approaches t o Wufherir~gHeight\, one of the most original novels of the nineteenth century. In addition, we will read the biography of Charlotte by her friend and fellow writer. Elizabeth Gaskell. We will consider the influence on the sisters of the family situation and of attitudes toward women writers in the 1840's. Each student will read one additional novel or biography. Class activities will include lectures, discussions, and films In addition to short quizzes and an exam, each student will either write a short paper or d o a class presentation. Upper division students will d o both. Prerequisites: One literature course or consent of the instructor. Distribution: Urban Studies, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies Time: l l O M 16 Europe January 3-28 I nteri m/9 Theatre in London Eng 269 - 4131 Eng 369 - 4132 Instructor: Richard Sargent Cost: $1795 London is one of the leading centers of theatre in the world. We will attend plays at theatres such as the National Theatre and the Royal Shakespeare Company theatres where internationally renowned directors like Peter Hall present revivals of classics and the premieres of the work of playwrights like Tom Stoppard and Peter Shaffer. We will be reading some plays in order to be aware of the historical context in which contemporary dramatists are writing. In addition to going to plays and touring theatres, we will take advantage of the cultural richness London has to offer, visiting art galleries such as theTate, attending concerts, and touring spots in London that have been significant in literary history. We will also make trips to visit other theatres, notably to Stratford. Students will keep a journal: those taking the course for upper division will write a paper in addition. Counts toward English major Distribution: English - Speech, Communication &Theater Arts Grading: P/N Five-College Poetry Writing Workshop Eng 362 - 4127 Instructor: Roger Blakeley, Macalester College M~mbcrs of the workshop will experiment with poetry techniques, aiming at the completion rrl .I pns~lolirkof new work and the revising of existing manuscripts. The workshop will meet threp mornings a week at Macalester for lectures, discussions, and critiques. In addition, iridividual conlerences will be scheduled, and an optional public reading is planned for late in the month. Attendance at all class sessions is mandatory The course is open to students from the five Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities who have had experience in writing poetry. Normally only three students from a college will be accepted. Preferably students should have taken at least one college-level creative writing course. Students considering this course should contact Richard Sargent (English Department) and submit samples of their work no later than one'week before the first day of Fall Registration for Interim. Class meets 9:30 to 11:45 MWF, H 203 (Macalester), plus conferences TBA. French Literature in Translation Fre 243 - 4134 Instructor: Ruth Aaskov Study of representativeshorter French works in English translation. By reading and analysis of a common core of varied works we will strengthen communication and critical skills, develop cultural sensitivity, and become acquainted with significant French writers. Mini-lectures and study guides will help focus attention on the works themselves. M u c h class time daily will be devoted to small group discussion and exchange of ideas. Evaluation based on group work, progress, quizzes, writing assignments, and a short independent study. . Prerequisites: Sophomore standing Distribution: Jr. & Sr. only (old requirements). Time: I - Beginning Norwegian ~ d 111 r - 4133 Instructor: Liv Dahl Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading, and writing. Stress o n spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work expected. Distribution: Foreign Language Time: I O M 29 Norwegian Conversation and Composition Nor 311 - 4137 Instructor: Leif Hansen Intensive practice i n spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given t o regional variations i n spoken Norwegian and to differences between the t w o official languages of Norway. There will be laboratory work and field experience. If arrangements can be made, part of the course will be conducted at a location in Northern Minnesota. Fees: $100 if the off-campus part of the course can be arranged. Prerequisites: 75211 or equivalent Time: II O M 29 lntensive Beginning Spanish Spa 112 - 4135 Instructor: To b e named The goal of thiscourse isto complete thesequence of Beginning Spanish with greater emphasis o n spoken Spanish than is usually the case. Students will be expected to complete and correct written assignments outside of class so that time in class can b e used for small group conversations, impromptu skits and discussions in Spanish. Evaluation will be based on daily work, quizzes, four tests and a final exam. Prerequisites: Spanish 111 Distribution: Foreign Language O M 23 Time: I Spanish of the Business and the Professional World Spa 215 ;4136 Instructor: Gunta Rozentals Objectives: To give the students the basics needed to cope with professional situations by preparing them to work with Spanish-speaking clients in various fields. Content: Introduction to the communication patterns and technical expressions used in health care, education, welfare, law enforcement and business areas. Layout and style of Spanish business letters. Evaluation: Tests and performance in simulations of true-to-life situations. Prerequisites: Spanish 212 Distribution: Foreign Language Time: I Planning for Tomorrow: Personal & Social Transformation in the 1980's Gst 240 - 4177 Robert Clyde, Augsburg College Berenice Bleedorn, Director of Creative Studies, The Coll6ge of St. Thomas Course will define personal and social transformation, show how this transformation takes place, and introduce students to such concepts as general systems theory, paradigm shifts, entropy and syntropy, holism, and the uncertainty principle. Using this knowledge, students will develop a model for a futuristic democracy, i n which the citizens "think globally and act locally." Students will read Marilyn Ferguson's The Aquarian Conspiracy plus one or more additional books from the bibliography, keep a journal on the readings, class discussions and additional resources (meetings, lectures, interviews, films, etc.), and prepare a plan for personal, continuing involvement in the model for the futuristic democracy developed by the class. Evaluation will be based on assessment of "open journal" through oral examination, and assessment of quality of personal growth plan. S 108 Time: II Recreational Rhythms and Activities Hpe 232 - 4143 Instructor: Pam Paulson Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade i s based upon participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This offering equals only 1/2 course credit. Time: I - Jan. 18-29 Melby Modern Dance Hpe 373 - 4141 Instructor: Pam Paulson An introductory course in modern dance technique, composition, improvisation, and problem solving. The majority of the course grade i s based upon daily performance in class, performance of a group composition, and a written test. This offering equals only 1/2 course credit. Melby Time: I - Jan. 4 - 15 12/l nteri m Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program Hpe 410 - 4142 Instructor: Richard Borstad Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. Prerequisites: Health 320 (School Health Curriculum) Time: I Melby 13 Virgin Islands January 4-28 Sailing in the Virgin Islands ** Hpe 455 - 4139 Instructor: Joyce Pfaff Cost: $1995 Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will focus on taking the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, docking, helming, and crewing). The student will live aboard a 39'fixed keel sailboat with 6 other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course. This will besupplemented by sessions dealing with safety, boat handling, boat systems, provisioning, trip planning, piloting,and navigation. Sailing will include cruises to the various islandsand cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkelingand windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. Evaluation will be based on competencies demonstrated by each individual in crewing and leadership in the role of "acting captain." A daily ship's log will be kept by all participants. Counts toward lifetime sport distribution requirement Grading: P/N only Coaching of Football Hpe 476 - 4140 Instructor: Al Kloppen Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching football. This offering equals only 1/2 course credit. Time: I -Jan. 4 - 15 Melby 12 Coaching of Basketball Hpe 477 - 4138 Instructor: Rees Johnson Theory, techniquesand administration of coaching basketball. Course will includeoff-season, pre-season and in-season programs. Grade evaluation will be based on preparation of a coaching notebook, a written exam and general participation. There will be some out of class night work. Prerequisites: Instructor's approval. This course equals only 1/2 course credit. Melby 13 Time: I l -Jan. 18 - 29 20th Century South Asia His 162 - 4147 His 462 - 4148 Instructor: Don Gustafson Thts geographtc area has pratlilrrd the l a r g r ~workrng ~ rlernocr~ryin thc world today; from this people havr come on(' a( our cenlury's greaimt "saints" and a l s o one or the most r ~ n o w n e tstalesmen; l 11 isa forernoqt cxample of 20th-Ccntnryr olonralismarid natlonallrm: ir Iiarexpr.r~~ntetl oneaf thisrentury'sgreatr~rupheavalfof people: i t rsa ~tdndnrdexarnplcfor populat~ontrtsrs and world h u n ~ e rillt~stratlons.5oi11hAsia is all thrs-ant1 much more. Thts course I$ d~slgnerlfor the ctndent *ha has Inrercs! but lirtls or no background In nnn-western ~ubj~=ct5-1hough nth~rsare a l ~ owelcorn~.The h ~ a rot l the coursr will he in a w ~ t l ~ a ~ s o r t m e nreadings r (somt oI them really cxcellcnt) t r u ~~IIF-IP will a l ~ o h e lertures, trrne for drscussron and frequent breaks for slrde presentations. Grades w ~ lbe l based on general level of partlclpatlon, on some wrltten work and probably a test Students reglster~ngfor upper dlvls~oncred~tw ~ l have l addlt~onalassignments and be graded by upper dlvrslon standards. Prerequisites: Students registering for upper division credit must have had at least one college history class. Distribution: History - Philosophy Time: I S112 Eastward to America: Limited Hospitality His 220 - 4145 His 320 - 4146 Instructor: Khrn Khrn Jensen An invesriaatlon c l r tlw rationale fcr I ~ immigration P pattern, economir opporlunities, and social. politlcnl and economic- problems encour~rer~rl tjy thp folIowing Irnrn1grant5:Chlnew, l Forus on these thrre rrhnic groups will involve jap~ncseanrl Korean5 tn the W n i l ~ rStares. tjrlth t h "nld" ~ rmmigrants nntl ~tir"ncw" immigrants. Coursc will u 1 1 l i r~~~l ~ nspeak~r5 ic (Chinesr. Japancse and Koreilns) in a home rnvirnnment-dt~cus5Ion format. There will l~ etltnir meals, ~ t h n i craaking dcrnonsrra~ians,films, slides ~ n df i r * l t l rrips-,111 f h c ~arp important rornponent5 of thv rorlrsp as IS rlie academic component ol readings. erc. Focus Ir on ~ h cxperienrrs r or tlicsc ethnic aroups in Hawaii. Calllorr~i;~ ant1 M t n n ~ f o t a . and a Iourn,jI, loww rlivirron will cloa jnirrn;tl. Thrrr will 1 1 1 ~ ~ ~ r d i v i s i o n ~ t u dwill e n dnapaprr t5 t)r an exam un the t ~ x and t readlng~. Fees: $15 for meals and films etc. Prerequ~sites:Lower Divis~on,None Upper Divis~on,sophomore standing and consent of instructor D~stribution:Ii~storyand Philosophy Time: I Studies in Ancient and Medieval History Through the Reformation His 366 - 4190 Instructor: Richard Nelson This course is intended for those students who, having completed a course i n either ancient, medieval, renaissance, or reformation history, have a desire t o extend their work in one of those areas. Students will meet with me on a regular arranged basis for consultation and identification of the topic they intend to study. These topics can be of varied nature: e.g., biographical, social, military,art, literature, etc. The final result of thestudy will becompletion of a paper or project. Prerequisite: One history course and consent of instructor Time: II Brush Up Mat 103 - 4150 Instructor: Bev Durkee Thiscourse is designed asa brush u p in arithmetic and elementary algebraskills.Thecourse will be particularly helpful for students in elementary education or w h o will b e taking statistics as part of a major. Part of the work will be done on the computer. There will be diagnostic tests t o determine study needs, homework assignments t o gain skills, and written problem solving tests to determine achievement. Grades will be determined by test scores. Course of study i s completely individualized. Time: I S 108 Mathematical Aspects of Music Mat 130 - 4149 Instructor: Ben Cooper This course has t w o purposes. The first is to convey some mathematics that musicians should know (or know about), mostly concerning such pre-musical topics as acoustics, scales, tuning, and the premises of twelve-tone composition, but also concerning the question of the meaning of compositional style and quality.Thesecond purpose is t o try tocounterthecultural invrntine or discovering isolation of motlcrn malhematics by mcans o l parallel e r t p ~ r i c n c r % math~maticr; and writing music,anrl thro~ghc-antactwith one or two rna~hr*rnaticalto~ics not t a tangential bearing o n music, usually found in the curriculum t h a t a r c r i a n i l i ~ a n t ~ t r a v e aleas1 and con bc enjoycd with minimdl prereq~lisites.When pos~ihle,we will Iry trl hear those things we discuss mathematically through recordings or performant:e. Grades will be based o n homework exercises, mostly mathematical, but including the composition of at least one canon. Therefore some experience i n part writing is essential. The necessary mathematics will be developed i n class. Prerequisites: Music 101 o r equivalent and some high school algebra. Distribution: Mathematics - Physics Time: I Mathematical Themes in History and Philosophy M a t 134 - 4188 M a t 334 - 4189 Instructor: Larry Copes This course is designed for students who enjoy challenging reading and writing, but may be uncomfortable with mathematics. Objectivesare to examine waysin which mathematical ideas have affected and have been affected by philosophical ideas and historical movements. We shall examine h o w number systems, algebra, cardinality, and axiom systems have related to various epistemologies. There will be t w o exams and two short papers. Students must be qualified for College Algebra, as demonstrated (for example) by being i n Croup A on the Augsburg Mathematics Placement Exam. Upper division: Students should have taken at least one mathematics course beyond Calculus II. Grading will be based o n three papers. Prerequisites: Yes Distribution: Mathematics - Physics Time: II O M 25 Introduction to Music Therapy: A Clinical Overview Mus 110 - 4151 Instructor: Roberta Metzler Visitation of clinical f a c i l i ~ i ~i rsl t l ~ cMetropolitan area to observe music therapy in practice. Objectives of the coursr will Ile lo llccorn~familiar with a variety of clientele (Including mentally retarded, emotionally tlis~url)ed,nntl p11ysic.illy hilndicapped), and t u observ~how music therapy function< wilt1 diricrcnt populations. I n addition to the field trips, c-lasircmm discussions will include an o v e r v i ~ wol nlusir fherapy prac-tires and theory in thir country and abroad. Evaluation will be based o n tests,field trip reports, and class participation. A special fee of $15.00 will be required, t o cover the cost of transportation. A special class project will be required for upper division credit. Student times must beflexible, toallow for field tripsduring either the morning or afternoon. Fees: $15.00 Distribution: Art - Music M24 Time: II Sign and Song Mus 161 - 4152 Mus 361 - 4153 Instructor: Larry Fleming This course of study will investigate the relationship between visual symbols utilized in "signing" for the hearing impaired, and the basicelementsof music: melodiccontour, rhythm, and text topics. The process will include: I. Theory-Readings and discussion i n the areas of symbol, image, ritual, and gesture by authors S. Langer, B. Shahn, C. lung, T. Stafford, and others. II. ~ a r t i c i ~ a t i o n - ~ a s i"signing" c will b e taught by an area expert, so that fundamental concepts, vocabulary, and gestures are experienced and understood. Ill. Observation-Visits at local congregations and schools where signing is used with song. Although of special benefit for Music, Drama, and Education students, this study might prove useful for any interested student. N o previousexperienceor music training is necessary. Upper division credit requires the writing of a position paper. Distribution: Art - Music M 22 Time: II Trends and Issues in Nursing Nur 330 - 4154 Instructors: Susan Knust - Nancy Malcolm Nursing is viewed from an historical, current and futurist perspective to develop theories and concepts of leadership, change, and role development. The nurse as leader is discussed i n terms of ethics and accountability to the profession and t o society. The changing health care needs and demands of society are examined i n light of theability of the health caresystemand health care providers to meet those needs. The role of the nurse in meeting current and projected societal health care needs is discussed with emphasis on changing and emerging roles in nursing. The student increases his/her awareness of the complexities of societal and health issues by examining the political and legislative processes related to such issues. Emphasis is placed o n the impact of these processeson the nursing profession and health care delivery. The role of the nurse as an active participant i n these processes i s examined as well. Teaching methods include lecture, discussion and a variety of expert guest speakers. Evaluation methods include annotated bibliography, student debates and paper and pencil test. O M 11 Time: II The Nature of Contemplation Phi 210 - 4157 Instructor: Mark Fuehrer Thiscourse will examine the nature of contemplation by meansof philosophicalanalysis of the works of several contemplative writers. The following concepts will be analyzed and discussed: the object of contemplation, the effects of contemplation on the human subject, the modes of contemplation, and the language of contemplation. The course will consist of introductory lectures o n topics t o be discussed followed by selected readings and discussions i n class. Each student will prepare one paper of moderate length on a topic of his/her choosing with respect t o the course. Students will be given a grade based on the term paper and the individual discussions. Distribution: History - Philosophy Time: II O M 23 Age of Aquarius? A Philosophical Look at Some Contemporary lssues Phi 250 -4158 Instructor: Kenneth Bailey A popular song says: "This is the dawning of the Age of Aquarius." Is it? Aquarius, the Waterbearer, the eleventh sign of the zodiac, symbolizes simplicity, peace, and brotherhood. Whether such an age has begun is a question. Some astrologers say it began as early as 1930; others that it is just dawning. However that may be, i n this course we will discusssome of the concerns (e.g., freedom, morality, hunger) that face whatever age we may be in, from a philosophical standpoint. Basically a discussion course. Grades will be based o n written tests and class participation. Distribution: History - Philosophy OM 10 Time: II Islamic Philosophy: Past and Present Phi 410 - 4156 Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach A study of the preservers of the Classic Greek tradition, analyzing h o w they reshaped the materials they inherited and i n what way they helped influencc the rise of Medieval Christian thought. To what extent current Islamic thought preserves their heritage or is conditioned by Christian western culture will be explored. Seminar format, with presentation and discussion of research papers. Prerequisites: No, though some previous philosophy recommended. Distribution: History - Philosophy M 23 Time: I 1982 Oak Ridge ~ssociatedUniversities Science Minimester Phy 322 - 4159 Inctructor: Kermit E. Paulson A study of nuclear radiation with emphasis on applications and "hands-on" laboratory experience for the individual student. The course will consist of (1) introductory work on radiation detection and measurement at Augsburg, (2) participation in the 1982 Oak Ridge Associated Universities Science Minimester where the student has the opportunity to study projects i n nuclear radiation physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, environmental radiation, coal technology, health physics,and radiological safety; and (3) summary and evaluation of the program back at Augsburg. This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated Universities-Professional Tra~ningprogram. Two weeks of the coursewill bespent i n Oak Ridge, Tennessee utilizing the instructional staff and laboratory facilitiesof ORAU. These facilities provide an opportunity for laboratory experience not normally available to undergraduate students. Fecs: The cost for travel and housing will be approximately $250. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor. Time: I S 24 Democratic Theory and Practice Pol 381 - 4160 Instructor: Milda Hedblom A study of democraric theory and public policy practice with focu, on the emergence of political democracy, capitalism and the welfare state in comparative perspective. An extensive research project will b e required in one of the major themes of the course involving considerable independent work. Prerequisites: Two courses political science,economics, philosophy or instructor's permission. M 25 Time: II The Politics of American Defense POI 461 - 4161 Instructor: Mary Ellen Lundsten Contending explanations of American foreign policy-making will be examined with special concern for nuclear strategy and military intervention. Issues arising out of the Carter and Reagan defense policies will be discussed i n the light of previous American foreign policy behavior since World War II. . Grades will be based on t w o 5-page essays i n which students will reflect and comment on course readings, class discussions, and their experiences i n a policy-making simulation to be held during one all-day class in mid-January. Prerequisites: One introductory course in political science or permission of the instructor. M 25 Time: I Use of the Personal Computer in Psychology Psy 241 - 4163 lnitructor: Richard Marken See how a personal computer (the Psychology Department's Apple Il)can be used as a tool t o explore the mind. Learn t o write simple programs i n BASIC which will produce graphic displays, measure response time, d o statistical analyses and mndel thought processes. See the fruits of your efforts i n glorious color on the Apple II TV scleen. Evaluation based o n programming projects and two tests. P3 Time: II Designing an Introductory Psychology Course Psy 305 - 4164 Instructor: Norm Ferguson The course will involve students i n all phases of developing an introductory psychology course. This will include assessing the background and interests of the potential students, developing a course outline, choosing the classroom teaching methods, selecting the textbooks, preparing the exams and other forms of evaluation, and determining the grading procedures. There are two main objectives: (1) t o give students exposure to principles of curriculum development and theories of intellectual growth and development and (2) t o give students an opportunity to experience thesubject matter of introductory psychology from the perspective of an instructor. Evaluation will be based o n daily class participation and written assignments. Prerequisites: Two courses in psychology. Time: II P1 Reading in the Works of Robert Coles Psy 372 - 4162 Instructor: Duane Johnson Thiscourse will providean opportunity to read i n the works of Robert Coles with major focus o n conditions under which children develop. Reading will also include some attention t o authors closely related to Coles' perspective. Robert Coles isone of America's most widely published writers; much of his writing is based on a participant-observer style ol rrsaarrh. I-lp<prnclsfuhstantial time with particular persons i n various settings (southrrnri-5, rrligrants, sliarc~cropllers, Eskimos, Chicanos, Indians, the affluent and privileged, pcoplc of Iflsler 2nd South Africa) and reports their lives with sensitivity and with particirlar ~ l r p n l i o1 ~ 0 ltheir ~ r r c * ~ ~ k He ll~ i s ra.perceptive criticof our society and a spokesperson for the "less advantaged" and minority persons. Some initial study and planning will be required prior t o the beginning of the interim; each student must contact Dr. Johnson n o later than December 1 for further details regarding these assignments and t o confirm her/his registration i n the course. Course expectations will include extensive reading, regular class attendance and contribution, an annotated journal, and ashort summary paper. Course will be offered only on a P-N grading basis. Prerequisites: 86105 - General Psychology P5 Time: I Hawa~iJanuary 4-30 The Confrontation of Cultures and Religions in Hawaii rC Rel 321 - 4166 Instructor: P h ~ l ~ Quanbeck p Cost: $1795 It A study of Buddhism, Protestant Christianity, Mormonism,and Polynesian religion with special attention t o their interrelation i n Hawaii. Special attention given t o t h e following: the meeting of New England Calvinism and Hawaiian traditional culture and religion and its results today; the meeting of Christianity and both Chinese and Japanese Buddhism i n Hawaii today; and the approach of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter Day Saints (Mormons) to the Polynesians. Efforts will also be made to study aspects of Chinese and Japanese cultures and religions i n their own right. Evaluation will be based o n class participation and the submission of a journal. Distribution: Religion Prerequisites: one religion course Grading: P/N only Christianity in Modern Africa Re1 366 - 4165 Instructor: Bradley Holt This cour.;c. is i n t ~ n c l r t10 l inform l~artiriparitsabout thr. c'ontrmporary r r l i g i c > ~situatir~n ~s In s r l e c ~ r trrgions l ~f Africa and ~ o s t i r n u l a ~rcllccrion.on c llrc univrrsat r taimsol Christianiry anrl form< il takrbs. A l f r n l i o r i will h r #ivcn lo Iht? lllarrting of Ctiristii~nityit1 the v d l i ~ Ot (~CUIIU~JI klric-a,to I t s d ~ v e l o ~ ~rlntler t n ~ nr ~n l n n ~ arrgimt:s,arlrl l irs rrr.rnt growth in ~nrlcpendentstates. T l i r " l r ~ r l o p m d r n r " African churches will bc stuclirvl. as well as aliprnpt5 lu l u r n ~ l ~ l .an rt~ "Africa11 Christian Tlienlngy." Tlrrb c o u r w wlIT ~ n i l ~ l uler.lur~s. y v t s i ~ i nresourrv ~ I)ersr)n, a i~rllo-visual~ i r l s. i,~ i r frlisr-i15sionnfr ~ a r l i n gmaterials. Stirrlrnts will beevaluated ona research j,lppr and an examination. P! "equisites: One cohrse i n religion. Uis~r1,-ution: Religion Time: II O M 18 - Christianity in Crisis: The New Evangelicals Confront the Twentieth Century Re1 368 - 4187 Instructor: Bruce Stuart Protestant Christians respond to science, social change, and critical views of their faith. "Bible-believing" and "evangelical" Americans attempt to shape their culture and call America t o a "Christian" and a "moral" pattern. Emphasis will be placed on the history and thought of "Born-Again" Christians since the 1920's. Key issues: Fundamentalism vs. Modernism, The Scopes Trial, Revivalism, Faith-healing, inerrancy of scripture, the Christian i n politics, the "electronic church" and prayer in the public school Key figures: W.B. Riley, Carl Mclntire, Billy Graham, Oral Roberts, Jerry Falwell, several American Presidents, Mark Hatfield Classroom lectures and discussion, one Sunday morning of television, texts and reserved reading. There will be two tests and a short paper. Prerequisites: One course i n religion Distribution: Religion Time: I *+* Israel January 3-28 Israel, Ancient and Modern Re1 375 - 4167 Instructor: John Benson Cost: $2195 This course encounter will focus o n archaeology and geography with special attention t o methods and results of archaeology as they relate to biblical sites in Israel. The group will live primarily in Jerusalem where there will be lectures, walking tours in the O l d City, and visits to museums and places of religious and historical interest. Twoside trips are planned: one to the north, including places such as the Sea of Galilee, Tiberias, Capernaum, Hazor Megiddo and Nazareth; and another t o the south, which will include such places as Ashdod, Beer-sheba, Masada and Qumran. Some time will be spent in London at the beginning of the interim. There will be required reading, and students will keep a journal. Prerequisites: one course i n religion Distribution: Religion Grading: P/N only Practicum in Human Services Swk 257 - 4169 Instructor: Doug Perry Thirty hours per week of volunteer work i n a human service agency i s combined with readings and weekly seminars. An opportunity to discover whether a career i n human services is for you. Evaluation will be based on submission of journals, summary of experience and a final examination. Students will b e asked t o meet with instructor before the end of Fall Semester i n order to discuss selection of agency and structure of the course. Objectives: 1) To develop special awareness of the kinds of problems for which people seek help. 2) To increase knowledge of the service given by the agency i n which student is serving. 3) To gain knowledge of the professionals i n the organization, including their skills, competencies, education, and training. 4) To gain beginning knowledge about the diversity of human service agencies. 5) To increase understanding of self i n relation t o the human service field. Time: I Field Work Ill Swk 466 - 4170 Instructor: Edwina Hertzberg Continuation o f educationally focused field placement in a social service agency (Field Work 11). Student will spend 15 hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Student will b e evaluated in writing by Field Work Instructor using previously developed field learning agenda and social work evaluation form. Objectives: 1) To use supervisory relationship t o increase interpretive as well as performance competence. 2 ) To promote gradual entry into direct practice. 3) To increase competence i n client contact phase of the problem solving process. 4) To increase student self awareness in regard to professional practice interest, areas of strength and areas for personal/professionaI development. 5) To promote competence i n the full process of problem solving, with special emphasis o n analysis and resolution stages. 6) To apply human behavior and social environment theories content to analytic processes and t o develop interpretive ability. 7) To continue to promote gradual entry into action-intervention phase of the problemsolving process. 8 ) To further examine minority issues in relation t o practice. (Note: this will be offered for 1/2or full credit. For full credit, student will spend 30 hours per week i n placement, the additional 15 hours to be i n non-client contactactivities whichaddress specific projects i n the agency, as written into the field learning agenda and agreed upon among student, field instructor, and faculty supervisor) Prerequisites: Field Work II O M 11 Time: II - 4:00 - 5:00 p.m. T,W,Th Pol 399 - 4184 Washington Interim A study-internship program i n Washington, D. C. i n connection with the Washington Center of Learning Alternatives, Information o n projects, housing and financial assistance i s available from Dr. Barbara Richards-Haugen i n Memorial 113. Swk 312 - 4185 Training School o n Alcohol and Drug Abuse Intensiveexperiential and didactictraining at Johnson Institute combined with week-long experience i n chemical dependency treatment agency. Students are evaluated according to participation i n classes, experiential learning and i n the chemical dependency agency. Enrollment is very limited. Social Work 95257, social work major and permission of contact person, Eddie Hertzberg, are prerequisites. Cost: $100. Augsburg Lifetime Sports The following activities are a v a l l a l ~~nrrudents l~ during interim and may be taken in addition t o a regular course. They d o riot carry nlfir,inl credit, but they d o meet the life-time sports requirement for graduation. S~uderrksmay parlicipate in any one of these without registering for the course, but will be e x p ~ r ~ rtor lpay any fees whether or not credit i s received. Badminton Hpe 002 - 4178 Instructor: Marilyn Pearson Basic techniques and theory of beginning badminton - much of the class time will be spent i n singles and doubles games and tournaments. There will b e n o written tests or outside assignments. Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one life-time sport Time:'12:00 Noon Melby Volleyball Hpe 002 - 4179 Instructor: E. W. Anderson Learn rules and skills necessary to enjoy volleyball. Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one life-time sport. Time: 12:OO Noon - 1:00 p.m. daily Melby Racquetball Hpe 002 - 4180 Instructor: E.W. Anderson Learn rules and skills necessary to enjoy racquetball. Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one life-time sport. Time: 8:00 a.m. - 9:00 a.m. daily Melby American Karate: Fun, Fitness, Sport, Self Defense Hpe 002 - 4191 Instructor: M i k e Teitelbaum An introduction t o "American" Karate. Form, basic techniques and practical usage will b e taught by a certified Second Degree MKA Black Belt Instructor. Fees: approximately $20. Time: 12:OO Noon Monday, Wednesday, Friday Melby
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1983
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG COLLEGE Minneapolis, Minnesota 1983 Interim Catalog 2/1 nterim POSTMASTER Volume 113, Number 4 Winter I982 612/300-1001 AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) is published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall, and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M ...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE Minneapolis, Minnesota 1983 Interim Catalog 2/1 nterim POSTMASTER Volume 113, Number 4 Winter I982 612/300-1001 AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) is published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall, and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454. Secondclass postage paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Augsburg College lnterim The interim i s an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one course equals a full time load, students should plan t o spend the same amount of time i n class and preparing for class as they w o u l d for a four course load during Fall and Spring semesters. Calendar for Full Credit Courses ............................................. .................................................. November 8-11 Interim Registration December 6 ............................................Late Interim Registration January 3.. First Day of Interim Class 19:00 a.m. Class 11 1:00 p.m. Last day for cancel/add January 4 . . January 17.. Last day for determining grading system with Registrar January 21.. ............................ Last day for withdrawing from full courses January 28.. ....................................................... Interim ends .............................................. ................. Calendar for Half Credit Courses January 3.. ............................... First group of half credit courses begins January 4 . . ............................. .Last day t o cancel/add half credit courses January 10.. Last day for determining grading system for half credit courses January 12.. Last day for withdrawing from half credit courses First group of half credit courses ends January 14.. January 17.. Second group of half credit courses begins January 18.. ............................ .Last day t o cancel/add half credit courses January 24. .......... Last day for determining grading system for half credit courses Last day for withdrawing from half credit courses January 26.. January 28.. Interim ends ......... ...................... ................................ ........................... ...................... ....................................................... The interim day is divided into two blocks of time: I - 8:00 - 12:OO Noon The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. 4/l nterim Essential Information One course i s considered a full time load during interim and no student i s permitted to register for more than one course credit during the period. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an interim course. Most interim courses are graded traditionally on a scale of 4.0 to 0. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this i s indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be interim courses (or one interim less than the number of years of full time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one interim for graduation.) This Catalog This catalog lists courses by departments with departments listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these courses are available in the lnterim Office, Memorial 230. Students may register for one of the Lifetime Sports listed on the last page. Location Key L-Library Building M-Music Hall OM-Old Main P-Psychology Building S-Science Hall Options June Interim - At least two interim courses will be offered in the June 1983 session of summer school (see listings under Biology and Education) in lieu of January term, with no additional tuition charge. Students planning to elect a June interim must register at the time of interim registration in the fall. Students wishing to take the June interim in addition to the January one will be required to pay the regular summer course tuition. International Interims-Students are invited to consider being part of one of the six overseas interims offered by Augsburg College during January 1983. These interims are under the following departments: Art - Europe: Art in London and Paris Foreign Language - Mexico: Basic Conversational Spanish - Europe: The Rhine Frontier History - Hawaii: Laboratory of Multi-Ethnic Interaction Music - Europe: Music in London and Paris Political Science - Mexico: Theories of Social Change and Revolution Other international interims are available through Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE) and St. Olaf College. Further academic description, travel details and cost estimates are available in the Interim Office and from Mary Kingsley in the International Center, Old Main 20. Students interested in participating in one of these international interims should apply in the International Center before November 1. Additions to the overseas groups usually cannot be made after that date. Internships - Students electing an internship interim must present a completed internship learning contract to the Internship Office (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 16. Contract forms are available in the same office. Independent or Directed Study - Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent or directed study per interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: A. Meet departmental requirements, B. Present to the lnterim Director for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and not later than November 2. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 institution which offers a reciprocal interim arrangement. Catalogs of these interims can be consulted in the lnterim Office. The lnterim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be done at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the interim at other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the Religion requirement. Non-Augsburg Students Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools for the January interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $670 for the interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg lnterim should write to the lnterim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school. These students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. Augsburg Policy Augsburg College admits students of any race, color, national and ethnic origin to all the rights, privileges, programs, and activities generally accorded or made available to students at the school. It does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, national and ethnic origin in employment practices or administration of its educational policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, and athletic and other school-administered programs. Need More Help? Check with: The lnterim Office (Memorial 230), The lnterim Secretary, Ruth Maertens at 330-1025, or The Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson at 330-1192. 6/l nterim Courses - 16mm Film-Making I Film-Making I1 ART 242 - 4002,342 - 4005 Instructor: Paul Rusten The procedure, techniques and philosophy of 16mm film-making for expression/communication. Using professional 16mm equipment, students in teams will produce short black and white synchronized sound motion pictures. Students who have successfully completed Film-Making I (or equivalent) may take FilmMaking II, producing an advanced film project within the same class schedule and timeframe as Film-Making I. Fees: $75.00 for filmstock and equipment rental Prerequisites for 342: Film-Making I or equivalent Distribution: Art - Music Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 17 Life Drawing ART 247 - 4001 Instructor: Norman Holen A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students. The figure will be depicted i n various settings with a variety of media for varying lengths of time. The poses will extend from one minute to an hour and a half. You will be introduced to the 2B and 48 pencils, the charcoal pencil, and pastels. Fees: $20.00 to be paid on the first day of class. Distribution: Art-Music Time: I........ Room: O M 17 Europe January 3 - 28 Art in London and Paris ART 378 - 4006 Instructor: Mary Swanson This course will study art in the collections of museums in London and Paris. Stylistic, historical and sociological perspectives will be emphasized in viewing artwork in museums, galleries and architectural landmarks. Lectures will be given before visiting each museum so that students will become acquainted with major works i n each collection. Students will keep a journal on designated major works in each museum or gallery collection noting style, function, subject, formal organization and medium. Additional opportunities will be provided for students who wish to emphasize a certain period in the history of art. Fees: $1995 Distribution: English-Speech, Communication & Theater Arts Human Anatomy and Physiology BIO 103 - 4009 Instructor: Erwin Mickelberg This is a one-term course used by nursing students, physical education students and others who would like to be more knowledgeable about the human body and how it works. Although the course is as thorough as is possible in one term, there are no science prerequisites. I n addition to a systematic study, various questions stimulate discussion and individual study. Questions relating to product advertising and good nutritional principles, "fad diets," muscle development and exercise, and many others will arise throughout the course. The area of Anatomy is dealt with primarily i n the laboratory portion and Physiology in the lecture portion. About 40 hours are used in each, the laboratory and the lecture room. Time: Summer Interim.. . . . . . . Room: 5213 lecture, S214 lab Ethical Issues in the Life Sciences BIO 106 - 4113 Instructor: Ralph Sulerud W e are Iivlng in a period of biological revolurlon whfrh scemr llkely to contlnuc. Many of the d ~ v ~ l a p m e n twill r , increasingly result in drarnaric changes in cthiral thinking and the forrnularion of puhtic policy. Questions such as these musr be eflectivefy addre~ced:What are the rights o( r h unhorn? ~ Shfiulrl hiwlogists he allowed to work on any typc of research no matter where i t leads? Does the irlea of a moral responslhility toward the environment make sense? What ethical and social problems would arise as a resull of cloning people? IS recombinant DNA research likely to rrcate more p r o h l ~ m than s II soTves?Is euthanasia ever justllledl Ir Is intended rhat ihrs courseshould provide a! leas! a small part of the hackground necessary to answer such questions and make responciblr: ethical choices. Each topic will he introduced by the instrucrar or a guest, but much of the class time will be spent discussing assigned readings and various viewpoints. Formulation of a brief position paper on one of thr! issues will be required. Grades will be based on the paper, class participation and examination results. Distribution: Chemistry - Biology Time: I... . . . Room: 5 205 .. 8/l nterim Heredity, Evolution, and Humankind BIO 110 - 4010 Instructor: Ralph Sulerud Where did I come from? What am I ?Where am I going? certainly must rank among the more fundamental questions which intrigue and torment members of our species. While at one level we seek philosophical and religious answers, biology is invoked at another level. It i s the intent of this course to address these questions and others through the study of evolution and heredity (genetics). The concept of organic evolution continues to have its critics, a matter which we shall consider. Yet to the vast majority of biologists the evolution of life i s not only accepted but is regarded as the single most significant contribution which biology has made to human knowledge. We will study the evidence in support of evolution, the proposed mechanisms of the evolutionary process, and, as time permits, the course of evolution from primitive forms to humans. Some principles of genetics will be studied for the primary purpose of making it possible to understand evolutionary mechanisms. Ways in which people influence their own evolution and that of other species will be discussed. Classes will consist largely of lectures and discussions. Grading will be based on quizzes and tests. Prerequisites: A high school general biology course Distribution: Chemistry-Biology Room: 205 Time: I . . ...... Immunology BIO 386 - 4011 Instructor: Neal Thorpe A study of the immune system, emphasizing antibody structure and function, cell-mediated immunity, the development of the immune system, immunopathology, molecular recognition at cell surfaces as related to immune phenomena, and cancer biology and immunology. immunological and serological techniques will be considered and demonstrated. Lectures and discussions with grades based on examinations. Prerequisites: BIO 111,112 Time: 11.. ...... Room: S205 Laboratory Introduction to Chemistry CHM 113 - 4014 Instructor: Earl Alton way of learning Finding which chemicals are I n a solutlon (qualltatlve analysis) Is a challengrn~ some principles of chemisrrj. This course will use laharntory experiments coupled with an essentially non-mathematical explanation of the chemistry Involved to provid~a n introduction to chemistry. The laboratory work will center on solving chemical unknowns. There will be several lecture-discussion r~sslonseach weck and about three hours of laboratory ~ a c h day. Grading will be based upon solving unknowns and a few quizzes. Prerequisites: High School Chemistry Distribution: Chemistry - Biology Time: This class will meet January 3 at 12:30. Thereafter it will meet as follows: Lectures - 12:30 - 1:30 T,Th,F Lab - 8:30 -11:30 T,Th,F - 1:30 - 4:30 T,Th.. Room: S 318 ...... Physical Chemistry For The Life Sciences CHM 301 - 4015 Instructor: Richard D. Olmsted Objectives: The object of this course is to provide a working knowledge of basic physical chemistry to students whose primary academic interests lie in the life sciences. This course will provide a sound development of physical chemistry based on physical ideas and will use only the minimum mathematical treatment of the material that will enable students to use their new knowledge to solve relevant biochemical problems. Topics Covered: Properties of matter and molcculrs, energy changes in chemical reactions, entropy and the d i r e d o n of chemical change, f r ~ eenergy, chemical equilibrium and chemical driving forces, equilibria in chrmlcal and biological systems, physlcal ~ q ~ l i l i h rand ia membrane phenomena. rates of transport processes, rates of ch~mit.alreaction, rcaction mechanisms, rpraroscopy and quantum mechanics, molecules in crystals dnd molecular structures. Evaluation: Each student will be assigned a grade based on performance on in-class examinations. Prerequisites: 1 term Organic Chemistry, 1 term of Calculus Time: I. ....... Room: S 318 Microeconomics Applied To Managerial Problems ECO 451 - 4013 Instructor: Satya P. Gupta I n teaching microeconomics most of the emphasis i s on developing the theoretical tools with some scattered applications. This course, assuming the basic understanding of microeconomic tools, will concentrate on applying price theory to specific business decisions. Grades will be based on one report and an examination. Prerequisites: ECO 251 or Instructor's consent Room: L 1 Time: 1 1 . . ...... Discovery in the World of Kindergarten EDE 375 - 4018 Instructor: Lauretta Pelton This course i s a study of the kindergarten curriculum, an exploration of resources and materials and a review of teaching approaches. Laboratory requirement: Five half days in a kindergarten classroom. This is t o be arranged by the student after consultation with the instructor. The laboratory experience should have taken place prior t o the course itself. The course is a prerequisite to student teaching at the kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for teaching at that level. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor Time: Summer Interim.. ...... Room: to be announced l O / l nterim Theories of Learning Disabilities EDE 383 - 4016, EDS 383 - 4017 Instructor: Barry Franklin This course will examine the principal theories that have been advanced during the past 80 years t o explain the nature, causes, and treatments for learning disabilities. I n examining these theories we will look at the behavioral charactCristics, methods of diagnosis, relationship between behavior and brain involvement, and treatment approaches advocated by major theorists and practitioners in the field. The course requirements include two take-home essay examinations and a short paper in which the student will examine the work of a major theorist of the field. There will be a number of field trips to look at representative learning disabilities programs in the Twin Cities. This course can be used as an elective in the special education minor. I t is designed for students in education, psychology, social work, nursing, music therapy and corrective therapy who anticipate working with handicapped individuals who exhibit learning and/or behavioral disabilities. Prerequisites: A general psychology course or consent of the instructor. Time: I . . ...... Room: O M 11 Student Teaching EDS 481 - 4023 EDC 481 - 4019 EDS 482 - 4024 EDC 482 - 4020 EDS 483 - 4025 EDC 483 - 4021 EDS 484 - 4026 EDC 484 - 4022 Instructor: Marie McNeff Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a school. Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor. Grading: P/N only Room: L 6 Time: I . . ...... People Under Pressure ENG 211 - 4027 Instructor: Barbara Andersen The child, the youth, the middle-aged, the old, all live under pressure-political, social, religious and personal. What these pressures are and how people cope with them provide the focus for the course. This is not, however, a course in depression, for pressure and stress often have positive results. And many people respond to pressure with courage, grace and even wit. We will read several genres, mostly of the 20th century, and works that are not usually covered in literature courses. Among the works being considered are Waters, The Man Who Killed the Deer; Potok, M y Name i s Asher Lev; Brautigan, Trout Fishing i n America; Wright, Native Son; Pym, Excellent Women; Hassler, Simon's Night; Lindbergh, Gift from the Sea; Turgenev, Fathers and Sons; Albee, The American Dream and The Zoo Story; Anderson, I Never Sang for M y Father; Gordon, Final Payments. Students will have some choice of works to read. Evaluation will be based on discussions, some in-class writing, reading quizzes, oral reports (optional) and two examinations. Distribution: English - Speech, Communication & Theater Arts Time: I . . ...... Room: O M 10 The American Short Story ENG 241 - 4028 Instructor: Toni Clark This course will feature films from the PBS series, The American Short Story. We will read the seventeen stories comprising this series as well as numerous others from the American Renaissance t o the present. Short fiction by women and men will be read. There will be a fee of approximately $10 for films. Evaluation will be based on class discussion, quizzes, papers and exams. Distribution: English-Speech, Communication and Theater Arts Time : I . . ...... Room: M 2 2 Literature Performed in the Twin Cities ENG 269 - 4029,369 - 4030 Instructor: Richard B. Sargent During January, we will attend a selection of the many plays and readings presented in the Twin Cities. The emphasis will be on theater, but we will also attend poetry readings and prose readings at places suc.h as the Loft and the Walker. We will be attending plays at theaters such as the Guthrie, Actors' Theatre of St. Paul, Playwrights' Lab, and the Rarig. Students will keep a journal of responses. Students will be responsible for paying for tickets, but we will take advantage of group rates whenever feasible. We will have group discussion of performances, and will be meeting with actors, directors, and writers for after-performance discussions. There will be a few assigned readings. Those taking the course for upper division credit will be expected to do an additional research paper. Fees: Approximately $30 for tickets for plays and readings. Distribution: English-Speech, Communication and Theater Arts Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 11 Five College Creative Writing Workshop (Fiction) ENG 362 - 4097 Instructor: Jonis Agee, The College of St. Catherine We will work to discover the necessary relationship between form and content, language and narration, and character and voice, and to develop the special discipline that writing fiction requires. We will attend some readings in the area by visiting writers. The format will be a workshop, in which we will share what we read, what we write, and what we dream. Participation i n this workshop will be limited to three Augsburg students who will be selected on the basis of short manuscripts of fiction to be submitted to Toni Clark by November 1. Contact Professor Clark (L 215, ext. 1053) for further details. Time: 11.. ...... Room: at College of St. Catherine, to be announced 12/l nterim Europe: January 3 - 28 The Rhine Frontier: Germany Meets Rome and France GER 333 - 4032 Instructor: Donald Steinmetz I Since Roman times, the lands along the Rhine have been one of the most significant frontier areas of Europe. Here German and Roman cultures clashed and mixed. Here modern Germany and France have their roots i n the empire of Charlemagne. Here romanesque and gothic architecture flourished in the Middle Ages. Here Germans and French fought in three recent wars. It is such events which have shaped life and left so many monuments between the Rhine and the Meuse. The student will study and "relive" the history of this area on location, from the Roman monuments of Trier and Cologne, Charlemagne's Aachen, to the battlefields of World Wars I and II and the dynamic society of present-day Germany. The course will be conducted primarily in Trier, Germany, with excursions to nearby sites. Trier i s ideal for this purpose. Perhaps the oldest city in Germany, Trier is rich in monuments dating from Roman times to the present, and important historical sites of five countries are less than 100 miles away. Lectures, discussions, and readings will be principally in German according to the student's entering level of competence. Cost: $1690 Prerequisites: German 112 or equivalent Distribution: Foreign Language Beginning Norwegian Nor 111 - 4033 Instructor: Leif Hansen The course provides an introduction to the basic skills of listening, speaking, reading, and writing. The first class sessions are conducted without the use of a printed text. Later class sessions provide a thorough introduction to the structures of contemporary Norwegian, but oral expression i s emphasized throughout the course. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work expected. Distribution: Foreign Language Time: 11.. . . . . . . Room: O M 29 Norwegian Conversation and Composition Nor 311 - 4034 Instructor: Leif Hansen Intensive practice in spoken Norweg~anwith emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to differences between the two official languages of Norway. Laboratory work and field experience required. Prerequisites: 211 or equivalent Time: To be arranged with instructor.. . . . . . Room: O M 29 . Mexico: January 3 - 27 Basic Conversational Spanish SPA 113 - 4031 Instructor: Mary A. Kingsley Basic Conversational Spanish Is designed for students who have already covered the structures of the present, preterite. and imperfect tenses and arc ready to put their knowledge to use on the scene in Mexico. There will he regular in-classsessions, small group conversations, as well as a great d ~ aol l opportunity to use Spanish aclively and passively in conducting Interviews, shopping, attending lectures, and just making Mexico home for a month. Grading will be based on class participation, quizzes, and a final exam which will be written and oral. Original materials will be used as the text. Basic Conversational Spanish and Theories of Social Change and Revolution (see Political Science) will have the same itinerary (Mexico, Oaxaca, Cuernavaca), and all the students will be encouraged to take advantage of the opportunities presented by each of the courses. A lot of time outside of class will be spent in informal group discussions. Cost: $1195 Prerequisites: Spanish Ill or 2 years of high school Spanish Distribution: Foreign Language for those needing 112 or 211. Recreational Rhythms and Activities HPE 232 -4076 Instructor: Staff Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is based upon participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This offering equals only 1/2 course credit. Time:ll -Jan. 3-13... . . . . . Room: Melby Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program HPE 410 - 4036 Instructor: Richard Borstad Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. Periodic exams covering lecture and textbook assignments; written summaries of professional journal articles; in-class activities, including a presentation on a teaching method. Prerequisites: Health 320 Time: I . .. . . . . . Room: Melby I3 14/l nterim Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries HPE475 -4035 Instructor: Al Kloppen Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. Prerequisites: HPE 350 Kinesiology This course equals only 1/2 course credit. Time: I -Jan. 3 13.. . . . Room: Melby 12 - .. . Coaching of Basketball HPE477-4078 Instructor: Dave Boots Theory, techniques and administration of coaching men's and women's basketball. Course will include off-season, pre-season and in-season programs. Grade evaluation will be based on preparation of a coaching notebook, a written exam and general participation. There will be some out of class night work. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor. This course equals only 1/2 course credit. Time: I l -Jan. 17 - 28.. . . . . . . Room: Melby I 3 Coaching of Hockey HPE478-4079 Instructor: Ed Saugestad Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. This course equals only 1/2 course credit. Time: I - Jan. 17 - 28.. . . . . . . Room: Melby 24 Paris in the Nineteenth Century HIS 114 - 4037 Instructor: Orloue Gisselquist The French are sometimes accused of thinking of Paris as the "navel of the universe." There's a bit of "sour grapes" caricature in that clever statement. For if one could pick out a city which in the last thousand years has been more important to Western Civilization than any other, one could make a good case for Paris. In this course we will study the history of that city i n one period of its greatness, the nineteenth century. We will use some readings about France, Paris, and Modern urbanism, but the main emphasis in our reading and approach to the subject will be the use of some nineteenth century French novels as historical sources for the study of Paris. We will thus have the opportunity to study the city of Paris in this century i n some fullness, read some great literature, and develop our talents in the use of historical material. As a bonus we will double (maybe quadruple!) our enjoyment of a future trip to Paris. The course will be conducted in part as a lecture course and in part as a seminar (discussion of readings, short papers, and shared reports-all part of the evaluation). There will be a final exam. Distribution: History-Philosophy: Urban Time: 11.. . . . . Room: O M 23 .. 20th Century South Asia HIS 162 - 4038 Instructor: Don Gustafson This geographic area has produced the largest working democracy in the world today; from this people have come one of our century's greatest "saints" and also one of the most renowned statesmen; it is a standard example for population crisis and world hunger illustrations. South Asia is all this-and much more. This course is designed for the student who has interest but little or no background in non-western subjects-though others are also welcome. The heart of the course will be i n a wide assortment of readings (some of them really excellent) but there will also be lectures, time for discussion and freauent breaks for slide ~resentations. Grades will be based on geAeral level of participation, on some written work and probably a test. Distribution: History - Philosophy Time: I . . . . . . . . Room: L1 Hawaii January 3 - 27 Hawaii: A Laboratory of Multi-Ethnic Interaction HIS 240 - 439,340 - 440 Instructor: Khin Khin Jensen Observation and study of Asian (Japanese, Chinese, Korean and Philippine), Polynesian (Hawaiian and Samoan) and Caucasian cultures interacting i n the 50th state. Focus on historical traditions, immigration patterns, religious heritage, educational experiences, commercial ventures, the media, cultural activities and current issues. Field trips include visits to the Polynesian Cultural Center, Pearl Harbor-Arizona Memorial, lolani Palace & Bishop Museum, Buddhist-Taoist Temple, East-West Center at the University of Hawaii, the Hawaiian City of Refuge in Kona area, and visits with community leaders of varying ethnic backgrounds in Hilo and Honolulu. Evaluation will be based on participation in all components of the Interim such as field trips, lectures and discussion sessions (including pre-interim orientations). Students will keep a daily journal. There will be required readings. Cost: $1895 Prerequisites: Upper division-sophomore standing and consent of instructor. Distribution: History-Philosophy Grading: P/N only 16/l nterim The Minnesota Political Tradition HIS 356 - 4041 Instructor: Carl Chrislock An interpretive survey of Minnesota political history from territorial days to the present. Attention will focus not only on narrative political history, but also on the underlying forceseconomic, ethnic, religious and cultural-that have helped shape the state's political culture. Procedures will be essentially traditional: lecture-discussion, assigned and optional readings, a term paper or book reviews, and a final examination (basically essay). Some audio-visual aids (transparencies of political cartoons, video cassettes of Arthur Naftalin's conversations with Minnesota governors, slides) will be used; and an effort to recruit outside speakers with political experience will be made. Prerequisites: One course in U.S. history, or consent of instructor. Room: M 22 Time: 11.. ...... Being and Becoming Well in American Culture INS 265 - 4043,365 - 4044 Instructor: Ronald Palosaari Within our culture are forces, patterns, and conditions that contribute to our degree of well being. During January we will examine American culture trying to understand better some of those factors that influence our wellness, to use the current popular term. We will also consider the current wellness movement, examining its impact on American culture and individually determine what it has to offer. To take this class, one does not have to eat granola, seaweed, and brown rice nor run five miles a day: One will be expected to walk or run regularly to class, to read several books and articles, and to write some short papers. Those taking the class for upper division credit will be expected to go up steps two at a time and write more extensive papers. We may take a few field trips in the Twin Cities and one trip to outstate Minnesota. I expect students to arrange any work schedule if necessary for such trips. Room: O M 25 Time: I.. ...... South Africa: Historical Mirrors, Economic Laagers and the color Spectrum INS 270 - 4045 Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach The goal of the course is to provide a multi-faceted encounter with a complex, fragmented, yet culturally familiar society. Approximately one week will be devoted to each of the following topics. I n what ways does the South African experience mirror the American experience; how do the economic policies of South Africa shape its relations to its economic satellites and Africa as a whole; what roles do the church, education and athletics have in molding a multi-cultural society? The course will be conducted largely in seminar format. During the last three weeks students will conduct relevant research and make presentations to the class, both individually and in groups. Academic work will be assessed through tests and evaluation of class presentations. Room: M 23 Time: I . . ...... Perspectives on the Humanities: The City in American History, Literature and the Arts, 1865-1914 INS 275 - 4042 Instructor: Grier Nicholl Rapid industrialization and the growth of cities between the Civil War and World War I generated significant responses from American writers of fiction and poetry, painters, photographers and architects. How did the interpretations of major writers and artists compare to actual historical developments of the city and technology in the period? What similarities and differences can be discovered in the ideas, values, and attitudes reflected in literary and artistic responses to industrialization? The course will examine these and other interdisciplinary questions to lead the student toward an integrative perspective on the humanities. Activities in the course will include active participation by urban and art historians; small group discussions of selected poems of Walt Whitman, selected short stories of Stephen Crane, and two controversial novels-Theodore Dreiser's Sister Carrie and Upton Sinclair's The jungle; lecture and slide presentations on painting and architecture; and visits to the Minneapolis Institute of Arts to view prints and photographs of the city during this period. There will be three tests and individual oral presentations of projects. Distribution: Urban Time: I . . . . . . . Room: O M 21 . Brush Up MAT 103 - 4093 Instructor: Bev Durkee This course is designed as a brush up in arithmetic and elementary algebra skills for students scoring I on the Mathematics Placement examination. The course will be particularly helpful for students in elementary education or who will be taking statistics as part of a major. Part of the work will be done on the computer. There will be diagnostic tests to determine study needs, homework assignments to gain skills, and written problem solving tests to determine achievement. Grades will be determined by test scores. Course of study i s completely individualized. Prerequisites: Mathematics Placement Examination score I. Time: I . . . . . . . . Room: S 108 18/l nterim An Exposure of Chaos in Modern Cosmic Models MAT 136 - 4047,336 - 4048 Instructor: Henry Follingstad An exploration of math-retated ideas and Space-Age research which critically re-evaluat~s present "scientlflt dogmas" on the universe and the smaller cosmic model5 of earth, life, and mankind. New Space-Agr: dara, much of it ignored or misinterpreted, is uncovered to show inadequacies and contradictions in cosmology, relativity, macroevolution, and t h ~ i links r to geology, biology, and the humanities. Class instruction and individual research will include study of the historical and modern impact of math-related cosmic models, and will note some misuses of mathematics which have transformed scientific speculation into "scientific fact." A written research paper is required in one of six major areas discussed. Upper division students will show broader research scope and writing ability and will present oral summaries of their papers. Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: 1 1 . . ...... Room: O M 22 Pattern Processing Through Pascal Programming MAT 144 - 4049 Instructor: Larry Copes I n this course students will learn to write elementary computer programs in the Pascal language. The programs will generate numerical and other mathematical data to be examined for patterns. With the help of the instructor and each other, students will test conjectures through data analysis and further programs. Work will be in individual, small group, and classroom settings. Evaluation will be through individual programs and written reports. Prerequisites: Group I l l (formerly A) score on Augsburg Mathematics Placement Examination. (See instructor if you have not taken this examination.) Distribution: Math-Physics Time: I . . ...... Room: S 112 Memorization for Musicians MUS 151 - 4053, 351 - 4054 Instructor: lames D. Johnson Multiple approaches to memorizing music via a foolproof system. These systems are derived from the harmonic, melodic, rhythmic, and formal analysis of the music under study. For instrumentalists and vocalists. Upper division students will be expected to memoriz